A-110, Application Procedures

A—111 Pre-Application Process

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Before the Application process begins, staff deliver an up-front Texas Works message to the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) applicants explaining that:

  • TANF is temporary and has time limits;
  • there are other alternatives and options for the applicant instead of TANF benefits;
  • an applicant should consider jobs and other resources (such as child support) before pursuing TANF;
  • if an applicant chooses to apply for assistance, the individual is requesting help finding a job; and
  • even if an applicant chooses not to apply for TANF, the individual still may apply for Medicaid and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) to support employment while working toward self-sufficiency.

Staff must consider and determine which messages are appropriate for a particular applicant.

A—112 Application Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

If an applicant needs help completing the application packet, a volunteer or staff member must help. Anyone helping the applicant complete a paper application must initial the completed sections or sign the form showing that  a volunteer or staff person helped complete the application.

A—113 Application Requests and Submissions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Applications must be given to anyone who requests the form. Each household has the right to file an application on the same day the household contacts the office during office hours. The local office must ensure that a person can obtain an application packet within 15 minutes of coming into the office.

Staff must advise the household  that an applicant does not have to be interviewed before filing the application. The household may file an incomplete application as long as the form contains the applicant's name, address, and signature as explained in A-121, Receipt of Application.

Program Ways to Request an Application* Ways to Submit an Application Applications
TANF
  • Online through YourTexasBenefits.com;
  • In the local office;
  • By mail;
  • By fax; or
  • By phone.
  • Online through YourTexasBenefits.com;
  • In the local office;
  • By mail; or
  • By fax.
  • YourTexasBenefits.com
  • Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits:
    • Staff must also provide the following forms with the application:
      • Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice;
      • Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration;
      • Form H0050, Parent Profile Questionnaire, for each absent parent;
      • Appropriate program pamphlets; and
      • A postage-paid return envelope.
SNAP
  • Online through YourTexasBenefits.com;
  • In the local office;
  • By mail;
  • By fax; or
  • By phone.
  • Online through YourTexasBenefits.com;
  • In the local office;
  • By mail; or
  • By fax.
  • YourTexasBenefits.com
  • Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits:
    • Staff must also provide the following forms with the application:
      • Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice;
      • Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration;
      • Appropriate program pamphlets; and
      • A postage-paid return envelope.
Note: Form H1805, SNAP Food Benefits: Your Rights and Program Rules, must be included in the application packet or given to the applicant during the interview.
Medical Programs
  • Online through YourTexasBenefits.com;
  • In the local office;
  • By mail;
  • By fax; or
  • By phone.
  • Online through YourTexasBenefits.com;
  • In the local office;
  • By mail;
  • By fax; or
  • By phone.
  • YourTexasBenefits.com
  • Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits:
    • Staff must also provide the following forms with the application:
      • Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice (if applicable);
      • Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration;
      • Appropriate program pamphlets; and
      • A postage-paid return envelope.
  • Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application:
    • Staff must also provide the following forms with the application:
      • Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice (if applicable);
      • Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration;
      • Appropriate program pamphlets; and
      • A postage-paid return envelope.

* Staff must give the applicant an application on the same day it is requested. If a household contacts the local office by telephone and does not wish to come to the designated office to file an application on the same day of the request and prefers receiving the application by mail, staff send an application packet on the same day of the telephone request. For written requests, including those received electronically or by fax, staff mail an application packet on the same day the request is received.

The Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) must accommodate reasonable requests to receive communications by alternative means or at alternative locations. The individual must specify in writing the alternate mailing address or means of contact, and include a statement that using the home mailing address or normal means of contact could endanger the individual.

Note: Individuals applying for Medical Programs may also use the Marketplace-only applications explained in A-113.1, Application Forms. These applications can be submitted to HHSC in person, by fax, by mail, or via an account transfer explained in A-118, Coordination with the Federal Marketplace.

Related Policy

Registering to Vote, A-1521

A—113.1 Application Forms

Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019

YourTexasBenefits.com

The online application on YourTexasBenefits.com integrates HHSC programs into one single application flow. Applicants only see the questions relevant to the programs they request. A PDF copy of the application information is created for applicants and staff to view. 

YourTexasBenefits.com can be used to apply for the following benefits:

  • SNAP food benefits;
  • TANF cash help for families;
  • health care for:
    • children;
    • adults caring for a child;
    • adults not caring for a child (if this is selected, YourTexasBenefits.com will allow applicants to identify themselves as a refugee; if they are not a refugee, they will be redirected to HealthCare.gov);
    • pregnant women;
    • people age 65 or older or with a disability; and
    • people under age 26 who were in foster care in Texas and receiving federally funded Medicaid at age 18 or older; and
    • people under age 21 who were in foster care in Texas or had an Interstate Compact on the Placement of Children (ICPC) agreement at age 18 or older;
  • Medicare Savings Programs; and
  • long-term services and supports for:
    • people with intellectual or developmental disabilities; and
    • people with no intellectual or developmental disabilities.

Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits

Form H1010 integrates Texas Works programs into one single application.

The addendum to Form H1010 — Form H1010-M, Applying for or Renewing Medicaid or CHIP? — captures the information needed to make an eligibility determination for Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP).

Form H1010 can be used to apply for the following benefits:

  • SNAP food benefits;
  • TANF cash help for families; and
  • health care for:
    • children;
    • adults caring for a child;
    • adults not caring for a child;
    • pregnant women;
    • people under age 26 who were in foster care in Texas and receiving federally funded Medicaid at age 18 or older; and
    • people under age 21 who were in foster care in Texas or had an ICPC agreement at age 18 or older.

Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application

Form H1205 can only be used to apply for health care benefits.

Form H1205 can be used to apply for the following benefits:

  • health care for:
    • children;
    • adults caring for a child;
    • adults not caring for a child;
    • pregnant women; and
    • people under age 26 who were in foster care at age 18 or older; and
    • people under age 21 who were in foster care in Texas or had an ICPC agreement at age 18 or older. 

Applications Solely Used by the Marketplace

The online Marketplace application is a single interactive application based on an applicant's selections. In addition, there are three paper applications for the Marketplace:

  • Application for Health Coverage — for anyone who needs health coverage, but does not need help paying for health insurance costs.
    • Used by applicants who want to purchase a Qualified Health Plan (QHP) through the Marketplace.
  • Application for Health Coverage & Help Paying Costs (Short Form) — for single adults who need help paying for health care coverage (mostly for states offering Medicaid expansion coverage to single adults ages 19 through 64) and who:
    • are not married, do not claim any tax dependents, and cannot be claimed as a tax dependent on someone else's federal income tax return;
    • were not formerly in the foster care system; and
    • are not American Indian (AI)/Alaska Native (AN).
  • Application for Health Coverage & Help Paying Costs — for anyone who needs help paying for health care coverage, including:
    • people who are married, have tax dependents, or can be claimed as a tax dependent on someone else's federal income tax return;
    • people with or without current health care coverage;
    • families that include immigrants; and
    • people who were formerly in the foster care system.

Since these applications do not contain additional questions that were included on Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, send out Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request any additional information necessary to make an eligibility determination. 

A—114 Applications Causing Conflicts of Interest

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The advisor must avoid the appearance of impropriety or conflict of interest when determining eligibility. The advisor is not allowed to work on a case if the individual is a relative (by blood or marriage), roommate, dating companion, supervisor, or someone under the advisor's supervision. The advisor may never work on a case in which the advisor is a case participant or an authorized representative (AR).

The advisor:

  • may provide anyone with an application and information about how and where to apply for benefits;
  • may help a person gather any documents needed to verify eligibility; but
  • must not take any other role in determining eligibility.

The advisor must consult with the supervisor if the individual is a friend, acquaintance or coworker. Generally, the advisor should not work on cases involving these individuals, but the degree and nature of the relationship should be taken into account. In remote areas where it is impractical for another person to process the application, the unit supervisor should be contacted to determine the best method to process the application.

A—114.1 Applications Submitted by Texas Works or Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities Employees

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

All Programs

Give special handling to applications and redeterminations submitted by Texas Works and Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities employees.

  • A Texas Works or MEPD employee at the next higher administrative position must complete the eligibility determination for another Texas Works employee.
  • A designated supervisor must complete the eligibility determination for a Texas Works or MEPD supervisor or higher position.
  • The employee's immediate supervisor or someone in the direct line of supervision may not process the Texas Works or MEPD employee's application.

A—115 Applications Filed in Hospitals and Clinics

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

All Programs

Facility work is the primary assignment for Outstationed Worker Program (OWP) staff. Staff will process workload following the OWP Hierarchy order below:

  • OWP Lobby Facility Workload
  • OWP Statewide Facility Workload
  • Regional EWMS Teams (Supplemental) Workload

Staff follow the most current business processes found in the Eligibility Operations Procedures Manual to complete this workload.

The file date is the date HHSC receives the application from the contracted facility.

A—116 Special Application Processes

Revision 12-2; Effective April 1, 2012

A—116.1 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

A—116.2 Applications from Residents of a Homeless Shelter

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

SNAP

People staying in homeless shelters are potentially eligible for SNAP, regardless of the number of meals the facility provides, if the homeless shelter is an approved institution. A homeless shelter is an approved institution if it is a:

  • public or private, nonprofit shelter for the homeless; or
  • certified SNAP retailer.

Verify the homeless shelter is an approved institution, if questionable.

People staying in homeless shelters that are not approved institutions are potentially eligible for SNAP if the facility provides half of their meals or less. Consider this when determining if a person staying in a facility is institutionalized.

Homeless households must meet the same household composition, income, and resource standards as other households. If the household pays for room in a shelter, consider the payments as shelter expenses.

Related Policy

Nonmembers, A-232.1
Prepared Meals for Homeless, B-462
Homeless Shelter Standard, A-1427
Determining Whether a Person Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized, B-490

A—116.3 Applications for Babies Born to Women in Prison

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

A pregnant woman who enters the state prison system is sent to the Texas Department of Criminal Justice women's facility. Before the baby is born, the prison social worker assists the pregnant woman to arrange for a responsible individual to pick up the baby from the hospital. The pregnant woman is sent to a prison section of the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) in Galveston a few weeks before she is due to deliver, unless an emergency occurs earlier. If an emergency does occur, she will deliver at a closer facility when necessary. Before releasing the baby from the hospital, UTMB requires the individual who picks up the baby to complete an application for Medicaid. Designated Texas Works advisors ensure that the baby is certified for Medicaid using special application processing procedures and follow-up activities.

The designated advisors coordinate Medicaid certification by other advisors in special situations when the newborn needs to be added to an active case. Upon request by the designated advisors, which must be documented in the case record, an advisor must certify the newborn:

  • for Medicaid (TP 43) from the date of birth (DOB), not the day the caretaker brought the baby home from the hospital; or
  • after normal application time frames have passed. If needed, staff may follow procedures to request a timeliness exception.

State law requires Medicaid coverage for Texas newborns for at least 28 days after birth and possibly longer if the child is hospitalized at that time. If the hospital followed required procedures before releasing the baby, but the baby does not meet eligibility requirements for Medicaid, the designated advisor and State Office Data Integrity (SODI) staff certify the baby for TA 62, MA - State-Paid Coverage. Examples of not meeting eligibility requirements are:

  • the individual caring for the child does not reside in Texas, and the baby will be taken out of state;
  • the individual caring for the child refuses to apply for Medicaid; or
  • the household is over the income limit.

Related Policy

Documentation Requirements, A-190
Medical Programs, A-240

A—116.4 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

A—116.5 Food Distribution Program on Indian Reservation (FDPIR)

Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011

For application processing related to FDPIR, refer to the policy in B-421, Food Distribution on Indian Reservation (FDPIR).

A—116.6 Joint SSI-SNAP Applications

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

For application processing related to joint Supplemental Security Income (SSI)-SNAP applications, refer to the policy in B-476, Joint Supplemental Security Income (SSI)-SNAP Applications.

A—116.7 Types of Assistance Administered by Centralized Benefit Services (CBS)

Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011

A—116.7.1 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

 

A—116.7.2 Applications for SNAP-CAP

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

For application processing related to SNAP-CAP, refer to the policy in B-475, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP).

A—116.7.3 Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) (TP 70)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

For application processing related to MTFCY, staff should refer to policy in B-474.1.2, Medical Programs, 2; and Other Medical Programs, Part M, Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY).

A—116.7.4 Medicaid Coverage for Children Placed in or Released from a Juvenile Facility

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

For application processing related to Medicaid for children placed in the custody of or released from the Texas Juvenile Justice Department or Juvenile Probation Department, refer to policy in B-543, Child Placed in a Juvenile Facility, and B-546, Notification of Actual Release from a Juvenile Facility.

A—116.7.5 Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

For application processing related to MBCC, staff should refer to policy in B-474.1.2, Medical Programs, 4; and Other Medical Programs, Part X, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC).

A—116.7.6 Reserved for Future Use 

A—116.7.7 Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE) (TA77)

Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011

For application processing related to FFCHE, refer to policy in Other Medical Programs, Part F, Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE).

A—116.7.8 Former Foster Care Children (FFCC)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

For application processing related to FFCC, refer to policy in Other Medical Programs, Part E, Former Foster Care Children (FFCC).

A—117 Applications Filed Online through YourTexasBenefits.com

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

When the household submits an application online, a process formats the information entered on the online application and imports certain data into TIERS. The process creates the PDF file of the application that is stored in the image repository and is viewable in the State Portal.

TIERS edits the data passed by YourTexasBenefits.com. The fields must contain valid characters and be valid values to be imported into TIERS. Dates must be in the correct format, fields that are numeric must contain only numbers and data must be in accepted ranges for fields with values such as Yes or No, or ZIP codes.

Applications that do not contain required data or have data that may be invalid may be rejected. When an application is rejected for electronic processing into TIERS, the system creates a non-SSP Application Registration Task List Manager (TLM) task.

Applications that are valid and accepted as electronic input into TIERS have an Application Registration TLM task created for them. The task is routed to the appropriate office based on Type of Assistance (TOA) and individual ZIP code for the clerk to perform the Application Registration process task.

A—117.1 Application Registration

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Clerks select the Application Registration task and review the application. Staff will perform Application Registration using certain pre-filled data from the online application that was entered by the individual. All online applications must have Application Registration processed even if the case is approved. It is important to associate the online application to the existing case.

A logical unit of work (LUW) is in Application Registration; Self-Service Application Search. Clerks search for the self-service application using any of the fields in the search area. The search results will be displayed by the head of household name even when the search was not on the head of household.

After successful Application Registration, an appointment or process task will be created for Data Collection, depending upon the programs requested on the online application.

The Application T number is changed to a case number upon clicking Submit in Application Registration.

A—117.2 Data Collection

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

When performing Data Collection, the data entered in the online application is displayed for the advisor either as:

  • pre-filled TIERS fields and a message at the top of the page stating that the fields are pre-filled from self-service data (for new applications); or
  • YourTexasBenefits.com information that must be addressed, which displays in a comparison pop-up window (existing cases).

Click on the C icon in the Details page to access the comparison pop-up.

The comparison pop-up window displays the current data in TIERS and the data from the online application to allow the advisor to select the correct data to use in Data Collection.

The advisor may choose to:

  • accept all TIERS data,
  • accept all YourTexasBenefits.com data, or
  • select each data element to be used individually from the comparison pop-up.

These comparison windows are displayed on most Data Collection pages through Resources. There is no YourTexasBenefits.com information or comparison windows in the Program, Income or Expenses pages. The advisor must complete the Data Collection driver flow.

A screen is added in the driver flow just before Run Eligibility. This screen is a summary screen that displays each LUW with YourTexasBenefits.com comparison data and the status of that data. Once the case is disposed, all YourTexasBenefits.com comparison data that was not resolved or processed will be marked completed by the system.

A—118 Coordination with the Federal Marketplace

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

HHSC and the federal Marketplace coordinate eligibility determinations for Texas Works Medicaid and CHIP. Information provided by the applicant or verified for the applicant is sent through an interface between the Marketplace and HHSC. The two systems — the Marketplace and HHSC — transfer an applicant's information from one system to the other. The transfer of application information is referred to as an account transfer. An account transfer is the way in which a client's information moves between the Marketplace and HHSC.

A—118.1 Applications Received from the Marketplace

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

The Marketplace sends the individual's or household's information electronically to HHSC via an account transfer when:

  • the Marketplace determines the applicant is potentially eligible for Medical Programs available through HHSC; or
  • the applicant requests a final eligibility determination for Texas Works Medicaid or CHIP from HHSC. This is referred to as a "full determination."

Applications sent via account transfers from the Marketplace are received by staff in the same manner as an application from YourTexasBenefits.com

When an application is sent to HHSC via an account transfer, a PDF is populated with information provided by the applicant on the Marketplace application, along with a "Verifications" section that provides information on any verifications performed by the Marketplace. Advisors should enter the information provided on the PDF into TIERS.

Individuals cannot be required to provide the same information more than once, regardless of whether they apply through the Marketplace or through HHSC. This applies to any information provided on an application, as well as any verification materials provided by the applicant.

Related Policy

Verifications Provided by the Marketplace, A-118.1.2

A—118.1.1 Non-MAGI Account Transfers

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

A non-Modified Adjusted Gross Income (non-MAGI) account transfer is an account transfer that is sent from the Marketplace to HHSC when the Marketplace has identified that an applicant may be eligible for Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) because the applicant reported being age 65 or older, having a disability, or being blind. In order for an individual to apply for MEPD programs, they must submit an MEPD application, Form H1200, Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits.

Advisors must deny the application as "Filed in Error" and send the applicant Form H1200 if:

  • the PDF included in the account transfer indicates "Medicaid Non-MAGI Eligibility" in the Referral Activity Eligibility Reason for an individual on the application;
  • a "full determination" is not requested; and
  • a determination for Texas Works Medicaid or CHIP is not listed for any other applicant on the application.

A—118.1.2 Verifications Provided by the Marketplace

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

For Marketplace account transfers, the PDF also includes a "Verifications" section. Advisors should use the verification section as follows:

  • If the Marketplace has verified the applicant's Social Security number (SSN) or citizenship status using data from the Social Security Administration (SSA), advisors can identify that information in TIERS as "Verified by SSA."
  • If the Marketplace has verified the applicant's alien status using data from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), advisors can identify that information in TIERS as "Verified by DHS."
  • All other applicant information, such as income, must be verified by an HHSC advisor according to HHSC procedures explained in C-900, Verification and Documentation. If the Marketplace has verified the information according to HHSC procedures, then that data must be treated as verified.

A—118.2 Applications Sent to the Marketplace

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

When HHSC determines that a client is ineligible for Texas Works Medicaid or CHIP (due to Texas eligibility requirements), or that the client is only eligible for TP 56, Medically Needy with Spend Down; TP 32, Medically Needy with Spend Down-Emergency; or three months prior Medicaid, HHSC transfers that individual's account information to the Marketplace to be assessed for eligibility for other health care coverage programs. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, informs the client that they have been transferred to the Marketplace.

A—119 Correspondence Options

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

A—119.1 Electronic Correspondence

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The head of household or authorized representative (AR) for a case may each choose at any time to receive most eligibility correspondence electronically rather than through the mail. By selecting this option, applicable forms and notices are posted to the client's or AR's YourTexasBenefits.com case account, and the client or AR receives a cell phone text message or email reminder each time a new form or notice has been posted to their account. Clients may print a copy of the correspondence from their account or request that a paper copy be mailed to them. Any forms or notices that are not available electronically will continue to be mailed to the client. 

Once a head of household or AR has opted to receive electronic correspondence through their case account on YourTexasBenefits.com or by indicating that preference to staff through 2-1-1 (Option 2), a confirmation cell phone text message or email reminder will be sent to the client. The head of household or AR must enter the code provided in that confirmation message in their YourTexasBenefits.com case account in order to confirm their choice to receive electronic correspondence. Once confirmed, Form H1013, Electronic Correspondence Confirmation Letter, will automatically be mailed to the head of household or AR to further confirm the selection and to provide instructions about how to opt out of receiving electronic correspondence.

After a failed delivery of a text or email alert, the client is automatically unsubscribed from electronic correspondence. The eligibility system then automatically prints and mails to the client a paper copy of the correspondence that failed to reach the client with the original generation date, attached to Form H1015, Electronic Correspondence Failed Delivery. The client will receive future correspondence through the mail. However, the client may opt to subscribe again to receive electronic correspondence and start over the confirmation process.

A—119.2 Preferred Language for Correspondence

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The head of household or AR for a case has the ability to choose the language in which certain forms and notices are generated from the eligibility system. The head of household or AR can select their primary household language from the following options:

  • English
  • Spanish
  • Both English and Spanish
  • Vietnamese*

* Clients who select Vietnamese as their primary household language will receive correspondence in English, and the eligibility system will automatically attach to the form or notice the Vietnamese Translation Interpreter Form, which directs clients to translation services.

Once a primary household language is selected, both the head of household and AR will receive correspondence in that language.

A-120, Office Procedures

A—121 Receipt of Application

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

All Programs

Applications must be signed under or on the same page as the penalty of perjury statement before certification.

TANF

An application is valid if it has the applicant's name, the applicant’s address, and the signature of the:

SNAP

An application is valid if it has the applicant's name, the applicant’s address, and the signature of:

  • the applicant;
  • another responsible household member; or
  • the applicant's designated AR.

Medical Programs

An application is valid if it has the applicant's name, the applicant’s address, and the signature of any of the following people:

  • the adult or minor applicant;
  • the applicant's designated AR; 
  • an adult applying on behalf of a minor child; or 
  • a person 19 or older who:
    • is included in the applicant’s MAGI household composition; or
    • has a tax relationship with the applicant.

Note: Applicants are not required to live at the same physical address to apply for each other. For example, a non-custodial parent may apply for Medicaid and CHIP on behalf of their child if the parent expects to claim the child as a tax dependent on their federal income tax return.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

Do not require a new application when a household has an active Medicaid type program and requests to add Medicaid for another child who needs a new EDG. Add the child to the case per additions to the household policy. Exception: Do not add more children to a case where a Medicaid EDG was reinstated due to the child’s release from a juvenile facility. The household must submit an application for the other children. To identify these EDGs, view the Individual – Medicaid History page for the active child. If the Juvenile Placement History field indicates "Yes", the EDG has been reinstated.

This policy does not apply when there is no existing Children's Medicaid EDG. For example, do not add a child when the only other child is certified for Medicaid because the certified child receives SSI. A separate application is required to initiate coverage for the child being added.

Related Policy

Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Filing the Application, A-122
Application Signature, A-122.1
Authorized Representatives (AR), A-170
Medical Programs, A-240
Children's Medicaid Redetermination Expectations, B-123.6
Denied EDGs, B-474.7
Additions to the Household, B-641

A—121.1 Receipt of Application from Residential Child Care Facility

Revision 24-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2024

Medical Programs

When a representative from a licensed residential child care facility applies for an independent child, accept and process the application.

A—121.2 Receipt of Duplicate Application

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A duplicate application:

  • is an application filed after another application has already been filed;
  • does not include a request for programs different from programs requested on the initial application submitted;
  • does not include a request for programs different from programs currently received by the applicant; and
  • is not needed for a redetermination of any active program.

Example: If a household submits an application for SNAP on January 2 and later submits one or more additional applications for SNAP that are different from the one the household filed on January 2, and are not needed for a redetermination of any active program, the additional application submitted is considered a duplicate application.

Duplicate Application Received While Original Application Is Being Processed

If an office receives a duplicate application while staff are in the process of making an eligibility determination (an application or redetermination) based on the original application submitted, staff must:

  • treat the duplicate application as a report of change; and
  • assign the duplicate application as a change to the advisor currently processing the case.

The advisor processing the original application must:

  • review the duplicate application for reported changes;
  • document the duplicate application was reviewed for changes;
  • document the type of changes, if changes were reported on the duplicate application; and
  • use information provided by the household on both the original application and the duplicate application when determining eligibility for the household.

Duplicate Application Received After Original Application Is Processed

If an office receives a duplicate application and the applicant has already been certified for assistance based on another application previously submitted, staff must review the duplicate application to determine if the household is applying for programs other than what the household is currently receiving and if any redeterminations are due.

If the household is applying for different types of programs, the application is not a duplicate application and must be processed as a new application for assistance.

If the household is not applying for a different type of program and there are no redeterminations, office staff must:

  • treat the duplicate application as a report of change; and
  • assign the duplicate application as a change indicating "duplicate application."

Staff are not required to create a T number for TIERS cases and/or dispose of a duplicate application as "filed in error." If staff erroneously create a T number, staff must deny/dispose the T number as filed in error, in addition to other required actions listed above.

Note: If the office that receives the duplicate application does not normally process reported changes, staff may mark the application form as a duplicate application and route it to appropriate staff following local office procedures.

Advisors who process the duplicate application as a reported change must review the application to determine if any changes are indicated and take the following action. If no change is indicated on the duplicate application, the advisor must:

  • document receipt of the duplicate application in TIERS Case Comments;
  • route the duplicate application to be imaged as part of the electronic case record;
  • sustain the benefits for each Texas Works program the household receives; and
  • send an individual notice to the household that eligibility for benefits has not changed.

If a change is indicated on the duplicate application, staff must follow the procedures outlined in B600, Changes, when processing changes reported on the duplicate application.

A—121.3 Receipt of Identical Application

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

An identical application is one or more exact copy of an application previously filed by an applicant.

Example: If a household faxes in an application on January 2 and later submits an exact copy of the same application, which includes the same signature and date of the application the household previously submitted, the newly submitted application is considered an identical application.

Required Action on Identical Application Received

If an identical application is received, staff must write "Identical Application" on the front page of the application and route the application for imaging. The vendor will image the identical application and add it to the electronic case record. No other action is needed.

A—122 Filing the Application

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

All Programs

Staff should encourage households to file an application the same day the household or its representative contacts the office in person, by telephone, fax, or mail, and expresses interest in obtaining assistance. Staff should explain how to file an application. Application forms are also available at YourTexasBenefits.com and can be downloaded, printed, and electronically submitted.

The file date is the day HHSC receives an application form containing the applicant's name, address, and appropriate signature. This is day zero in the application process. Staff use this as the file date to determine eligibility for the programs the household requests upon filing the application through the time of the interview.

For electronically filed applications, the file date is the date the applicant clicks the “Submit Application” button in YourTexasBenefits.com.

Exception: For all applications received outside of business hours when HHSC is closed, including weekends and holidays, the file date is the next business day.

The household must file another application form to apply for additional programs after the interview is held, even if the case was pended and is not completed at the time of the request for a new program. Exception: If the household requests three months prior Medicaid coverage according to policies in A-831.2, Eligibility for Three Months Prior Coverage, staff use a previously filed application with a file date that corresponds with the three-month prior period as a basis for determining eligibility.

Once an application is filed, staff must take the following actions:

  • enter the file date in the appropriate section on the application form, if received as a paper document;
  • for SNAP and TP 40, screen the application for expedited service eligibility;
  • upon request, give the household Form H1800, Receipt for Application/Medicaid Report/Verification/Report of Change;
  • register the application when required; and
  • schedule an interview appointment for the applicant when required as soon as possible.

See special procedures in this section to determine the file date for TP 40, TP 40 Continuous Coverage and TP 45 Retroactive Coverage.

Related Policy
Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Receipt of Application, A-121
Documentation Requirements, A-190

TP 40 Continuous Coverage

The file date is the date the advisor determines eligibility, if an application form is not used.

Related Policy
Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832

TP 45 Retroactive Coverage

The file date is the date the advisor is notified about the child's unpaid medical bills.

Related Policy
TP 45 Retroactive Coverage, A-833

TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

The file date is the date a contracted facility accepts the application. If the application is not forwarded to HHSC within three business days, the file date is the date the HHSC office receives the application.

The file date is the date an individual submits an application to any HHSC office. The application must be faxed or mailed to the correct office the same day it is returned.

For electronically filed applications, the file date is the date the applicant clicks the “Submit Application” button in YourTexasBenefits.com. For applications received outside of business hours when HHSC is closed, including weekends and holidays, the file date is the next business day.

A—122.1 Application Signature

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

All Programs

The applicant must provide a signed application form before being certified. The signature can be captured anywhere  on the same page the penalty of perjury statement is captured.

If the agency receives an application with no required signature and the application is not date-stamped, the application is considered invalid. Return the application with a letter and a pre-paid envelope explaining that the application must be signed before the agency can establish a file date.

If the agency accepts an application without a required signature and the application is date-stamped, the date the application is received is considered a valid file date. Send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, along with the signature page request a signature. If the applicant fails to provide a signed application by the final due date, deny the application for failure to provide information.

Eligibility Support Vendor Action on Unsigned Applications

If the eligibility support vendor receives an unsigned application, the application is considered invalid. Within one business day, return the application to the household with a letter and a pre-paid envelope explaining that the application must be signed before a file date can be established.

If the eligibility support vendor accepts an application without a signature and it is not identified as such before data entry or the data entry date is more than one business day after the receipt date of the application, the file date is the receipt date of the application. The missing signature is treated as missing information.

Electronically Filed Applications

All Programs

Applications submitted online through YourTexasBenefits.com by the applicant or authorized representative (AR), are considered electronically signed.

Exception: Do not consider the application electronically signed when a non-applicant or non-AR completes and submits the online application for the household. In this situation, a pre-populated application is mailed to the household requesting a written signature from the applicant.

Applications Filed by Phone

For certain programs, an applicant or AR may complete and sign an application by phone:

ProgramComplete Application by PhoneSign Application by Phone
SNAPNoNo
TANFYesNo
Medical ProgramsYesYes

An applicant or AR who requests to apply for all programs by phone is informed that the option to complete and sign an application for all programs by phone is not available. The customer care representative directs the applicant or AR to submit an application online through YourTexasBenefits.com, by mail, by fax or at a local office.

TANF

The applicant or AR completes an application over the phone by providing their information to the customer care representative. However, the applicant or AR does not have the option to sign the application by phone. The customer care representative enters the information provided by the applicant or AR through YourTexasBenefits.com and a pre-populated application is mailed to the household requesting a written signature from the applicant or AR.

SNAP

The applicant or AR does not have the option to complete or sign the application by phone.

Medical Programs

The applicant or AR may complete and sign an application over the phone by:

  • providing their information over the phone to the customer care representative; and
  • signing the application over the phone by stating their name and agreeing to a penalty of perjury statement read by the customer care representative.

The customer care representative enters and submits the information provided by the applicant or AR through YourTexasBenefits.com.

Note: Staff cannot accept telephonic signatures.

Applications signed and submitted over the phone by the applicant or AR are considered signed by phone except when:

  • the applicant or AR declines to sign the application by phone; or
  • a non-applicant or non-AR completes and signs the application by phone for the household.

Correspondence is sent based on the following actions taken by the applicant or AR:

ActionCorrespondence
Applicant or AR signs the application by phone
  • Form H1031, Telephonic Signatures Cover Letter, notifies the person they submitted a telephonically-signed application or renewal. 
Applicant or AR declines to sign the application by phone
  • Form M5021A, Request for Missing Signature Cover Letter, notifies the person a signature is needed to complete the application process for TW medical programs; and
  • The unsigned Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance - Your Texas Benefits, populated with information provided over the phone.

OR

  • Form M5021C, Cover Letter for Missing Signature Letter, notifies the person a signature is needed to complete the application process for TW medical and MEPD programs;
  • The unsigned Form H1010, which is populated with information provided over the phone; and
  • The unsigned Form H1200, Application for Assistance - Your Texas Benefits, is populated with information provided over the phone.

Notes:

  • People who sign a renewal by phone receive the same correspondence, Form H1031, Telephonic Signatures Cover Letter, as people who sign an application by phone.
  • People who decline to sign a renewal by phone receive the following correspondence:
    • Form H1032, Cover Letter for Unsigned Your Texas Benefits Renewal Form, which notifies the person a signature is needed to complete the renewal process; and
    • Form H2020-YTB, Your Texas Benefits Renewal Form, the unsigned renewal populated with information provided over the phone.

Related Policy
Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Authorized Representatives (AR), A-170

Signatures Elsewhere

All Programs

Accept the applicant’s signature on the first or last page of Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance - Your Texas Benefits, to establish a file date if the application meets all other application receipt requirements.

Note: If the applicant only provides a signed last page of Form H1010, do not require an additional signature for the first page of Form H1010.

Medical Programs

If an applicant signs and returns only Form H1010-MR, MAGI Renewal Addendum, with no corresponding application, the application is considered invalid. Attempt to contact the applicant by phone and advise them to file an application. No action is taken on Form H1010-MR without a corresponding application.

If the applicant returns a signed application without Form H1010-MR, consider the application incomplete. Send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, with Form H1010-MR requesting the necessary information to make a determination based on Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) rules. If the applicant fails to provide a completed Form H1010-MR by the final due date, deny the request for failure to provide information.

Related Policy

Application Requests and Submissions, A-113
Receipt of Application, A-121

A—122.2 Scheduling Appointments

Revision 22-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2022

SNAP, TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

An interview is required at application and redetermination for SNAP, TANF and Medicaid for Parents and Caretaker Relatives. Complete an interview even if the application only contains the applicant’s name, address, and signature. Attempt to interview the applicant as a lobby walk-in or by making a cold call. If the cold call is unsuccessful, mail the applicant Form H1830-FA, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice that provides the applicant information about how to call the agency for a flexible appointment interview.

TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48

An interview is not required for Children's Medicaid or Medicaid for Pregnant Women. Process the application unless the applicant requests an interview.

Exceptions:

  • If the applicant was previously denied for failure to provide Form H1024, Subject: Self-Declaration Notice, or for missing an appointment related to a Health Care Orientation (HCO) or Texas Health Steps noncompliance, schedule a phone appointment and deliver the HCO or remind the applicant about the importance of the Texas Health Steps  checkup at that time.
  • Staff conduct an interview for an initial application or redetermination when HHSC receives conflicting information related to household composition or income that affects eligibility and the information cannot be verified through other means, such as an associated EDG.

Related Policy

Interviews, A-131
Explanation of Benefits, A-1531.4

A—122.3 Registering an Application

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

All Programs

Perform Application Registration (App Reg) within one workday after the file date when application registration is required.

To prevent overpayments or incorrectly providing benefits, take the following action before registering an application:

  • screen each application filed; and
  • associate the old case number in File Clearance when appropriate.

Perform inquiry on all household members applying for benefits listed on the application for assistance. Use Social Security numbers (SSNs), case name search and available case or EDG numbers to determine case status.

If inquiry showsthen
no record,follow established local office procedures for processing applications.
an individual record,

check case and EDG status (active or denied). If the case is active, determine if the person is currently active on another case in the same program. If the person is:

  • not currently active in the same program, register the application.
  • entitled to dual SNAP participation as a resident of a shelter for battered persons, follow procedures in B454.1, Duplicate Participation Procedures.
  • currently active in the same program and is not entitled to dual benefits, take appropriate action to prevent duplicate participation. Process an overpayment, if applicable.

If the case is denied, associate the old case number in File Clearance after determining that this is the same household.

a SNAP-Combined Application Project (CAP) case record,check for CBS status in TIERS inquiry. SNAP-CAP will be listed as FS-SNAP under Current EDG Affiliations in case inquiry results and under Current Eligibility in individual inquiry results. Follow established local office procedures applicable to the specific case situation.

A—123 Withdrawal of an Application

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The individual may voluntarily withdraw an application any time before certification.

SNAP

If someone other than the head of household, spouse, a responsible household member, or an AR requests a withdrawal, staff should contact the household to confirm the withdrawal.

Related Policy

The Texas Works Message, A-1527

A—124 Processing Presumptive Eligibility Applications

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

TA 66, TA 74, TA 75, TA 76, TA 83, TA 86 and TP 42

Presumptive eligibility (PE) provides short-term medical coverage to pregnant women, MBCC applicants, children under age 19, parents and caretaker relatives of dependent children under age 19, and former foster care children. PE provides full fee-for-service Medicaid with the exception of pregnant women. Pregnant women receive ambulatory prenatal care only.

Qualified hospitals (QHs) determine PE for all groups except MBCC.

Qualified entities (QEs) determine PE for pregnant women and MBCC applicants. For MBCC applicants, only QEs that are also Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) Breast and Cervical Cancer Services contractors may make MBCC PE determinations, following the process outlined in X100, Application Processing.

A—124.1 Eligible Groups

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

The following groups can receive presumptive eligibility coverage:

  • Children:
    • MA-Children Under 1 Presumptive — TA 74
    • MA-Children 1–5 Presumptive — TA 75
    • MA-Children 6–18 Presumptive — TA 76
  • Former Foster Care Children (MA-FFCC Presumptive — TA 83)
  • Pregnant Women (MA-Pregnant Women Presumptive — TP 42)
  • Parents and Other Caretaker Relatives (MA-Parents and Caretaker Relatives Presumptive — TA 86)

A—124.2 File Clearance

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

TIERS performs automated file clearance for each individual determined presumptively eligible if the individual has a 100 percent match in TIERS or if there is no match for the individual in TIERS. For individuals for whom TIERS cannot perform automated file clearance, TIERS triggers an alert to create a TLM task for staff to manually do file clearance for the individual. TIERS routes manual file clearance tasks to the Out-stationed Worker Program (OWP) queue for assignment and processing.

A—124.3 Task List Manager

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

When TIERS cannot automatically perform file clearance for an individual whom a QH/QE has determined to be presumptively eligible, an OWP advisor needs to take action. TIERS creates the task "Process a File Clearance Failure for Presumptive Eligibility" and sends it to an OWP advisor based on the applicant's ZIP code.

To complete the task, the advisor:

  1. Selects the Work icon.
  2. Selects the individual who needs file clearance from the Presumptive Eligibility Individual — Summary page.
  3. Matches the PE individual to the TIERS individual on the PE File Clearance — Results page.
  4. Selects Auto Process PE on the File Clearance — Results page to complete the task once the advisor has performed file clearance for all individuals on the case.  

The advisor can also manually clear the task. When an advisor searches for an application on the Self Service Application Search page, the SS Application Search Results section displays a Determine PE link if a PE individual on the case requires manual file clearance. TIERS displays the Presumptive Eligibility Individual — Summary page when the advisor clicks the link.

Once the advisor completes file clearance, TIERS notifies TLM to close the QH/QE PE task.

A—124.4 Application Processing

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

The TLM routes applications for regular Medicaid from individuals whom a QH/QE has determined to be presumptively eligible for Medicaid to an OWP advisor for processing. If the QH has an OWP advisor, the TLM assigns the application to that advisor for processing. If the QH does not have an OWP advisor or a QE submits the application, the TLM routes the application to the regional OWP queue.

Process the applications using current policy and application processing time frames. See B112, Deadlines. If both a PE task for file clearance and a regular Medicaid application exist for the same person, clear the PE task first.

A—124.5 Verifications

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

Use standard verification requirements when processing an application for regular Medicaid from an individual determined presumptively eligible. See C900, Verification and Documentation.

Related Policy

Verifications, C1113.4

A—124.6 Medical Effective Date

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

The medical effective date for PE is the date that the QH or QE determines the individual is presumptively eligible for Medicaid. 

Note: An individual is not eligible for PE coverage if the individual is currently certified for Medicaid, CHIP or CHIP perinatal.  

If the individual does not apply for regular Medicaid, PE coverage ends the last day of the month after the month of the PE determination (see scenario 1 below).

If the individual submits Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, or Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, HHSC determines whether the individual is eligible for regular Medicaid. If the person is not eligible for regular Medicaid, the individual's PE coverage ends the date that HHSC determines the individual is ineligible (see scenario 2 below). If the person is eligible for regular Medicaid, the person’s PE coverage ends when HHSC makes the Medicaid eligibility determination, following cutoff rules. 

If an individual is Medicaid-eligible during the application month, the individual receives Medicaid from the first of that month through the PE MED. Regular Medicaid coverage for the ongoing period starts once the PE period ends (see scenarios 3 and 4 below). Exception: Since PE for pregnant women provides only limited prenatal services, ongoing Medicaid coverage overlays the PE coverage (see scenario 5 below).

Examples:

PE Scenarios
  1. Individual does not apply for regular Medicaid
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children 6–18 Presumptive on February 2. Her mother does not submit an application for regular Medicaid. The child’s PE coverage ends on March 31. 
  1. Individual is ineligible for regular Medicaid
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children Under 1 Presumptive on April 4. Her father submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on April 20 that the child is not eligible for regular Medicaid. Her PE coverage ends on April 20.
  1. Individual is eligible for regular Medicaid (HHSC makes eligibility determination before cutoff)
A child is determined eligible for MA-Children 1–5 Presumptive on March 6. His mother submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on March 15 (before cutoff) that the child is eligible for regular Medicaid. His PE coverage ends March 31. He is certified for regular Medicaid effective March 1 to March 5 and April 1 through ongoing. 
  1. Individual is eligible for regular Medicaid (HHSC makes eligibility determination after cutoff)
A former foster care child is determined eligible for MA-FFCC Presumptive on May 9. He submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on May 22 (after cutoff) that the individual is eligible for regular Medicaid. His PE coverage ends June 30. He is certified for regular Medicaid effective May 1 to May 8 and July 1 through ongoing. 
  1. Pregnant woman is eligible for regular Medicaid
A woman is determined eligible for MA-Pregnant Women Presumptive on June 4. She submits an application for regular Medicaid on the same date. HHSC determines on June 10 that the woman is eligible for regular Medicaid. Her PE coverage ends on June 30. Regular Medicaid overlays her PE coverage with an effective date of June 1.

A—124.7 Periods of Presumptive Eligibility

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

Pregnant women are allowed one PE period per pregnancy.

For all other PE groups, an individual is allowed no more than one period of PE per two calendar years. Example: An individual receives PE for children ages 6–18 in June 2015. He cannot receive another period of PE until January 2017.

A—124.8 Fair Hearings

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

Appeals and fair hearings do not apply to PE.

A—124.9 Questions About the Presumptive Eligibility Process

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

Refer hospitals and entities that are interested in becoming qualified to make PE decisions to the PE website.

Refer a person with questions about their PE coverage dates to the QH/QE that made the PE determination. For questions about services covered by Medicaid, tell the person to call the Medicaid help line at 800-335-8957.

A—124.10 Presumptive Eligibility Forms

Revision 15-3; Effective July 1, 2015

Qualified hospital/qualified entity staff use the following forms in the presumptive eligibility process: 

  • Form H1265, Presumptive Eligibility (PE) Worksheet — Completed by the QH/QE and used to determine if an applicant is presumptively eligible.    
  • Form H1266, Short-term Medicaid Notice: Approved — Completed by the QH/QE and given to an individual determined presumptively eligible. This form notifies the individual about PE coverage and lists the eligibility start and end dates. If an individual takes this form to a local eligibility determination office and requests a temporary Medicaid identification card, give the person Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification.
  • Form H1267, Short-term Medicaid Notice: Not Approved — Completed by the QH/QE and given to an individual determined ineligible for PE coverage. This form explains the reason for ineligibility and how to apply for regular Medicaid.

Related Policy

Qualified Hospital/Qualified Entity Policy and Procedures for Presumptive Eligibility Determinations, C1113

A—125 TP 45 Provider Referral Process

Revision 16-3; Effective July 1, 2016

TP 45

State Office Data Integrity (SODI) uses the Provider Referral Process when a hospital, birthing center, or Federally Qualified Health Center (FQHC) submits a referral directly to SODI for a newborn whose mother is Medicaid eligible. The provider does not submit a claim for payment to the claims administrator for the child at this time.

SODI researches eligibility files. After verifying the mother's Medicaid coverage, which can be retroactive, SODI creates a TP 45 EDG for the newborn.

Coverage for the child begins with the child's date of birth (DOB). The last month of coverage is the month the child turns age one, unless one of the following situations occurs.

  • The hospital notifies SODI using Texas Department of State Health Services Form 7484, Hospital Report (Newborn Child or Children), that the child's mother relinquishes her parental rights.
    • If Form 7484 indicates a relinquishment but the new caretaker’s information is incomplete or is not provided, SODI provides newborn Medicaid coverage from the child's DOB through the end of the month the child is relinquished.
    • If Form 7484 indicates a relinquishment and the new caretaker’s name and address are provided, SODI completes two case actions. The first action is to process an open and close newborn Medicaid EDG with the birth mother as the case name. The coverage begins with the child’s DOB and continues through the end of the month the child was relinquished. The second action is to open a newborn Medicaid case/EDG with the new caretaker as the case name. The coverage begins the first of the month after the original newborn Medicaid coverage ended and continues through the month of the child’s first birthday.
  • The child's mother received TP 42 Pregnant Women Presumptive coverage at the time of the child's birth and the mother's application for regular Medicaid coverage is denied. SODI certifies the child through the birth month.

The computer generates and sends the following documents for each EDG:

  • A notice of the newborn's individual number to the referring provider and other providers, if identified on the provider's referral;
  • Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card to the newborn's mother; and
  • A notice informing the newborn's mother/caretaker:
    • that the child is eligible to receive medical coverage through the month the child turns age one, as long as the Texas residence requirement is met, and to report any changes concerning these eligibility requirements;
    • to report if information on Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification, is incorrect;
    • to report if the newborn's siblings receive TANF; and
    • if the mother's Medicaid end date changes because the child was not born in the anticipated month.

A—125.1 Advisor Action in Provider Referral Process

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 45

A task is created when a TP 45 EDG is established and the TIERS case contains an active SNAP or TANF EDG. The advisor must take the following actions once the advisor claims the newborn alert task.

If ...then ...
the newborn is a mandatory member of a TANF-certified group or SNAP household,process to add the child to the TANF or SNAP EDG as explained in B641.1, Adding Newborns to the Case.
the child is not a mandatory member of a TANF-certified group, but the child's mother or caretaker provides additional information about the child (name, SSN, etc.),add these changes to the TP 45 EDG.
the newborn's siblings are included in the MAGI household composition for a TP 43, 44, or 48,take no action on the siblings' EDG until additional information is requested for the siblings. At that point, request verification of tax status and relationship for the newborn. If the mother provides verification of relationship for the newborn, add the newborn to the siblings' budget groups.
the child becomes ineligible for TP 45 before the child's first birthday,deny TP 45 for the child, using the appropriate denial code.

A—125.2 Suspended Claim Process

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 45

The Medicaid provider sends a claim for a newborn child with the child's mother's claim to the claims administrator. If the claims administrator cannot find the child on HHSC's eligibility files, the claims administrator suspends the child's claim and sends an exception notice to State Office Data Integrity (SODI). SODI checks the child's mother's Medicaid eligibility. If the mother received Medicaid at the time of the child's birth, including a retroactive determination, SODI follows procedures in the Provider Referral Process to provide Medicaid coverage for the child.

A—125.3 Mandated TIERS Inquiry

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 45

Field staff must perform TIERS inquiry before providing coverage for a newborn when there is no evidence of SODI TP 45. Staff should inquire by the newborn's mother's individual number and look for a process date that is after the child's DOB.

A—126 Processing Children’s Insurance Applications

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

See A-113, Application Requests and Submissions, for how to apply for Medical programs for children.  

A—126.1 Front Desk Process

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

CHIP and TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

When individuals come to a local eligibility office to inquire about health insurance for their child(ren), the front desk clerk must:

  • explain the ways to submit an application as outlined in A-113, Application Requests and Submissions; and
  • explain that the Medicaid application process provides that if a child is found ineligible for Medicaid based on income, HHSC will test the child for CHIP and, if eligible, the Enrollment Broker will send an enrollment packet to the household.

A—126.2 Inquiry

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

CHIP and TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

Before certifying a child for any type of Medicaid program, advisors must perform an inquiry to determine whether the child applying for Medicaid is already enrolled or pending enrollment in Medicaid, CHIP, or CHIP perinatal.

A—126.3 Advisor Action for Determining Eligibility for Children

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

CHIP and TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

When taking action on an application, the following procedures must be applied:

If ...then ...
The child applying is not active in CHIP or pending CHIP enrollment,test for Medicaid eligibility. Follow the policy for assigning the MED*.
The child applying is active in CHIP and the CHIP end date is the application month or the following month,

test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and it is:

  • before cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the next month.
  • after cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the month following the next month.
The child applying is active in CHIP and the CHIP end date is later than the month following the application month,

test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and processing is:

  • before cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the next month.
  • after cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the month following the next month.
The child applying is pending CHIP enrollment with a start date the first day of the next month,

test for Medicaid eligibility for the three months prior, if the application indicates unpaid medical bills. Test for ongoing Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and it is:

  • before cutoff, follow the policy for assigning the MED.
  • after cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the month following the next month. Provide open/close coverage for the application month and/or prior months, if applicable.
The child applying is pending CHIP enrollment with a start date later than the first day of the next month,test for Medicaid eligibility for the three months prior, if the application indicates unpaid medical bills. Test for ongoing Medicaid eligibility. Follow the policy for assigning the MED.
The child is active in CHIP, the application indicates she is pregnant, and the CHIP end date is in the application month,test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the month following the CHIP end date.
The child is active in CHIP, the application indicates she is pregnant, and the CHIP end date is in the month following the application month or later,

test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, and it is:

  • before cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the next month.
  • after cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the month following the next month.
One child in the family applying is active in CHIP and another is not,test for Medicaid eligibility. If eligible, follow the applicable guidelines given in the preceding scenarios, for each child.
* See A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage, to apply the MED.

After determining a child is ineligible for Medicaid, TIERS will test eligibility for CHIP.

When the head of household does not provide their date of birth (DOB) and/or Social Security number (SSN), the following steps are taken to obtain the information:

  • Call the household to try to obtain the correct DOB and/or SSN. Let the household know this information is voluntary and is not required to make an eligibility determination for the child; however, it will help expedite the process.
  • If unable to obtain the DOB and/or SSN by telephone, continue to process the child's application for Medicaid.
  • Select a random DOB for the caretaker/second parent, with a year between 1965 and 1975. Using randomly selected DOBs reduces or eliminates the problem of duplicate individual numbers.
  • The SSN field is left blank if the correct number is not available.
  • Staff ensure that all other demographic information is correct and include the individual's middle name, when available.

A—126.3.1 Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) Newborn Process

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

CHIP Perinatal, TP 36, TP 43 and TP 45

Income Above the Limit for Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40)

When a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is above the income limit for TP 40 applies for Medicaid for her newborn and HHSC hospital-based staff have information from the applicant or the hospital that the newborn is medically fragile and that the newborn is admitted into the NICU, HHSC hospital-based staff must certify the newborn using the following process:

  • Upon receipt of an application for a Medicaid NICU newborn, HHSC hospital-based staff must perform inquiry to determine if the mother is on CHIP perinatal or whether the newborn has been assigned a TIERS individual identification (ID) number and is active on Medicaid.
  • If the newborn is not active on Medicaid, staff must deny the CHIP perinatal and certify the eligible newborn for TP 43, if eligible, following existing policy.
  • If not eligible, test the newborn for TP 56 and do not deny the newborn’s CHIP perinatal coverage.
  • If eligible, the newborn may receive TP 56 and CHIP perinatal coverage.

Income at or Below the Limit for Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40)

When HHSC hospital-based staff have information from the applicant or the hospital that a newborn born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is at or below the income limit for TP 40 is medically fragile and that the newborn is admitted into the NICU, HHSC hospital-based staff must certify the eligible mother for Emergency Medicaid and the newborn for TP 45, effective on the newborn's date of birth. The CHIP perinatal mother must submit Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal — Emergency Medical Services Certification, to the hospital. HHSC hospital-based staff must process Form H3038-P.

Upon receipt of Form H3038-P, HHSC hospital-based staff must:

  • perform inquiry on the Newborn Perinatal Match Interface (Interfaces – TIERS Left Navigation) to verify the CHIP perinatal household's FPIL;
  • use the date Form H3038-P is provided as the file date for both the Emergency Medicaid and Medicaid for the newborn child;
  • certify the CHIP perinatal mother for Emergency Medicaid and deny the CHIP perinatal Eligibility Determination Group (EDG); and
  • certify the eligible newborn for TP 45, effective on the newborn's date of birth.

Related Policy

Adding a New Child, D1433.1

A—126.4 CHIP Good Cause

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

CHIP good cause is explained in D1723.6, Good Cause Exemptions for Children Subject to the 90-day Waiting Period.

A—126.4.1 Claiming Good Cause

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

CHIP good cause is explained in D1723.6, Good Cause Exemptions for Children Subject to the 90-day Waiting Period.

A—127 Prior Medicaid Coverage

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Children's Medicaid and TP 33, TP 34 and TP 35

Staff use any valid application or renewal form to determine three months prior coverage for Children's Medicaid. Do not require Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage, if the family provides enough information to determine eligibility for prior months. If the family does not provide enough information and cannot be reached by telephone, staff sends Form H1113 with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request verification. Note: Three months prior coverage does not apply to CHIP. See D1723.5, Coverage Start Dates, to determine when CHIP coverage begins.

Staff must not delay certification of ongoing eligibility to determine if any child is eligible for prior coverage.

Related Policy

Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, A-830

A—128 Processing Applications for Pregnant Women

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

CHIP Perinatal, TP 40 and TP 36

A pregnant woman may apply for health care coverage using applications and ways to submit an application explained in A- 113, Application Requests and Submissions.

When a pregnant woman applies for health care coverage, she will first be tested for TP 40 coverage. If ineligible for TP 40, TIERS will determine whether the woman is eligible for CHIP or CHIP perinatal.

CHIP perinatal coverage provides services to unborn children of pregnant women, regardless of age, who are at or below the program income limit and are ineligible for:

  • Medicaid because of immigration status or income; or
  • CHIP because of age or immigration status.

CHIP perinatal households are exempt from the:

  • 90-day waiting period;
  • cost-sharing (enrollment fees and co-payments); and
  • six-month income check.

A—128.1 Inquiry for Pregnant Women

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

CHIP Perinatal, TP 40 and TP 36

Before certifying a pregnant woman for any type of health care coverage, advisors must perform inquiry to determine whether the pregnant woman is already certified for Medicaid or enrolled or pending enrollment in CHIP or CHIP perinatal.

Searching by the woman's last name and date of birth may increase the possibility for a match.

A—128.2 Staff Action for Determining Eligibility for Pregnant Women

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

TA 85 (CHIP-P), TP 40 and TP 36

When taking action on an application, apply the following procedures.

If ...then ...
the woman is active in CHIP perinatal and the application indicates she is due in the application month,

test for Medicaid eligibility.* If eligible, and she is:

  • not a U.S. citizen or alien with acceptable status, certify the woman for Emergency Medicaid coverage for the birth and certify the newborn for TP 45 Medicaid coverage.
the woman is active in CHIP perinatal and the application indicates she is due in the month following the application month or later,

test for Medicaid eligibility.* If eligible, and it is:

  • before cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the next month.
  • after cutoff, begin Medicaid coverage the first day of the month following the next month.

* When a woman enrolled in CHIP perinatal submits a new application, they must be tested for Medicaid coverage. When processing a change for a woman certified for CHIP perinatal, TIERS will automatically test for Medicaid eligibility. A new application is not required.

A—128.3 CHIP Perinatal Application Process

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

TA 85 (CHIP-P), TP 36 and TP 45

CHIP perinatal (TA 85) covers labor with delivery charges for households with income above the income limit for Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP40), but not for households that qualify for Emergency Medicaid coverage (women who do not meet citizenship requirements, and whose household income is at or below the income limit for TP40). These Medicaid-eligible households must submit Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal — Emergency Medical Services Certification, to apply for Emergency Medicaid to pay for these charges.  A woman certified for TA 85 with household income above the TP40 income limit cannot be certified for Emergency Medicaid to cover the labor with delivery charges.

A child born to a CHIP perinatal mother whose household income is at or below the income limit for TP40 and who receives Emergency Medicaid to cover labor with delivery charges is enrolled in Medicaid instead of CHIP perinatal.  

Thirty days before the expected due date, TIERS generates and sends Form H3038-P with Form H1061, Birth Outcome Letter, to the household. If the household has not reported the child’s birth by 30 days after the expected due date, TIERS sends a Form H1062 , Birth Outcome Reminder Letter, and a second Form H3038-P with instructions for getting Form H3038-P completed and signed by the medical practitioner, along with a self-addressed postage-paid envelope. The household must return Form H3038-P to HHSC.

Upon receipt of Form H3038-P:

  • the form is linked to the mother's case; and
  • a task is created for Customer Care Center (CCC) staff to certify the mother for Emergency Medicaid and the newborn for TP 45.

Staff must not certify the mother for Emergency Medicaid or the newborn for TP 45 if the household has not returned Form H3038-P within 60 days from the date of the expected pregnancy due date. Reopen three-month prior applications for people who return Form H3038-P after 60 days from the expected pregnancy due date.

Note: For newborns admitted to the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU), process both the Emergency Medicaid coverage for the mother and the TP 45 for the newborn.

CCC Staff Process

CCC is assigned a task to process Form H3038-P. Staff must:

  • determine whether mother and newborn are already active on Medicaid;
  • if mother and newborn are not active on Medicaid, use all TP 40 eligibility policies and procedures to determine Emergency Medicaid eligibility, except when verifying income and citizenship/alien status;
  • use the verified income provided to determine CHIP perinatal eligibility to determine Emergency Medicaid eligibility. Note: TIERS will not run financial rules when certifying a recipient for Emergency Medicaid and will instead use the verified income used to determine the woman’s CHIP Perinatal eligibility; 
  • verify all non-financial eligibility points prior to certification using: 
    • identity verification sources; and
    • residence verification sources;
  • use the date Form H3038-P is received as the file date for the Emergency Medicaid and TP 45; and
  • process Form H3038-P by the 45th date after the file date.

The file date for the TP 45 is usually the date Form H3038-P is received if it includes the newborn's information. Birth outcome information can also be received via the newborn interface or from the person by phone or in writing. When birth outcome information is received after Form H3038-P has already been submitted to the HHSC, a second task is assigned to CCC to process TP 45 coverage for the newborn.

When CCC staff receive a task that includes Form H3038-P dated more than 60 days after the pregnancy due date, CCC must stamp "Received (Date) CCC" on Form H3038-P, to indicate the form was provided after the 60 days from the pregnancy due date. CCC staff must return Form H3038-P along with an application and a letter informing the person that they must apply for Medicaid. The person is instructed to complete the application and return it to the nearest HHSC office or appropriate out-stationed worker, if an out-stationed worker is housed at the hospital where the delivery took place.

Out-Stationed and HHSC Eligibility Office Staff Process

The chart below explains procedures staff must follow to determine appropriate action.

If an applicantthen staff must:
provides Form H3038-P only, and was active on CHIP perinatal at the time of the delivery,fax Form H3038-P to 877-447-2839.
provides an application requesting Medicaid only, provides Form H3038-P, and was active on CHIP perinatal at the time of delivery,follow policy for receipt of duplicate or identical application and fax Form H3038-P to 877-447-2839.
provides an application requesting Medicaid and other benefits (SNAP, Medicaid, TANF), provides Form H3038-P, and was active on CHIP perinatal at the time of delivery,
  • certify the TP 36 coverage when determining eligibility for the other requested programs (including TP 45) following existing policy, if eligible; or
  • fax only Form H3038-P to 877-447-2839 if the mother is ineligible for Emergency Medicaid based on the current information.
provides an application and Form H3038-P stamped with “Received (Date) CCC,”process the request for Medicaid following normal application procedures.
was not active on CHIP perinatal at the time of delivery,process the Emergency Medicaid request per existing policy and certify TP 45 if appropriate.

Notes:

  • Fax the bar-coded Form H3038-P to 877-447-2839. If Form H3038-P is not bar-coded, write the mother's case and CHIP perinatal EDG number on the top of the form.
  • If the applicant requests the fax number for Form H3038-P, instruct the applicant to fax the form to 877-447-2839.

Related Policy

Receipt of Duplicate Application, A-121.2
Receipt of Identical Application, A-121.3
Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) Process, A-126.3.1
Verification Sources, A-621
Verification Sources, A-761
Reopening Three Months Prior Applications, A-831.2.1
Deadlines, B-112

A—129 Data Broker Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Staff must request Data Broker reports as required in C-820, Data Broker.

Related Policy

Permissible Purpose, C-824

A-130, Interview Procedures

A—131 Interviews

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

Conducting Interviews for Applications and Redeterminations

Conduct the interview with the applicant or the applicant's spouse (if the spouse is a member of the household) to determine eligibility.

Exceptions:

  • A household may designate an authorized representative (AR), who must also sign the application.
  • For SNAP, another responsible household member may also be interviewed.
  • For TSAP redeterminations, no interview is required unless the household requests an interview, the case contains earned income, or it appears the household is going to be denied.

Note: The spouse (or other responsible household member for a SNAP interview) does not have to sign the application to be interviewed. Staff must not exempt the household from any program or verification requirements due to interviewing an AR or conducting a phone interview.

Related Policy

Authorized Representatives, A-170 
SNAP Programs, B-474.1.1 
Texas Simplified Application Project (TSAP) for SNAP Food Benefits, B-477

A—131.1 Home Visits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Advisors must provide notice to the household before making any home visit. Application and redetermination interviews must be scheduled in writing. Notification of other home visits may be:

  • verbal,
  • given or mailed to the individual, or
  • by telephone contact with a responsible household member.

The notification should include the time (at least whether morning or afternoon) and date of the visit. Advisors should route the notification for imaging to add to the electronic case record or document the specific information in TIERS Case Comments. If regions have specialized staff that conduct home visits, the documentation may be maintained in a separate location as long as it is accessible if needed.

Home visits to collateral sources do not have to be scheduled in advance.

No one should be denied for refusing to agree to a home visit unless there is no other sufficient and reliable verification available.

Related Policy

Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, C932

A—131.2 Requirement to Provide Interpreter or Translation Service

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

HHSC is required to provide interpreter and translation (written or verbal) services to applicants and recipients with Limited English Proficiency (LEP). Consider an individual with LEP even if they do not request an interpreter on the application if the individual indicates they would like to speak a language other than English during the interview. HHSC is also required to provide an effective method to communicate with applicants and recipients who indicate they are deaf or hearing impaired. Applicants and recipients may indicate on an application or during an interview that they need interpreter services.

A—131.2.1 Availability of Interpreters and Translation Services

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

All Programs

Local offices must set up procedures to ensure interpreters and translators are available for applicants or recipients who indicate needing such services on an application.

To meet the requirement for applicants and recipients who indicate they are Limited English Proficiency (LEP), offices can use:

  • Bilingual advisors – when it is reasonably possible to do so, schedule LEP applicant or recipient interviews with bilingual advisors.
  • Bilingual clerical staff – use bilingual clerical staff as interpreters whenever possible.
  • Local community interpreter providers.

Use the following methods for interpretation only after exhausting all local and regional resources:

  • Language Line Services – This service is available to all regions. Staff can use the service by calling the primary vendor at 844-403-1611 or the secondary vendor at 866-975-3097 and using their 11-digit employee identification number.
  • •    Applicants or recipients may provide their own interpreter if they wish to do so. Note: A minor, 15 or older, can act as an interpreter at the person's request and when the minor accompanies the person to the interview. Do not use a minor under 15 as an interpreter.

To meet this requirement for applicants and recipients who indicate they are deaf or hearing impaired, offices can:

  • Schedule a phone interview if the applicant indicates the contact phone on the application is a TDD/TTY line unless the applicant requests a face-to-face interview.  
    Note: Relay Texas can be reached at these numbers:
    • 7-1-1, 800-RELAYTX (800-735-2989), Spanish to English (Spanish speaking callers to English speaking HHSC staff) at 888-777-5861; and
    • and Spanish to Spanish at 800-662-4954.
  • If unable to reach the applicant by phone, schedule a face-to-face interview and arrange for interpreter services at the interview location.

Note: In situations where an interpreter services vendor is not available, the use of handwritten notes with the hearing-impaired person is allowed. The notes must be  an effective and acceptable means of communication for the person.

A—131.2.2 Availability of Translated Written Material

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Staff must inform applicants/recipients about the availability of translation (written or verbal) services regarding written materials HHSC sends to them by following the two processes below, when applicable.

When staff verbally communicate with LEP applicants/recipients at application, redetermination (including desk reviews) and change actions, staff  must ensure that applicants/recipients understand the eligibility action (Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action) being taken and the requirements for the  application process (including any missing information being requested). Providing a verbal explanation to all LEP applicants/recipients in their preferred language regarding the eligibility action being taken and/or missing information being requested meets this requirement.

Note: This requirement is not applicable for desk reviews and change actions when staff process the case action without talking with the applicants/recipients.

The Vietnamese Translation Interpreter Form is automatically attached to applicable eligibility notices when clients select Vietnamese as their primary household language.

A—131.3 Interview Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

During the interview, the interviewer must:

  • protect the applicant's confidentiality and conduct the interview as a confidential discussion of household circumstances;
  • review the application and resolve unclear and incomplete information with the household;
  • advise the household of their rights and responsibilities, including the right to appeal;
  • advise the household of the application processing time frames;
  • advise the household of their responsibility to report changes;
  • ensure that the address on TIERS reflects the individual's current address; and
  • explain the various policies, rights, and responsibilities as required in A-1500, Reminders.

Advisors must take the following actions and provide the following referrals and information during the interview:

  • Verify that the household agrees that the information is complete and correct on the application form and in the case documentation for household composition, income, and expenses;
  • Verify that the income and expense information obtained for past periods (including self-employment) accurately reflect the amounts that can be anticipated for future income and expenses, according to policy in A-1355, How to Project Income. If the information is inaccurate, the advisor must determine why it is inaccurate;
  • Determine whether households with questionable or negative management, as described in A-1710, General Policy, are able to explain how the household's bills are paid;
  • Determine whether households with other discrepancies in information that could affect eligibility are able to provide information to resolve those discrepancies;
  • Determine whether there is a reason for households who have not provided all verification requested on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, beyond the household's control that prevents the household from providing verifications. If the advisor designates a collateral source, the advisor should accept the individual statement or use other forms of verification for the missing verifications as required by policy in A-1370, Verification Requirements;
  • Determine whether income verification may be calculated based on year-to-date information from other paychecks provided by the household when income verification is missing for a particular pay period(s), rather than requesting it on Form H1020; and
  • Refer the household to other state or local resources for types of assistance the household requested on the application form, such as child care, child support, utilities, or rent, that are provided by other agencies.

TANF

  • Determine whether any adult household member has received TANF cash assistance from another state since October 1999. Refer to A-1920, Determining the Number of FTL Months Used.
  • Determine whether any member of the household has been disqualified in another state for a felony or drug conviction.
  • Determine whether any member of the household has been disqualified from participating in TANF for an intentional program violation (IPV) in another state. See B942, Disqualifying a Household Member with a Current TANF Out-of-State IPV Disqualification, for policy regarding the IPV information the advisor must gather from the other state.
  • Determine whether applicants must provide information on parent(s) living outside of the home to meet child and medical support requirements, or if applicants meet a good cause exemption, as explained in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause.

SNAP

  • Determine whether households qualifying for the standard medical expense want to claim actual expenses according to the policy in A-1428.3, Budgeting Options;
  • Determine whether the household wants to prorate an expense or income according to policy in A-1428.3; A-1355.1, Budgeting Options for SNAP Households; and A-1358, How to Budget Expenses;
  • Determine whether any household member claims an exemption to Employment and Training (E&T) work requirements;
  • Provide reminders, including the household's change reporting requirement, regarding E&T requirements, able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD) time limit policy (if there is an ABAWD in the household), and how the household can obtain and use SNAP benefits issued via EBT;
  • Determine whether an ABAWD received any countable months of benefits in another state; and
  • Determine whether any member of the household has been disqualified from participating in SNAP for an IPV or a felony drug conviction in another state. Note: Data Broker displays current out-of-state IPV disqualification data.

Medical Programs

Determine whether applicants experiencing family violence are exempt from providing information about a member of their MAGI household composition because they fear physical or emotional harm by that person, as explained in A-241.4, Family Violence Exemption.

TP 08

Determine whether applicants must provide information on parent(s) living outside of the home to meet medical support requirements, or if applicants meet a good cause exemption, as explained in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause.

A—132 Eligibility Factors

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

 TANFSNAPMedical Programs
Household CompositionXXAll Medical Programs*
CitizenshipXXAll Medical Programs*
Social Security numberXXTPs 08, 40, 43, 44, 48, 56
AgeX-TP 08, TA 31, TPs 32, 33, 34, 35, 43, 44, 45, 48, 56
RelationshipX-TP 08, TA 31, TPs 32, 33, 34, 35, 43, 44, 45, 48, 56
IdentityXXAll Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36*
ResidenceXXAll Medical Programs*
Third-Party ResourcesX-All Medical Programs*
DomicileX-TP 08, TA 31
DeprivationX- 
ResourcesXXTP 56 (children) or TP 32 (children)
Income/Deductions/BudgetingXXAll Medical Programs*
School attendanceX-TP 08
Work registrationXX 
ManagementXXTP 08, TA 31
Responsibility AgreementX- 

* TP 08, TA 31, TPs 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 40, 43, 44, 45, 48 and 56.

Note: For medical programs, the eligibility factors noted above do not necessarily apply in all cases.

A—132.1 Medical Programs Hierarchy

Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019

Medical Programs

Texas Works Medical Programs Hierarchy

StepEligible PersonsWith IncomeType Program CodeTypeProgram
1People ages 18 through 25 who have aged out of foster care in Texas and were enrolled in Medicaid on their 18th birthdayNot ApplicableTP 82MAFormer Foster Care Children (FFCC)
2

People ages 18 through 20 who have aged out of foster care and:

  • are not eligible for FFCC (were not receiving federally funded Medicaid when they aged out of foster care); or
  • who aged out of foster care at age 18 or older, currently reside in Texas, and have had an Interstate Compact on the Placement of Children (ICPC) agreement
At or below program FPLTP 70MAMedicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY)
3Pregnant WomenAt or below program FPLTP 40MAPregnant Women
4Pregnant women who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligibleAt or below TP 40 FPLTP 36MAPregnant Women - Emergency
5Newborn children of Medicaid-eligible mothers up to age 1, including mothers receiving TP 36 for the deliveryNot ApplicableTP 45MANewborn Children (Deemed)
6Children under age 1At or below program FPLTP 43MAChildren Under Age One
7Children ages 1 through 5At or below program FPLTP 48MAChildren 1–5
8Children ages 6 through 18At or below program FPLTP 44MAChildren 6–18
9Children ages 1 through 5 who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligibleAt or below TP 48 FPLTP 33MAChildren 1–5 - Emergency
10Children ages 6 through 18 who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligibleAt or below TP 44 FPLTP 34MAChildren 6–18 - Emergency
11Children under age 1 who are nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligibleAt or below TP 43 FPLTP 35MAChildren Under Age One - Emergency
12A parent or caretaker relative caring for a dependent child under age 18 or who meets school attendance requirements who receives MedicaidAt or below program FPLTP 08MAParents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid
13Nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible as a parent or caretaker relative of a Medicaid-eligible childAt or below TP 08 FPLTA 31MAParents and Caretaker Relatives - Emergency
14Parents, caretaker relatives and children receiving Medicaid who receive denial due to new or increase in earningsAbove the limits for TP 08TP 07MAEarnings Transitional
15Parents, caretaker relatives and children receiving Medicaid who receive denial due to new or increase in spousal support incomeAbove the limits for TP 08TP 20MAChild Support Transitional
16Uninsured women ages 18 through 64 diagnosed with breast or cervical cancer and presumed eligible for Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC)Not ApplicableTA 66MAMBCC Presumptive
17Uninsured women ages 18 through 64 diagnosed with breast or cervical cancerNot ApplicableTA 67MAMBCC
18Children under age 19 and pregnant womenAbove the limits for TPs 40, 43, 44, and 48 FPLTP 56MAMedically Needy with Spend Down
19Nonimmigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent residents who have emergency medical conditions and who, except for alien status, would be Medicaid-eligible as a pregnant woman or child under age 19Above the limits for TPs 40, 44, or 48 FPL and at or below program limit TP 32MAMedically Needy with Spend Down - Emergency
20Children under age 19 ineligible for Medicaid due to incomeAbove the limits for TPs 43, 48, or 44 FPL, and at or below program limit TA 84CICHIP
21Unborn children whose mother is ineligible for Medicaid or CHIP due to income or immigration statusAbove the limits for TPs 40 and 36, and at or below program limit TA 85CICHIP - Perinatal
22

Former foster care youth ages 21 through 22 attending school of higher education who:

  • are not eligible for FFCC; or
  • who aged out of foster care at age 18 or older, currently reside in Texas, and have had an ICPC agreement.
At or below program FPLTA 77Health Care BenefitsHealth Care - FFCHE
23Children under age 1 presumed to be eligible for Medicaid as determined by a Qualified Hospital (QH)At or below TP 43 FPLTA 74MAChildren Under Age One - Presumptive
24Children ages 1 through 5 presumed to be eligible for Medicaid as determined by a QHAt or below TP 44 FPLTA 75MAChildren 1–5 - Presumptive
25Children ages 6 through 18 presumed to be eligible for Medicaid as determined by a QHAt or below TP 48 FPLTA 76MAChildren 6–18 - Presumptive
26Parents and caretaker relatives presumed to be eligible for TP 08 by a QH At or below TP 08 FPLTA 86MAParents and Caretaker Relatives - Presumptive
27Former Foster Care Children presumed to be eligible for Medicaid by a QHNot ApplicableTA 83MAFFCC - Presumptive
28Healthy Texas WomenAt or below program   FPLTA 41MAHealthy Texas Women
29Pregnant women presumed to be eligible for TP 40 by a QH or Qualified Entity (QE)At or below TP 40 FPLTP 42 Pregnant Women - Presumptive

Notes:

  • If the pregnant woman or child under age 19 indicates unpaid medical expenses for any of the three months prior to application month or for the application month, determine eligibility under the following programs:
    • TP 56, Medically Needy with Spend Down, for pregnant women and children under age 19 who are ineligible for Medicaid because of income.
    • TP 32 Medically Needy with Spend Down - Emergency, for pregnant women and children under age 19 who are ineligible for Medicaid because of income and alien status.
  • Children ages 0 thru 18 who are ineligible for medical programs because of income are tested for CHIP.

Related Policy

Income Limits, C-131 
Qualified Hospital/Qualified Entity Procedures for Presumptive Eligibility Determinations, C-1113 
Guidelines for Providing Retroactive Coverage for Children and Medical Programs, C-1114 
Type Programs (TP) and Type Assistance (TA), C-1150 
Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE), Part F 
Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY), Part M 
Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC), Part X 
Healthy Texas Women, Part W

A—132.2 Guidelines for Pregnant Women

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

See A-240, Medical Programs.

A—133 Rights and Responsibilities

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48

Before completing the interview, advisors must ensure that the applicant:

  • provides all of the information requested on the application;
  • reports any changes that occurred since filling the application; and
  • reads and understands the individual's rights and responsibilities as explained on the application.

TANF and TP 08

Advisors must also ensure that:

  • the applicant reads and understands the rights and responsibilities of the child support program explained on Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause;
  • TANF applicants read and understand Form H2580, TANF Employment Services Notice, and receive a copy of the form; and
  • TANF applicants read, understand and sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement.

SNAP

Advisors must provide the applicant with Form H1805, SNAP Food Benefits: Your Rights and Program Rules.

TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

Before completing the interview, if requested, ensure the applicant:

  • completes all sections of the application; and
  • reads and understands an individual's and responsibilities as explained on Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, and Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application.

A—134 Documentation Guidelines

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A complete list of documentation requirements for determining eligibility can be found at the conclusion of each eligibility section within the Texas Works Handbook. TIERS Data Collection pages handle a vast majority of the required documentation for case records. For the remaining small percentage of documentation still required by policy, staff must include the information in TIERS Case Comments. For documentation that is not captured within the Data Collection pages, a comprehensive guide, The Texas Works Documentation Guide, has been developed. This documentation guide outlines the requirements for documentation that must be entered in TIERS Case Comments.

A—135 Pending Information

Revision 24-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2024

All Programs except TP 40

If the applicant cannot furnish all required proof during the interview or with the application, allow the household at least 10 days to provide the information. The due date must be a business day.

Staff must provide an applicant Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, explaining:

  • what is needed;
  • the due date for receipt of the information; and
  • the date the application must be denied if information is not received.

Form H1020 should include Form H1020-A, Sources of Proof, that corresponds to the verification requested.

Medical Programs

Do not request additional verification if available through electronic data sources unless questionable.

TP 40

Do not allow 10 days for the applicant to provide verification if doing so exceeds the 15 business day processing time frame and verification can be postponed.

Related Policy

Expedited Certification Procedures, A-145 
Pending Verification on Applications, B-115 
Questionable Information, C-920

A—136 Eligibility Decision and Privacy Notice

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

All Programs

After obtaining all required proof, dispose of the application and provide the applicant Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, detailing the decision.

Medical Programs

HIPAA requires HHSC to provide a notice of privacy practices that explains:

  • the person's privacy rights;
  • the duties of HHSC to protect the person's health information; and
  • how HHSC may use or disclose the person's health information without an authorization. For example, HHSC may share health information with the person's providers to arrange for services or with other government entities to report suspected abuse or neglect.

Provide Form 0401, Notice of Privacy Practices (English), or Form 0401S, Aviso de Normas Sobre la Privacidad (Spanish), as appropriate, to each household enrolled in a medical program.

Provide Form 0401 or Form 0401S with Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to each head of household:

  • at initial certification; and
  • at recertification after a break in services of more than 180 days.

Form 0403, Explanation to Health Information Privacy Rights, provides a reminder of privacy practices and where to find Form 0401.

Provide Form 0403 with Form TF0001 to each head of household:

  • at each recertification;
  • after a break in services of at least 30 days but not more than 180 days; and
  • when a new person is added to a case.

A—137 Prudent Person Principle

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The policies and procedures included in the handbook are rules for determining eligibility. It is impossible to provide examples for all policy situations. When staff encounter rare and unusual situations, HHSC encourages them to use reason and apply good judgment in making eligibility decisions. The "prudent person" principle allows staff to make reasonable decisions based on the best available information using:

  • common sense,
  • program knowledge,
  • experience, and
  • expertise.

Staff should document the rationale used to make a decision and any applicable handbook references.

A-140, Expedited Service

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

SNAP

Use the expedited screening questions on Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance to screen all expedited  applications. HHSC staff screen applications received in the local office. Vendor staff screen applications sent to the Document Processing Center by fax or mail. An automated system screens applications submitted online through YourTexasBenefits.com.

Applicants who meet the test for expedited services are entitled to:

  • postpone all verification until after receiving the first month's benefit, except: 
    • identity; and
    • proof they meet or are currently exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement if they have already received the maximum number of benefit months without meeting the work requirement; and
  • get benefits the same day they apply, if possible, but no later than the next business day.

Exceptions: In the following situations, applicants may not get benefits within this time frame:

  • Applicants in a drug and alcohol treatment or a group living arrangement facility. Approve benefits so the resident has an opportunity to participate by the seventh day after the application date.
  • Joint SNAP/SSI applicants released from public institutions. The Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) section approves benefits so the person can participate by the fifth day after release from the institution.

Late Determinations

Additionally, applicants may not get benefits within this time frame in late determinations for expedited service. These are households that:

  • the agency did not identify as entitled to expedited service when the household filed the application. Expedited processing begins on the day the office becomes aware the applicant is entitled to this service. Do not enter a late determination date if the agency failed to properly screen the application using the expedited screening questions on Form H1010;
  • meet expedited criteria and have a household member who served the minimum employment and training penalty, but the household has chosen to delay their certification until all disqualified members have signed Form H1808, Agreement to Follow SNAP Work Rules;
  • require an interview, but HHSC must mail the application back to the household for signature. The late determination date is the date the applicant returns the signed application;
  • mail or drop off Form H1010 or Form H1010-R, Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form. Contact the applicant to conduct an interview. If the applicant cannot be contacted by phone, mail Form H1830-FA, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, the same day the application is screened. The interview must be completed and benefits provided to an eligible applicant by the seventh calendar day from the file date. If the household also applies for TANF or a Medicaid program that requires an interview, schedule a regular TANF or Medicaid appointment on the same notice;
  • miss their expedited appointment. If the applicant later contacts the office to complete an interview, expedited processing begins the day the applicant contacts the office for an interview;
  • do not provide acceptable proof of identity, or proof of meeting or being exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement, as explained in the beginning of this section. Expedited processing begins when the applicant provides the required proof;
  • are not eligible for expedited processing when screened for expedited services at the time of application but meet expedited criteria later in the application month because of a change in household circumstances after the application was submitted. The late determination date is the date the eligibility for expedited processing is met; or
  • submitted an application through YourTexasBenefits.com when the office was closed due to weather-related conditions, flooding or other similar situations. The late determination date is the first business day the office reopens following the office closure.

Notes:

  • Enter the late determination date in TIERS for late determinations caused by the applicant, resulting from a change in the household's circumstances or due to office closures, as explained above.
  • Except for delays in screening due to office closure, enter the late determination date only if HHSC, the vendor or YourTexasBenefits.com screened the application on the file date or no later than the next business day.
  • The late determination date becomes day zero in determining timeliness on expedited applications.

TP 40

Expedite applications for Medicaid from women applying for current or ongoing coverage due to a pregnancy. These applicants are entitled to:

  • have their eligibility determined no later than 15 business days from the date HHSC receives the application; and
  • postpone all verification, except identity, until the 30th calendar day from the application file date. Note: Postponing verification only applies to current and ongoing coverage. For prior coverage, take action by the 15th business day. Deny the application if the applicant does not provide verification and reopen denied applications within two years at the applicant's request.

Note: An interview is not required when processing a TP 40 application.

Related Policy

Application Signature, A-122.1  
Postponed Verification Procedures, A-145.1  
Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, A-830  
ABAWD Referral Process, A-1831.1.2  
Counting Months Toward Time-Limited Eligibility, A-1950  
Regaining Eligibility, A-1960  
Residents of D&A Facilities, B-441  
Residents of GLA Facilities, B-442

A—141 Expedited Eligibility Criteria

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Applicants are entitled to expedited service if they meet one of the following criteria:

  • The household's:
    • liquid resources total $100 or less, and
    • countable gross monthly non-converted income totals less than $150. Note: When determining eligibility for expedited services, staff must count the actual amount of TANF the individual actually receives.
  • The household's liquid resources plus actual, non-converted countable gross monthly income total less than the most recent monthly expenses for rent/mortgage and utilities. Staff should include the standard telephone allowance for households with a telephone expense.
  • The household includes a migrant or seasonal farmworker and meets the destitute criteria listed in A-146, Expedited Policy for Migrant or Seasonal Farmworkers.

An individual who reapplies within the last month of a current certification period is not eligible for expedited service.

TP 40

All applications for Medicaid from women applying for current or ongoing coverage due to a pregnancy are eligible for expedited processing.

A—142 Limit on Expedited Certification

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

SNAP

A household may receive expedited services any number of times if, before the expedited certification, the household:

  • completes the verification requirements postponed at the last expedited certification; or
  • was certified under the usual 30-day processing standards since the last expedited certification.

The household may provide the postponed verification after denial and qualify for expedited services at a later application.

Notes:

  • The household may re-apply without submitting a new application until the 60th day after the file date, when an expedited application with postponed verification is denied for failure to provide requested information or verification.
  • The household may re-apply without submitting a new application until the 60th day after the file date. Reopen the application using the date the person provided verification as the new file date. If the household submits another application, consider the second application a duplicate. Follow related policy.
  • If the information satisfies the verification requirements postponed at the last expedited certification, the household is eligible for expedited services.
  • The household may re-apply without submitting a new application until the 30th day following the last benefit month if a redetermination is denied for:
    • failure to provide requested information; or
    • for a missed appointment.
  • If the household submits another application, staff must consider the second application a duplicate and follow related policy.

Related Policy

Receipt of Duplicate Application, A-121.2  
Reuse of an Application Form After Denial, B-111  
Pending Verification on Applications, B-115  
Delays Caused by Households, B-122.3

A—143 How to Determine Eligibility for Expedited Service

Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014

SNAP

  YesNo
1.Does the applicant's Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, and statement indicate eligibility for expedited service based on eligibility criteria in A-141, Expedited Eligibility Criteria?Go to step 2.Stop, use normal 30-day processing procedures.
2.Did the applicant already receive SNAP this month?Stop, use normal 30-day processing procedures.Go to step 3.
3.Did the applicant receive expedited service before?Go to step 4.Go to step 5.
4.Did the applicant provide all postponed verifications from previous certification, or did HHSC certify the applicant under normal 30-day processing since the last expedited certification?Go to step 5.Stop, use normal 30-day processing procedures.
5.Was the SNAP EDG denied at redetermination for a missed appointment or for failure to provide requested information, and is it still within 30 days of the last benefit month?Stop, this application is a duplicate application. Follow reuse of application policy.Go to step 6.
6.Does the applicant or AR being interviewed have proof of identity?Go to step 7.Not eligible for expedited service until he provides proof.
7.If an applicant age 18 to 50 has already received the maximum number of benefit months without meeting the work requirement, did the applicant verify that the applicant is exempt from or meets the 20-hour-per-week work requirement (even if the AR applies)?Go to step 8.Not eligible for expedited service until he provides proof.
8.

Issue benefits today. Postpone all other verification that is:

  • not provided at the interview, or
  • not acceptable.
  

TP 40

All applications for Medicaid from women applying for current or ongoing coverage due to pregnancy are eligible for expedited processing.

Related Policy

Receipt of Duplicate Application, A-121.2  
Reuse of an Application Form After Denial, B111  
Delays Caused by Households, B122.3  
Denied for Missed Appointments, B122.3.1  
Denied for Failure to Provide Information/Verification, B122.3.2

A—144 Expedited Verifications

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP and TP 40

See A-140, Expedited Service.

A—144.1 Social Security Numbers (SSNs)

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

SNAP

Include household members for the initial month, or initial two months if household members are receiving a combined allotment. This is true even if the household members fail to provide or apply for an SSN at the interview or if State Online Query (SOLQ) does not validate a member’s SSN at the interview. Follow policy outlined in A-413, Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), if the SSN does not validate at the interview.

Disqualify people who fail to provide or apply for an SSN without good cause or do not provide information to clear the discrepancy related to a SSN validated with verification code F or X before the next monthly issuance. See A-410, General Policy, for rules for children age six months or younger and good cause.

TP 40

Certify a pregnant woman by the 15th working day from the application file date to meet expedited processing timeframes even if:

  • she fails to provide or apply for an SSN; or
  • her SSN is verified with verification code F or X and unable to clear the discrepancy by viewing case documentation or contacting the household by phone. Postpone verification needed to clear the discrepancy.

Deny the woman’s eligibility if by the postponed verification due date she fails to:

  • provide or apply for an SSN; or
  • provide information to clear the discrepancy related to a SSN validated with verification code F or X.

Related Policy

Postponed Verification Procedures, A-145.1  
General Policy, A-410  
Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), A-413

A—144.2 Work Registration

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Advisors should register the applicant being interviewed for work unless:

  • the applicant is exempt from work registration, or
  • an AR is applying for the household.

Advisors should register other household members if possible. Advisors should postpone registration for the initial month if it cannot be completed within the expedited time frames.

A—144.3 Citizenship

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

SNAP

Household members whose citizenship/eligible alien status is questionable can receive expedited benefits with the household. These household members must provide verification of citizenship/eligible alien status before the next month's benefits are issued or be disqualified.

TP 40

Citizenship/eligible alien status must be verified using policy in A-350, Verification Requirements, for pregnant women who declare to be a U.S. citizen or declare to have an eligible alien status. If a pregnant woman does not provide proof of citizenship or alien status and:

  • no other information is required to determine eligibility, she is provided a period of reasonable opportunity as explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity.
  • other information is required to determine eligibility, she is allowed to postpone verification (except identity) until the 30th calendar day from the application file date, as explained in A-145.1, Postponed Verification Procedures. If during that time she returns the other information, but not proof of citizenship or alien status, she is certified, sent Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, and provided a period of reasonable opportunity at that time.

Related Policy

Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1

A—144.4 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

A—144.5 Pregnancy

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

TP 40

Accept the individual’s (pregnant woman’s, case name’s or AR’s) verbal or written statement of pregnancy as verification, unless questionable. The woman’s statement would be questionable if the information provided regarding the due date is discrepant, such as the pregnancy start month and pregnancy end month are less than or more than nine months apart or if the woman reports a pregnancy with overlapping start and end months.

The individual’s statement of pregnancy must provide the following information:

  • Name of woman who is pregnant
  • Pregnancy start month and/or anticipated date of delivery
  • Number of expected children

If questionable, advisors must verify pregnancy by using:

  • Form H3037, Report of Pregnancy; or
  • other documentation containing the same information as Form H3037.

The verification must be from an acceptable source such as:

  • a physician;
  • a hospital;
  • a family planning agency; or
  • a social service agency.

A physician, nurse, advanced nurse practitioner or other medical professional must sign Form H3037 or another document for it to be considered verification from a medical source. If another medical professional completes the form, the advisor must ensure that information about the supervising physician is provided.

Staff must use the following procedures when certain information regarding pregnancy is not provided on an application for benefits.

  • If the only item missing on the application form is the pregnancy start month, staff must count nine months back from the pregnancy end month to determine the pregnancy start month. The pregnancy end month is month zero.
  • If the only item missing on the application form is the pregnancy end month, staff must count nine months from the pregnancy start month to determine the anticipated date of delivery. The pregnancy start month is month zero.
  • If both the pregnancy start and end months are missing, attempt to obtain the information by phone. If unable to obtain the information by phone, send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request the information.

Related Policy

Verification Requirements, A-870

A—145 Expedited Certification Procedures

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Advisors must assign usual certification periods even if staff postpones verifications. See A-2324, Length of Certification, for certification period policy.

Advisors must issue the second month's benefits as a combined allotment as explained in A-150, Combined Allotment Policy, if the household applies after the 15th of the month and benefits are prorated.

TP 40

If an applicant provides the minimum information required to process the application, the advisor may certify the application before the 15th workday and allow postponed verification.

Advisors must deny the application no later than 15 workdays if:

  • the information provided indicates the applicant is not eligible, or
  • not enough information was provided to determine eligibility.

Advisors must reopen applications denied because there was not enough information provided if the information is received within 60 days of the file date.

Advisors must use the date the information is provided as the new file date, and follow the expedited processing guidelines.

Note: An interview is not required when processing a TP 40 application.

A—145.1 Postponed Verification Procedures

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Advisors must provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, stating:

  • what information is needed;
  • the date it is needed; and
  • that the individual must provide the information before the issuance of benefits for the:
    • second month; or
    • third month, if the applicant received a combined allotment.

TIERS identifies and holds benefits for the second month for households not issued a combined allotment or the third month for combined allotment households. See A-150, Combined Allotment Policy.

A-145.1 Postponed Verification Procedures Table

If the household furnishes the postponed verification and the ...then ...
second month is on hold,enter the information and dispose the SNAP EDG within five days or by the first workday of the second month, whichever is later.
third month is on hold (for combined allotment situations),enter the information and dispose the SNAP EDG.

If the household provides postponed verification that results in lowered or denied benefits, see B116.1, Information Received During Expedited Application Processing.

If the household does not provide postponed verifications within 30 days of the application date, advisors must:

  • disqualify the individual when appropriate, or
  • deny the SNAP EDG for failing to provide postponed information and send the individual adequate notice using Form TF0001.

A household denied for failure to provide postponed verification must submit a new application to receive benefits if the household does not provide the postponed verification by the 60th day from the file date. If the household provides the verification by the 60th day, advisors must reopen the application using the date the household provided the verification as the new file date.

An individual receiving adequate notice of adverse action as noted above cannot receive continued benefits pending appeal.

TP 40

Advisors must provide Form TF0001, stating the:

  • eligibility start and end date,
  • postponed verifications, and
  • date the verifications are due.

If the individual does not provide verification by the 30th day following the file date, the advisor must initiate adverse action. Advance notice is required. The individual must reapply if the verification is not provided by the expiration of the adverse action.

If the individual provides verification by the 30th day following the file date but does not meet eligibility requirements, the advisor must provide advance notice of adverse action and deny ongoing coverage.

Note: Advisors must not deny the EDG if the individual is eligible in the application month or one of the three prior months.

A—146 Expedited Policy for Migrant or Seasonal Farmworkers

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

The expedited processing procedures apply to migrant or seasonal farmworkers except for the following:

  • If verifying something other than identity and the source of verification is out of state, the advisor postpones verification until after the household receives the second month's benefit. Advisors should use this procedure for only one two-month postponement during one round-trip from home.
  • Households with a migrant or seasonal farmworker are destitute if they have $100 or less countable liquid resources and meet any of the following:
    • The household's only income for the application month is from a terminated source, and the household will not receive any more payments from that source after the application date.  

      Advisors should consider terminated income if it is usually received:

      • monthly or more often but will not be received from that source the following month, or
      • at intervals of more than one month but will not be received from that source in the next usual payment period.


      Advisors should not consider terminated income in the following situations:

      • Someone changes jobs while working for the same employer;
      • A self-employed person changes contracts or has different customers without having a break in normal income cycle; or
      • Someone receives regular contributions, but the contributions are from different sources.
    • Note: When determining destitute status, advisors do not consider terminated income if a payment from the same source will be received after the file date in the month of application.
    • All household income in the application month is from a new source, and the household will receive income of $25 or less from the first of the month up to and including the 10th day after the application date (or the end of the month if there are not 10 days left in the month).  

      Income received monthly or more frequently is from a new source if the household did not receive $25 or more from that new source in the 30 days up to and including the application date.  

      Income received at intervals of more than one month is new income if the household has not received more than $25 from that source between the last usual payment month and the application date.  

      Advisors count new income received after the application date to determine whether the individual is destitute, but disregard it in determining eligibility and benefits for the month of application.
    • The household has a combination of terminated income through the application date and new income after the application date if:

      • there is no other income from the terminated source that month, and
      • the household will receive income of $25 or less from the new source from the first of the month through the 10th day after the application date (or the end of the month if there are not 10 days left in the month).

      At recertification, advisors disregard income from a new source in the first month of the certification period if that income will not exceed $25 within 10 days after the individual's usual issuance cycle.  

      Notes:

      • Advisors count an advance of wages for travel expenses as income unless it is a reimbursement.
      • Advisors do not consider the advance in determining whether the household is destitute or in determining whether later payments from the employer are from a new source.
      • Self-employed farmworkers whose income is annualized are not destitute if they do not receive income each month of the year.
      • The grower, not the crew chief, is the farmworker's source of income. An individual who follows a crew chief to a new grower is leaving a terminated source for a new source.

The policies in this section apply to income determinations for destitute applicants at initial and later certifications but only in the first month of any certification period.

A—147 Expedited Eligibility and Enrollment of Active Duty Military Members and Their Dependents

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs – All Except Emergency Medicaid and TP 56

All applications for Medicaid from active duty military members and their dependents applying for coverage are eligible for expedited processing.

Active duty refers to military members who currently are serving full time in their military capacity. A military member is defined as someone in the:

  • U.S. Armed Forces/Reserves
    • Army
    • Marine Corps
    • Navy
    • Air Force
    • Coast Guard
  • National Guard
    • Army
    • Marine Corps
    • Navy
    • Air Force
    • Coast Guard
    • Reserve/Guard
  • Army National Guard
  • Air National Guard
  • State Military Forces/Texas State Guard
    • Texas State Guard – Unless activated by the governor and placed on paid state active duty, these personnel receive no compensation for their time.
    • Texas Army National Guard
    • Texas Air National Guard

When an application for Texas Works medical assistance is received and includes an active duty military member, staff should take the following action on or before the 15th workday of the application file date:

  • Provide an interview if requested or required;
  • Send/provide Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request missing information if no interview was requested or required and the household did not provide information with the application; and
  • Send/provide Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, if the household provided all verification with the application and no interview was requested or required.

Military status is self-declared. Additional verification is not required.

Advisors should use processing time frames stated in B-112, Deadlines, if the household did not provide all required information and verification with the application.

The expedited processing requirement does not apply to TP 56 (Medically Needy with Spend Down) or to Emergency Medicaid for ineligible aliens, and only applies to applications and untimely reviews/renewals.

A household is not eligible for expedited processing if the military member is on active duty because of training as a member of the Reserves, National Guard, or State Military Forces.

When an application consists of a pregnant member and an active duty member, advisors use TP 40 expedited application processing time frames.

Advisors provide expedited processing for a Medicaid application if the budget group includes the needs of an active duty member even if the active duty member is not included in the certified group.

Advisors must not pend an application if the household:

  • fails to answer the Yes/No question and name/designation. Advisors must not process the application using expedited time frames. If the Yes/No question is left blank, advisors enter No in the system.
  • fails to answer the Yes/No question but provides a name or information that can be used to determine who the active military member is. Advisors should assume that the answer is Yes and process the application using expedited time frames.
  • answers Yes to the question but does not provide a name or information that can be used to determine who the active military member is. Advisors must not process the application using expedited time frames.

When an interview is scheduled timely within 15 workdays, but the applicant requests to reschedule the interview, staff should attempt to accommodate the rescheduled appointment within the 15-workday time frame. If, at the household’s request, the interview is rescheduled after the 15-workday time frame, staff should document the reason for not scheduling the appointment within the required time frame.

Note: For requested interviews, if the applicant requests to be rescheduled, staff should inform the household that an interview is not required and that the processing of the application can begin without an interview. Staff must not deny an application if the household fails to show for the appointment when an interview is not required.

A-150, Combined Allotment Policy

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Advisors must issue benefits for the month of application and the following month at the same time if:

  • an applicant files the application after the 15th of the month (including reapplications filed after the 15th of the month following the last benefit month);
  • the household is eligible for the application month and the following month (including applicants eligible but not receiving an allotment for the application month because benefits prorate to less than $10); and
  • advisors must prorate the initial month's benefits.

Note: For applicants who meet expedited criteria, advisors issue a combined allotment within expedited time frames, even if postponing verification.

Inform households receiving combined allotments:

  • when the benefits will be available;
  • that no additional benefits will be available until the third month; and
  • that the third month’s benefits will be available on the regular issuance schedule.

TIERS identifies and issues benefits to households eligible for a combined allotment and holds the third month's benefits if the combined allotment certification has postponed verification.

A-160, Joint TANF-SNAP Applications

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF, SNAP and TP 08

A household in which all members are applying for or receiving TANF and/or TP 08 may apply for SNAP at the same time the household applies for TANF and/or TP 08. The advisor then conducts a single interview.

Exception: Conduct the unfinished TANF and/or TP 08 interview later if necessary to meet the SNAP expedited processing time limits.

 

 

A—161 When Receipt of TANF Is Uncertain

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

When TANF eligibility is uncertain, advisors must:

  • certify the household for Non-Public Assistance (NPA) SNAP benefits if eligible. Note: If the TANF members have resources, advisors do not exclude the resources for SNAP until the household’s TANF EDG is certified (see A-1248, Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients); and
  • assign an NPA certification period (see A-2324, Length of Certification).

If TANF is approved later, advisors should process it as a reported change and add the TANF benefit to the SNAP budget as soon as possible. (See A-1324.18, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families [TANF].) Advisors should adjust the certification period to expire when the next TANF periodic review is due. Advisors should send or give the applicant Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, with the new certification period stated. Exception: One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF), A-1324.11.

If the TANF application is denied later, the advisor should continue SNAP eligibility based on the original application.

A-170, Authorized Representatives

Revision 21-4; Effective October 1, 2021

All Programs

An applicant, person receiving benefits, head of household (HOH), or someone with legal authority to act on their behalf (e.g., legal guardian or power of attorney) may designate a person or organization as an AR.

An AR must be verified using a(n):

  • applicant's or recipient's signature on one of the following HHSC applications for benefits containing the AR designation:
    • Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits;
    • Form H1010-R, Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form;
    • Form H1034, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer;
    • Form H1200, Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits;
    • Form H1200-MBI, Application for Benefits — Medicaid Buy-In;
    • Form H1200-MBIC, Application for Benefits — Medicaid Buy-In for Children;
    • Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application;
    • Form H1206, Health Care Benefits Renewal;
    • Form H1840, SNAP Food Benefits Renewal Form;
    • Form H1841, SNAP-CAP Application;
    • Form H1842, SNAP-CAP Renewal Application;
    • Form H2340, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer Renewal; or
    • Form H2340-OS, Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer.
  • applicant's signature on a Marketplace application for health care benefits that is transferred to HHSC and contains the AR designation;
  • legal document that the AR has authority to act on behalf of the applicant or recipient under state law (e.g., legal guardianship or power of attorney);
  • letter designating AR authority and containing the applicant's or recipient's signature, in addition to the name, address, and signature of the AR;
  • completed Form H1003, Appointment of an Authorized Representative; 
  • applicant's or recipient's electronic signature designating the AR on an application, renewal, or reported change submitted through YourTexasBenefits.com.

If a person or organization submits an application on behalf of an applicant, indicates they wish to be the AR and the application is not signed by the applicant, send correspondence to both the unverified AR and the HOH on the case to request the verification.

  • Send the following to the HOH for the case:
    • Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, listing the missing information needed before eligibility can be determined; and
    • Form H1003, to capture the AR designation and the signatures of the applicant and the AR.
  • Send the following to the unverified AR:
    • Form H1004, Cover Letter: Authorized Representative Not Verified, explaining what is needed to verify the AR; and
    • Form H1003, to capture the AR designation and the signatures of the applicant and the AR.

For the AR to be verified, either the AR or the HOH must return the completed Form H1003 within 10 days (or 30 days from the file date). All missing information listed on the Form H1020 must also be returned timely. If the AR verification is not received by the due date, do not designate an AR.

The AR designation is effective from the date the AR is verified until:

  • the applicant or recipient notifies HHSC that the AR is no longer authorized to act on their behalf;
  • the AR notifies HHSC that they no longer wish to act as AR for the applicant or recipient;
  • there is a change in the legal authority (i.e., legal guardianship or power of attorney) on which the AR’s designation is based; or
  • the applicant or recipient designates a new AR to act on their behalf. If there is an existing AR designated on a case, the person or organization that the client most recently designated as the AR will replace the existing AR on the case.

Requests to end the designation of an AR must include the signature of the applicant, the recipient or the AR as appropriate. During the redetermination process, the AR cannot end their AR designation, if the AR is the person completing and signing the redetermination.

Note: An AR is not automatically a personal representative.

An AR is designated at the case level to have access to all benefit information for that case. A verified AR may:

  • sign an application on behalf of an applicant;
  • complete and submit a renewal form;
  • receive copies of notices or renewal forms in the preferred language selected on the application, and other communications from HHSC;
  • designate a health plan; and
  • act on behalf of the applicant or the recipient in all other matters with HHSC.

The applicant, recipient, or AR may also request that the AR receive the recipient’s Medicaid or CHIP ID card and enrollment-related agency correspondence.

Note: The AR will not receive Healthy Texas Women (HTW) correspondence.

Mailing Address for AR

During the interview, obtain the AR’s complete mailing address if not included on the application form. Record the AR’s address on the TIERS Data Collection page, Household - Authorized Representative. If the applicant cannot provide a complete mailing address for the AR during the interview or an interview is not required for the program type, do not pend the case. Record the household’s mailing address as the AR’s address in TIERS.

When an applicant or recipient and their designated AR have the same mailing address, correspondence will only be sent to the AR.

When an applicant or recipient has a legal guardian, correspondence will only be sent to the guardian, even if the applicant or recipient and the guardian have different mailing addresses.

Applicants, recipients, or ARs who have chosen to receive eligibility correspondence electronically, will continue to receive them electronically.

Medical Programs

An AR can be verified using an applicant’s or recipient’s telephonic signature submitted by calling 2-1-1.

SNAP

People disqualified for SNAP benefits because of an administrative disqualification hearing or a nonmember living with the household may serve as an AR only if:

  • no other responsible household member is reasonably able to be the HOH or AR; or
  • that person is the only adult living in the household.

HHSC employees involved in certification or issuance of SNAP benefits and retailers authorized to accept SNAP benefits may serve as an AR only if the unit supervisor gives written approval.

Related Policy

Electronic Correspondence, A-119.1
Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000
Personal Representatives, B-1212
Establishing Identity for Contact Outside the Interview Process, B-1213
Telephone Contact, B-1213.1
Confidentiality, W-2400

A—171 Protective Payee

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

A grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister who is 25 or older may represent the household in the application and review process upon the relative’s request, if staff determine the parent is not using TANF for the child's benefit. In these situations, the parent’s signature and designation of the relative as AR in writing is not required on Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits. When the relative is designated as the protective payee, the relative is automatically the AR.

The Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) may also designate a protective payee.

Related Policy

Receipt of Application, A-121
Authorized Representatives, A-170
Verification Requirements, A-180
Documentation Requirements, A-190
Who Is Not Included, A-222

A—172 AR Applying for Household

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The AR must be informed about the household circumstances. The individual is liable for any overissuance resulting from inaccurate information that the AR gives, except in situations when drug/alcohol treatment centers or group living facilities act as AR for a SNAP household.

The AR must be an adult.

A—173 AR for Residents of Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) or Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

SNAP

For residents of D&A facilities, a facility employee must serve as the AR to apply for the household and to use the benefits.

Residents of GLA facilities may apply:

  • for themselves;
  • through an AR of their choosing; or
  • through an AR employed by the facility.

For D&A and GLA facilities, the AR designated to use SNAP benefits may be a different person from the AR who applies for the household.

Related Policy

Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) or Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-440
D&A or GLA Facility Responsibilities as Authorized Representatives, B-445
Authorized Representatives, B-453

A—174 Abuse by AR

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

An advisor who suspects an AR of acting against the household's interests must report the circumstances to the advisor's program manager.

A-180, Verification Requirements

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

All Programs

When an eligibility determination is requested for multiple programs and the programs allow the same verification sources, staff must use the same verifications for all applicable programs. For example, if a person is applying for SNAP, TANF and Medical Programs and provides acceptable wage verification for SNAP, do not request additional wage verification for TANF or Medical Programs, provided the source is acceptable verification for TANF or Medical Programs.

Make the eligibility decision for each program when all verifications are received for that program.

Related Policy

Data Broker, C-820
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

TANF

If a grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister reports a parent is not using TANF benefits for the child’s needs, verify the claim. Designate one of these relatives, provided they are 25 or older and meet TANF relationship requirements, to serve as the protective payee and authorized representative (AR). A child’s cousins, nieces and nephews are not included in the list of potentially eligible relatives.

If the parent requests the relative's removal as protective payee and AR, staff must verify the parent intends to use TANF benefits for the child's needs.

Note: A protective payee is automatically the AR.

Related Policy

Relationship Charts, C-1440

SNAP

Verify the nonprofit status of homeless shelters, if questionable. See IRS documentation that proves the nonprofit status under Section 501(c)(3) of IRS regulations.

A—181 Verification Sources

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

Use the following sources to verify if the parent is using TANF funds for the child’s needs, based on a claim from a grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister. Use the same sources when the parent requests the removal of the relative as protective payee and AR:

  • Non-related landlord
  • Non-related neighbor
  • School officials
  • Child Protective Services worker
  • Person without vested interest in the outcome of the decision

A-190, Documentation Requirements

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

All Programs

Document the date and method that advance notice of a home visit was provided and the date and time of the visit. An imaged copy of the appointment notice provided to the person is sufficient.

Document why a certain file date was used to determine eligibility when:

  • the file date used differs from the received date on the application; or
  • the application has two received dates.

Document:

  • When a household requests additional programs after filing an application. This includes the requested program and the date of the request.
  • The rationale used to make a prudent person principle decision and any applicable handbook references.
  • That Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, was given to the applicant, AR or representative payee under the Agency Use Only section of the application.
  • On the application and on Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, in the Agency Use Only section, the actions taken when a person notifies HHSC that they declined the opportunity to register to vote after receipt of Form H0025.
  • Information to support the eligibility decision in enough detail that others can understand all computations and advisor decisions.

TANF, SNAP and TP 08

For all interviews, staff must document:

  • whether the person met phone interview criteria and a phone interview was not done for TANF and SNAP;
  • how interpreter services were provided when the application indicates the person requested these services, including when staff conducted the interview and acted as an interpreter.

Medical Programs

Document when designated staff request that a child born to a woman in prison be certified for TP 43.

TANF

Document the specific reason for designating a protective payee, who will also be the authorized representative (AR).

When a grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister requests to be the protective payee, document the:

  • information the relative gives to support the claim that the parent is not using the TANF benefit for the child's needs;
  • information obtained from collateral contacts, documents or both; and
  • decision whether to designate the relative as the protective payee and AR.

SNAP

Document:

  • the name and address of the AR;
  • that no one else is available, if a person disqualified for intentional program (IPV) or a nonmember living with the household is appointed as AR;
  • the tax-exempt status [Section 501(c)(3)] for public or private homeless shelters, if applicable;
  • expedited service eligibility by marking the appropriate box on Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance - Your Texas Benefits, and explain if eligibility is questionable;
  • the decision on the length of certification and reporting requirements for expedited service EDGs;
  • whether a migrant is in or out of the workforce;
  • the reason for entering a late determination date; and
  • the reason why an appointment for an expedited applicant is not scheduled for an interview within the expedited time frame.

Related Policy

Prudent Person Principle, A-137
Documentation, C-940
Registering to Vote, A-1521
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-210, General Policy

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

TANF

A Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) certified group:

  • is a person or group of relatives whose needs are included in one Eligibility Determination Group (EDG).
  • must include an eligible child, unless the eligible relative cares for a child who receives:
    • Supplemental Security Income (SSI), Foster Care with Cash or Adoption Assistance with Cash; or
    • SSI Medicaid and the relative chooses not to request TANF for the child.

Some people are required members of the TANF certified group. The applicant may not choose to exclude a required member from the certified group. If the applicant fails to provide available verification for a required member, deny assistance for the entire certified group.

A TANF-State Program (SP) certified group must contain both an eligible:

  • caretaker or parent; and
  • second parent.

Note: Households are eligible for TANF-SP if the budget group contains:

  • two eligible parents who are certified for TANF;
  • one TANF-certified parent and a disqualified parent unless the disqualified parent does not meet citizenship requirements; or
  • two disqualified parents unless the disqualified parents do not meet citizenship requirements.

Related Policy

Who is Not Included, A-222
Alien Sponsor's Income, A-1361
A Household with Members on TANF, TANF-State Program (SP), TP 07, TP 08 and TP 20, B-480

SNAP

A Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) unit is one person or a group of people who live:

  • together and who usually buy and prepare their food together; or
  • with others and intend to buy and prepare food separately after certification.

Exception: Allow separate household status for a person and the person's spouse, 60 or over, who lives with others but cannot buy and prepare food separately because of permanent incapacity, if required household members are not excluded. To allow separate household status, the gross income of the other household members, not including the elderly person and spouse, must be less than 165 percent of the Federal Poverty Level (FPL) for the number of other people.

The elderly person must:

  • prove that they meet the Social Security disability criteria, if questionable; and
  • provide verification of the other household member's income.

Note: Always include required members in the elderly person's household. For example, the elderly person's spouse or children under 22 are always included in the same household unless elderly members have their own SNAP Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) EDGs.

Related Policy

Who Is Included, A-231
Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments, A-1323.4.3
Disqualified Members, A-1362
Alien Sponsor's Income, A-1361
Students in Higher Education, B-410
Definition of Disability, B-432
Joint Supplemental Security Income (SSI)-SNAP Applications, B-476
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470

Medical Programs

Use Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition to determine whose needs, income, and expenses are considered when determining eligibility for medical programs. Each MAGI household composition is determined at a person's individual level. People living at the same physical address may have a different MAGI household composition. MAGI household composition is based on federal income tax rules.

Exception: Medically Needy with Spend Down has certain exceptions for determining MAGI household composition and income.

A person does not have to file a federal income tax return to apply for Medical Programs.

Related Policy

How to Determine Spend Down, A-1359

A—211 Relationships Resulting from Termination of Parental Rights

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

When a court terminates the relationship between a biological or adoptive parent and child, a legal parent/child relationship does not exist between the two individuals.

If a biological or adoptive parent's parental rights to a child are terminated, that parent no longer has a legal parent/child relationship to that child, nor to any of the child's children who are born after the date the parental rights were terminated.

Example: Amy's parental rights to her child Julie are terminated when Julie is 16. Julie already has one child, Jill, at the time Amy's parental rights are terminated. Subsequently, Julie has a second child, Bill. As a result, Amy no longer has a legal relationship with Julie or Bill, but she retains her grandparent relationship to Jill.

Note: A parent whose parental rights have been terminated is not considered the natural parent of their biological child.

Relationships that existed between the child and other relatives of the biological parent are not interrupted or terminated. The only relationship terminated is that of the parent that relinquished his or her parental rights. Example: The child's biological or adoptive grandparents, siblings, aunts, uncles, and cousins still have the same relationship to the child they had before the parental rights were terminated.

Related Policy

Child Support and Medical Support Referrals, A-1122.2

A—212 Relationships Resulting from Adoption Procedures

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A legal parent/child relationship is created when an individual adopts a child. The adoptive parent/child relationship creates the same relationships with the adoptive parent's relatives that are created with a biological parent/child relationship. Example: When a grandparent adopts a biological grandchild, the:

  • grandparent becomes the child's adoptive parent, and
  • the biological parent becomes the child's adoptive sibling.

A—213 Adoption Household Composition Situations

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Adoption household composition is determined by the advisor using the following steps:

Step 1

Identify all eligible children for the applicant/recipient.

Step 2

Include all eligible children in the certified group.

Step 3

Include all siblings of the children included in Step 2 if they are eligible children and cannot be certified separately from their sibling. Include a minor's child at the caretaker/payee's request.

Example 1

If a household consists of the applicant, the applicant's two biological children, ages 15 and 17, the 15-year-old's baby (age 1) that the applicant has adopted, and the 17-year-old's 2-year-old baby, the advisor must:

Step 1 Identify eligible children:
  • 15-year-old (daughter of applicant)
  • 17-year-old (daughter of applicant)
  • 1-year-old (adopted daughter)
  • 2-year-old (applicant's grandchild – include at applicant's request)
Step 2 Include in certified group:
  • applicant
  • 15-year-old
  • 17-year-old
  • 1-year-old
Step 3 Include in certified group at the applicant's request:
  • 2-year-old

Example 2

If a household consists of the applicant, adopted child (biological grandchild), and the adopted child's half-sibling, not related to the applicant, the advisor must:

Step 1

Identify eligible children:

  • adopted child
Step 2 Include in certified group:
  • applicant
  • adopted child
Step 3 N/A – there are no optional eligible children.

Note: For TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48 or TP 56, the half-sibling can be considered an independent child when determining the child's eligibility for Medicaid. See A-910, General Policy.

A-220, TANF

A—221 Who Is Included

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

TANF

The following are always included in the TANF certified group:

  1. Eligible Child

    An eligible child is a person who meets TANF requirements, is not married according to Texas state law, and is:
    • under age 18; or
    • age 18 and:
      • is a full-time student (as defined by the school) in high school, attends an accredited general equivalency diploma (GED) class, or regularly attends vocational or technical training as an equivalent to high school attendance; and
      • expects to graduate before or during the month of the child’s 19th birthday.
    Notes:
    • GED is approved only if the class is administered by an accredited institution.
    • When removing a child age 18 or 19 from the grant, A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, is used to determine whether to divert for the child's needs.
    • A child certified for foster care Medicaid only or adoption assistance Medicaid only is a potentially eligible child.

    An emancipated minor is an eligible child if the:
    • child meets the TANF age criteria;
    • child is not married in accordance with Texas state law; and
    • caretaker/payee exercises parental control of the child.

  2. Eligible Legal Parent

    An eligible legal parent is a legal parent who meets TANF requirements and lives with an eligible child. This includes a parent who is absent solely because of employment or active duty in the U.S. military. See A-1040, Deprivation Based on Absence from the Home. This includes parents receiving foster care or adoption assistance services for themselves, but not the child(ren).

    Exception: See No. 6, Minor Parents, below.
     
  3. Siblings

    A sibling is a brother or sister of an eligible child, including legally adopted and half-brothers and sisters. Siblings must be certified together if they meet all TANF requirements. If an unborn child will be a required member of the certified group, a special review is set for the first day of the month after the expected delivery month.

    Note: Half-brothers/sisters who do not meet the degree of relationship to the caretaker are not eligible to receive TANF benefits but can be certified as an independent child on a separate Medicaid EDG. See A-910, General Policy.

    Example: The household consists of a grandparent, two grandchildren and a half-sibling to the grandchildren. The two grandchildren can be certified for TANF and Medicaid because they meet the required degree of relationship to the caretaker. The half-sibling does not meet the required degree of relationship to the caretaker and cannot be certified for TANF. The half-sibling can be certified as an independent child on a separate Medicaid EDG.

    Exception: See No. 6, Minor Parent, below.
     
  4. Caretaker

    A caretaker is any specified relative who:
    • is present in the home; and
    • supervises and cares for the TANF child(ren).

    A caretaker must be the child's:
    • father or mother;
    • grandfather or grandmother;
    • brother or sister;
    • uncle or aunt;
    • first cousin;
    • nephew or niece;
    • stepfather or stepmother;
    • stepbrother or stepsister; or
    • first cousin once removed.

    Relationship extends to the:
    • Spouse of the listed relatives, even after the marriage has ended in death or divorce, regardless of when the child's birth occurred.
    • Degree of "great-great" for uncles/aunts and nephews/nieces.
    • Degree of "great-great-great" for grandparents.

    A caretaker meets the relationship requirement even if a court has jurisdiction over the child or an agency is the child's managing conservator. If a child lives with a managing conservator, the conservator must meet the relationship requirement.

    If a child lives with a married relative (not a parent) who wants to be considered the caretaker, eligibility and benefits are determined using:
    • normal budgeting procedures for the applicant's income, and
    • stepparent budgeting for the income of the applicant's spouse.

    Note: See A-1366, Stepparent EDGs, for budgeting.

    If the person applying for the child cannot qualify to receive TANF, the individual’s needs are not included in the certified group. If no one qualifies as caretaker, only the needs of the eligible children are included.

    No one else is included as caretaker if the legal parent is:
    • in the home; and
    • physically and mentally able to provide care.

    Exception: The stepparent may be certified as caretaker if the stepparent wants to be included and the legal parent has a disability. The stepparent and legal parent who has a disability are certified for TANF-SP when the stepparent is included in the certified group.

    Related Policy

    Relationship, A-520
    Relationship Charts, C-1440

  5. Second Parent

    When a child lives with both legal parents, both parents are included in the certified group. The parent who is not the caretaker is the second parent. The second parent must meet all TANF requirements.

    The household may be certified for TANF-SP when:
    • both parents are eligible and certified for TANF;
    • one parent is eligible and certified for TANF and the other parent is disqualified for one of the reasons listed in A-222, Who Is Not Included, No. 4, Disqualified Members, unless that disqualification is due to not meeting citizenship requirements; or
    • both parents are disqualified for one of the reasons listed in A-222, No. 4, unless that disqualification is due to not meeting citizenship requirements.
     

    Related Policy

    General Policy, A-1310
     
  6. Minor Parent

    A minor parent and child(ren) living with the minor parent's parent(s) and/or siblings may:
    • be certified separately if the:
      • minor parent's parent(s)/sibling(s) is not a TANF applicant/recipient; or
      • minor parent cannot be included in his parent(s)'/sibling(s)' TANF EDG because he is not an eligible child; or
    • continue to receive TANF on a separate EDG if the minor parent's EDG was certified before the:
      • month the parent(s)/sibling(s) applied for TANF; or
      • day the minor parent moved into the home with the parent(s)/sibling(s).

    Otherwise, the minor parent must be included as a child with the:
    • legal parent(s) who receives TANF/TANF-SP; or
    • sibling certified for TANF/TANF-SP as a child.

    If the caretaker or payee in the EDG requests TANF for the minor parent's child, the child is included in the EDG with the caretaker/payee and the minor parent.

    Exception: A married minor parent is an eligible legal parent and must be certified separately from the minor parent’s parents. See No. 1, Eligible Child, above.
     

    Related Policy

    Requirement for Unmarried Minor Parents to Live with an Adult or in an Adult-Supervised Setting, A-930
    Unmarried Minor Parent Income, A-1365
    Stepparent Budgeting Procedures, A-1366.2
     
  7. Stepparents

    A stepparent is not a child's legal parent but is the legal parent's spouse. Stepchildren are deprived of parental support because one legal parent is absent.

    Include the stepparent in the certified group only if the stepparent wants to be included and:

    • the stepparent is the only parent in the home; or
    • both the legal parent and the stepparent are in the home and the legal parent has a disability according to policy in A-1051, Determining Incapacity.
    Certify the stepparent and legal parent with disabilities for TANF-SP when the stepparent is included in the certified group. If the legal parent and stepparent live in the home and have mutual children, they must all be included in the same certified group. Related Policies
    Resources of Stepparents, A-1247
    Stepparent EDGs, A-1366
    A Household with Members on TANF, TANF-State Program (SP), TP 07, TP 08 and TP 20, B-480
  8. People in Nursing Homes

    If a member of the TANF-certified group temporarily enters a nursing facility, the individual’s needs are left in the TANF budget during the nursing facility stay or until the individual is certified for Supplemental Security Income (SSI). The individual should be referred to the Social Security Office for an SSI eligibility determination.

A—222 Who Is Not Included

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

The following are not included in the TANF-certified group:

  1. Payee

    A payee is a relative who meets relationship requirements and lives with, supervises, and cares for an eligible child. The payee is authorized to receive the TANF benefits for an eligible child but is not a member of the certified group because the person is a:

    • legal parent who would be a caretaker but is ineligible due to receipt of SSI; or
    • relative other than the legal parent who qualifies as a caretaker except the person:
      • chooses not to be included as caretaker;
      • receives SSI, Foster Care with Cash or Adoption Assistance with Cash payments;
      • is disqualified for an intentional program violation (IPV); or
      • fails to comply with a program requirement that would disqualify a legal parent (see No. 4, Disqualified Members, below).

    Note: A payee who chooses not to be included as a caretaker on one EDG may be a caretaker on another TANF EDG for other related children.

  2. Protective Payee

    A protective payee must be selected to receive and manage the TANF benefit if the caretaker is not using the TANF payments for the children's benefit.

    The protective payee must be someone who can help the person spend the household's TANF benefits properly. The person receiving TANF must agree to the person designated as the protective payee unless:

    • the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) designates a protective payee; or
    • staff designate a grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister who is 25 or older to be the protective payee because the parent is not using the TANF payments for the child's benefit. Great-grandparents, great-aunts, and great-uncles may be designated as protective payees. Follow TANF relationship requirements.

    The protective payee is automatically the authorized representative (AR).

    The protective payee cannot be a:

    • Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) employee;
    • person who provides HHSC services to the family; or
    • a relative who is younger than 25 when a relative protective payee is designated by HHSC. 
    • A child’s cousin, niece or nephew.

    The protective payee situation must be re-evaluated at each complete redetermination. For EDGs with a:

    • DFPS-requested protective payee. DFPS must be contacted at each complete redetermination to determine whether the protective payee should continue; and
    • grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister designated by HHSC as protective payee. Investigate any alleged report of the relative not using TANF for the child's benefit.

    Note: When designating or continuing a protective payee, notify the recipient and allow an opportunity to appeal.

  3. Representative Payee

    A representative payee is designated if a person is unable to receive and manage the household's TANF or Medicaid benefits because of incapacity or incompetence. The representative payee must be knowledgeable about the family members and interested in the family’s welfare. The person must designate this representative in writing if physically or mentally capable of doing so.

    A representative payee is automatically the AR. The representative payee may be the AR who assisted in the eligibility process.

  4. Disqualified Members

    A legal parent is disqualified from the certified group if the person:

    • does not meet citizenship requirements;
    • refuses to comply with Medicaid third-party resource (TPR) requirements;
    • does not comply with Social Security number requirements;
    • is found guilty of an IPV;
    • fails to timely report the temporary absence of a certified child;
    • is a fugitive fleeing to avoid prosecution of or confinement for a felony criminal conviction, or found by a court to be violating federal or state probation or parole;
    • is convicted of a felony drug offense (not deferred adjudication) for the possession, use or distribution of a controlled substance as defined in 102(6) of the Controlled Substances Act [U.S. Code (USC) 802(6)] that was committed on or after April 1, 2002, in Texas or another state;
    • has received benefits for the total months allowed by the state time limit;
    • is a minor parent who fails to comply with the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement; or
    • is denied for refusal to cooperate with the program integrity assessment (quality control) process.

    Note: A legal parent is permanently disqualified for a felony drug conviction (not deferred adjudication) for an offense committed on or after April 1, 2002.

    A child is disqualified from the certified group if the child:

    • is a fugitive;
    • fails to comply with Social Security number requirements;
    • is a minor parent and fails to report the temporary absence of their child; or
    • is convicted of a felony drug offense that was committed on or after April 1, 2002.

    If the disqualified member wishes to apply for Medicaid, determine which medical program applies to the disqualified household member. If all eligibility requirements are met, certify the person for the appropriate medical program.

    When the criminal history report in the Data Broker system indicates the person has been convicted of an offense involving a controlled substance, discuss the situation with the person. If the person claims they are not the person on the criminal history report but the identifying information on the report (name, date of birth, physical description) leads staff to believe the report is correct, or the person disagrees with other information provided in the report, for example, the type of conviction or whether it was a felony or misdemeanor:

    • document the person's response in Case Comments;
    • proceed with the appropriate EDG action without acting on the criminal history report;
    • contact the Office of Inspector General (OIG) Benefits Program Integrity (BPI) Department by emailing the OIG BPI mailbox; and
    • document the reason for contacting OIG BPI in Case Comments. Once OIG BPI obtains information to clear the discrepancy, the assigned OIG BPI investigator provides the information via email. Staff responsible for clearing the task must document the results of the OIG BPI's findings in Case Comments. If applicable, enter information in the Data Collection-Individual Demographic-Conviction/Rehabilitation page and make an overpayment referral if appropriate.
       
  5. SSI Recipients

    A TANF family member is removed from the certified group when the person is certified for SSI. The Social Security Administration (SSA) notifies HHSC by an interface when a TANF recipient is determined eligible for SSI.

  6. Residents in State Supported Living Centers for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities

    If a TANF recipient enters a state supported living center for persons with intellectual disabilities, the person’s needs are removed from the TANF grant. If the recipient is the caretaker or payee, the grant continues for the remaining eligible children in another eligible person's name.

  7. Strikers

    A household's application or ongoing benefits are denied for any month where a certified or disqualified legal parent is participating in a strike.

  8. Foster Care with Cash Payment, Adoption Assistance with Cash Payment, and Permanency Care Assistance (PCA) with Cash Payment recipients.

    A person receiving these cash benefits is not included in the TANF EDG.

    Note: A person may potentially receive DFPS foster care through their 22nd birthday month. Adoption assistance and PCA are only received through the 18th birthday month unless the family signs an agreement after the youth turns 16. When this occurs, the youth may receive adoption assistance or PCA through their 22nd birthday month.
     
  9. Ineligible Children

    A child who is ineligible, such as an ineligible alien child or a child who is not within the required degree of relationship to the adult caretaker or payee, is not included.

Related Policies

Authorized Representatives, A-170
TANF, A-220
Temporary Absence from the Home, A-920
General Policy, A-1210
Disqualified Members, A-1362
Use of TANF Benefits, A-1553
When the Person Signs Form H1073, A-2128.1
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
Relationship Charts, C-1440

A–223 Certifying Children on Non-Parent Caretaker EDGs

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

When an eligible child lives with a relative other than the legal parent, the child is certified on:

  • a separate EDG with the relative as a payee when the relative receives TANF for children who are not the child's natural, adopted or half siblings; or
  • the same EDG with the non-parent caretaker when the relative:
    • requests it and is not receiving TANF for any other children; or
    • is receiving TANF for children who are the child's natural, adopted, or half siblings.

Certify each other-related child, unless they are siblings, on a separate EDG.

Exception: Other-related children are certified on the same EDG if:

  • at least one EDG is ineligible separately;
  • the members would be eligible if the EDGs were combined; and
  • the relative requests that they be combined.

A child's TANF must not be denied because of the income or resources of a:

  • child who is not the child’s natural, adopted, or half sibling; or
  • caretaker who is not the child’s parent (for example, a stepparent).

When an EDG is denied because of the income or resources of a non-parent relative caretaker:

  • deny the EDG, which includes the caretaker's request for aid; and
  • process a separate EDG to determine the child's eligibility without the caretaker.

Note: Households that include a non-parent caretaker are not eligible for TANF-SP. See related policy for more information on the action to take when non-parent relative caretakers must be denied while the other-related children remain eligible.

Related Policy  

Stepparent Budgeting Procedures, A-1366.2
OTTANF, A-2411
One-Time TANF for Relatives, A-2412 
Documentation Requirements, A-2470
A Household with Members on TANF, TANF-State Program (SP), TP 07, TP 08 and TP 20, B-480

A–224 Special Household Composition Situations

Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002

 

A–224.1 TANF-SP EDGs with Stepchildren or a Parent's Child from a Previous Relationship

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The following must be included in the TANF-SP EDG:

  • a child who lives with a natural/adoptive parent, a stepparent, and a sibling who is the parent and stepparent’s mutual child.
  • parents and all children, when:
    • the legal parents of a mutual child are not married to each other, and
    • one or both have a child living in the home who is not a mutual child.

If the household is ineligible for TANF-SP because they do not meet other TANF eligibility requirements such as income or resources, the family unit must remain as one filing unit even when stepchildren are included. In this situation, the advisor must determine whether the household meets eligibility requirements for the Medical Programs.

If an active TANF-SP EDG is denied because of earnings or the removal of the 90 percent earned income deduction and the household is receiving TP 08, the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) will deny both the TANF-SP and TP 08 EDGs and create:

  • a transitional Medicaid EDG if the certified group meets the eligibility criteria; or
  • another Medical Program type of assistance EDG for eligible members if they are not eligible for transitional Medicaid and are otherwise eligible for medical coverage.

Related Policy

Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-840
General Eligibility Information, A-841
TP 07 Transitional Medicaid, A-842

A–224.2 TANF-SP EDGs with an Other-Related Child

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Each other-related child living in the family (see A-223, Certifying Children on Non-Parent Caretaker EDGs) is certified on a separate EDG unless the child or other members are ineligible separately. If the child or other members are ineligible separately, the other-related child in the TANF-SP EDG is included. The advisor must ensure that the other-related child has the opportunity to continue receiving TANF when the TANF-SP EDG is denied.

A-230, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program

A—231 Who Is Included

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

SNAP

The following people must be certified as a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) household if they live together:

  1. Parents and children (natural, adopted or step) age 21 or younger. Parents and children living together when the parent or child is away from home for employment or educational purposes only, and returns home at least one day a month are considered. This includes college students who are eligible for SNAP, as explained in B-410, Students in Higher Education.

    Notes:
    • Consider the individual’s age as 22 beginning the month they turn age 22.
    • Do not consider a parent whose parental rights were terminated as the natural parent of a child.
    • The relationship between a stepparent and stepchild terminates when the marriage between the parent and stepparent terminates, either by death or divorce.
    • When DFPS places a child in foster care, the foster child is considered under parental control of the foster parent. If the foster child's parent moves into the home, the parent, child and foster parent must all be included in the SNAP household.
    • If the parents of a child do not live together and the child lives with each parent part of the month, the child can be certified with either parent as long as both parents do not apply. If both parents apply, then certify the parent who provides the majority of meals for the child.
  2. A child under age 18 and any nonparent adult household member with parental control over the child. A child not under parental control may apply separately if the child purchases and prepares food separately. Individuals age 18 are considered beginning the month they turn age 18.

    Exceptions: Even if under parental control of a nonparent household member:
     
    • A foster parent or caregiver has the option to include or exclude a foster/Permanency Care Assistance (PCA) child/adult as a household member in the SNAP-certified group. Households with more than one child/adult can opt to include some foster/PCA children/adults while excluding others, even if the foster/PCA children/adults are related to each other or related to the foster parent or caregiver. A foster/PCA child/adult who is excluded from the foster/PCA family's SNAP-certified group is not eligible to participate in SNAP alone as a separate household or as a certified member on another household's SNAP EDG. See A-1326.4, Foster Care and Permanency Care Assistance (PCA) Payments, for information on how to budget foster care/PCA payments.
    • The household may consider a foster child as a boarder instead of a household member. See A-1323.4.3, Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments.
    • A child under age 18 who purchases and prepares food separately can apply separately if the child is:
      • married and living with the spouse; or
      • the parent of a minor child living in the home.
    • A child under age 18 residing with a SNAP-CAP participant can apply separately. The minor child is certified as the SNAP head of household. See B-475.3, Household Composition.
  3. Spouses. Spouses are people who:
    • are married to each other; or
    • live together and represent themselves to the community as married. This definition may differ from state laws governing common-law marriage.
      • A same-sex marriage that occurred before June 26, 2015, is considered valid effective June 26, 2015.
      • A same-sex marriage that occurred on or after June 26, 2015, is considered valid on the date it occurred.

Note: Spouses are considered to be living together even when one spouse:

  • is away from home for employment or educational purposes only; and
  • returns home at least one day a month.

Exception: SNAP-CAP participants are certified on separate EDGs.

A—232 Who Is Not Included

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

 

A—232.1 Nonmembers

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022 

SNAP

The following are not included in a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)-certified group:

  1. Roomers — Certify a roomer who pays for lodging but not food as a separate household unless the person meets one of the three categories of who is included in a SNAP household, if they live together.
  2. Live-in attendants — Certify a live-in attendant as a separate household, unless the person meets one of the three categories of who to include in a SNAP household, if they live together.
  3. Boarders — Boarders in noncommercial boarding houses cannot receive SNAP separate from the household they live with. Boarders who live in a commercial boarding house cannot participate in SNAP. Note: A foster parent or caretaker has the option to include or exclude a foster child or adult as a SNAP household member.  
  4. Ineligible students — Students in higher education who do not meet the student eligibility criteria.
  5. New household members — Do not add new household members certified in another household to the new EDG until they are removed from the previous EDG. Exception: Residents in shelters for battered persons may receive two allotments in the same month, if the original benefits issued to the former household included the battered persons, the children and the abuser.
  6. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) participants — Certify people living with an active SNAP-CAP participant as a separate household.
  7. Institutional residents — Residents who are offered more than half their meals from a facility that is not an approved institution. 

Note: Residents of institutions such as homeless shelters, drug and alcohol treatment (D&A) or group living arrangement (GLA) facilities, or family violence shelters are potentially eligible for SNAP, if it is an approved institution. These residents may be certified separately, regardless of how they purchase and prepare meals with other residents. The resident’s SNAP household still includes mandatory required SNAP household members, if they live together.

Common examples of institutions are hospitals, nursing homes, public or private homes for persons with a disability, establishments for delinquents and young offenders, group homes for children, penal and correctional institutions, jails, homeless shelters, and students living in a school dormitory where most meals are provided.

Foster placement agencies place some foster children or adults in homes or facilities other than foster parent homes, and are cared for by people who are employees of, or contract with placement agencies. Such facilities usually house multiple foster children or adults. Foster children or adults who reside in these unapproved institutions rather than in the foster parent’s home, are considered institutionalized and cannot receive SNAP.

Related Policy

Applications from Residents of a Homeless Shelter, A-116.2
Who Is Included, A-231
Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments, A-1323.4.3
Foster Care and Permanency Care Assistance (PCA) Payments, A-1326.4
Students in Higher Education, B-410
Ineligible Students, B-413
Drug and Alcohol Treatment (D&A) or Group Living Arrangement (GLA) Facilities, B-440
Residents in Family Violence Shelters, B-450
Participation Twice in Same Month, B-454
Prepared Meal Services, B-460
Household Composition, B-475.3
Determining Whether a Person Who Resides in a Facility Is Institutionalized, B-490

A—232.2 Disqualified Persons

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

SNAP

The following are people who would be required SNAP household members but are disqualified. They cannot participate during their period of disqualification. However, the disqualified person’s circumstances, including income and resources, are considered in determining the household's benefits.

  1. Fugitives

    People who are fleeing to avoid prosecution of or confinement for a felony criminal conviction, or are found by a court to be violating federal or state probation or parole.
     
  2. People with a felony drug conviction

    A person with a felony drug conviction (not deferred adjudication) in Texas or another state occurring on or after Sept. 1, 2015, for the possession, use or distribution of a controlled substance as defined in 102(6) of the Controlled Substance Act [21 USC 802(6)]:
  • who violates a condition of parole or community supervision, incurs a two-year SNAP disqualification; or
  • A person who is convicted of a subsequent felony drug offense in Texas or another state, while receiving SNAP, incurs a permanent disqualification from receiving SNAP.

The person's statement is accepted as verification of a felony drug conviction.

When the criminal history report in the Data Broker system indicates the person was convicted on or after Sept. 1, 2015, for an offense involving a controlled substance, discuss the situation with the person. If they claim not to be the person indicated on the criminal history report, but the identifying information on the report (name, date of birth, physical description) leads staff to believe the report is correct, or the person disagrees with other information provided in the report (such as the type of conviction or whether it was a felony or misdemeanor):

  • document the person's response in Case Comments;
  • proceed with the appropriate case action without acting on the criminal history report;
  • contact the OIG by emailing the OIG Benefits Program Integrity (BPI) mailbox; and
  • document the reason for contacting OIG BPI in Case Comments. Once OIG BPI obtains information to clear the discrepancy, the assigned OIG BPI investigator provides the information via email. Staff responsible for clearing this task must document the results of the OIG BPI's findings in Case Comments and, if applicable, enter information in the Data Collection-Individual Demographic-Conviction/Rehabilitation page. Make an overpayment referral if appropriate.
  1. Intentional Program Violation (IPV)

    People disqualified for an IPV in Texas or another state.
     
  2. Noncooperation with SNAP Employment and Training (E&T)

    People disqualified for failing to cooperate with E&T requirements.
     
  3. Noncooperation with Social Security number (SSN) requirements

    People disqualified for failing to cooperate with SSN requirements.
     
  4. Ineligible Alien

    People who do not have eligible alien status to receive benefits.
     
  5. SNAP Able Bodied Adult Without Dependents (ABAWD) Work Requirement

    People who are age 18 up to age 50 (ABAWDs) who have received their initial three months of SNAP benefits and who do not meet the ABAWD work requirement.

Related Policy

Absence of Proof of Alien Status, A-313
Failure to Comply, A-420
Disqualified Members, A-1362
Noncooperation with E&T, A-1844
After the Three Months of Time-Limited SNAP Eligibility, A-1951
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
IPV Disqualification Penalties, B-912

A-240, Medical Programs

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

Medical Programs

The following individuals may be certified for medical coverage if they meet all eligibility criteria:

  • children under age 19;
  • other-related children under age 19;
  • independent children under age 19;
  • pregnant women;
  • legal parent(s);
  • caretaker relatives; or
  • spouse of caretaker relatives.

MAGI rules are used to determine financial eligibility for certain Medical Programs. MAGI rules are based on Internal Revenue Service tax rules.

The following criteria are considered when determining the MAGI household composition for Medical Programs:

  • tax status;
  • tax relationships;
  • living arrangements; and
  • family relationships.

Tax Status

An individual's tax status must be designated before their MAGI household composition can be determined.

Tax status is based on the individual's self-declaration for what he or she plans to report on his or her federal income tax return for the taxable year in which eligibility for Medical Programs is requested.

Individuals must be designated as one of the following:

  • A taxpayer – an individual who plans to file a federal income tax return for the taxable year in which eligibility for Medical Programs is requested and who is not claimed by another taxpayer. Spouses who plan to file a joint or separate federal income tax return are both considered taxpayers.

Note: For MAGI household composition purposes, an unmarried individual who intends to file a joint tax return is considered a taxpayer filing separately. An individual who is unmarried is not considered a taxpayer filing jointly.

  • A tax dependent – an individual who plans to be claimed as a tax dependent by a taxpayer.

Note: An individual who is both a taxpayer and tax dependent is considered a tax dependent. Example: A college student who plans to file his or her own federal income tax return and expects to be claimed by his or her parents will be considered a tax dependent.

  • A non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent – an individual who does not plan to file a federal income tax return in the taxable year in which eligibility for Medical Programs is requested and does not plan to be claimed by a taxpayer. 

Tax Relationships

Individuals have a tax relationship to one another if they:

  • plan to file a joint federal income tax return;
  • are the taxpayer that plans to claim specific tax dependent(s); or
  • are a tax dependent of a specific taxpayer.

Individuals do not have a tax relationship to anyone if they:

  • do not plan to file a federal income tax return;
  • are not the taxpayer planning to claim the specified tax dependent(s); or
  • are not a tax dependent of a specified taxpayer.

Living Arrangements

Individuals are not required to live at the same physical address in order to apply for each other if they have a tax relationship, as explained in A-121, Receipt of Application.

Domicile requirements explained in A-900, Domicile, apply to TP 08, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid. A parent/caretaker relative must reside with a dependent child to receive TP 08 benefits.

A child entering a state hospital may qualify as an independent child. The child may qualify even if ordered by the court into a state hospital. A child is considered an independent child if court ordered into a state hospital because the parent/caretaker relative no longer has care and control. If the parent/caretaker relative admitted the child voluntarily into a state hospital, verification of whether the parent/caretaker relative still has care and control to determine independent child status is required.

An inquiry should be performed prior to certifying an independent child. The child is certified as an independent child if all eligibility criteria are met. The coverage continues for 12 months, even if the child is released from the state hospital. If a child is released from the facility prior to the end of the 12-month period, the address change is processed and coverage is continued.

Determining Custodial Parent

A custodial parent is established based on physical custody and who has legal authority to claim a child as a tax dependent specified in a court order, binding separation agreement, divorce agreement, or custody agreement.

  • If there is no order or agreement, or in the event of a shared custody agreement without specifications for filing federal income tax returns, the custodial parent is the parent with whom the child spends most nights. In the event that the child spends an equal amount of nights with both parents, the advisor must make a prudent person decision regarding which parent should be considered the custodial parent.
  • If both a custodial parent and a non-custodial parent declare that they plan to claim the same child as a tax dependent on their federal income tax return, the advisor should build the child's MAGI household composition as a tax dependent of the custodial parent. 

Family Relationships

Family relationships that impact household composition include:

  • marriage;
  • parents of children under age 19; and
  • siblings under age 19 or a child under age 19.

The tax status of the individual impacts how the family relationship is used in determining MAGI household composition.

Notes:

  • For MAGI only applications and renewals, a relationship and tax status of unmarried and intending to file jointly is not an indication that the individual is currently married or that there is a discrepancy in the individual's marital status.
  • For integrated applications and renewals that include SNAP or TANF, a relationship and tax status of unmarried and intending to file jointly should be treated as a case clue if marital status is questionable.
  • For all applications and renewals, if the client provides a tax document with an indication of marital status that is inconsistent with the marital status that was reported on an application, the discrepancy in the marital status must be resolved.

A household cannot choose to exclude a child from the budget group when determining eligibility for Medical Programs. 

The policy in A-241, Budget Group, and A-242, Certified Group, is used to determine whom to include in the budget and certified group.

Related Policy

Children Admitted into State Hospitals, A-922
Verification Requirements, A-940
Documentation Requirements, A-950
Applications for Babies Born to Women in Prison, A-116.3
Eligibility Requirements, A-521

A—241 Budget Group

Revision 12-1; Effective January 1, 2012

A—241.1 Who Is Included

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

A—241.1.1 Taxpayer's MAGI Household Composition

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

The following individuals are included in the taxpayer's MAGI household composition:

  • The taxpayer;
  • The taxpayer's spouse, if the taxpayer and the spouse live together;
  • The taxpayer's spouse, if the taxpayer and spouse file a joint federal income tax return; and
  • Any individual the taxpayer plans to claim as a tax dependent.

A—241.1.2 Tax Dependent Exceptions

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

Medical Programs

If a tax dependent meets any one of the following exceptions, staff must use the non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent rules explained in A-241.1.4, Non-Taxpayer/Non-Tax Dependent's or Tax Dependent with an Exception MAGI Household Composition, (not the tax dependent rules) to build the tax dependent's MAGI household composition:

  • The tax dependent is not the taxpayer's spouse or the taxpayer's child (natural, adopted or step) regardless of age;
  • The tax dependent is a child under age 19 who lives with both parents who do not plan to file a joint federal income tax return and the child was claimed by one parent; or
  • The tax dependent is a child under age 19 who is claimed as a tax dependent only by a non-custodial parent.

For a child claimed as a tax dependent by both parents who are filing jointly, with one parent living outside the home, the child does not meet the third tax dependent exception. Staff must build the child's MAGI household composition using the tax dependent rules explained in A-241.1.3, Tax Dependent's MAGI Household Composition.

A—241.1.3 Tax Dependent's MAGI Household Composition

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

If an individual is a tax dependent and does not meet a tax dependent exception previously listed, the following individuals must be included in the tax dependent's MAGI household composition:

  • The tax dependent;
  • The individuals in the MAGI household composition of the taxpayer who is planning to claim the tax dependent; and
  • The tax dependent's spouse, if the tax dependent and the spouse live together.

A—241.1.4 Non-Taxpayer/Non-Tax Dependent's or Tax Dependent with an Exception MAGI Household Composition

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

If an individual does not plan to file a tax return nor plans to be claimed as a tax dependent, the individual is considered a non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent. All tax dependents who meet an exception – Tax Dependent Exceptions­ – will build his or her MAGI household composition using the non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent rules.

The following individuals must be included in the non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent's or tax dependent with exception's MAGI household composition if living together

  • The individual,
  • The individual's spouse,
  • The individual's children under age 19, and
  • If the individual is a child under age 19:
    • The individual's parents, and
    • The individual's siblings under age 19.

A—241.1.5 Inclusion of the Unborn

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

Medical Programs

The expected number of unborn children are included in the MAGI household composition of:

  • a pregnant woman; and
  • any individual whose MAGI household composition includes a pregnant woman.

Note: When including the expected number of unborn children in the MAGI household composition, the pregnant woman is not required to be certified on a medical program.

Related Policy

General Policy, A-910
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341
Who Is Included, D-321
Who Is Not Included, D-322

A—241.2 Who Is Not Included

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Advisors must use the MAGI household composition policy explained in A-241.1, Who Is Included, when determining eligibility for Medical Programs. 

A—241.3 Household Composition Situations (Minor Parents, Independent Children, Etc.)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Advisors must use MAGI household composition policy explained in A-241.1, Who Is Included, when determining eligibility for Medical Programs.

A—241.3.1 Children's Living Arrangements

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

Medical Programs

A child is considered institutionalized if the child is residing in a facility:

  • that is an organizational part of a governmental entity, such as a county holding facility for juveniles; or
  • over which a government unit exercises final administrative control.

A child is not considered institutionalized if the child is residing in a facility that is a:

  • publicly operated community residence that serves no more than 16 residents, such as a county emergency shelter;
  • non-public facility, such as a group or foster home or a general residential operations facility;
  • state hospital; or
  • halfway house operated by the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) or Juvenile Probation Department (JPD) that allows residents freedom of movement and association according to the following tenets:
    • residents are not precluded from working outside the facility in employment available to people not under justice system supervision;
    • residents can use community resources at will; and
    • residents can seek health care treatment in the community to the same or similar extent as other Medicaid enrollees.

Related Policy

Child Placed in a Non-Secure Facility, B-544

A—241.4 Family Violence Exemption

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Individuals may not be able to or may not want to provide information about a member of their MAGI household composition because they fear physical or emotional harm by that person. Individuals who are pended for missing information about a MAGI household composition member who may be a family violence offender can contact HHSC to request the family violence exemption by calling 2-1-1 or visiting a local office.  

Advisors must ask the individual requesting the family violence exemption, at the time the exemption is requested, if they want to be designated as the head of household for the case. Advisors must also confirm the address that should be used for agency correspondence and offer to set up an alternate address if needed. Individuals experiencing family violence must be allowed to provide an address for agency correspondence other than the address on the case with the offender.

If the individual wants to pursue the family violence exemption, advisors must determine whether the individual has existing approved Office of the Attorney General (OAG) good cause for TANF or TP 08 as explained in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause. 

  • If the individual has existing OAG good cause, no further action is required for the individual. The advisor must select "OAG Good Cause" as the verification source in TIERS.
  • If the individual does not have existing OAG good cause, the advisor must make a referral to a family violence specialist at a nearby family violence service provider, following the process explained in A-241.4.1, Referral to a Family Violence Specialist. 

A—241.4.1 Referral to a Family Violence Specialist

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Advisors must send the contact information for the nearest family violence shelter to the individual pursuing the family violence exemption using Form H1071, Family Violence Exemption for Medicaid and CHIP. Form H1071 informs the individual how they can claim the family violence exemption and is sent along with Form H1020, Request for Information or Action. 

The individual must contact the family violence specialist and explain the need to claim the family violence exemption. After the family violence specialist makes the recommendation, the family violence specialist completes Form H1706, Good Cause Recommendation and Family Violence Exemption, and may mail or fax the form to HHSC, or send the form back with the individual to HHSC. Only a family violence specialist can recommend the exemption using Form H1706. Form H1706 is due 10 days from the date Form H1020 was sent (or 30 days from the file date, whichever is later).

  • If the family violence specialist recommends the family violence exemption, the exemption is granted and will affect all MAGI EDGs on the case by removing the offender from their MAGI household composition. 
  • If the family violence specialist does not recommend the family violence exemption, the exemption is denied. The advisor must re-pend the MAGI EDGs to give the individual additional time to provide the information that was originally requested for the MAGI household member.
  • If Form H1706 is not returned by the due date, the exemption is denied. All pending MAGI EDGs are denied for failure to provide information that was originally requested for the MAGI household member.
  • If the client withdraws the request for the family violence exemption, the client must provide the information that was originally requested for the MAGI household member by the due date, or the pending MAGI EDGs are denied.

Once the family violence exemption has been established by a family violence specialist, advisors do not need to re-evaluate the exemption. If the individual contacts HHSC to indicate that they no longer wish to receive the family violence exemption, advisors should update the page by indicating that the exemption has been withdrawn by the client.

The individual continues to receive the family violence exemption until there is a break in eligibility for all MAGI EDGs on the case. If an individual wants to pursue the family violence exemption again after a break in eligibility, advisors must follow the referral process explained in this section.

A—242 Certified Group

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

Medical Programs

Each EDG will have one individual in the certified group.

TP 08

Parents and caretaker relatives caring for a dependent child who receives Medicaid.

TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Pregnant women, children under age 19, and parents and caretaker relatives who are ineligible for ongoing Medicaid because they are non-immigrants, undocumented aliens, or certain legal permanent resident aliens who do not meet the citizenship eligibility requirement but meet all other eligibility requirements. Only a person with an emergency medical condition is certified.

TP 40

Minor or adult pregnant woman unless disqualified from Medical Programs for not complying with TPR or SSN requirements.

TP 43

Children under age 1.

If the child is hospitalized on the child's first birthday, eligibility is continued through the month the hospitalization ends. See A-825, Medicaid Termination, for additional information.

TP 44

Children age 6 to 18. Children are eligible through the month of their 19th birthday.

Note: A child should be certified for TP 48 rather than TP 44 the month of the child's sixth birthday.

If the child is hospitalized on his 19th birthday, eligibility is continued through the month the hospitalization ends. See A-825, Medicaid Termination, for additional information.

TP 45

Children under 12 months old whose mother was eligible for and receiving Medicaid at the time of the child's birth. The mother's eligibility for the child's birth month can be determined retroactively.

TP 48

Children age 1 to 5. Children are eligible through the month of their sixth birthday.

Note: A child should be certified for TP 45 (or 43) rather than TP 48 the month of the child's first birthday.

If the child is hospitalized on the child's sixth birthday, eligibility continues through the month the hospitalization ends. See A-825, Medicaid Termination, for additional information.

TP 56

The following individuals should be certified for TP 56 if they meet all other eligibility criteria:

  1. A pregnant woman with household income that exceeds the income limits for TP 40 unless disqualified from Medical Programs for not complying with:
    • TPR requirements; or
    • SSN requirements.
  2. Children under age 19 with household income that exceeds the income limits for TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 unless disqualified from Medical Programs for not complying with:
    • TPR requirements; or
    • SSN requirements.

A-250, Verification Requirements

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

SNAP and TANF

Fugitive status for people who are fleeing felons or violating their probation or parole must be verified.

TANF

There are no verification requirements for household determination. See A-500, Age/Relationship; A-900, Domicile; and A-1000, Deprivation.

Verify out-of-state disqualifications for felony drug convictions.

SNAP

Verify the following:

  • household size, if questionable, or if a regional requirement;
  • out-of-state disqualifications for intentional program violations;
  • out-of-state disqualifications for felony drug convictions;
  • compliance with parole or community supervision for individuals with a felony drug conviction on or after Sept.1, 2015 at each application, renewal, and when adding a new individual with a felony drug conviction at a change; and
  • whether a felony drug conviction is:
    • subsequent to another felony drug conviction on or after Sept. 1, 2015; and
    • received while the individual was receiving SNAP.

The individual's statement is acceptable verification of a felony drug conviction.

The individual's statement about who buys and prepares meals, is acceptable unless questionable.

An elderly person with disabilities claiming separate household status must provide verification of:

  • meeting criteria in B-432.1, Social Security's Criteria for Disability, if questionable; and
  • other household members' income.

Medical Programs

In order for an advisor to determine a person’s MAGI household composition, each individual on the application must provide his or her tax status, which will identify the individual as a taxpayer, tax dependent, a non-taxpayer or non-tax dependent. Additionally, applicants must provide the following information on their tax relationships to one another:

  • a taxpayer who plans to claim one or more dependents must provide the name(s) of the dependent(s);
  • a taxpayer who plans to file a joint federal income tax return with a spouse must provide the spouse’s name;
  • a taxpayer who plans to file a separate federal income tax return from his or her spouse must provide the name and filing status of the spouse; and
  • a tax dependent must provide the name of the taxpayer(s) who expects to claim him or her.

Note: For a pregnant woman, if tax status information is not available and the client cannot be reached, the advisor can create a Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40) EDG and certify the pregnant woman by postponing verification of tax status, as explained in A-145.1, Postponed Verification Procedures. TIERS will use the non-tax payer/non-tax dependent household rules to build and pend the TP 40 EDG for the tax status information. Advisors must verify tax status for a TP 40 EDG after certification if the tax status was not verified by the client during the eligibility determination.

A—251 Verification Sources

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

SNAP and TANF

  • Current school record showing the same address as the specified relative
  • Visual observation of the child
  • Statement from non-relative landlord
  • Statement from non-relative neighbor
  • Hospital, clinic, health department or private doctor's record
  • Statement from clergy
  • Court child support order
  • Juvenile court records
  • Child welfare records
  • Marriage license/certificate
  • Juvenile Medicaid Tracker (only for those placed or released by the Texas Juvenile Justice Department or Juvenile Probation Department)

An out-of-state human services agency can verify intentional program violations and felony drug convictions.

Fugitive status for fleeing felons and probation or parole violators can only be verified by law enforcement with a:

  • written notification that law enforcement is actively seeking to apprehend the individual within the next 30 days; and
  • copy of the arrest warrant.

For fugitives who are fleeing felons, the arrest warrant must also contain one of the following National Crime Information Center (NCIC) codes:

  • Escape (4901);
  • Flight to Avoid (4902); or
  • Flight-Escape (4999).

Note: Staff must not pend for, or attempt to obtain, the verification of fugitive status for fleeing felons or probation or parole violators from the household. Verification of fugitive status is provided to HHSC by law enforcement when they are actively seeking to apprehend individuals.

TANF

An out-of-state human services agency can verify time limits.

SNAP

Compliance with parole or community supervision for people with a felony drug conviction on or after Sept. 1, 2015 can be verified using:

  • Form H1806, Parole/Community Supervision Report; or
  • answers to the parole or community supervision compliance questions submitted online through YourTexasBenefits.com or the Your Texas Benefits Mobile App when the person who has the felony drug conviction is the same individual who:
    • signed the online application;
    • signed the renewal; or
    • submitted the change. 

Subsequent felony drug convictions while receiving SNAP can be verified using:

  • Criminal history in Data Broker
  • Out-of-state human services agency
  • TIERS inquiry

Medical Programs

The client’s statement is an acceptable verification source for MAGI household composition, including a person’s tax status and tax relationships.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-260, Documentation Requirements

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF and TP 08

Document an explanation of people living in the home who are not included on the EDG. 

See relationship, domicile and deprivation policy for other verification and documentation requirements.  

TANF

Document:

  • the specific reason for designating a representative payee or protective payee;
  • the basis for giving separate household status to married minors;
  • the name and phone number of the out-of-state human services employee;
  • months of TANF cash assistance received in other states since October 1999 by an adult household member;  
  • the household was informed of the one-time payment at application and whether the caretaker requested it or declined it; and
  • a relative caring for a related dependent child or children receiving TANF was informed of One-Time TANF for Relatives at application or periodic review if the relative is potentially eligible and whether they requested it or declined it. 

SNAP

Document:

  • an explanation of the household composition;
  • the basis of granting separate household status;
  • the applicant’s or recipient's response to Data Broker information if the person disagrees with the information;
  • the reason for an OIG referral resulting from the Data Broker criminal history record for a felony drug conviction;
  • the result of OIG's findings;
  • the disqualification status of any disqualified household member;
  • name and phone number of the out-of-state human services employee who provides verification;
  • the name of the household member currently disqualified for an intentional program violation (IPV) in another state; and
  • the number of any countable months of benefits received in another state as an able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD).

Related Policy 

Documentation Requirements, A-540
Documentation Requirements, A-950
Disability Verification, A-1080
Disqualifying a Household Member with a Current SNAP Out-of-State IPV Disqualification, B-941
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-310, General Policy

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

All Programs

U.S. citizens and certain legally-admitted alien residents are
eligible for benefits if they meet all other eligibility criteria.

A person born in the 50 states, District of Columbia, Puerto Rico,
Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, America Samoa, Swain's Island or Northern
Marianna Islands is considered a U.S. citizen.

A person born abroad to at least one U.S. citizen parent may claim derivative citizenship. See How to Verify Citizenship, A-351.4.

Exception: Undocumented aliens applying for Emergency Medicaid do not have to meet citizenship status eligibility requirements.

A-311 Alien Status Policies

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

All Programs

Before certifying any alien resident, ensure that the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS):

  • legally admitted the person to live in the United States; and
  • they meet the definition of a "qualified immigrant".

Review the person's USCIS document(s) and the Qualified Alien Status Eligibility charts to determine the programs where the person is potentially eligible. Disqualify a person who does not have acceptable alien status. Check USCIS documents for expiration dates. An expired document is not acceptable.

Exception:

Do not disqualify the person:

  • if the person provides an expired USCIS document; and
  • the Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements (SAVE) response indicates the person is a Lawful Permanent Resident – Employment Authorized; and
  • the ‘Date Admitted To’ response shows ‘Indefinite’, the person meets alien status criteria.

Notes:

  • Use the TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts to determine Emergency Medicaid eligibility for aliens without acceptable status.
  • Before disqualifying a person with an expired document, check the expiration date of the document in SAVE. USCIS automatically extends certain I-766, Employment Authorization Documents, for up to 180 days when USCIS receives a renewal application for the document. When this occurs, SAVE displays the new expiration date. Do not disqualify the person if SAVE shows the I-766 is current.

Related Policy

Definition of Qualified Immigrant, A-311.1
Qualified Alien Status Eligibility Charts, A-340
Verification of Alien Status, A-352
Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents, A-355 

A-311.1 Definition of Qualified Immigrant

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

All Programs

The USCIS defines a qualified immigrant as an alien in one of the following categories:

Note: The Qualified Alien Status Eligibility Charts list all the above categories.

Related Policy

Qualified Alien Status Eligibility Charts, A-340
How to Determine Eligibility for Battered Aliens, A-343

A-312 Contact with the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

An illegal alien is one who has received a final deportation order. Advisors must report applicants who are illegal aliens to USCIS in writing. The supervisor must sign a written notification and send it to the nearest USCIS office, which can be found at https://egov.uscis.gov/crisgwi/go?action=offices.type&OfficeLocator.office_type=LO.

Except for using the SAVE Verification Information System (VIS), advisors may contact USCIS on behalf of an alien only at the individual’s written request. If the alien does not wish to contact USCIS or give the advisor permission, the advisor must advise the household that the household may be certified without the alien (that is, disqualify the alien).

A-313 Absence of Proof of Alien Status

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP and TANF

Advisors must disqualify a household member from the certified group if the member does not have or refuses to provide proof of alien status. The remaining members of the group are certified if they meet all eligibility requirements.

Related Policy

TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, A-1362.1

SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3

TANF

If the applicant cannot provide proof of eligible alien status for a child, the child is considered ineligible rather than disqualified.

Medical Programs

If the applicant cannot provide proof of eligible alien status after the period of reasonable opportunity explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity, the applicant is ineligible for benefits.

Household members are included in the budget group even if the member does not have proof of alien status. See A-241.1, Who Is Included.

A-314 Re-verification of Alien Status Due to a USCIS Document's Expiration Date

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must re-verify the alien's USCIS card if the:

  • USCIS document has expired; and
  • alien wants to continue receiving or reapplies for benefits.

Advisors must allow an alien 10 days to update the card with the USCIS. If the individual cannot provide an updated document or proof within 10 days, the alien is disqualified until the individual provides a valid USCIS card or proof of application for a new card.

Exception: If the individual’s USCIS document is expired and the SAVE response shows the individual is a Lawful Permanent Resident - Employment Authorized and the Date Admitted To response is Indefinite, the individual meets alien status criteria. These individuals must not be disqualified.

TANF and Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

When a certified alien's USCIS document expires before the periodic review date, the advisor must schedule a special review the month the document expires.

SNAP

Advisors must set the certification period to end the same month the USCIS document expires or schedule a special review for the month the document expires.

For streamlined reporting (SR) households, the advisor must not set a special review for the month the document expires. A document that expires during the SR certification period does not cause an individual to lose eligibility. The advisor may assume that the household will renew the document upon expiration and re-evaluate at the next certification.

Related Policy

Alien Status Policy, A-311

A-315 Definition of Public Charge

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A public charge is defined by law as an alien who has applied for and received public cash assistance for income maintenance, such as Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) cash assistance, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) or institutionalization for long-term care at government expense, such as nursing home care.

A-315.1 Providing Information to Immigrants Regarding Public Charge

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

If an immigrant inquires, staff must inform the individual that receipt of TANF cash benefits places the immigrant at risk of being considered a public charge and the individual may lose his or her immigrant status.

Exception: According to USCIS, the following individuals are exempt from public charge:

  • refugees,
  • asylees,
  • asylum applicants,
  • refugees and asylees applying for adjustment of permanent resident status,
  • Cuban/Haitian entrants and parolees,
  • Special Immigrant Visa holders from Iraq and Afghanistan,
  • Amerasian immigrants (for their initial admission),
  • individuals granted relief under the Cuban Adjustment Act (CAA),
  • individuals granted relief under the Nicaraguan and Central American Relief Act (NACARA),
  • individuals granted relief under the Haitian Refugee Immigration Fairness Act (HRIFA),
  • individuals applying for a T Visa,
  • individuals applying for a U Visa,
  • individuals who possess a T Visa and are trying to become a permanent resident,
  • individuals who possess a U Visa and are trying to become a permanent resident,
  • individuals who have been certified by the Office of Refugee
    Resettlement as a victim of trafficking (prior to being issued a T Visa
    by USCIS),
  • applications for Temporary Protected Status (TPS), and
  • certain applicants under the LIFE Act Provisions.

SNAP and Medical Programs

If an immigrant inquires, the advisor must assure the individual that receipt of Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) and/or medical program benefits does not place the immigrant at risk of becoming a public charge.

A-315.2 Receiving Other Benefits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

There are other public assistance programs that immigrants may apply for that do not result in public charge considerations. These programs
include: Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants and Children (WIC), immunizations, prenatal care, testing and treatment of communicable diseases, emergency medical assistance, emergency disaster relief, housing assistance, and child care.

A-316 Sponsored Alien

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A sponsored alien is an individual who has been sponsored by a person who signed an affidavit of support (USCIS Form I-864 or I-864-A)on or after December 19, 1997, agreeing to support the alien as a condition of the alien's entry into the U.S.

A sponsor is someone who brings family-based or certain employment-based immigrants to the U.S. and demonstrates that he or she can provide enough financial support to the immigrant so that the individual does not rely on public benefits.

If necessary, advisors use the SAVE system to verify whether an alien has a sponsor. The SAVE system, through additional verification, can provide the sponsor's name and address.

A-316.1 Providing Verification of the Alien's Sponsor Income and Resources

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF, SNAP, TP 08, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48, TP 40, TP 07, TP 20, TP 56, TP 70, TA 84 and TA 85

For cases involving aliens and their sponsors, the alien is responsible for getting all verification from the sponsor and sponsor's spouse.

Request the following information from the alien if not otherwise available through Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlement (SAVE) or Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) inquiry or case documentation:

  • Alien sponsor name,
  • Alien sponsor date of birth,
  • Alien sponsor Social Security number,
  • Alien sponsor earned income,
  • Alien sponsor unearned income,
  • Alien sponsor self-employment income,
  • Alien sponsor resources (if applicable, as explained in A-1245, Resources of an Alien’s Sponsor), and
  • Alien sponsor citizenship status or alien number if the sponsor is a lawful permanent resident.

The income and resources (if applicable) of an alien's sponsor (and the sponsor's spouse if the spouse also signed an affidavit of support, USCIS Form I-864) must be counted (deemed) as belonging to the sponsored alien, regardless of actual availability when determining the sponsored alien's eligibility and benefit amounts.

Deeming of the sponsor’s income and resources (if applicable) to the sponsored alien lasts until the:

  • sponsored alien becomes a naturalized citizen,
  • sponsored alien can be credited with 40 qualifying quarters of work, or
  • sponsor dies.

Sponsored aliens not subject to sponsor deeming are:

  • children under age 18;
  • sponsored aliens who are ineligible for benefits (examples include
    those who are disqualified from getting benefits or those considered
    non-members, such as students who do not meet SNAP student eligibility
    criteria);
  • battered spouses or children;
  • refugees, parolees, asylees, people granted withholding of
    deportation, Amerasians, trafficking victims, and Iraqi and Afghan
    special immigrants;
  • aliens whose sponsor has not signed an affidavit of support;
  • aliens whose sponsor is in the same household/Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition; and
  • indigent aliens.

TANF, TP 08, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48, TP 40, TP 07, TP 20, TP 56, TP 70, TA 84 and TA 85

If the sponsored alien fails to provide sponsor verification by the required date in B-115, Pending Verification on Applications, the alien's application is denied.

Note: Resources of an alien sponsor must only be verified if resources are counted for that program, as explained in A-1245.

SNAP

If the sponsored alien fails to provide sponsor verification by the required date in B-115, the sponsored alien is disqualified until the alien provides the proof. If eligible, remaining household members may participate while the alien is disqualified. If the disqualified alien later provides the proof, the advisor processes it as a reported change. The Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is denied if the household fails to provide proof of the disqualified alien's own income.

Related Policy

Resources of an Alien's Sponsor, A-1245
Alien Sponsor's Income, A-1361

A-320, Definitions of Military Connection

Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012

 

A-321 Veteran

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

A veteran is eligible for benefits because of a military connection if the veteran is:

  • "honorably discharged" from the armed service, and
  • meets the minimum active duty requirement of:
    • 24 months of continuous active duty, or
    • the full period the person was called or ordered to active duty.

Individuals who served in the Philippine Commonwealth Army during World War II, or as Philippine scouts following the war, are veterans for purposes of eligibility.

Related Policy

Verification of Veteran Status, A-353.1

 

 

A-322 Active Duty Military Member

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

An active duty military member is eligible for benefits because of a military connection if currently on full-time duty in the U.S. Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps or Coast Guard. It does not include full-time National Guard duty.

Active duty training as a member of the Reserves, Army National Guard, or Air National Guard does not establish eligibility for the individual. The advisor must determine that training is not the reason the reserve member is on active duty.

Related Policy

Verification of Active Duty Military, A-353.2

 

 

A-323 Spouse or Minor Unmarried Dependent Child of Veteran or Active Duty Military Member

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

A spouse is eligible for benefits because of a military connection if the individual is currently married to a veteran or active duty military member. A minor unmarried dependent child under age 18 is eligible.

Related Policy

Verification of a Spouse or Minor Unmarried Dependent Child of a Veteran or Active Duty Military Member or Unmarried Surviving Spouse of a Deceased Veteran or Active Duty Military Member, A-353.3

 

 

A-324 Unmarried Surviving Spouse of a Deceased Veteran or Active Duty Military Member

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

To meet the alien eligibility status as a surviving spouse of a deceased veteran or an active-duty military member, the spouse must not have remarried, and the marriage to the veteran or active duty military member must fulfill one of the following requirements:

  • lasted at least one year;
  • occurred within 15 years after the period of service in which the
    injury or disease that resulted in the death of the veteran or active
    duty member ended; or
  • a child was born between the surviving spouse and the veteran or active duty member, either during or before the marriage.

Related Policy

Verification of a Spouse or Minor Unmarried Dependent Child of a Veteran or Active Duty Military Member or Unmarried Surviving Spouse of a Deceased Veteran or Active Duty Military Member, A-353.3

SNAP

If a currently certified surviving spouse remarries, the spouse retains eligible alien status through the end of the current certification period.

A-330, Lawful Permanent Resident and 40 Qualifying Quarters of Social Security Coverage

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

TANF and Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

LPRs admitted prior to Aug. 22, 1996, meet the alien eligibility requirement by having 40 qualifying quarters of social security coverage.  LPRs admitted on or after Aug. 22, 1996, meet the alien eligibility requirement by having 40 countable qualifying quarters of social security coverage, if five years have passed since the legal date of entry. An LPR does not have to meet the 40-quarter requirement, including the five-year wait, if any of the following apply.

The alien:

  • has a military connection;
  • entered the U.S. with a status described in Chart C of A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts, and meets the eligibility criteria for refugees, asylees, etc., or meets the criteria in A-343, How to Determine Eligibility for Battered Aliens; and
  • is a qualified immigrant or non-immigrant child age 18 and under who lawfully resides in the U.S. with a status described in Chart D of A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts.

SNAP

LPRs with 40 qualifying quarters meet the alien eligibility requirement. An LPR does not have to meet the 40-quarter requirement if the alien:

  • lawfully resided in the U.S. as a qualified immigrant for five years from the date of entry;
  • was admitted to the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996, and was age 65 or older on Aug. 22, 1996;
  • meets the definition of disability in B-432, Definition of Disability (regardless of when the alien acquired a disability or entered the U.S.);
  • is currently under age 18 (regardless of when the alien entered the U.S.);
  • has a military connection; or
  • qualifies as a refugee, asylee, etc., as shown in Chart A of A-341, SNAP Alien Status Eligibility Charts.

Related Policy

Verifying 40 "Qualifying Quarters," A-354

 

 

A-331 Whose Quarters Can Be Considered

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

For purposes of establishing eligibility through the use of the 40 "qualifying quarters" requirement,  LPRs are credited with quarters of earnings for the:

  • LPR,
  • LPR's current spouse or deceased spouse regardless if the spouse is an LPR or a U.S. citizen, and
  • LPR's parent before the LPR turned age 18. This includes adoptive parents or stepparents.

Note: All of the quarters earned by the LPR's parents through the quarter the LPR turns age 18 are counted.

When determining whether to credit the quarters to an individual's spouse, the advisor must count quarters earned:

  • beginning with the quarter from the date of marriage, and
  • by a deceased spouse only if the marriage was not terminated before the spouse died.

Quarters earned by divorced spouses for either ex-spouses do not count. LPRs who divorce after certification retain their eligible alien status through the end of the current certification period. This also applies to stepchildren.

Until the quarter a child turns age 18, to meet the 40-quarter requirement, a child may use quarters earned by:

  • natural or adoptive parents;
  • stepparents from the date of marriage to the legal parent; and
  • deceased parents.

Related Policy

Verifying 40 "Qualifying Quarters," A-354

A-340, Qualified Alien Status Eligibility Charts

Revision 23-2; Effective April 1, 2023

An alien's eligibility is based on the USCIS status and other criteria as shown in A-341, SNAP Alien Status Eligibility Charts, and A-342, TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts.

A-341 SNAP Alien Status Eligibility Charts

Revision 23-2; Effective April 1, 2023

Chart A

If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an …

and the USCIS document provided is a/an …

then the alien is …

Refugee

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with R8-6, RE-1 thru RE-9;
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 207 or Refugee;
  • Original certification letter from the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR);
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A3;

eligible from date of entry.

Asylee

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with AS-6 thru AS-8;
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 208 or Asylee;
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A5;
  • USCIS letter from Asylum Office;
  • Order from an immigration judge granting asylum;

eligible from date of entry.

Deportation Withheld

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 243(h) or 241(b)(3);
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A10;
  • Order from an immigration judge showing deportation withheld under INA Section 243(h) or 241(b)(3). Consider the date of entry as the date the status was assigned.

eligible from date of entry.

Cuban/Haitian Entrant

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with R8-6, CH-6, CU-6, CU-7;
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 212(d)(5) or Cuba/Haitian Entrant;
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 240, Pending Hearing – Cuban granted parole for one year;
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated as Public Interest Parole;
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code C8;
  • Receipt from INS Asylum Office indicating filing of Form I-589, Application for Asylum;
  • I-220A, Order of Release on Recognizance;
  • I-862, Notice to Appear.

eligible from date of entry.

Haitian Orphan

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, indicating the person has humanitarian "parole" status admitted after Jan. 12, 2010;
  • Immigrant visa indicating the person was lawfully admitted for permanent residence;
  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with Status Code CH-6;

eligible from date of entry.

Amerasian

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with one of the following Status Codes: AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, AM-6, AM-7 or AM-8;

eligible from date of entry.

Victim of Severe Trafficking

  • Derivative T Visa annotated with T-1;
  • Derivative T Visa annotated with T-2, T-3, T-4, T-5 (family members of a victim of severe trafficking);

eligible up to four years from date of entry or until the law enforcement extension expires.

Afghan or Iraqi Special Immigrant

Passport with a Machine Readable Immigrant Visa (MRIV) or with a stamp noting that the person has been admitted under a special immigrant visa (IV) category with one of the following codes:
 

  • SI-1 or SQ-1 for the principal applicant;
     
  • SI-2 or SQ-2 for the spouse of principal applicant;
     
  • SI-3 or SQ-3 for the unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant; and a 
  • Department of Homeland Security(DHS) stamp or notation on passport or I-94, showing date of entry. This includes a DHS or CBP, or DHS or USCIS temporary Form I-551 Alien Documentation Identification and Telecommunication (ADIT) stamp.

Or

*I-551 annotated with an IV code for category SQ-1, SQ-2 or SQ-3.

Or

I-765, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), receipt notice with code SQ1, SQ2, SQ3, SQ6, SQ7 or SQ8.

Or

I-766, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), with code SQ1, SQ2, SQ3, SQ6, SQ7 or SQ8.
 

For special immigrants who are Special Immigrant Parolees (SI or SQ Parole):

I-94 noting Special Immigrant Status (SI/SQ) Parole Section 602 (B)(1) AAPA/Sec 1059(a) NDAA 2006 or SQ4/SQ5 SI Parolee notation signed and dated by USCIS officer:

  • SQ-4 for the principal applicant;
  • SQ-5 for the spouse or unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant.

For special immigrants who are adjusting their status to LPR status in the U.S.:

*I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with one of the following status codes:

  • SI-6 or SQ-6 for the principal applicant,
  • SI-7 or SQ-7 for the spouse of principal applicant; or
  • SI-8 or SQ-8 for the unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant.


Special immigrants may also demonstrate nationality with an Afghan or Iraqi passport.

For special immigrants who are conditional permanent residents (SI CPRs) adjusting their status to LPR status in the U.S.:

Passport with a MRIV, or DHS or CBP stamp noting admission under IV Category with one of the following codes:

  • CQ1 for the principal applicant;
  • CQ2 for the spouse of principal applicant; or
  • CQ3 for the unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant; and a
  • DHS stamp or notation on passport or I-94, showing date of entry. This includes DHS or CBP, or DHS or USCIS, temporary Form I-551 Alien Documentation Identification and Telecommunication (ADIT) stamp.

Or

*I-551 with an IV code for category CQ1, CQ2, or CQ3.

Or

I-765, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), receipt notice with code C11.

Or

I-766, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), with code C11.


Note: The entry date for an Afghan special immigrant must be Dec. 26, 2007, or later. The entry date for an Iraqi special immigrant must be Jan. 26, 2008, or later.

eligible from date of entry.

*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature.

Note: The category of aliens listed in Chart A are eligible for SNAP benefits from the date they adjust to any of the specific statuses listed in the chart. For example, once an alien is granted asylee status, they are potentially eligible for SNAP benefits.

Use the following chart to determine the eligibility of these qualified aliens. Their eligibility is indefinite regardless of their date of entry into the U.S.

Chart B

If the alien was admitted as a …

and the USCIS document provided is an …

then the alien is eligible if the alien …

Parolee

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, showing admission for at least one year under INA Section 212(d)(5) or Parolee;
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with A-4 or C-11;
  • has lawfully resided as a qualified immigrant in the U.S. for five years;
  • meets the SNAP definition of disability regardless of when the alien acquired a disability or when the alien entered the U.S.;
  • is currently under 18 regardless of when the alien entered the U.S.; or
  • is the spouse, unmarried surviving spouse or minor unmarried dependent child of an honorably discharged veteran or is an active duty military member.

Conditional Entrant

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 203(a)(7);
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with A3;
  • has lawfully resided as a qualified immigrant in the U.S. for five years;
  • meets the SNAP definition of disability regardless of when the alien acquired a disability or when the alien entered the U.S.;
  • is currently under 18 regardless of when the alien entered the U.S.;
  • is the spouse, unmarried surviving spouse or minor unmarried dependent child of an honorably discharged veteran or is an active duty; or
  • military member.

Use the chart below to determine eligibility for Legal Permanent Residents.

Chart C

If the qualified alien was admitted as a …

and the USCIS document provide is an …

then the alien is eligible if the alien …

Legal Permanent Resident

  • I-151, Alien Registration Receipt Card (also known as a Green Card);
  • I-551, Resident Alien Card; and
  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card (introduced Dec.1997)
  • has lawfully resided as a qualified immigrant in the U.S. for five years;
  • meets the SNAP definition of disability (regardless of when the alien acquired a disability or when the alien entered the U.S);
  • is currently under 18 (regardless of when the alien entered the U.S.);
  • meets the 40 qualifying quarters requirement;
  • is an honorably discharged veteran who met the minimum active duty requirements for 24 months;
    • or the period for which the person was called to active duty;
  • is an active duty military member; or
  • is the spouse, unmarried surviving spouse or minor dependent child of an honorably discharged veteran or active duty military member.


Note: To qualify for SNAP as a surviving spouse of a deceased veteran or an active duty military member, the surviving spouse must not have remarried.

*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature.

Chart D

If the alien was admitted as a …

and the USCIS document provided is an …

then the alien is …

Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S.

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with KIP – Kickapoo Indian Pass;
  • *I-551 annotated with S13 – American Indian born in Canada.
  • A letter or other tribal document certifying at least 50 percent American Indian blood, as required by INA Section 289, combined with a birth certificate or other satisfactory evidence of birth in Canada.

eligible.

Hmong or Highland Lao tribe member when the tribe assisted the U.S. Armed
Forces during the Vietnam War, or their spouses, unmarried dependent children, and the unmarried widow(er)s of those who are deceased

  • I-94 or *I-551

eligible if the immigrant:

  • is from Laos, Vietnam or Cambodia; and
  • claims to be a member of a Hmong or Highland Laotian tribe.

*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature.

Related Policy

Verifying 40 "Qualifying Quarters," A-354
Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents, A-355
Definition of Disability, B-432

A-342 TANF and Medical Programs Alien Status Eligibility Charts

Revision 23-2; Effective April 1, 2023

Use the following chart to determine eligibility for qualified aliens who were admitted into the U.S. before Aug. 22, 1996.

Chart A

If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an …

and the USCIS document is a/an …

then the alien is …

Refugee

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with R8-6, RE1 thru RE9
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 207 or Refugee
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A-3
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Asylee

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with AS-6 thru AS-9
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 208 or Asylee
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A5
  • USCIS Asylum Office letter
  • Order from an immigration judge granting asylum
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Deportation Withheld

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 243(h) or 241(b)(3)
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with code A10
  • Order from an immigration judge showing deportation withheld under INA Section 243(h) or Section 241(b)(3). Consider the date of entry as the date the status was assigned.
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Cuban/Haitian Entrant

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with R8-6, CH-6, CU-6 or CU-7
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 212(d)(5) or Cuban/Haitian Entrant
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 240 Pending Hearing – Cuban granted parole for one year
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with Public Interest Parolee
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Haitian Orphan

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, indicating person has humanitarian "parole" status admitted on or after Jan. 12, 2010
  • Immigrant visa indicating the person was lawfully admitted for permanent residence
  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with status code CH-5
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse including unmarried surviving spouse of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Amerasian

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with one of the following status codes: AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, AM-6, AM-7 or AM-8
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Parolee

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 212(d)(5) showing admission for at least one year

Note: This does not include Cuban or Haitian entrants.

  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Conditional Entrant

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 203(a)(7)
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with status code A-3
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Legal Permanent Resident

  • I-151, Alien Registration Receipt Card – commonly referred to as Green Card
  • I-551, Resident Alien Card
  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S.

  • *I-551 annotated with KIC – Kickapoo Indian Citizen
  • *I-551 annotated with KIP – Kickapoo Indian Pass
  • *I-551 annotated with S13 – American Indian born in Canada
  • Letter — A letter or other tribal document certifying at least 50 percent American Indian blood, as required by INA Section 289, combined with a birth certificate or other satisfactory evidence of birth in Canada
  • eligible for TANF; and
  • eligible for Medicaid if the alien meets one of the following requirements:
    • honorably discharged veteran or active duty member of the U.S. armed forces;
    • spouse, including unmarried surviving spouse, of honorably discharged veterans or active duty members;
    • dependent child of honorably discharged veteran or active duty member;
    • American Indian born in Canada;
    • member of a federally recognized Indian tribe;
    • received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996 and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996; or
    • LPR credited with 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.
  • Note: Permanently Residing Under Color of Law (PRUCOL) aliens are not eligible.

Compact of Free Association (COFA) citizens residing in the U.S.

  • Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI);
  • Federated States of Micronesia (FSM); and Republic of Palau (PAL).

I-94 or I-766 annotated with the following Class of Admission (COA) Codes:

  • CFA/RMI – Citizen of Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI) due to the Compact of Free Association
  • CFA/FSM – Citizen of the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM)
  • CFA/PAL – Citizen of the Republic of Palau

I-766 Employment Authorization Document (EAD) annotated with the following Category Code:

  • A-08 Citizen of the Marshall Islands, Micronesia or Palau admitted as a nonimmigrant

An unexpired passport annotated with one of the following:

  • CFA/RMI – Citizen of Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI) due to the Compact of Free Association
  • CFA/FSM – Citizen of the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM)
  • CFA/PAL – Citizen of the Republic of Palau

 

  • Eligible for Medicaid

*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature.

 

Use the following chart to determine eligibility for TANF and Medicaid for qualified aliens admitted into the U.S. on or after Aug. 22, 1996.

Chart B

If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an …

and the USCIS document provided is a/an …

then the alien is …

Refugee

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with R8-6, RE1 thru RE9
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 207 or Refugee
  • An original certification letter from the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR)
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A-3
  • eligible for TANF for the first five years after the legal date of entry; and
  • eligible for Medicaid (including Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid) for the first seven years after the legal date of entry.

Notes:

  • Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.
  • LPRs must have 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.

Asylee

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with R8-6, AS-6 thru AS-9
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 208 or Asylee
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A-5
  • USCIS letter from Asylum office
  • Order from an immigration judge granting asylum
  • eligible for TANF for the first five years after the legal date of entry; and
  • eligible for Medicaid, including Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, for the first seven years after the legal date of entry.

Notes:

  • Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.
  • LPRs must have 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.

Deportation Withheld

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 243(h) or Section 241(h)(3)
  • I-766, Employment Authorization Document, annotated with Code A-10
  • Order from an immigration judge showing deportation withheld under INA Section 243(h) or Section 241(b)(3). Consider the date of entry as the date the status was assigned.
  • eligible for TANF for the first five years after the legal date of entry; and
  • eligible for Medicaid, including Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, for the first seven years after the legal date of entry.

Notes:

  • Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.
  • LPRs must have 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.

Cuban/Haitian Entrant

  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with R8-6, CH-6, CU-6 or CU-7
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 212(d)(5) or Cuban/Haitian Entrant I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 240, Pending Hearing – Cuban, granted parole for one year
  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated as Public Interest Parole
  • I-220A, Order of Release on Recognizance
  • I-862, Notice to Appear
  • eligible for TANF for the first five years after the legal date of entry; and
  • eligible for Medicaid (including Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid) for the first seven years after the legal date of entry.

Notes:

  • Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.
  • LPRs must have 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.

Haitian Orphan

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, indicating person has humanitarian "parole" status admitted on after Jan. 12, 2010
  • Immigrant visa indicating the person was lawfully admitted for permanent residence
  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with Status Code CH-6
  • eligible for TANF for the first five years after the legal date of entry; and
  • eligible for Medicaid, including Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, for the first seven years after the legal date of entry.

Notes:

  • Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.
  • LPRs must have 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.

Amerasian

*I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with one of the following status codes: AM-1, AM-2, AM-3, AM-6, AM-7 or AM-8

  • eligible for TANF for the first five years after the legal date of entry; and
  • eligible for Medicaid, including Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, for the first seven years after the legal date of entry.

Notes:

  • Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.
  • LPRs must have 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.

Afghan or Iraqi Special Immigrant

Passport with a Machine Readable Immigrant Visa (MRIV) or with a stamp noting that the person has been admitted under a special immigrant visa (IV) category with one of the following codes:

  • SI-1 or SQ-1 for the principal applicant;
  • SI-2 or SQ-2 for the spouse of principal applicant;
  • SI-3 or SQ-3 for the unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant; and a DHS stamp or notation on passport (includes DHS or CBP, or DHS or USCIS temporary Form I-551 Alien Documentation Identification and Telecommunication (ADIT) stamp) or I-94, showing date of entry.

OR

*I-551 annotated with an IV code for category SQ-1, SQ-2 or SQ-3.

OR

I-765, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), receipt notice with code SQ1, SQ2, SQ3, SQ6, SQ7 or SQ8.

OR

I-766, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), with code SQ1, SQ2, SQ3, SQ6, SQ7 or SQ8.
 

For special immigrants who are Special Immigrant Parolees (SI or SQ Parole):

I-94 noting Special Immigrant Status (SQ or SI) Parole Section 602(B)(1) AAPA/Sec 1059(a) NDAA 2006 or SQ4/SQ5 SI Parolee notation signed and dated by USCIS officer:
SQ-4 for the principal applicant;
SQ-5 for the spouse or unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant.

OR

I-765, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), receipt notice with code C11.

OR

I-766, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), with code C11.

For special immigrants who are adjusting their status to LPR status in the U.S.:

*I-551 annotated with one of the following status codes:

  • SI-6 or SQ-6 for the principal applicant;
  • SI-7 or SQ-7 for the spouse of principal applicant; or
  • SI-8 or SQ-8 for the unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant.

Special immigrants also may demonstrate nationality with an Afghan or Iraqi passport.

For special immigrants who are conditional permanent residents (SI CPRs) adjusting their status to LPR status in the U.S.:

Passport with a MRIV, or DHS or CBP stamp noting admission under IV Category with one of the following codes:

  • CQ for the principal applicant,
  • CQ2 for the spouse of principal applicant; or
  • CQ3 for the unmarried child under 21 of principal applicant; and
  • a DHS stamp or notation on passport (includes DHS or CBP, or DHS or USCIS temporary Form I-551 Alien Documentation Identification and Telecommunication (ADIT) stamp) or I-94, showing date of entry.

OR

*I-551 annotated with an IV code for category CQ1, CQ2 or CQ3.

OR

I-765, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), receipt notice with code C11.

OR

I-766, Employment Authorization Document (EAD), with code C11.
 

Note: The entry date for an Afghan special immigrant must be Dec. 26, 2007, or later. The entry date for an Iraqi special immigrant must be Jan. 26, 2008, or later.

  • eligible for TANF for the first five years after the legal date of entry; and
  • eligible for Medicaid, including Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, for the first seven years after the legal date of entry.

Notes:

  • Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.
  • LPRs must have 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage.

Victim of Severe Trafficking

  • Derivative T Visa annotated with T-1
  • Derivative T Visa annotated with T-2, T-3, T-4, or T-5 (family members of a victim of severe trafficking)

eligible up to four years from date of entry or until the law enforcement extension expires.

Note: Qualified aliens retain this eligibility even if they have adjusted to LPR status.

Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S.

  • *I-551 annotated with KIC – Kickapoo Indian Citizen
  • *I-551 annotated with KIP – Kickapoo Indian Pass
  • *I-551 annotated with S13 – American Indian born in Canada
  • Letter — A letter or other tribal document certifying at least 50 percent American Indian blood, as required by INA Section 289, combined with a birth certificate or other satisfactory evidence of birth in Canada

eligible.

Member of a federally recognized Indian tribe

Letter — A letter or other tribal document that verifies membership of a federally recognized Indian tribe as defined in United States Code (U.S.C.), Title 25, Chapter 14, Subchapter II, Section 450b(e)

eligible.

Compact of Free Association (COFA) citizens residing in the U.S.

  • Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI);
  • Federated States of Micronesia (FSM); and Republic of Palau (PAL).

I-94 or I-766 annotated with the following Class of Admission (COA) Codes:

  • CFA/RMI – Citizen of Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI) due to the Compact of Free Association
  • CFA/FSM – Citizen of the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM)
  • CFA/PAL – Citizen of the Republic of Palau

I-766 Employment Authorization Document (EAD) annotated with the following Category Code:

  • A-08 Citizen of the Marshall Islands, Micronesia or Palau admitted as a nonimmigrant

An unexpired passport annotated with one of the following:

  • CFA/RMI – Citizen of Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI) due to the Compact of Free Association
  • CFA/FSM – Citizen of the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM)
  • CFA/PAL – Citizen of the Republic of Palau

 

  • Eligible for Medicaid

*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature.

Note: Click on the federal regulatory language hyperlink for a list of the Indian tribes recognized by the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs.

Use the following chart to determine eligibility for all LPRs and Parolees applying for TANF and adult LPRs and Parolees applying for Medicaid who were admitted into the U.S. on or after Aug. 22, 1996.

Chart C

If the qualified alien was admitted as a/an …

and the USCIS document provided is a/an …

then the alien is …

Legal Permanent Resident

  • I-151, Alien Registration Receipt Card – commonly referred to as Green Card
  • I-551, Resident Alien Card
  • *I-551, Permanent Resident Card

Notes:

  • Any status code that appears on the *I-551, Permanent Resident Card, is acceptable.
  • USCIS did not issue I-151s after 1978; therefore, any alien admitted after 1978 will have an *I-551.
  • If the LPR loses the *I-551, the LPR may present either an I-94 or a passport with the following annotation:

"Processed for *I-551, Temporary Evidence of Lawful Admission for Permanent Residence, valid until ______, Employment Authorized."

not eligible.

Note: A qualified alien retains the refugee eligibility period even if they have adjusted to LPR status.

Exceptions: An LPR meets the eligibility requirements if the person:

  • is a naturalized citizen;
  • is an honorably discharged veteran or active duty military member;
  • is a spouse, unmarried surviving spouse or minor unmarried child of an honorably discharged veteran or active duty military member. (Note: To qualify for TANF/MP as a surviving spouse of a deceased veteran or an active duty military member, the surviving spouse must not have remarried.);
  • entered the U.S. before Aug. 22, 1996, and remained continuously present in the U.S. since at least Aug. 21, 1996, until obtaining qualifying immigrant status and meets the 40 qualifying quarters of Social Security coverage requirement. Note: Aliens who entered the country without proper documents, as well as those who overstayed their visa, are treated the same as those who entered and remained in the country with valid immigration documents. Any single absence from the U.S. of more than 30 days or a combined absence of more than 90 days is considered interrupted "continuous presence.";
  • Received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996, and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996;
  • entered the U.S. with a status described in Chart B and meets those eligibility criteria, or meets the criteria for Battered Aliens; or
  • meets the 40 qualifying quarters requirements and five years have passed since the alien's legal date of entry.

Parolee

  • I-94, Arrival/Departure Record, annotated with INA Section 212(d)(5) showing admission for at least one year.

Note: 

  • This does not include Cuban or Haitian entrants.

not eligible.

Exceptions: A Parolee meets the eligibility requirements if the person:

  • is a naturalized citizen;
  • is an honorably discharged veteran or active duty military member;
  • is a spouse, unmarried surviving spouse or minor unmarried child of an honorably discharged veteran or active duty military member. Note: To qualify for TANF/MP as a surviving spouse of a deceased veteran or an active duty military member, the surviving spouse must not have remarried.;
  • entered the U.S. before Aug. 22, 1996 and remained continuously present in the U.S. since at least Aug. 21, 1996, until obtaining qualifying immigrant status. Note: Aliens who entered the country without proper documents, as well as those who overstayed their visa, are treated the same as those who entered and remained in the country with valid immigration documents. Any single absence from the U.S. of more than 30 days or a combined absence of more than 90 days is considered interrupted "continuous presence.";
  • Received SSI, Medicaid or both on Aug. 22, 1996, and lawfully resided in the U.S. on or before Aug. 22, 1996;
  • entered the U.S. with a status described in Chart B and meets those eligibility criteria, or meets the criteria for Battered Aliens; or
  • has resided in the U.S. for five years since their legal date of entry.

Native American born in Canada who is entitled by treaty to reside in the U.S.

  • *I-551 annotated with KIC – Kickapoo Indian Citizen
  • *I-551 annotated with KIP – Kickapoo Indian Pass
  • *I-551 annotated with S13 – American Indian born in Canada
  • Letter — A letter or other tribal document certifying at least 50 percent American Indian blood, as required by INA Section 289, combined with a birth certificate or other satisfactory evidence of birth in Canada

eligible.

Member of a federally recognized Indian tribe

Letter — A letter or other tribal document that verifies membership of a federally recognized Indian tribe as defined in 25 U.S.C. §450b(e)

eligible.

*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature.

Notes:

  • If the alien is ineligible for Medicaid because of citizenship or alien status, determine the alien's eligibility for Emergency Medicaid.
  • The federal regulatory language (external link) provides a list of the Indian tribes recognized by the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs.

Medical Programs

Certain additional qualified immigrant and non-immigrant children age 18 and under who are lawfully residing in the U.S. may qualify for Medicaid regardless of their date of entry.

Use the following chart to determine eligibility for qualified immigrant and non-immigrant children.

Note: The documents, immigration statuses, or both listed in the chart are not all inclusive. All lawfully residing children with a valid immigration status are eligible. Follow policy clearance request, procedures for questions about documents or immigration statuses not listed in this chart.

Exceptions:

  • Healthy Texas Women (HTW) recipients who turn 19 during their certification period will continue to receive HTW until their next redetermination. Review the HTW recipient's alien status at redetermination.
  • Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (MTFCY) recipients qualify through the month of their 21st birthday.
  • Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) recipients qualify through the month of their 21st birthday.
  • Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) recipients who applied before their 19th birthday remain eligible for Medicaid through the duration of their cancer treatment or until they no longer meet all the other eligibility criteria, whichever is earlier.

 

Chart D

If the qualified immigrant and non-immigrant's USCIS document is a/an …

then the qualified immigrant and non-immigrant is eligible if the annotation is …

I-94

  • INA Section 212(d)(5) showing admission for less than one year – Parolee
  • INA Section 203(a)(7) – Conditional Entrant

Note: The Bureau of Customs and Border Protection (CBP) also notates the I-94 with the letters "D/S," which stands for "duration of status," meaning that the authorized length of stay is not limited.

I-797C, or USCIS referral notice, or hearing notice or order from an immigration judge

241(b)(3):

  • Convention Against Torture (CAT) – An alien who has been granted withholding of removal under CAT
  • Applicants for asylum or withholding of removal, including under CAT
  • Applicants for asylum or withholding of removal, including under CAT if under 14 who has had an application pending for at least 180 days

*I-551

Note: If the LPR loses the *I-551, the LPR may present either an I-94 or a passport with the following annotation:

  • "Processed for I-551, Temporary Evidence of Lawful Admission for Permanent Residence, valid until ______, Employment Authorized."

Any status code that appears on the *I-551 is acceptable.

I-766

  • CFA/RMI – Citizen of Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI) due to the Compact of Free Association
  • CFA/FSM – Citizen of the Federated States of Micronesia (FSM)
  • CFA/PAL – Citizen of the Republic of Palau

Aliens who have been granted employment authorization under 8 CFR 274a.12:

  • (c)(8) or C8 - Asylum applicant (w/ pending asylum application) who filed for asylum on or after Jan. 4, 1995
  • (c)(9) or C9 – Applicant for adjustment to lawful permanent resident status
  • (c)(10) or C10 – Applicant for suspension of deportation or cancellation of removal
  • (c)(11) or C11 – Alien paroled into the U.S. in the public interest or temporarily for emergency reasons
  • (c)(14) or C14 – Alien currently in deferred action status
  • (c)(16) or C16 – Applicant for registry (resided in U.S. since before Jan. 1, 1972)
  • (c)(18) or C18 – Under order of supervision
  • (c)(20) – Applicant for special agricultural worker legalization (INA 210)
  • (c)(22) – Applicant for legalization under INA 245A
  • (c)(24) – Applicant for adjustment under the LIFE Act Legalization Program

I-797

  • Alien currently in deferred action status
  • Action notice that identifies the alien as a self-petitioning battered alien
  • Special immigrant status under INA Section 101(a)(27)(J), the person will also have Form I-360

Visa

  • A or G – FSM, RMI or Palauan diplomats
  • TPS – Person under temporary protected status under INA Section 244

Academic student under INA 101(a)(15)(F):

  • F-1 - Academic student
  • F-2 - Spouse or children of F-1

Exchange visitor under INA 101(a)(15)(J)

  • J-1 - Exchange visitor
  • J-2 - Spouse or children of J-1

Fiancé or fiancée of U.S. citizen as permitted under INA Section 101(a)(15)(K):

  • K-1 – Fiancé or fiancée
  • K-2 – Child of K-1
  • K-3 – Spouse of U.S. citizen
  • K-4 – Child accompanying or following to join a K-3 alien

Vocational student under INA 101(a)(15)(M)

  • M-1 - Vocational student
  • M-2 - Spouse or children of M-1

Special immigrant under INA Section 101(a)(15)(N):

  • N-8 – Parent of alien classified SK-3 "Special Immigrant"
  • N-9 – Child of N-8, SK-1, SK-2 or SK-4, "Special Immigrant"

Religious worker under INA Section 101(a)(15)(R):

  • R-1 – Religious worker
  • R-2 – Spouse or children of R-1

Witness or informant as permitted under INA Section 101(a)(15)(S):

  • S-5 – Informant of criminal organization information
  • S-6 – Informant of terrorism information

Victim of severe trafficking as permitted under INA Section (a)(15)(T):

  • Derivative T Visa annotated with T-1
  • Derivative T Visa annotated with T-2, T-3, T-4 or T-5 (family members of a victim of severe trafficking)

Victims of certain crimes – Battered aliens under 101(a)(15)(U):

  • U-1 – People who have suffered substantial physical or mental abuse as victims of criminal activity
  • U-2 – Spouse of U-1
  • U-3 – Child of U-1
  • U-4 – Parent of U-1, if U-1 is under 21
  • U-5 – Unmarried, under 18, sibling of U-1

People with a petition pending for three years or more, as permitted under INA Section 101(a)(15)(V):

  • V-1 – Spouse of an LPR who is the principal beneficiary of a family-based petition (Form I-130) that was filed prior to December 21, 2000, and has been pending for at least three years
  • V-2 – Child of an LPR who is the principal beneficiary of a family-based visa petition (Form I-130) that was filed prior to December 21, 2000, and has been pending for at least three years
  • V-3 – Derivative child of V-1 or V-2

USCIS letter

A person who is a spouse or child of a U.S. citizen, whose visa petition has been approved, and who has a pending application for adjustment of status as described in 8 CFR INA Section 103.12(a)(4)

USCIS letter

Person under Deferred Enforced Departure pursuant to a decision made by the president

Letter

A letter or other tribal document certifying at least 50 percent American Indian blood, as required by INA Section 289, combined with a birth certificate or other satisfactory evidence of birth in Canada

USCIS document

Family Unity beneficiaries pursuant to Section 301 of Pub. L. 101-649, as amended

USCIS document

An alien who is lawfully present in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands under 48 U.S.C. Section 1806(e)

USCIS document

A person who is lawfully present in American Samoa under the immigration laws of American Samoa

*An I-551, Permanent Resident Card, does not always include the holder's signature.

TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Aliens residing in the U.S. who do not meet the citizenship or immigration status requirements for Medical Programs may be eligible for Emergency Medicaid. These people include non-immigrants, undocumented aliens and certain legal permanent resident aliens.

Do not follow SAVE verification requirements for aliens applying for Emergency Medicaid.

Notes:

  • To be eligible for Emergency Medicaid, a person must meet all other eligibility requirements.
  • A person must be caring for a deprived child who meets citizenship or alien status requirements to be eligible for TA 31 as a caretaker or second parent.

Related Policy

How to Determine Eligibility, A-343
Verifying 40 "Qualifying Quarters," A-354
Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents, A-355

A-343 How to Determine Eligibility for Battered Aliens

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

All Programs

Qualified aliens with a battered alien status do not need to be credited with 40 qualifying quarters of social security coverage, nor do they have a seven-year limited eligibility period.

SNAP

Advisors follow the steps in the chart below to determine whether an alien claiming battered status is potentially eligible for SNAP.

Step

Yes

No

  1. Can the alien provide USCIS documentation* that identifies the alien as the self-petitioning spouse, ex-spouse or child of an abusive U.S. citizen or LPR?

Note: Once the alien has provided proof that
identifies him/her as a self-petitioning battered alien, the alien meets
the definition of a "qualified alien," as defined in A-311.1, Definition of Qualified Immigrant.

Go to Step 2.

Stop — The alien is not eligible.

  1. Can the battered alien meet one of the following conditions? The alien:
    • is under age 18;
    • is the spouse or minor unmarried dependent child of a person who is
      an active duty military member or an honorably discharged veteran;
    • has resided in the U.S. for 5 years from the date that the petition for battered status was approved and issued (Note: This is not the same as residing in the U.S. for 5 years as a qualified alien as defined in A-311.1); or
    • meets the SNAP definition of disability in B-432, Definition of Disability (regardless of when the alien acquired a disability or entered the U.S.).

Go to Step 3.

Stop — The alien is not eligible.

  1. Is the battered alien living with the spouse/parent or other family member who abused or battered the alien?

Stop — The alien is not eligible.

Go to Step 4.

  1. Did the alien:
  • enter the U.S. and acquire "qualified alien" status before Aug. 22, 1996;
  • reside in the U.S. before Aug. 22, 1996, adjust to "qualified alien" status on or after Aug. 22, 1996, and provide proof of continuous residence;
  • reside in the U.S. before Aug. 22, 1996, adjust to "qualified alien" status on or after Aug. 22, 1996, did not provide proof of continuous residence, but meets the five-year waiting period; or
  • enter the U.S. on or after Aug. 22, 1996, and meets the five-year waiting period?

The alien is eligible if the alien
meets all other eligibility factors.

Stop — The alien is not eligible.

* Examples of acceptable USCIS documents include:

  • I-551, Permanent Resident Card, annotated with one of the following status codes: IB-1 through IB-3 or IB-6 through IB-8;
  • I-797, Action Notice, that identifies the alien as a self-petitioning battered alien; or
  • a final order from an immigration judge or the Board of Immigration Appeals granting suspension of deportation under Section 244(a)(3) of the Immigration and Nationality Act.

TANF and Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Follow the steps in the chart below to determine if an alien claiming battered status is potentially eligible for TANF and/or Medical Programs.

Step

Yes

No

1. Can the alien provide USCIS documentation* that identifies the
alien, the battered alien's child or the parent of a battered alien
child as the self-petitioning spouse and/or child of an abusive U.S.
citizen or LPR?

Go to Step 2.

Stop — The alien is not eligible.

2. Is the battered alien living with the spouse, ex-spouse, parent or other family member who abused or battered the alien?

Stop — The alien is not eligible.

Go to Step 3.

3. Did the alien:

  • enter the U.S. and acquire "qualified alien" status before Aug, 22, 1996?
  • reside in the U.S. before Aug. 22, adjust to "qualified alien" status on or after Aug. 22, 1996, and provide proof of continuous residence;
  • reside in the U.S. before Aug.22, 1996, adjust to "qualified alien" status on or after Aug. 22, 1996, did not provide proof of continuous residence, but meets the five-year waiting period; or
  • enter the U.S. on or after Aug. 22, 1996 and meets the five-year waiting period?

The alien is eligible if the alien meets all other eligibility factors.

Stop — The alien is not eligible.

A-350, Verification Requirements

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A-351 Verification of Citizenship

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Items used to verify citizenship for TANF can be used for SNAP and vice versa. Items used to verify citizenship for Medical Programs can also be used for TANF and SNAP. For Medicaid Programs, only verification sources listed in A-358.1, Citizenship, can be used to verify citizenship.

TANF

Advisors verify citizenship for all household members applying for benefits. Individuals are allowed 10 days to provide proof. Advisors must document the type of proof provided. Advisors do not reverify citizenship at complete or incomplete reviews unless questionable.

If the applicant or recipient refuses or fails without good cause to provide proof, the individual is disqualified until proof is provided.

Related Policy

TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, A-1362.1

SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3

SNAP

Advisors must verify U.S. citizenship for certified members if questionable or if a regional requirement.

If an individual fails to provide verification of citizenship for Medical Programs, the claim of U.S. citizenship is not considered questionable for SNAP based solely on this reason.

A person with a questionable claim is disqualified until proof of citizenship is received.

Related Policy

SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3

Medical Programs Except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Before certifying an individual who has declared that they are a U.S. Citizen, the advisor must verify that the applicant or recipient is a U.S. citizen. Once verified, citizenship does not need to be verified again unless questionable. 

Applicants requesting three months prior Medicaid coverage must provide citizenship verification before prior coverage can be provided.

Exception: Current Medicare and SSI recipients are exempt from the verification requirement. Individuals who are receiving Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI) based on disability, and who are in a 24-month waiting period to receive Medicare, are considered Medicare recipients for the citizenship and identity verification requirement.

Related Policy

At Application, A-611
Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1
Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, A-351.2

A-351.1 Reasonable Opportunity

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, TP 45 and TA 85

Medicaid applicants who declare themselves to be U.S. citizens or declare to have an eligible alien status, but for whom verification of citizenship or alien status is unavailable, must be allowed a period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of citizenship or alien status. Reasonable opportunity is defined as the 95-day period a person is allowed to provide this verification beginning the day the Form TF0001 is generated.

At application and when adding a person during a redetermination or change, if the person does not provide proof of citizenship or alien status and:

  • no other information is required to determine eligibility, certify the person for Medicaid if all other eligibility requirements are met, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, and provide a period of reasonable opportunity.
  • other information is required to determine eligibility, request verification of the other information in addition to citizenship or alien status prior to providing a period of reasonable opportunity. If the other information is not returned, deny the person. If the person returns the other information but does not provide proof of citizenship or alien status, certify the person for Medicaid, send Form TF0001, and provide a period of reasonable opportunity.

Form TF0001 informs the person that verification of citizenship or alien status is required within 95 days and lists the names of each person who must provide citizenship verification. The period of reasonable opportunity begins the day Form TF0001 is generated.

All new applicants must be given a period of reasonable opportunity even if they have received a previous reasonable opportunity period.

The reasonable opportunity period may be triggered under the following conditions:

  • the person cannot provide a Social Security number (SSN) needed to electronically verify citizenship with the Social Security Administration (SSA);
  • the data available from an electronic data source and the person’s declaration of citizenship or alien status are inconsistent; or
  • electronic verification is unsuccessful, including agency efforts to resolve any inconsistencies, and additional documentation is still needed.

The day the reasonable opportunity period expires (the 95th day), TIERS generates an alert that creates a task. If verification of citizenship or alien status has not been provided, deny the person. 30 days advance notice of adverse action is provided to the household after informing them of the denial of ongoing benefits using Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

Related Policy

How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required, A-2343.1
Medicaid Suspension, B-520
Reasonable Opportunity after a Medicaid Suspension and Reinstatement, B-533
Reasonable Opportunity to Provide Citizenship and Alien Status Verification, D-441.1

A-351.2 Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36 

If an applicant has an SSN, use SOLQ or WTPY to verify citizenship.

The system attempts to verify citizenship using SOLQ through Electronic Data Sources (ELDS). If the SOLQ system is unresponsive or unavailable due to system failure, advisors must attempt to verify using WTPY.

If the SSN is verified, WTPY provides a response code for verification of citizenship. Advisors follow the steps in the chart below to determine the required advisor action for each response code. These response codes are only provided for Medicaid or CHIP requests.

If the WTPY response code is…then staff must …


SSN is verified, there is no indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is consistent with SSA data,
  1. Select “Verified by SSA (SOLQ, WTPY, and HUB)” in the SSN verification drop-down menu.
  2. Select “Verified by SSA (SOLQ, WTPY, and HUB)” in the citizenship verification drop-down menu.
B

SSN is verified, there is no indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is NOT consistent with SSA data,
  1. Select “Verified by SSA (SOLQ, WTPY, and HUB)” in the SSN verification drop-down menu.
  2. See the process for If unable to verify citizenship (Code B) below.
C

SSN is verified, there is indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is consistent with SSA data,
  1. Select “Verified by SSA (SOLQ, WTPY, and HUB)” in the SSN verification drop-down menu.
  2. Treat the death information as a change using policy in B-600, Changes.
D

SSN is verified, there is indication of death, and the allegation of citizenship is NOT consistent with SSA data,
  1. Select “Verified by SSA (SOLQ, WTPY, and HUB)” in the SSN verification drop-down menu.
  2. Treat the death information as a change using policy in B-600.

If unable to, Advisors should attempt to verify citizenship using the Birth Verification System (BVS).

  1. If staff is unable to verify citizenship using BVS and additional information is required to determine eligibility, request the additional information and verification of citizenship and allow the individual at least 10 days to provide proof.
    • If the client does not return the additional information by the final due date, the advisor must deny the case for failure to provide required information.
    • If the client provides the additional information, but does not provide verification of citizenship, the advisor must allow the individual a period of reasonable opportunity (explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity) to provide the verification of citizenship.
  2. If staff is unable to verify citizenship using BVS and no other information is required to determine eligibility, the advisor must allow the individual a period of reasonable opportunity to provide the verification without pending the EDG.

After allowing reasonable opportunity, if the recipient refuses or fails to provide proof, the advisor must deny the individual until proof of citizenship is provided.

SOLQ or WTPY responses may also include information on the receipt of SSI or RSDI. Advisors can find more information on the treatment of RSDI and SSI income explained in A-1324, Government Payments.

If the WTPY system is unresponsive or unavailable due to system failure, advisors must not deny or delay certification of Medicaid or CHIP coverage for failure to verify SSN or citizenship. Advisors must:

  • enter the SSN as provided by the applicant into TIERS and allow the automated SSA interface to verify the SSN; and
  • allow the individual a period of reasonable opportunity (explained in A-351.1) to provide the verification of citizenship.

A-351.3 Good Cause Determination

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Good cause exists when the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) determines that circumstances beyond the individual's control prevent proving U.S. citizenship. The individual's statement that proof is delayed is acceptable.

At initial application and when adding a person, good cause is allowed until the next complete review. The individual must be advised that the verification must be provided by the next complete review or the individual will be disqualified.

A-351.3.1 Referrals to OIG

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Advisors must disqualify and refer an individual to the Office of Inspector General (OIG) if:

  • the individual previously claimed to be a U.S. citizen but could not provide proof after allowing good cause; and
  • other information indicates the individual's claim of citizenship is questionable.

A-351.4 How to Verify Citizenship

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Advisors may refer to A-358.1, Citizenship, for common sources used to verify U.S. citizenship. For Medical Programs, advisors use the most reliable level of verification available from the sources listed as acceptable for Medical Programs. An affidavit is used only as a last resort when other verification is not available.

Advisors should explore derivative citizenship for any applicant born abroad to at least one U.S. citizen parent. If the applicant claims derivative citizenship, the applicant must provide a Certificate of Citizenship issued by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services.

Related Policy

Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

TANF and SNAP

If the applicant cannot obtain the requested proof but can reasonably explain why it is not available, the advisor must obtain an affidavit signed by someone who knows the applicant's history. The advisor should advise signers that the affidavit is a sworn statement; signers can certify only those facts of which they have personal knowledge. The affidavit must state that the signer:

  • is a U.S. citizen;
  • knows that the applicant is a U.S. citizen; and
  • may be fined, imprisoned or both if false information is given.

Through supervisory channels, the advisor must ask the regional attorney to make a determination if the applicant:

  • does not have proof of citizenship and cannot obtain an affidavit as described above; or
  • claims derivative citizenship and does not have a Certificate of Citizenship.

TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Verification requirements do not apply for undocumented aliens in the Emergency Medicaid certified group.

A-352 Verification of Alien Status

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must verify alien status by:

  • obtaining documentation of alien status, as explained in A-340, Qualified Alien Status Eligibility Charts; and
  • accessing the USCIS SAVE VIS, as explained in A-355, Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents.

Advisors pend the EDG to allow an alien to update the alien's status with USCIS. An alien who does not have acceptable status is disqualified. If a certified alien’s document expires before the next redetermination, the alien’s immigration status must be re-verified following policies and procedures in A-313, Absence of Proof of Alien Status.

Advisors use the SAVE VIS:

  • at application;
  • when adding a new household member identified as an alien; or
  • when the client’s USCIS document has expired.

Notes: If the alien’s USCIS document is expired and the SAVE response shows;

  • The individual is a Lawful Permanent Resident - Employment Authorized and the Date Admitted is “Response is Indefinite,” the individual meets an alien status criteria. These individuals must not be disqualified.
  • The individual's I-766, Employment Authorization Document, is not expired. These individuals must not be disqualified due to having an expired document.

SAVE does not contain information about victims of severe trafficking or nonimmigrant alien family members. At application, advisors must call the trafficking verification toll-free number at 866-401-5510 to confirm the validity of the certification letter or Derivative T Visa and to notify the Office of Refugee Resettlement of the benefits for which the individual is applying.

Medicaid and CHIP applicants or recipients who declare an alien status, but for whom verification of alien status is unavailable, must be allowed a period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of alien status as explained in A-351.1, Reasonable Opportunity.

TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Do not follow the SAVE VIS verification procedures.

A-353 Verification of Military Connections

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013 

A-353.1 Verification of Veteran Status

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must verify an individual's eligible veteran status by:

  • a discharge certificate; or
  • Form DD-214 or equivalent that shows the individual previously met active duty status in the armed forces.

Note: Discharge certificates that show character of discharge as anything but "honorable" are not acceptable. A character of discharge "Under Honorable Conditions" is not an "honorable" discharge for purposes of eligibility.

If the veteran does not have proof of discharge status, the veteran is referred to the Veteran's Administration to obtain verification.

A-353.2 Verification of Active Duty Military

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Individuals who claim they are currently on active duty in the military must provide a:

  • current Military Identification Card, Form DD-2 (Active); or
  • copy of their current military orders.

If the active duty military member does not provide proof of active duty status, the advisor must request other forms of proof.

A–353.3 Verification of a Spouse or Minor Unmarried Dependent Child of a Veteran or Active Duty Military Member or Unmarried Surviving Spouse of a Deceased Veteran or Active Duty Military Member

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Staff must verify whether an alien meets the eligibility requirements as:

  • a spouse or minor unmarried dependent child of a veteran or active duty military member; or
  • an unmarried surviving spouse of a deceased veteran or active duty military member.

To verify, advisors may use one of the following methods:

  • view Form DD-214 for the discharged veteran;
  • view the Military Identification Card (DD-2) that shows that the
    alien is married to or is a minor unmarried dependent child of a veteran
    or active duty military member; or
  • refer the individual to the Veteran's Administration for verification.

A–354 Verifying 40 "Qualifying Quarters"

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must verify 40 qualifying quarters for LPR applicants or household additions that must meet this requirement. Advisors use the WTPY 40 Quarters Verification System to verify covered wages. Once verified, this information does not have to be reverified.

A–354.1 Response from Social Security Administration's (SSA) WTPY System

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

SSA does not complete the posting of covered earnings quarters for any one year until the following year (around August). Example: Quarters earned in 2012 may not be posted on the WTPY system until August 2013. These quarters are referred to as “Lag” quarters.

A response from SSA on the 40 quarters verification request takes approximately 48 hours to receive.

Advisors base the quarters of covered earnings on the calendar year’s total earnings. Each year, the amount of income needed to earn a quarter changes. State office advises staff of the change each year.

For 2012, an individual must earn $1,130 to earn one quarter. If the individual earned at least $4,520 for 2012 ($1,130 x 4), the client has four qualifying quarters for the year.

Note: Advisors must not allow credit for an incomplete or future quarter. Example: The quarter of July to September 2012 cannot be counted until October
2012, even though the individual earned enough income by March 2012 to receive credit for three quarters in 2012.

A–354.2 Non-Covered Wages

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

All Programs Except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36 

Non-covered wages are those earned by an individual whose employer was not required to pay into the Social Security system (such as certain city, federal, school or religious organization employees).

If the LPR cannot meet the 40 qualifying quarter requirement using covered earnings verified by the SSA, advisors must then obtain sufficient income verification from the individual's employer to determine the earned quarters for the period in question.

Use the chart below to determine if the individual has earned sufficient money to earn a quarter.

YearAmount
1984$390
1985$410
1986$440
1987$460
1988$470
1989$500
1990$520
1991$540
1992$570
1993$590
1994$620
1995$630
1996$640
1997$670
1998$700
1999$740
2000$780
2001$830
2002$870
2003$890
2004$900
2005$920
2006$970
2007$1,000
2008$1,050
2009$1,090
2010$1,120
2011$1,120
2012$1,130
2013$1,160
2014$1,200
2015$1,220
2016
$1,2060
2017$1,300

Example: A former custodian worked for a school district from 2008 through 2011. The school district did not pay into the Social Security system. The advisor requested that the former custodian provide verification of their earnings for this particular period.* They brought a statement from the school district verifying their wages showing they earned $9,000 for 2008. Using the chart above, the income required to earn a quarter for 2008 is $1,050. This person can be credited with four quarters for 2008 ($1,050 x 4 = $4,200).

*If HHSC already has proof of income earned, advisors do not request that the individual provide additional verification.

Note: Credit for an incomplete or future quarter is not allowed.

A-354.3 Quarters Earned On or After January 1, 1997

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Federal law requires that quarters earned on or after January 1, 1997, cannot be credited if the person who earned the quarters received means-tested public benefits.

When determining the total amount of quarters earned by an LPR,
advisors do not allow any quarters earned after January 1, 1997, if the
person received TANF, SNAP, Medicaid or SSI benefits for the quarter.
The WTPY system response does not reflect receipt of these benefits.

The SSA defines a quarter as a period of three calendar months:

  • Quarter 1: January, February, March
  • Quarter 2: April, May, June
  • Quarter 3: July, August, September
  • Quarter 4: October, November, December

A-354.4 Procedures for Verifying 40 Quarters

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must:

StepAction
1Ensure that the alien's LPR status has been verified.
2Determine whose quarters of earnings have to be verified.
3

Obtain a consent of release before verifying quarters of coverage through the WTPY system or SSA. Use one of the following forms:

Note: A consent form or signature is not required for spouses or parents who are deceased.

  • Form SSA-3288, Social Security Administration Consent for Release of Information, must be signed by the:
    • LPR, if the LPR did not sign the application;
    • LPR's spouse, if the spouse did not sign the application; or
    • LPR's parent.
  • Form SSA-513, Request for Quarters of Coverage History Based On Relationship, is completed when the LPR, spouse and/or parent:
    • refuses to sign Form SSA-3288; or
    • cannot be located.

Example: A husband, wife and their four children have applied for SNAP benefits. Both spouses and two of the children are LPRs (advisor has verified LPR status). The husband has worked in the U.S. for about six years, and the wife has worked about five years. The advisor must verify the quarters of earnings for both spouses.

Since the husband was the one who signed the application, he does not have to sign Form SSA-3288; however, a signed Form SSA-3288 is required for the wife. The advisor must also complete Form H1079, Qualifying Quarters of Social Security Earnings, for both spouses.

4

If the household signed Form SSA-3288, submit Form H1079 to the appropriate WTPY data entry staff with the following information:

  • LPR's full name, as it appears on the Social Security card;
  • LPR's date of birth; and
  • LPR's correct Social Security number.

If the household signed Form SSA-513, send the completed form to the following address:

Social Security Administration
P.O. Box 17750
Baltimore, MD 21235-0001

5If you are awaiting the verification from SSA's WTPY system (normally WTPY provides a response within 48 hours), issue Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, and pend the EDG.

If you sent Form SSA-513, disqualify the individual until you receive the response from SSA.
 
6Use the WTPY or Form SSA-513 response to determine how many countable quarters are in the SSA records for the LPR, spouse and parent. Verify any recent earnings through the employer or case record if not yet posted on the WTPY system or not listed on Form SSA-513. Compute the quarters of covered earnings.
7Disallow any quarters in which the wage earner received TANF, SNAP, Medicaid or SSI after January 1, 1997.
8

If the LPR:

  • has 40 quarters, the LPR is eligible.
  • does not have 40 quarters, the advisor sends Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to notify the household that the LPR is disqualified as an ineligible alien due to the lack of 40 allowable quarters of earnings.
9If the individual disagrees with SSA's records for quarters of covered earnings, provide the individual with Form H1020. On Form H1020, explain that HHSC will certify the LPR if proof is provided that SSA was contacted to resolve the record of earnings. Provide the LPR copies of the WTPY response(s).

If the LPR needs to resolve a disagreement about a parent's or spouse's SSA record, advise the LPR that the spouse or parent must go to SSA to reconcile the individual's record. The LPR can resolve the SSA records for a deceased spouse or parent.
10

If the LPR contacts SSA to resolve the disagreement, SSA provides the individual with a document or Form SSA-7008, Request for the Correction of Earnings. The document or Form SSA-7008 verifies the action being taken to resolve the disagreement about the individual's SSA record. When the LPR provides the verification, submit the verification for imaging. Consider the LPR an eligible alien for TANF, SNAP and Medical Programs for one of the following time periods:

  • for six consecutive months beginning the month the LPR contacted SSA, or
  • less than six months if the LPR resolves the disagreement with SSA before the sixth month and the LPR does not have 40 allowable quarters of covered earnings.

Document this temporary eligibility period.

Note: On a denied application, if the LPR provides the needed proof by the 60th day after the file date, reopen the application using the date the LPR provided the information as the file date.

A-355 Verifying Alien's USCIS Documents

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

A-355.1 SAVE Program's Verification Information System (VIS)

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

The Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements (SAVE) program's Verification Information System (VIS) is a web-based application that provides alien status information using the applicants' alien registration number.

The SAVE System provides the following types of responses:

  • Initial Verification Results: First Name, Last Name, Country, Date of Entry, Date of Birth, Class of Admission (COA) and System Response; and
  • Additional Verification Results: Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Response, Expires On, Response Date and DHS Comments.

If the alien’s USCIS document is expired and the SAVE response shows the individual is a Lawful Permanent Resident - Employment Authorized and the Date Admitted is “Response is indefinite,” they meet alien status criteria.

Use the SAVE Verification Information System:

  • at application;
  • when adding a new household member identified as an alien; or
  • if a person's alien documentation has expired.

Exceptions:

When SAVE does not contain information about victims of severe trafficking or non-alien family members, call the trafficking verification toll-free number at 866-401-5510 to:

  • confirm the validity of the certification letter or Derivative T Visa; and
  • notify the Office of Refugee Resettlement of the benefits for which the person is applying.

SAVE does not normally contain information about American Indians born outside of the U.S.

Related Policy

American Indians Born Outside the U.S., D-8420

A-355.2 How to Request an Initial Verification

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Supervisors complete and route Form 4743, Request for Applications
and System Access, to the regional security officer for employees who
need access to the SAVE system.

Advisors must follow these steps to access the SAVE system:

  1. Open the VIS web site at https://save.uscis.gov/Web/vislogin.aspx?JS=YES.
  2. Enter your User ID and password.
  3. Select Initial Verification from the Case Administration menu.
  4. Enter the document type that the applicant provided.
  5. Enter the applicant's information as it appears on the document:
    • Alien Number — Do not include the letter A when entering the information in SAVE. If the A number has fewer than nine digits, add leading zeroes to make it a nine-digit number. USCIS# is used on the new I-551 cards instead of Alien Number.
    • I-94 Identification Number — known as the admission number, consists of an 11-digit field. Enter leading zeroes if the I-94 number provided has less than 11 digits.
    • Card Number — Card numbers for I-551 cards issued before November 2004 are at the bottom of the card toward the right-hand side. Card numbers for newer versions of I-551 are on the back of the
      card.
    • Last name.
    • First name.
    • Date of birth.
    • Document expiration date, if applicable.
    • Required benefits — Select the benefit type from the Benefits List (SNAP, Medicaid, TANF).
  6. Select Submit Initial Verification. The response appears in the Initial Verification Results section of the same page.
  7. The screen displays one of the following messages:
  • Lawful Permanent Resident – Employment Authorized;
  • Institute Additional Verification; or
  • Temporary Resident/Temporary Employment Authorized.

Note: If the response is Temporary Resident/Temporary Employment Authorized, the alien does not meet eligibility requirements.

  1. Review the results and select Print Case Details.
  2. Select Complete and Close Case to close the case (only if
    additional verification is not necessary). Once a case is closed, the
    user can view it for an additional 90 days.

A-355.3 How to Request Additional Verification – Online Process

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

To request additional verification:

  1. In the Initial Verification Results section, select Request Additional Verification. The Enter Additional Verification Data section appears.
  2. Edit the default information if necessary, enter required information, and include as much information as possible. Use the Special Comments box to enter additional information to the Immigration Status Verifier (ISV) staff.
  3. Submit the request by selecting Submit Additional Verification. The response section appears indicating that the request is in process and will return the response within three working days.
  4. To view the status of the case, select View Cases from the Case Administration menu. The Case Search page appears.
  5. Enter the Case Search Criteria to search for cases based on the following case status:
    •  
      • all open cases;
      • cases requiring action;
      • cases with additional verification responses;
      • cases in process; and
      • closed cases.

Select Display Case Summary List to open the Case Summary List page. The list displays the Case Status for cases that require action, cases in process, and closed cases. Click the Verification Number to view the Case Details. The user is able to print the case details, request additional verification, and close the case.

When the system is unable to verify the immigration status with the information provided by the user in the automated additional verification request, or the document appears counterfeit, altered, or expired, staff may use the manual process in A-355.4, How to Request Additional Verification – Manual Process.

A-355.4 Secondary Verification of Alien Immigration Status

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, and TP 36

If staff are unable to verify an alien's immigration status through primary verification procedures, use SAVE to request additional information from USCIS by requesting a Data Broker Combined Report through TIERS or the Data Broker Portal.

Once a request from USCIS is obtained for verification of immigration status, the information received must be processed. Staff receive one of the following responses from SAVE via the Combined Report in TIERS or in the Data Broker Portal:

  • First level verification - initial verification request in TIERS.
  • Second level verification - situations that require additional (secondary) verification in the Data Broker Portal.
  • Third level verification - situations that require staff to upload documents for verification in the Data Broker Portal via SAVE.

For the first level verification, staff enter the information provided by the person into TIERS. Once the information is entered and SAVE is requested, SAVE will return an immediate response back indicating if the information entered was able to be verified with USCIS or if more information is needed.

If the information entered can be verified on the first level verification, staff will see the alien status, category code, and entry date. If the information entered is unable to be verified against USCIS records, then staff will have to proceed to second or third level verification responses to correctly verify the person’s citizenship and alien status.

For second level verification and third level verification responses, Data Broker automatically requests additional verification from SAVE. Once obtained from SAVE, staff receive an email from the Data Broker vendor notifying them that the verification requested has been returned from SAVE.

For second level verification responses:

  • The Data Broker vendor sends a subsequent email notifying staff that the verification has been returned from SAVE.
  • Staff must then:
    • login to the Data Broker Portal to retrieve the information; and
    • update the Alien/Refugee Details page in TIERS accordingly.

For third level verification responses:

  • Staff must:
    • upload the verification documents requested into the Data Broker Portal;
    • not mail the documents to USCIS; and
    • ensure only one PDF file containing all required verification documents is uploaded.
  • The Data Broker vendor sends a subsequent email notifying staff SAVE has returned the verification.
    • staff must then login to the Data Broker Portal to retrieve the information; and
    • update the Alien/Refugee Details page in TIERS accordingly.

Note: SAVE only populates alien sponsor information into TIERS for the additional verification response. This is unlike initial verification that populates the response data for the applicant in the appropriate ELDS tables on the TIERS Alien/Refugee-Details page.

Related Policy

Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770
Referrals for Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-900

A-356 Verifying Alien's Date of Entry

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

The date on the alien's immigration document often represents the alien's first date of entry into the United States. In some instances, an alien may be present in the United States without a qualified status. The individual may then depart and then return to the U.S. as an LPR. For these aliens, the date on their immigration document reflects the date of entry with LPR status, rather than the alien's original date of entry.

Advisors use immigration documents to verify date of entry. Advisors must allow aliens with a USCIS document showing an entry date on or after August 22, 1996, who claim to have entered before that date, an opportunity to submit evidence of their claimed date of entry. This evidence may include pay stubs, a letter from an employer, or a lease or utility bill in the alien's name.

A-357 Verifying Alien's Continuous Presence

Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020

TANF and Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

The USCIS maintains a record of arrivals to and departures from the country for most legal entrants.

To verify continuous presence in the U.S., submit the Form G-845, Verification Request, and Form G-845S, Supplement Verification Request, electronically through the Data Broker system to the USCIS.

Other entrants, including aliens who entered the U.S. without USCIS documents, must provide documentary evidence showing proof of continuous presence, such as a letter from an employer, a series of pay stubs, or utility bills in the alien's name spanning the period in question.

Note: The alien does not have to remain continuously present in the U.S after obtaining qualified immigrant status.

Related Policy

How to Request Additional Verification – Online Process, A-355.3
How to Request Additional Verification – Manual Process, A-355.4

A-358 Verification Sources

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013 

A-358.1 Citizenship

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP Verification Sources:

  • Birth Verification System automated process (for individuals born in Texas)
  • Birth certificate (see Note)
  • Naturalization papers (N-560 or N-561)
  • Hospital record of birth
  • Baptismal record with date and place of birth
  • U.S. passport or U.S. passport card
  • Military service papers
  • Census records showing name, U.S. citizenship or U.S. place of birth, and date of birth or age
  • Voter registration card (SNAP only)
  • Local, state or federal records showing birthplace in the U.S.
  • Regional attorney
  • Civil service employment by the U.S. government
  • American Indian Card
  • Report of birth abroad (FS-240)
  • Certificate of birth (FS-545 or DS-1350)

Alternate Sources

  • Family Bible records
  • Affidavit from U.S. citizen

Note: Individuals born in Puerto Rico must provide a birth certificate issued on or after July 1, 2010, unless previously certified using a birth certificate issued before July 1, 2010. See C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, for information regarding assisting an individual in obtaining birth verification from Puerto Rico.

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Citizenship and Identity Verification

Verification sources are divided into two levels: Level 1 and Level
2. Level 1 sources establish both citizenship and identity. Level 2
sources establish citizenship only.

Level 1: Verifies Citizenship and Identity
SOLQ/WTPY
U.S. passport
Certificate of Naturalization (DHS Forms N-550 or N-570)
Certificate of U.S. Citizenship (DHS Forms N-560 or N-561)
State Data Exchange (SDX) for denied SSI recipients when the denial reason is for any reason other than citizenship
Evidence of membership or enrollment in a federally recognized tribe
SOLQ/WTPY and documentation on reason for Medicare denial
Inquiry reflecting a current or denied TP 45 Medicaid EDG
CHIP-P inquiry reflecting a current or denied CHIP-P case for the child
Level 2: Verifies Citizenship Only
If using a source from Level 2, the individual must also provide an additional source from the Medicaid and CHIP identity
verification sources. The same source that was used to verify citizenship cannot be used to verify identity. Identify verification from A-621, Verification Sources, is required.
A U.S. public birth certificate showing birth in one of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico (if born on or after January 13, 1941)*, Guam (on or after April 10, 1899), the Virgin Islands of the U.S. (on or after January 17, 1917), American Samoa, Swain's Island or the Northern Mariana Islands (after November 4, 1986)*
BVS inquiry
Report of Birth Abroad of a U.S. Citizen (FS-240)
Certification of Birth Abroad (FS 545 or DS-1350)
U.S. Citizen Identification Card (Form I-179 or I-197)
Northern Mariana Identification Card (I-873)
Final adoption decree showing the child's name and U.S. place of birth
Evidence of U.S. civil service employment before June 1, 1976
U.S. military record showing a U.S. place of birth (Example: DD-214)
SAVE for naturalized citizens

If a child has not yet received a Certificate of Citizenship, N-560 or N-561, evidence of meeting the automatic criteria for U.S. citizenship outlined in the Child Citizenship Act of 2000, which includes:

  • proof that at least one parent of the child is a U.S. citizen, by birth or naturalization;
  • proof that the child is under age 18;
  • proof that the child is residing in the U.S. in the legal and physical custody of the U.S. citizen parent;
  • I-551, Permanent Resident Card; and
  • I-551 with annotation of IR-3 or IR-4, if an adopted child.
Hospital record of birth showing a U.S. place of birth
Life, health, or other insurance record showing a U.S. place of birth
Religious record of birth recorded in the U.S. or its territories within three months of birth, which indicates a U.S. place of birth, showing either the date of birth or the individual's age at the time the record was made
Early school record (preschool or day care) showing a U.S. place of birth
Federal or state census record showing U.S. citizenship or a U.S. place of birth
Institutional admission papers from a nursing facility, skilled care facility or other institution showing a U.S. place of birth
Medical (clinic, doctor, or hospital) record, excluding an immunization record, showing a U.S. place of birth
An affidavit signed by another individual who can reasonably declare to the applicant's citizenship, regardless of blood relationship to the individual and under penalty of perjury, and that contains the applicant's name, date of birth, and place of U.S. birth. The affidavit does not have to be notarized. Use only as a last resort when other evidence is not available.

* Individuals born in Puerto Rico must provide a birth certificate issued on or after July 1, 2010, unless certified previously using a birth certificate issued before July 1, 2010. C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, includes information regarding assisting an individual in obtaining birth verification from Puerto Rico.

American Indian/Alaska Natives (AI/AN)

Individuals can self-declare AI/AN status. Form H1205, Texas Streamlined Application, and Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, include a general question asking whether anyone in the household is an American Indian, Alaska Native, or member of a federally recognized tribe. In some instances, Yes may be selected on the application for this question, but information is not provided by the applicant in Appendix B, American Indian or Alaska Native Family Member (AI/AN), identifying the member of the household composition for Medical Programs to whom the status applies. If the name of the individual claiming AI/AN status is not provided, AI/AN status is considered not verified.

Related Policy

Providing Verification, C-930
Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, A-351.2

A-358.2 Alien Status

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36 

  • Form I-94, I-151, I-551, I-688B (with special annotations), I-766 (with
    special annotations), or other valid USCIS records
  • Contact with USCIS

TANF and Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Alien Entry Date

  • Immigration document
  • Contact with the USCIS
  • Pay stubs
  • Letter from employer
  • Lease or utility bill in the alien's name
  • School records
  • Other document indicating entry date

Alien's Continuous Presence

  • Contact with the USCIS
  • Letter from employer
  • Pay stubs or utility bills in the alien's name spanning the time period in question
  • School records
  • Other documents spanning the time period in question

A-360, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October1, 2015

All Programs

Advisors must document the:

  • alien's status and how you verified it;
  • USCIS document's expiration date if any;
  • basis of alien's eligibility or ineligibility; and
  • temporary eligibility period for the alien, described in A-354.4, Procedures for Verifying 40 Quarters, if applicable.

Advisors must document the verification number from the SAVE inquiry in case comments.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940

SNAP

Advisors must document the proof of citizenship, if questionable.

TANF and Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must document proof of citizenship.

Advisors must document the alien's:

  • date of entry; and
  • continuous presence, if necessary to establish eligibility.

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

When using a verification source from Level 2, the advisor must document the reason Level 1 was not used.

Copies of the document used to verify citizenship must be legible and non-questionable.

Related Policy

The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-410, General Policy

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

All applicants must provide a Social Security number (SSN) or apply for one through the Social Security Administration (SSA) before certification, unless they meet one of the criteria in this section.

Exception: Undocumented aliens are not required to apply for an SSN.

Non-applicants are not required to provide an SSN or proof of an application for an SSN. When non-applicants provide an SSN, advisors may attempt to verify the SSN using the procedures explained in A-440, Verification Requirements. If verification is not available through electronic data sources, verification of the non-applicant’s SSN must not be requested from the applicant.

SNAP

Children age six months or younger are not required to provide proof of an application for an SSN. Newborns may receive benefits with the household without providing proof of an application for an SSN for the later of:

  • six months following the child's birth, or
  • the next recertification/complete review.

Applicants eligible for expedited service may receive initial benefits without providing or applying for an SSN. Initial benefits can include the first two months if receiving a combined allotment.

Applicants who cannot provide required proof to apply for an SSN may receive the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) for each month they have good cause. Good cause exists when circumstances beyond the individual's control prevent the individual from securing proof required to obtain an SSN.

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

Applicants do not need to provide an SSN if they meet any of the following good cause reasons:

  • They are not eligible to receive an SSN;
  • They do not have an SSN and may only be issued an SSN for a valid non-work reason; or
  • They refuse to obtain an SSN because of a well-established religious objection. A well-established religious objection exists when the applicant:
    • is a member of a recognized religious sect or division of the sect; and
    • adheres to the tenets or teachings of the sect or division of the sect and for that reason is conscientiously opposed to applying for or using a national identification number.

TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Undocumented aliens applying for Emergency Medicaid are not required to provide an SSN.

TP 45

SSN requirements do not apply to TP 45.

If a TP 45 child has an SSN, advisors enter the SSN at Application Registration or during Data Collection in the Individual Information page. If the child does not have an SSN, advisors may refer the parent or caretaker to the SSA to complete Form SS-5, Application for Social Security Number.

A—411 Determining Staff Action at Application

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

If the applicant ... then ...
  • cannot provide an SSN;*
  • provides an SSN that the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) will not accept as valid; or
  • provides Form SSA-5028, Receipt for Application for an SSN, that is more than 30 days old,
  • refer the applicant to the local Social Security Administration (SSA) office using a separate Form H1106, Enumeration Referral, for each member needing a Social Security Number (SSN); and
  • pend the application until SSA returns Form H1106 verifying the applicant has completed the application process.

    Exception: Follow policy in A-410, General Policy, for the applicable exceptions, by program.

  • provides Form SSA-5028 (not more than 30 days old); or
  • provides Form SSA-2853, Message From Social Security, that is not more than 180 days old,
  • accept the form as proof that the applicant applied for an SSN;
  • tell the applicant to report the SSN when the applicant receives it; and
  • enter the SSN in the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG), when reported.

Note: Follow policy in A-412, Action at TANF and Medical Program Redetermination — Forms SSA-5028 or SSA-2853, for action to take at the next periodic review for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) or Medicaid recipients.

provides an SSN,
  • enter the SSN at Application Registration or during Data Collection in the Individual Information page.
  • Run State Online Query (SOLQ) during Data Collection if it is not automatically invoked by TIERS. Follow policy in A-413, SSN Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), if SOLQ verifies the SSN with a SSN Verification Code of F or X or does not verify the SSN.
provides an SSN but indicates the name and/or date of birth on record with SSA is not correct,
  • enter the SSN at Application Registration or during Data Collection in the Individual Information page; and
  • refer the applicant to the local SSA office to update the person’s SSA file using Form H1106. Do not pend the application for SSA's response. Exception: If SOLQ verifies the SSN with the SSN Verification Code of F or X or does not verify the SSN, follow policy in A-413.
provides an SSN but wants a replacement for a lost card,
  • enter the SSN at Application Registration or during Data Collection in the Individual Information page; and
  • refer the applicant to the local SSA office without Form H1106; and
  • inform applicants age 18 and older that replacement SSN cards can be requested online by visiting the SSA.

* If the applicant cannot provide an SSN because the applicant is a documented alien without work authorization, refer the applicant to the local SSA office using Form H1106.

Explain the following to applicants applying for an SSN:

  • the type of proof they must take to SSA to obtain an SSN (see page 2 of Form H1106, Proofs You Need to Apply for a Social Security Number Card, for common types of proof);
  • the referral procedure and the results of any delay;
  • that SSA must conduct a face-to-face interview with a person age 18 or over applying for an original SSN; and
  • that a person applying for someone else (including an adult applying for a child) must provide proof of that person's own identity in addition to proof needed for the SSN application.

When an applicant takes Form H1106 to the SSA office, SSA:

  • determines whether the applicant is eligible for an SSN;
  • submits Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, for those eligible; and
  • adds information to Form H1106 or provides another SSA receipt or letter verifying the applicant completed the SSN application process.

Follow policy in A-420, Failure to Comply, if the applicant does not return Form H1106 with entries made by SSA, or another receipt or letter, verifying that an application for an SSN was submitted for each applicant by the 30th day after the file date, or later, to allow at least 10 days.

SNAP

If the applicant cannot complete the SSN application process in a timely manner, explain the procedure for claiming good cause. If the applicant claims to have good cause for not complying in a timely manner, determine whether good cause applies. The application is not pended for SSA's response if good cause applies.

Related Policy

General Policy, A-410
Action at TANF and Medical Programs Redetermination, A-412
Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), A-413
Failure to Comply, A-420

A—412 Action at TANF and Medical Program Redetermination — Forms SSA-5028 or SSA-2853

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

TANF and Medical Programs, except TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48

Provide the person with Form H1106, Enumeration Referral, at the next complete review when:

  • Form SSA-5028 or SSA-2853 is accepted at application,
  • the form is no longer current; and
  • no SSN has been received.

Inform the applicant that the form must be returned within 60 days. Explain to the person the consequence of noncompliance.

The complete review must not be pended for the return of Form H1106. Set a special review for the end of the 60-day period. Follow procedures in A-420, Failure to Comply, for noncompliance if:

  • Form H1106 is not returned by the deadline; and
  • an SSN is not received.

If an SSN is provided at the next complete review, enter the SSN during Data Collection and run SOLQ if it is not automatically invoked by TIERS. Follow policy in A-413, Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ), if SOLQ

  • verifies the SSN with a SSN Verification Code of F or X; or
  • does not verify the SSN.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

Follow the procedures above, but do not set a special review. Check for compliance at the next review.

Related Policy

Social Security Number (SSN) Validation, A-413
Failure to Comply, A-420

A—413 Social Security Number (SSN) Validation Through State Online Query (SOLQ)

Revision 23-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2023

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

A person’s SSN is verified when all the demographic information provided by the person matches the information available in SOLQ. When the information matches, TIERS will display the SSN as validated. If the SSN is not verified, TIERS will display in the SOLQ screen the reason why the SSN is not verified.

SSN Verified

A person’s SSN is verified when SOLQ provides one of the following SSN Verification Codes:

  • F: SSN is verified, but last name does not match SSN (an indication that the person has changed their last name due to marriage, divorce or adoption);
  • M, P, R and V: SSN is verified; or
  • X: Data exists that the validated SSN belongs to a person who is deceased.

When a person’s SSN is verified with SOLQ, but information given by the SSA shows that the person is deceased (code X) or that the name does not match (code F), the person’s identity is questionable. Clear the discrepancy before disposing the case action. If the person does not provide the information needed to clear the discrepancy, either disqualify or deny the person using failure to comply policy. Exception: When processing expedited SNAP benefits or Medicaid for Pregnant Women, certify the person with a validated SSN with verification code F or X if unable to clear the discrepancy by viewing case documentation, or contacting the household by phone. Postpone verification needed to clear the discrepancy to meet expedited processing time frames.

Note: If a person with a SOLQ verified SSN requests to change their name, date of birth or gender, the person must first update their information through the Social Security Administration.

SSN Not Verified

If the person’s SSN is not verified with SOLQ, review the information on the application and other supporting documents and update any information entered incorrectly. After making corrections, manually invoke SOLQ to re-run the verification process.

If the person’s identity is not questionable and the SSN remains unverified after re-running the SOLQ verification process, try to contact the person by phone to clear the SSN discrepancy. If unable to clear the discrepancy by phone and:

  • No other information is required to determine eligibility, certify the person if all other eligibility requirements are met.
  • Other information is required to determine eligibility, include the request for information to clear the SSN discrepancy on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.
    • Manually generate the Form H1020 and attach the Form HRG-83, SSN Maintenance Memorandum, before mailing.

If the person:

  • Returns all requested information and staff verify the SSN, certify the person if all other eligibility requirements are met.
  • Returns all requested information, but staff are unable to verify the SSN with the information provided, certify the person if all other eligibility requirements are met.
  • Returns information, but not the information to clear the SSN discrepancy, certify the person if all other eligibility requirements are met.
  • Does not return requested information, disqualify or deny the person.

If the person’s identity is questionable, request information to clear the discrepancy. If the information is not provided or the information provided does not clear the discrepancy, disqualify, or deny the person.

If unable to verify a person’s SSN via SOLQ, the monthly SSA interface will attempt to validate the SSN. If the monthly interface does not validate the SSN, TIERS generates Alert 268, Social Security Administration Unable to Verify SSN (RG-83), or Alert 269, Social Security Administration Reports a Duplicate SSN, to address the discrepancy.

Related Policy

Social Security Numbers (SSNs), A-144.1

Postponed Verification Procedures, A-145.1

Failure to Comply, A-420

SSN Discrepancy Clearance Procedures, A-432

Verification Requirements, A-440

Questionable Information, C-920

A-420, Failure to Comply

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

If an application is certified but a member is disqualified, notification of the individual’s disqualification is included on the comment section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

Exception: Advisors follow policy in A-410, General Policy, for applicable exceptions for SNAP.

Related Policy

TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child's Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction, A-1362.2
SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, 18-50 Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements, A-1362.3

TANF

Advisors must disqualify a required member of the certified group who fails to comply without good cause.

Exception: Advisors must deny the application/EDG if the:

  • only eligible child or otherwise eligible person does not comply; or
  • caretaker/payee refuses to cooperate and the advisor cannot otherwise determine eligibility of the other members.

SNAP

Advisors must disqualify an applicant who fails to comply.

Exception: Follow policy in A-410 for the following situations:

  • children under age six months,
  • expedited service, and
  • good cause claims.

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

Advisors must deny an individual's eligibility if the individual fails to comply with the SSN requirements explained in this section. Denying eligibility for an individual who does not comply with SSN requirements does not impact the eligibility for any other individuals applying for or receiving Medical Program benefits.

A—421 Reestablishing Eligibility

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

If a member is disqualified at application and later complies, the individual is included effective the month after being notified of the compliance.

A-430, Proof Required by SSA

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

The proof required to get an SSN is shown in the table below, except for special situations that are listed in A-431, Special Situations. The proof needed depends on:

  • place of birth;
  • citizenship status; and
  • whether the request is for an original, duplicate, or corrected SSN.
If the applicant is a/an ... applying for ... then the applicant must furnish proof of ...
U.S. citizen born in the U.S., an original SSN, age, identity, and citizenship.
U.S. citizen born in the U.S., a duplicate SSN, identity.
U.S. citizen born outside the U.S., an original SSN, age, identity, and citizenship.
U.S. citizen born outside the U.S., a duplicate SSN, identity and citizenship.
alien, an original SSN, age, identity, and lawful alien status.
alien, a duplicate SSN, identity and lawful alien status.

Note: To correct/update SSN information, the applicant must provide proof required for a duplicate SSN as well as proof showing the new information.

Acceptable Proof

The documents must be originals, or copies made by the custodian of the record, such as a county clerk or registrar. SSA will return all documents submitted to SSA.

Proof of Age and Citizenship

A birth certificate is the preferred proof.

If no birth certificate is available, a U.S.-born citizen may furnish:

  • a religious record showing age or date of birth (to establish citizenship, it must have been recorded within three months of birth);
  • a hospital birth record;
  • a notice of birth registration; or
  • other documents, at least one year old, that show:
    • name,
    • age or date of birth, and
    • place of birth.

If no birth certificate is available, a foreign-born U.S. citizen may furnish a:

  • U.S. Consular Report of Birth,
  • U.S. Citizen Identification Card (Form I-197),
  • Certificate of U.S. Citizenship (Form N-560),
  • U.S. Passport, or
  • Certificate of Naturalization (Form N-550 or N-570).

Proof of lawful alien status:

  • I-551, Permanent Resident Card (Resident Alien Card);
  • I-151, Alien Registration Receipt Card;
  • I-94, Arrival-Departure Record; or
  • I-688A, Employment Authorization Card.

Proof of Identity

Proof of identity must contain enough information to identify the applicant, such as name, age or date of birth, address, signature, and physical description. Examples of acceptable documents are:

 

Identity card Adoption record
Work identification card Medical record/vaccination record
Driver's license Insurance policy
U.S. passport School record/report card
Marriage or divorce record Voter registration

A—431 Special Situations

Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

The following situations require special handling.

  • If the SSN applicant is a non-U.S. citizen who traditionally uses a name order different from the customary U.S. name order (first name, middle name, last or family name), determine name order according to U.S. custom and enter appropriately on Form H1106, Enumeration Referral.
Example: Vietnamese name on I-94: Nguyen Thi Mai
- last first middle
Enter on Form H1106: Thi Mai Nguyen

 

A—432 SSN Discrepancy Clearance Procedures

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

If an SSN is not verified via SOLQ, the monthly SSA interface attempts to verify a person’s SSN after certification. If a person’s SSN cannot be verified during the interface, or a duplicate SSN is found, TIERS generates either:

  • Alert 268, Social Security Administration Unable to Verify SSN (RG-83) when the information does not match. This triggers the Task List Manager (TLM) Alert 268, Agency Generated Change – Social Security Administration Unable to Verify SSN (RG-83) for Client (Individual ID) XXXXXXXXX and routes it to the Customer Care Center (CCC) for case action; or
  • Alert 269, Duplicate SSN for Individual Number, when the SSN is a duplicate. This triggers the TLM task Alert 269: Agency Generated Change - Social Security Administration Reports a Duplicate SSN XXXXXXXXXX, and routes it to the CCC for case action.  

Upon receipt of Alert 268 or Alert 269, research the case and contact the household to clear the discrepant or duplicate SSN. If staff are unable to clear the discrepant or duplicate SSN and the person does not have good cause for not providing a SSN, TIERS sends the household the following correspondence, allowing a 60-day period for the discrepancy to be cleared:

  • Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, with the following language in the Notes section of the form:
     
    The individual is granted extra time to resolve the problem with their Social Security Number.

    We need proof that you have gone to the Social Security Administration to resolve the issue with XXXXXXX XXXXX’s Social Security Number by XX/XX/XXXX. If we don’t receive the proof, your XXXXXX benefits will end.
     
  • Form H-RG83, SSN Maintenance Memorandum, instructing the household to go the Social Security Administration (SSA) office in order correct or update the person’s Social Security records.

SSA staff will assist the person in completing an application to correct or update their Social Security records and will provide them with Form SSA-5028, Receipt for Application for a Social Security Number, as proof.  

If the person’s SSN has not been validated by the 60th day from the date the TF0001 and Form H-RG83 are sent, staff are prompted to review the case via Alert #796, Reasonable Opportunity Period has Expired for EDG #.

If the person fails to cooperate in clearing the discrepancy with the SSA or if the SSN has not been validated, follow policy in A-420, Failure to Comply to disqualify or deny the person. Note: This 60-day period is different from the reasonable opportunity period that Medicaid applicants are allowed to provide verification of U.S. citizenship or an eligible alien status, where that verification is unavailable when the person applies.  

If TIERS shows the SSN as verified, but the SSN needs to be corrected, send a memorandum with the correct SSN to State Office Data Integrity (SODI) to make a change:

SODI Section, Data Base Support

P.O. Box 14930, MC Y92-2

Or fax to Data Base Support at 512-706-7140.

Or send the request to the Data Integrity email box at HHSC_DI_Biographical Corrections@hhsc.state.tx.us.

SODI staff notifies the staff member by memo when the change is made.

Related Policy

Failure to Comply, A-420

A-440, Verification Requirements

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

Verify that a household member applied for a SSN when the applicant cannot provide an SSN. Refer to A-410, General Policy, for applicable exceptions, by program.

SSNs are verified through:

  • State Online Query (SOLQ) being invoked during Data Collection. Verification of an SSN via this process is identified in both the Individual Household Summary page with a checkmark in the box by the person’s SSN and a checkmark in the Validated by SSA checkbox on either the Data Collection/Add New Individual page, the Modify Non File Cleared Individual page, or the Edit Existing Individual page.
  • The monthly SSA interface. Verification of an SSN via this process is identified in the Individual Summary Page when the SSA box is checked for the individual.

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

Follow policy in A-351.2, Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, for verifying SSN using SOLQ or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY).

If unable to verify the SSN using SOLQ or WTPY:

  • Review the information entered into the SOLQ or WTPY request with the information provided by the applicant. If a typographical error is found, submit a new SOLQ or WTPY request with the correct information.
  • If no typographical errors are found, contact the applicant by phone to ensure the information provided is accurate. If the applicant provides new information, submit another SOLQ or WTPY request with the correct information. Update the EDG record with the correct information.
  • If unable to contact the applicant by phone, send the applicant Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to request verification of the applicant’s SSN along with any additional information needed. Allow the person 10 days to provide proof.
  • If the person fails to cooperate in clearing the discrepancy with the SSA, follow policy in A-420, Failure to Comply.

Follow policy in A-410 to verify all good cause reasons to providing an SSN.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A—441 Verification Sources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

For SSN discrepancies or SSNs that cannot be verified through the SSA interface, SOLQ, or WTPY, the applicant must provide one of the following:

  • Copy of the SSN card; or
  • Social Security Administration letter confirming the SSN.

Acceptable proof of application of an SSN includes:

  • Form SSA-5028, Receipt for Application for an SSN, less than 30 days old;
  • Form SSA-2853, Message From Social Security, less than 180 days old; and
  • Form H1106, Enumeration Referral.

Medical Programs

Form H1106, completed by the Social Security Administration, is the acceptable verification source for not providing an SSN due to ineligibility to receive an SSN or eligibility to receive an SSN only for a valid non-work reason. Advisors must review the response provided by the SSA on the Form H1106 to determine which good cause reason the applicant meets.

Acceptable sources of verification for a well-established religious objection include:

  • an approved IRS Form 4029, Application for Exemption from Social Security and Medicare Taxes and Waiver of Benefits; or
  • a letter from a leader of the religious organization, a document setting out the tenets of the religious organization which justify the good cause reason, or a similar document.

Note: If the source of verification for a religious exemption is questionable, advisors must contact their supervisor who will coordinate with the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) regional attorneys to ensure the documentation is sufficient.

A-450, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 45

In the Data Collection/Individual Demographics-SSN/Armed Services page, the advisor must enter the date the individual was given Form SSA-5028, Receipt for Application for an SSN, or Form SSA-2853, Message From Social Security, or the date the applicant returned Form H1106, Enumeration Referral. For EDGs with an individual currently being enumerated, the advisor sends the following documents for imaging:

  • Form H1106,
  • a copy of Form SSA-5028, or
  • a copy of Form SSA-2853.

Advisors must document that the SSA enumerated the individual or was unable to do so.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940

SNAP

Advisors must document good cause claims according to A-410, General Policy.

Related Policy
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-510, Age Limits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

For age requirements, see household composition:

A-520, Relationship

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

 

A—521 Eligibility Requirements

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TANF

A child must live, or be expected to live, in the home of one of the relatives (either biological or adoptive) listed in A-221, Who Is Included, No. 4, Caretaker.

TANF-SP

A child must live with, or be expected to live, with both legal parents, or one legal parent and a stepparent.

Note: This also includes legal parents or stepparents who are disqualified for one of the reasons listed in A-222, Who Is Not Included, No. 4, Disqualified Members, unless that disqualification is due to not meeting citizenship requirements.

TP 08 and TA 31

To qualify for TP 08 or TA 31, a person must be a:

The caretaker must be a:

  • parent;
  • stepparent*;
  • sibling;
  • step-sibling;
  • grandparent;
  • uncle or aunt;
  • nephew or niece;
  • first cousin; or
  • first cousin once removed.

*A stepparent of a dependent child is considered within the degree of relationship for TP 08, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, and TA 31, Parent and Caretaker Relative Medicaid - Emergency. The relationship to the dependent child remains even if the legal parent and stepparent are divorced or the legal parent is deceased.

The spouse of a caretaker relative may also be eligible for medical coverage if they live with the caretaker relative who cares for the dependent child receiving Medicaid.  

Example: A grandfather is the caretaker relative of his granddaughter. The grandfather applies for Medicaid for himself, his granddaughter, and his spouse who lives with him. If the granddaughter is eligible for Medicaid, both the grandfather and his spouse may be eligible for TP 08.

A dependent child is a person who:

  • is under age 18; or
  • if age 18, attends school full-time and expects to graduate in or before the month of their 19th birthday.  Note: A child who will not graduate until after the month of their 19th birthday is not considered a dependent child after the month of their 18th birthday.

TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48 and TP 56

To be eligible for these programs, a child can:

  • live with the child's parents;
  • live with a caretaker within the degree of relationship required for TP 08 and TA 31;
  • live with a person not within the degree of relationship required for TP 08 and TA 31;
  • be abandoned; or
  • live independently.

TP 45

A child whose mother is eligible for and is receiving Medicaid coverage when the child is born, or whose mother is eligible for and receives Medicaid coverage retroactively for the time of the child’s birth, is eligible for TP 45 coverage. The Medicaid coverage for the newborn can continue through the month of the child’s first birthday if the child remains in Texas, even if the child does not reside with the birth mother.

Related Policy
Guide for Determining Relationship, C-1441
Guide for Determining Extended Relationships, C-1442

 

A—522 Legal Parent-Child Relationship

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

A legal parent-child relationship exists between a child and:

  • an adoptive parent by proof of adoption;
  • the mother by proof of having given birth to the child; or
  • a man if one of the following conditions exist:
    • The man and the mother married (including a common-law marriage) in apparent compliance with the law before the child's birth (even if the marriage is or could be voided), and the child was born:
      • while they were married; or
      • within 300 days after the marriage terminated.
    • The man and the mother married (including a common-law marriage) in apparent compliance with the law after the child's birth (even if the marriage is or could be voided), and the man:
      • filed a paternity suit, including a statement of paternity in court;
      • is named the father on the child's birth certificate; or
      • has a written obligation to support the child voluntarily or by court order.
    • The courts determine that the man is the biological father.

If there is no other legal father, a legal parent-child relationship exists between a man and a child if one of the following conditions exists:

  • The man and the mother do not marry, but the man consents in writing to be named as the child's father on the child's birth certificate.
  • Before the child turns age 18, the child lived with the man and holds out to the public that the man is the child's father.
  • The man signs an acknowledgement of paternity (AOP) with the Office of Attorney General or Vital Statistics Unit. The child's mother must also be available to sign the AOP.

 

A—523 When Proof of Relationship Is Unavailable

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

If Birth Verification System (BVS) records do not establish relationship or the applicant cannot provide proof of relationship shown in A-531, Verification Sources, the advisor must use alternative ways to determine relationship. See A-523.1, How to Make an Evaluative Conclusion.

 

A—523.1 How to Make an Evaluative Conclusion

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

The advisor must examine all available proof such as (but not limited to) school records, court records, birth records, health records, insurance policies, refugee's voluntary resettlement agency (VOLAG) or the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) records, or other sources of proof that provide the same information. The advisor should offer reasonable assistance if the individual has difficulty obtaining the information.

Advisors must obtain supervisory approval of the evaluative conclusion.

 

A—523.2 Children Living with Biological Father

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

A biological father may receive TANF, TP 08, or TA 31 if the biological father proves relationship. If the father cannot provide acceptable proof, the advisor must make an evaluative conclusion to establish relationship for the father and child. The OAG uses the automated child support referral to locate the mother and establish paternity of the biological father. The OAG notifies the advisor via Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, that paternity is established or excluded. If paternity is excluded, advisors must process an overpayment claim for the period of time the household erroneously received benefits as specified in B-700, Claims.

Proof of a court determination of paternity is required if, at the time of the child's birth, the child's mother was married to another man who is presumed to be the child's legal father.

 

A—523.2.1 Children Living with Relatives of Biological Father

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

To qualify for TANF or Medical Programs, a caretaker relative must establish required relationship to the child as specified in A-221, Who Is Included, following the steps below:

The caretaker relative must provide acceptable proof of relationship between:

  • the caretaker and the biological father; and
  • the biological father and the child, using the conditions listed in A-522, Legal Parent-Child Relationship.

 

A—530 Verification Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

Advisors must verify the age and relationship of each child to the adult claiming the relationship before certifying or adding the child to the cash grant and/or before certifying the adult for Medicaid. Advisors use BVS inquiry for someone born in Texas and who is at least 46 days old but less than 19 years old.

See A-531, Verification Sources. If these verifications are not available, make an evaluative conclusion. See A-523.1, How to Make an Evaluative Conclusion.

Related Policy

Birth Verification System, C-860

A-530, Verification Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

Advisors must verify the age and relationship of each child to the adult claiming the relationship before certifying or adding the child to the cash grant and/or before certifying the adult for Medicaid. Advisors use BVS inquiry for someone born in Texas and who is at least 46 days old but less than 19 years old.

See A-531, Verification Sources. If these verifications are not available, make an evaluative conclusion. See A-523.1, How to Make an Evaluative Conclusion.

Related Policy

Birth Verification System, C-860

 

A—531 Verification Sources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Age and Relationship

  • BVS inquiry
  • Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) sources

Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31

Age and Relationship

  • Individual's self-declaration establishing age and relationship if other sources are unavailable

TANF

Age

  • Birth certificate
  • Hospital or public health birth records
  • Church or baptismal birth record
  • BVS inquiry
  • Local, state, federal or military record
  • Adoption papers or records
  • Indian census records
  • U.S. passport
  • School or day care records
  • U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services records
  • Attorney General child support paternity records
  • Social Security Administration records

Alternate Age Sources

  • Court or child welfare records
  • Insurance policies
  • Family Bible records
  • Records of voluntary social service agencies
  • Court child support order
  • Written statement from a doctor or clergy who knows date of birth
  • Juvenile court records
  • Census records
  • Written statement from a non-relative who knows date of birth

Relationship

  • Birth certificate
  • Adoption papers or records
  • Hospital or public health records of birth and parentage
  • BVS inquiry (see A-540, Documentation Requirements)
  • Church or baptismal birth record
  • Local, state, federal government or military record
  • School or day care records
  • U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services records
  • Attorney General child support paternity records
  • Juvenile court records
  • Indian census records
  • U.S. passport
  • Marriage license/certificate
  • Divorce papers
  • Court records of parentage

Alternate Relationship Sources

  • Church records of parentage and relationship (including statement from clergy)
  • Family Bible records
  • Court or child welfare records
  • Insurance policies
  • Records of voluntary social service agencies
  • Statement from clergy, doctor or school official who can verify relationship
  • Statement from non-relative who has known the child since birth

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-540, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

Advisors must document proof of age or relationship and the basis for the evaluative conclusion or enter on the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Individual Household page and the Relationship page.

Advisors must document the following:

  • The verification source.
  • The verification date.
  • Children's names.
  • Information from the verification source to prove the children live in the home (for collateral contacts include name and address and/or phone number).
  • Reason for any temporary absence.
  • Information from the verification source to prove the household member or payee returned to and lived in the home for at least 30 days when allowing another temporary absence period.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-610, General Policy

Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007

 

A—611 At Application

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

Advisors must verify the identity of the person interviewed. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not need to re-verify.

Related Policy

Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must verify the identity of all individuals requesting benefits. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not need to re-verify.

If questionable, advisors verify the identity of the person interviewed.

Related Policy

Verification of Citizenship, A-351

SNAP

Advisors must verify the identity of the person interviewed.

If the authorized representative (AR) applies for the household, the advisor must verify the identity of both the AR and the person the AR represents.

Exception: If necessary to meet expedited service time limits, advisors only need to verify the identity of the AR being interviewed.

Related Policy

Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000

 

A—612 Redetermination

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP, TANF and TP 08

Advisors must verify the identity of the person interviewed if not previously verified.

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must verify the identity of each individual requesting benefits during the redetermination if identity has not been previously verified using a source from the Medical Programs list in A-621, Verification Sources, or a source from the Medical Programs list in A-358.1, Citizenship, that verifies both identity and citizenship. Once identity has been verified for an individual, advisors do not need to re-verify.

Related Policy

Verification of Citizenship, A-351 Identifying Applicants Interviewed by Phone and Prevention of Duplicate Participation, A-2000

 

A—613 Receipt of Lone Star Card and/or PIN

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP and TANF

Advisors must verify the identity of a person receiving a Lone Star Card and/or personal identification number (PIN) (initial issuance or replacement).

A-620, Verification Requirements

Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003

All Programs

Birth records and other official records are preferred sources of verification.

 

A—621 Verification Sources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP and TANF

  • Driver license or Department of Public Safety (DPS) identification (ID) card (current or expired)
  • Birth certificate (see Note)
  • Hospital or birth records
  • Adoption papers or records
  • Work or school ID card
  • Voter registration card
  • Wage or check stubs or check
  • U.S. passport or U.S. passport card
  • Certificate of Naturalization
  • Certificate of U.S. citizenship
  • Finding of citizenship by another federal/state agency
  • Collateral statement
  • Immigration documents
  • Self-declaration of driver license or DPS ID number already on file, along with other identifying information (Social Security number and date of birth)
  • Self-declaration of driver license or DPS ID number listed on Data Broker, along with other identifying information (Social Security number and date of birth)

Note: Individuals born in Puerto Rico must provide a birth certificate issued on or after July 1, 2010, unless certified previously using a birth certificate issued before July 1, 2010. See C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, for information regarding assisting an individual in obtaining birth verification from Puerto Rico.

TP 08, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48, TP 40 and TA 31

Copies of the document used to verify identity for individuals requesting benefits must be legible and non-questionable. Submit the document for imaging.

Identity and Citizenship

A-358.1, Citizenship, includes the sources that verify both identify and citizenship for Medical Programs.

Identity Only

  • One of the following sources is acceptable for verification, if the document has a photograph and other identifying information such as (but not limited to) name, age, date of birth, sex, race, height, weight, eye color, or address:
    • Driver’s license issued by a state or territory;
    • School identification card;
    • U.S. military card or draft record;
    • Identification card issued by the federal, state, or local government with the same information included on driver’s licenses;
    • Military dependent's identification card; or
    • U.S. Coast Guard Merchant Mariner card;
  • Native American Tribal document;
  • Signed application for Medicaid (including the signature of an authorized representative acting on the individual's behalf) — this is applicable for all individuals on the application except the signee (no person may declare to their own identity);
  • Two or more corroborating documents (examples include, but are not limited to, marriage licenses, divorce decrees, or high school diplomas);
  • For children under age 19, a clinic, doctor, hospital, or school record, including preschool or day care records; and
  • Form H1097, Affidavit for Citizenship/Identity, signed by another individual who can reasonably declare to the applicant’s citizenship, regardless of blood relationship to the individual and under penalty of perjury, and that contains the applicant’s name, date of birth, and place of U.S. birth. The affidavit does not have to be notarized and should be used only as a last resort when other evidence is not available.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930
Using State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to Verify Citizenship, A-351.2

A-630, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Advisors must document how the identity of the person interviewed was verified.

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

Advisors must document how the identity of each individual requesting benefits was verified. Copies of the document used to verify identity must be legible and non-questionable. Submit the document for imaging.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-710, General Policy

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

All Programs

Applicants must live in Texas to be eligible for benefits. The household is not required to have a permanent dwelling or fixed residence.

TANF and Medical Programs

Individuals who live in Texas (other than for migrant or itinerant work) meet the residency requirement if they are living in Texas intending to remain in Texas. People who live in Texas for a temporary purpose do not meet the residency requirement.

The person's residence becomes questionable when the post office returns Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) correspondence or benefits as undeliverable.

Migrant and itinerant workers meet the residency requirement when applying if they:

  • live in the state;
  • entered the state with a job commitment or an intention to seek employment (regardless of current employment status); and
  • do not receive assistance from another state.

SNAP

People who live in Texas for any purpose other than a vacation meet the residency requirement, regardless of the length of time they have been here or plan to stay.

Related Policy

Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), A-2344.1

A-720, New Texas Residents

Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020

All Programs

A person cannot participate in more than one state in any month.

When an applicant recently received benefits in another state, verify the last month the benefits were issued.

The following links may be used as resources to contact agencies in other states to verify that a new Texas resident's benefits have ended in another state.

Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Agencies:

HSS staff can find the National Directory of SNAP Agencies on The LOOP.

Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) Agencies:

https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/by-state/by-state.html

Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) Agencies:

https://www.acf.hhs.gov/about/contact-us

Medical Programs

New Texas residents may receive overlapping Medicaid coverage. See A-822, Medicaid Coverage for New State Residents, to determine the correct medical effective dates (MEDs) for these persons.

SNAP

Residents in an approved shelter for battered persons may participate twice during the month of application if they participated first with the person who abused or threatened them with abuse.

A-730, Moves Within Texas

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Individuals keep their residence status when they move within Texas.

TANF and SNAP

A person cannot participate as a member of more than one household in any month.

SNAP

Residents in an approved shelter for battered persons may participate twice during the month of application if they participated first with the person who abused them or threatened them with abuse.

Related Policy

Household Composition, A-200

A-740, Moves Out of Texas

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

A certified individual becomes ineligible if the individual moves to another state:

  • with the intent to remain there, or
  • without declaring intent to return.

If the individual returns to Texas within 90 days and states that the move was not intended to be permanent, the advisor must:

  • reopen the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) using the reason denied-in-error; and
  • issue restored benefits, if appropriate.

SNAP

A household is not eligible for benefits issued for a month after the household leaves Texas.

When a household member notifies HHSC that the household moved out of Texas, Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is not required. If the household has not yet moved, the advisor must issue Form TF0001 to provide adequate notice. The EDG is denied effective the end of the month they move, if possible.

Related Policy

Canceling Benefits, B-330

A-750, Temporary Visits Out of Texas

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

Individuals do not lose their residence status when they temporarily leave Texas.

An individual can be absent from Texas for any length of time. Advisors must review the situation every three months to determine the individual's intent to maintain Texas residence. The individual must reasonably explain:

  • the purpose for leaving Texas,
  • the intent to return to Texas, and
  • which state the individual claims residency in.

An individual is a resident of Texas unless there is substantial, factual evidence that proves otherwise. When the advisor determines that the individual is no longer a resident, the individual is denied.

SNAP

A person is not eligible for SNAP in Texas for any month the individual is out of Texas the entire month.

A-760, Verification Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48

Advisors must verify the actual physical address of a household at each application and redetermination.

Exceptions:

  • Residence verification is not a requirement for SNAP categorically eligible TANF/Supplemental Security Income (SSI) households.
  • Self-declaration is acceptable as verification of residence when certifying a child for TP 56, MA-Medically Needy with Spend Down.

Note: Residence verification is a requirement for TANF and categorically eligible TANF-Non-Cash (NC) households. Refer to B-472, Special Treatment for Households Meeting Categorical Eligibility Criteria.

When an applicant recently received benefits in another state, the advisor must verify the last month the benefits were issued.

When the advisor cannot verify residence with readily available evidence, the advisor must:

  • contact the landlord, neighbors or other sources of reliable information; or
  • observe personal effects and living arrangements.

When residence is difficult to verify because of unusual circumstances, the advisor must document all efforts to verify and certify the EDG.

Note: If residence for any household is questionable, the advisor may require the household to provide a source of verification that is more reliable, such as one of the primary sources of verification listed in A-761, Verification Sources. The advisor cannot restrict verification to a specific source from that list.

TANF and Medical Programs

Advisors must determine that the household intends to remain in Texas at each application and redetermination.

SNAP and TP 40

Advisors must postpone residence verification if trying to meet expedited service time frames.

TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48

Self-declaration is acceptable as verification of residence.

 

 

A—761 Verification Sources

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

All Programs except Children’s Medicaid

The following are acceptable sources to verify the household's current address:

  • utility bills or utility company records;
  • rent receipt or statement from non-relative landlord;
  • mortgage receipt or statement from mortgage company;
  • valid Texas driver license or Department of Public Safety (DPS) identification card;
  • Data Broker residence reported on the DPS data field;
  • Department of Motor Vehicles record;
  • school records;
  • voter registration card;
  • statement from child care provider;
  • employment records or statement from employer;
  • official records confirming ownership of property;
  • home visit;
  • SOLQ for Social Security benefit recipients, including those receiving Medicare;
  • item of mail with household name and address;
  • other HHSC correspondence the applicant can provide showing the household received it at the applicant's current Texas address;
  • inquiry into Office of the Attorney General (OAG), Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) or another entity’s automated system, outside of HHSC, showing the same Texas address currently reported by the household;
  • a local landline number the applicant provides (not a cell phone number) that is either listed in the phone book or an online directory with the same Texas address the household currently reports, or the household can be contacted at that local phone number when conducting a phone interview;
  • searches resulting in a match between the address and the phone number provided by the applicant using the Data Broker Search Options Menu, Telephone Number Search;
  • post office records;
  • city or crisscross directory;
  • church records; or
  • statement from non-relative.

Exception: Self-declaration of residence is acceptable when certifying a child for TP 56, MA - Medically Needy with Spend Down.

TANF and Medical Programs

The applicant's statement of intent to remain in Texas is acceptable.

Children's Medicaid

Self-declaration.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-770, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Advisors must document the individual's:

  • proof of address, and
  • all efforts to verify residence when residence is difficult to verify because of unusual circumstances.

TANF and Medical Programs

For temporary visits outside of Texas, advisors must document:

  • the individual's purpose for leaving;
  • the individual's intent to return to Texas; and
  • which state the individual considers their residence.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-810, General Policy

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

Medical Programs

Applicants may receive Medicaid during the three-month period before the month they apply for Medicaid. See A-831, Three Months Prior Coverage, for eligibility criteria and application procedures.

Some former individuals on TP 08, TP 43, TP 44, and TP 48 remain eligible for Transitional Medicaid after their eligibility is denied. See the chart that follows for more information.

Reason for Denial Type Program Who Is Covered?
Alimony/Spousal support TP 20 (A-850, Alimony/Spousal Support Transitional Medicaid Coverage) The household
New or increased earnings TP 07 (A-842, TP 07 Transitional Medicaid) The household

Most adopted children receive Medicaid through the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS). DFPS works with the Interstate Compact on Adoption and Medical Assistance (ICAMA) to facilitate the timely delivery of Medicaid coverage when a family moves or the adoption involves an interstate placement. If an adopted child is receiving Medicaid in another state, the parent must contact the originating state to coordinate and transfer Medicaid coverage information to Texas. If an adoptive parent has any questions about the adoptive child's Medicaid, advisors should inform them to contact their local DFPS office for assistance.

Medical Programs, Qualified Medicare Beneficiaries (QMB) and Specified Low-Income Medicare Beneficiaries (SLMB)

Individuals receiving some Texas Works Medicaid types of assistance may also qualify for the Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) Medicare Savings Program types of assistance, MC – QMB (TP 24) or MC – SLMB (TP 23), if they meet the eligibility criteria. See policy in the Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities Handbook, Q-2000, Qualified Medicare Beneficiaries (QMB) — MC-QMB.

Individuals may receive QMB and the following types of assistance:

  • MA – Earnings Transitional (TP 07)
  • MA – Parents and Caretaker Relatives (TP 08)
  • MA – Pregnant Women (TP 40)
  • MA – Children Under 1 (TP 43)
  • MA – Newborn Children (TP 45)
  • MA – Children 1-5 (TP 48)
  • MA – Children 6-18 (TP 44)
  • MA – Former Foster Care Children (FFCC) (TA 82)

The above programs cannot be dually eligible for SLMB. Even though these programs may meet SLMB eligibility requirements, the Medicare Part B premium is already paid. An individual can be dually eligible for MA – MN with Spend Down (TP 56) and SLMB.

A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

Medical Programs

Regular Medicaid eligibility begins the day a person meets all eligibility criteria. It is usually the first day of the application month if all eligibility criteria are met on that date.

The medical effective date (MED) may not be the first day of the application month in the following situations. 

The MED cannot precede:

  • A newborn's date of birth.
  • The date a child enters the home.

    Note: Assign the date of birth as the MED for a child born to a woman incarcerated in the Texas Department of Corrections at Gatesville when contacted by HHSC staff housed at the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) Hospital. Document this contact in Case Comments.
     
  • For the parent or caretaker relative’s Medicaid application, the newborn’s date of birth or the date a child enters the home when the newborn or entering child is the only eligible child.

    TP 08 Exception: TIERS assigns an earlier MED if the parent or caretaker relative has unpaid medical bills and would have been eligible for Medicaid as a pregnant woman from the first day of her infant's birth month.

  • The start date of the emergency condition for aliens eligible for Emergency Medicaid.
  • The date a disqualified parent or caretaker relative complies.
  • The month at least one eligible dependent child is certified for Medicaid.

If the only child of a parent or caretaker relative eligible for TP 08 dies before certification, process an application for Medicaid for a deceased person. Certify coverage for the child through the date of death and for the parent or caretaker relative through the remainder of that month.

TP 40

Medicaid for a pregnant woman does not begin before the first day of the month her pregnancy begins. The applicant’s (pregnant woman's, case name's, or authorized representative's [AR's]) verbal or written statement is an acceptable source of verification for the start month, the number of expected children, and the anticipated date of delivery.

If the applicant’s (pregnant woman's, case name's or AR's) statement is not available, use one of the verification requirements to obtain the pregnancy start date and anticipated date of delivery.

If information is requested but not returned by the 15th business day from the file date, deny the application. Reopen the application if the person provides verification by the 60th day from the file date.

Exception: Do not request verification of pregnancy if the:

  • application is processed after the pregnancy terminates; and
  • applicant provides proof of the newborn child's birth.

A pregnant woman remains eligible through the second month following the month her pregnancy terminates if all other eligibility requirements are met and countable income is below the income limits in:

  • the application month; or
  • one of the three months prior to the application month if in the prior month she:
    • had unpaid Medicaid-reimbursable bills; or
    • received services from the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS).

Example: A pregnant woman applies for Medicaid in May 2020. Her expected delivery date is December 2020. She has unpaid medical bills in February 2020 and meets all other eligibility requirements. She does not have any unpaid medical bills in March or April 2020. Certify her for Medicaid from February 2020 through February 2020.

After determining a pregnant woman is eligible for TP 40, the woman remains eligible even if the budget group's income increases above the income limit.

Note: If a woman certified for Healthy Texas Women (HTW) reports her pregnancy, the HTW and Medicaid for Pregnant Women (TP 40) coverage may overlap because HTW does not provide prenatal or pregnancy benefits. In this situation, HTW is denied prospectively, and the woman is enrolled in TP 40 beginning the first of the month when she meets all eligibility criteria.

If a woman who was certified for expedited benefits provides postponed verifications that prove she does not meet eligibility requirements, provide advance notice of adverse action, and deny her coverage.

TP 45

Before providing initial TP 45 coverage for a newborn child, verify that the:

  • mother was:
    • eligible for and received Medicaid in Texas on the day the child was born; or
    • retroactively eligible for Medicaid for the day the child was born;
  • child resides in Texas; and
  • mother was continuously eligible for Medicaid (or would have been eligible if pregnant) during the child's birth month.

Note: A newborn child born to a mother who received Emergency Medicaid coverage at the time of the child's birth is eligible to receive TP 45 coverage from the date of birth through the end of the month of the child's first birthday.

The MED for the initial certification is always the child's date of birth.

Before resuming coverage for a newborn who has been denied TP 45, verify that the child resides in Texas.

TP 56

Medicaid coverage for children or pregnant women with spend down begins the first day the household meets spend down.

Note: A woman certified for HTW may have overlapping coverage with TP 56 if she has unpaid medical bills related to her pregnancy because HTW does not provide full coverage benefits. 

The applicant meets spend down by submitting or having a provider submit medical bills to the Clearinghouse.

The Clearinghouse:

Note: The Clearinghouse may discover a discrepancy while processing a spend down EDG. Processing is put on hold and the EDG is referred to State Office Data Integrity (SODI) to research. SODI sends a memo to field staff asking for information to clear the discrepancy. Respond quickly to these requests so that the Clearinghouse can complete the spend down process.

Emergency Medicaid

Medicaid eligibility begins on the start date of the emergency medical condition verified by the attending practitioner on Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification.

Related Policy

Provider Referral Process, A-125
Pregnancy, A-144.5
Medicaid Termination, A-825
Verification Requirements, A-870
How to Determine Spend Down, A-1359
Spend Down EDGs, A-1532.1
Reuse of an Application Form After Denial, B-111
Medicaid Reinstatement, B-530
Current Medicaid, Medicare (Part A or B) and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) recipients, W-911
Pregnant Women, W-912

A—821 Types of Coverage

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

The type of coverage determines how recipients access Medicaid services. There are two types of coverage: fee-for-service and managed care.

A—821.1 Fee-for-Service

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Fee-for-service, also known as Traditional Medicaid, allows access to any Medicaid provider and self-referral to specialists. The provider submits claims directly to the claims administrator for reimbursement of Medicaid-covered services.

A—821.2 Managed Care

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

Medical Programs except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, and TP 56

Medicaid managed care is health care provided through a network of doctors, hospitals or other health care providers who contract with a managed care organizations (MCO). The state pays the MCO a capitated rate for each member enrolled, rather than paying for each unit of service. The providers submit claims directly to the MCO for reimbursement of Medicaid-covered services.

Medicaid managed care programs include:

  • STAR (State of Texas Access Reform). STAR provides acute care services (like doctor visits, hospital visits and prescriptions), and each member is enrolled in an MCO and assigned a main doctor to coordinate care. People who are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid are excluded from this program.
  • STAR Health. STAR Health provides comprehensive, coordinated health care services for children in foster care and kinship care. Each member is enrolled with a single MCO, Superior HealthPlan, and is assigned a main doctor to coordinate care. People who are dually eligible are excluded from this program.
  • STAR+PLUS. STAR+PLUS provides acute care and long-term services and supports (LTSS). A key feature of this program is service coordination, or specialized care management. Each member is enrolled with an MCO, and Medicaid-only members are assigned a main doctor. STAR+PLUS serves Medicaid-only and dually eligible people, including most nursing facility residents. It is a statewide program.
  • STAR Kids. STAR Kids provides acute care services and LTSS. Additionally, people eligible for Medically Dependent Children’s Program (MDCP) waiver services receive these services through STAR Kids. A key feature of this program is service coordination. Each member is enrolled with an MCO and assigned a main doctor to coordinate care. STAR Kids serves children and young adults age 20 or younger with disabilities.
  • Children's Medicaid Dental Services. Children's Medicaid Dental Services provide primary and preventive dental services through managed care. Each member is enrolled in a dental maintenance organization (DMO) and has a main dental home. Most children, birth through age 20, who receive Medicaid, are eligible for dental services.

Medicaid managed care is available statewide. Information concerning the medical and dental managed care plans with contact information for each plan is located at hhs.texas.gov/services/health/medicaid-chip/provider-information/managed-care-organization-dental-maintenance-organization-provider-services-contact-information.

Texas Works Medicaid recipients must enroll in managed care. Exceptions (not comprehensive):

  • STAR exceptions:
    • people who are dually eligible for Medicaid and Medicare;
    • children enrolled in the DSHS Children with Special Health Care Needs (CSHCN) Program;
    • children and adults residing in institutions (nursing facilities, Intermediate Care Facilities, and State Supported Living Centers);
    • medically-needy program participants;
    • children in foster care or kinship care;
    • adults that receive SSI; and
    • children and adults that are in a 1915(c) waiver program.
  • STAR Health exceptions:
    • youth adjudicated in Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) facilities;
    • youth from other states placed in Texas, or Texas youth placed in other states; and
    • youth residing in Medicaid-paid facilities.
  • STAR+PLUS exceptions:
    • a person 20 or younger who is not in the Medicaid for Breast and Cervical Cancer (MBCC) program;
    • people over the age of 21 in Former Foster Care in Higher Education (FFCHE); and
    • people over 21 who are in a 1915(c) waiver program or who reside in community home for people with Intellectual Developmental Disabilities and are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid.
  • STAR Kids: A person over the age of 21 and a person 20 or younger without disabilities.
  • Children's Medicaid Dental Services exceptions:
    • people 20 or younger who reside in an institution;
    • people in STAR Health;
    • youth placed in other states; and
    • adults 21 and older.

MAXIMUS:

  • Contracts with the state to enroll recipients into Medicaid managed care.
  • Mails enrollment packets that include information about the plan choices available in their county of residence to newly certified recipients.

If a recipient does not choose a plan or a main doctor by the deadline provided in the enrollment packet, MAXIMUS assigns a plan and a main doctor. They then mail the information to the recipient.

Members of federally recognized Indian tribes are exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care but may choose to participate voluntarily.

At all Medicaid applications and redeterminations, identify and determine if the person qualifies for this exemption. If this information is not available, do not designate the person as exempt. Do not pend the application or delay the eligibility determination for this information.

TIERS refers newly certified recipients to MAXIMUS to initiate their enrollment into managed care. MAXIMUS staff is available in some local eligibility determination offices. A recipient can call the MAXIMUS Helpline at 800-964-2777 to initiate enrollment, to request a plan change, or to disenroll from managed care if they are exempt from mandatory enrollment in Medicaid managed care.

If a recipient has difficulty accessing medical services in a managed care plan, refer the person to the Medicaid Managed Care Helpline at 866-566-8989. The Medicaid Managed Care Helpline advocates for managed care recipients who are having trouble accessing the medical and dental care they need.

Related Policy

Office of the Ombudsman, B-1420
Managed Care Plans, C-1116

A—822 Medicaid Coverage for New State Residents

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Advisors must determine the correct MED for applicants who:

  • move to Texas from another state during the application month or the three months prior to the application month, and
  • are Medicaid recipients in the losing state in the month they move.
Step Action
1 If the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid the last day of the month the recipient moved from the state or later, then go to Step 2.

If the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid the day the recipient moved from the state, then assign an MED = date the applicant became a Texas resident.
2 Did any member of the certified group incur Medicaid-reimbursable bills after they moved to Texas?

If yes, then verify the effective date of denial in the losing state. Go to Step 3.

If no, then verify the effective date of denial in the losing state. Assign an MED = first day of the month after the month the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid.
3 Will the losing state pay for the bills incurred in Texas after the day the person became a Texas resident?

If yes, then assign an MED = first day of the month after the month the losing state denied the recipient's Medicaid.

If no, then assign an MED = date the applicant became a Texas resident.

Note: If the applicant is unable to provide a contact person in the losing state, the advisor must contact the appropriate state Medicaid director's office. See C-1111, State Medicaid Agencies, for telephone numbers.

When a Texas Medicaid recipient moves to another state, staff from the gaining state may contact the local office about effective dates of denial and coverage of bills incurred in the gaining state. Texas Medicaid pays for Medicaid-reimbursable services provided out-of-state if the:

  • recipient needs services because of a medical emergency documented by the attending physician or other provider;
  • recipient's health could be jeopardized by not obtaining services; and
  • provider enrolls in the Texas Medicaid Program. Out-of-state providers can obtain enrollment information by calling the claims administrator at 1-800-925-9126.

A—823 Lock-In Status

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

HHSC identifies fee-for-service and managed care individuals who:

  • received duplicative, excessive, contraindicated or conflicting health services, including drugs; or
  • abused, misused or committed fraudulent actions related to Medicaid benefits and services.

These clients may choose one pharmacy and/or one main doctor to be their designated provider for Medicaid services.

The duration periods of lock-in status are as follows:

  • The initial period is 36 months.
  • The second period is an additional 60 months.
  • The third period is for the duration of eligibility and all subsequent periods of eligibility.
  • The period of lock-in status for individuals arrested, indicted or convicted of, or admitting to, a crime related to Medicaid fraud differs from the time period listed for initial, second and third periods of lock-in. These individuals will be assigned lock-in status for 60 months or the duration of eligibility and subsequent periods of eligibility up to or equal to 60 months.

For individuals with enrollment lock-in status, HHSC issues a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card printed with "Lock-in Doctor" and/or "Lock-in Drug Store" on the front of the card, along with the name of the doctor and/or drug store. If an individual with lock-in status prints a Medicaid card from the YourTexasBenefits.com, the same information is displayed.

Staff must verify current lock-in status when issuing Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification. To verify an individual’s lock-in status, the advisor may access the individual’s Lock-In Enrollment page from the Individual – Summary page’s hover menu. If an individual is in lock-in status, the Lock-In Enrollment page will display the provider name and begin date of the status.

Individuals are removed from lock-in status at the end of the specified period if their use of medical services no longer meets the criteria for lock-in status.

Advisors refer individuals with questions regarding their lock-in status to the HHSC Office of Inspector General (OIG) at 1-800-436-6184.

A—824 Issuance of Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Advisors must issue Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification, to an eligible Medicaid individual only if the individual:

  • needs his eligibility verified to receive medical services;
  • does not have access to a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card; and
  • is unable to reprint the Medicaid card from YourTexasBenefits.com.

The individual may not have a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card if the individual:

  • is newly certified and has not received it,
  • lost or accidentally destroyed the card, or
  • is temporarily separated from other eligible family members who have their card.

Before issuing Form H1027-A, staff must verify the individual's current eligibility, enrollment lock-in status and managed care enrollment by accessing the Individual – Summary and Individual – Medicaid History pages. If inquiry is unavailable, advisors must follow regional procedures.

Medicaid with No Enrollment Lock-in or Managed Care Coverage

Issue Form H1027-A for current eligibility if the most recent medical coverage period on the Individual – Summary and Individual – Medicaid History pages:

  • is open (no close date shown), and
  • reflects regular Medicaid coverage.

Enrollment Lock-in

If an individual is in enrollment lock-in status, "Yes" will display after Lock-In on the Individual – Summary page. Advisors select Lock-In Enrollment from the hover menu over the individual's client number. The Individual – Lock-In Enrollment page provides information regarding the provider(s) to which the individual is currently or was once locked in.

If an individual is currently in lock-in, advisors issue a separate Form H1027-A for the individual and print LIMITED and the name(s) of the provider(s) to which the individual is locked in. Form H1027-A generated in TIERS is printed with "LIMITED" in the "Type of Coverage" field.

Managed Care Coverage

If an individual is in a managed care service area, "Yes" will display after Managed Care on the Individual – Summary page. Select Managed Care from the hover menu over the individual's client number. Advisors select the Individual – Managed Care page to view the individual's plan to which the individual is enrolled.

Advisors must issue Form H1027-A for everyone on the case in the same managed care plan by printing the appropriate managed care program name (e.g., STAR, STAR Health, STAR+PLUS) and the name and telephone number of the plan. This information is in C-1116, Managed Care Plans.

After staff verify eligibility, enrollment lock-in status and managed care enrollment, advisors complete, sign and date Form H1027-A. The unit supervisor or other second party must approve the form indicating he verified eligibility and lock-in status.

Form H1027-A is not used if the most recent medical period:

  • is closed, or
  • shows institutional coverage.

Form H1027-A instructions include detailed information for completing the form.

TA 74, TA 75, TA 76, TA 83, TA 86 and TP 42

The advisor must issue Form H1027-A if the person has a completed Form H1266, Short-term Medicaid Notice: Approved, showing the date the person is approved for coverage.

Form H1027-A instructions include detailed information for completing the form.

State Paid Medicaid

TA 62

State Paid Medicaid coverage shows in the Medicaid History screen when the individual was not eligible for Medicaid and staff have issued Form H1027-A in error. State Paid Medicaid is 100 percent state-funded.

A—825 Medicaid Termination

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

TP 08

If an application is not received by the last day of the month, an EDG is automatically denied effective the last day of the last benefit month.

Related Policy

Denial at Redetermination, A-2342

Emergency Medicaid

Eligibility for Emergency Medicaid ends the date the person's medical condition is stabilized as verified by the attending practitioner or other practitioner familiar with the patient's condition. Verification is done on Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification.

A woman certified for Medicaid for Pregnant Women – Emergency (TP 36) on the day her pregnancy ends is eligible to receive TP 36 in the two-month postpartum period if she has another medical emergency.

Related Policy

Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820

TP 40

Medicaid eligibility for a pregnant woman ends on the last day of the second month following the month the pregnancy terminates.

If the pregnancy terminates early because of molar pregnancy, abortion or premature delivery, deny the coverage effective the last day of the second month following the month the pregnancy terminated. If the pregnancy ends in a month later than expected, change the end date to reflect the new termination date.

A woman whose Medicaid for Pregnant Women coverage ends is automatically tested for other types of assistance using current case information without requiring a new application, if the EDG was not denied for the following reasons:

  • voluntary withdrawal;
  • death;
  • move out of Texas;
  • receipt of benefits in another group; or
  • failure to provide postponed verification.

TIERS automatically determines eligibility for another type of assistance. If eligible, the woman receives a new certification period which begins after the TP 40 EDG ends.

TP32, TP36, TP40, and TP56

A woman certified for Medicaid (TP 32, TP 36, TP 40, TP 56) on the day her pregnancy ends, is eligible to receive the same type of Medicaid (TP 32, TP 36, TP 40, TP 56) for two months after her pregnancy ends. 
Medicaid for Pregnant Women– Emergency (TP 36) and Medically Needy with Spend Down (TP 32 and TP 56) are only provided in the two-month postpartum period if the woman meets the additional eligibility requirements for these type programs. The original budget used to certify the Medicaid coverage on the day the woman’s pregnancy ends, is the same budget used in the two-month postpartum period.

Related Policy

How to Determine Spend Down, A-1359
Denial of an Application, A-2341
Denial at Redetermination, A-2342 

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

A child is continuously eligible for the first six months of the 12-month certification period. If a household fails to report required information at application that causes a child to be ineligible for Medicaid, deny the EDG and send a fraud referral to the Office of the Inspector General (OIG). This does not apply if the household provides verification required by policy. For example, the household applies for Medicaid for a child, provides one pay stub, and is determined eligible. If providing more income verification would result in the child being ineligible, do not deny the Medicaid EDG. The child remains continuously eligible for the first six-months of the 12-month certification period, because policy requires only one pay stub to verify income for a child's Medicaid EDG.

EDGs with end dates do not require staff action to close the EDG when the household does not return a renewal form. These will close effective the last day of the last benefit month of the certification period.

Note: Independent children residing in state hospitals are continuously eligible for the first six months of the 12-month certification period, even if the child is released from the state hospital. If a child is released from the facility prior to the end of the six-month period, process the address change and continue coverage.

A child is eligible through the last day of the month of the child’s:

  • first birthday for TP 43;
  • sixth birthday for TP 48; and
  • 19th birthday for TP 44.

When a child ages out of the current type of assistance during the continuous eligibility period, TIERS:

  • Denies the TP 43 or TP 48 EDG through mass update and opens a new EDG for the next type of assistance for the remainder of the continuous eligibility period if the child is eligible for the next type of assistance.
  • Sustains the TP 43 or TP 48 EDG if the child is not eligible for the next type of assistance.

When a child ages out of the current type of assistance during the non-continuous eligibility period, TIERS denies the TP 43 or TP 48 EDG and opens a new EDG for the next type of assistance if the modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) is equal to or below the corresponding Federal Poverty Level (FPL).

If the MAGI is more than the FPL for the next type program, the child’s eligibility for CHIP is tested.  If ineligible for CHIP, the child is referred to the Federally Facilitated Marketplace (FFM).

Exception: Children aging out of TP 44 are eligible through the last day of the month of their 19th birthday.

If a child is ineligible for the next type of assistance or turns 19, the child may continue to receive Medicaid if the child:

  • is hospitalized on the child's 19th birthday;
  • remains hospitalized (there is not a time limit); and
  • meets all eligibility requirements except age.

Verify the child’s hospitalization and update the child’s living arrangement to “hospital” to prevent TIERS from denying the child’s coverage.

Verify the hospitalization each month and update the child’s living arrangement when the hospitalization ends.

Related Policy

Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
Medical Programs Administrative Renewals, B-122.4
Processing Children’s Medicaid Redeterminations, B-123

TP 45

A child's eligibility terminates the last day of the month of the child's first birthday. Deny the TP 45 EDG before the child's first birthday if the:

  • child's mother was presumptively eligible and received TP 42 at the time of the child’s birth but was not eligible for regular Medicaid at the time of the child’s birth. The child is eligible for TP 45 through the end of the birth month; or
  • child no longer resides in Texas. The child is eligible for TP 45 through the month the change occurs.

Notes:

  • If the child's mother met spend down and received TP 56 or TP 32 to cover the child's birth, the child is eligible for TP 45 from the date of birth until the end of the month the child turns one.
  • State Office Data Integrity (SODI) terminates the newborn's coverage before the child's first birthday in situations in which the child's mother relinquishes her parental rights and information about the child's current residency and new caretaker is unknown. 

Related Policy

TP 45 Provider Referral Process, A-125
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820

A-825.1 Recipients of TANF and TP 08

Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017

Recipients of TANF must comply with the Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA), including cooperating with child support requirements and participating in the Choices program, unless exempt. TP 08 coverage is terminated if an individual receiving both TP 08 and TANF is sanctioned for failure to comply with the Choices PRA requirements.

Individuals certified for TP 08, but not TANF, must cooperate with medical support requirements. Failure to cooperate with the requirements result in the termination of the individual's TP 08 coverage.

Notes:

  • TANF sanctions due to noncooperation with other PRA requirements do not result in termination of TP 08 coverage.
  • Individuals receiving TP 08 who are not receiving TANF are not required to comply with the TANF PRA.
  • The noncooperating adult may reapply for Medicaid and qualify after the identified forfeit months, with the exception of those who non-comply with child support. These individuals must comply before becoming eligible for Medicaid.

Related Policy

Sanctions for Noncooperation, A-1141
Personal Responsibility Agreement, A-2100
Choices, A-2121
Child Support, A-2122
When to Start a Full-Family Sanction, A-2141
Denial at Redetermination, A-2342

A—826 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

 

A—827 Your Texas Benefits Medicaid Card

Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019

Medical Programs

When a person is certified for ongoing Medicaid benefits, a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card is mailed, which should:

  • be carried and protected like a driver's license or credit card; and
  • used when visiting a Medicaid provider (i.e., doctor, dentist or pharmacy).

The Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card is plastic, like a credit card, and includes the following information printed on the front:

  • person’s name and Medicaid ID number;
  • managed care program name (if STAR Health);
  • date the card was issued; and
  • billing information for pharmacies.

The back of the card includes the statewide toll-free phone number where people can get more information about the Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card.

Each person certified for Medicaid in a household receives one Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card. It is intended to be the person’s permanent card.  

If a person loses:

  • Medicaid coverage but later regains coverage, the person can use the same Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card.
  • Their Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card, they can request a replacement by:
    • logging on to their YourTexasBenefits.com account;
    • calling 2-1-1 (after selecting language, select Option 2, and then Option 1); or
    • calling 855-827-3748.

If a person forgets their Your Texas Benefits Medicaid card, a provider (i.e., doctor, dentist or pharmacy) can verify Medicaid coverage by:

  • calling the TMHP Contact Center at 800-925-9126; or
  • visiting the Texas Medicaid and Healthcare Partnership’s (TMHP's) TexMedConnect website using the person’s Medicaid ID number or one of the following combinations for the person:  
    • Social Security Number (SSN) and last name;
    • SSN and date of birth (DOB); or
    • last name, first name, and DOB. 

If a person needs quick proof of eligibility, they can;

  • log in to their www.YourTexasBenefits.com account to print a temporary card; or
  • go to a local benefits office to request a card. HHSC staff in the office will:
    • assist the person accessing and printing a Medicaid card from the person’s www.YourTexasBenefits.com account from the office’s lobby computer; or
    • generate a temporary Form H1027-A, Medicaid Eligibility Verification via TIERS if the person prefers not to or has trouble accessing their Medicaid card online.

A-830, Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

 

 

A—831 Three Months Prior Coverage

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs except TP 40

Applicants may be eligible for Medicaid coverage during the three-month period before the month they apply for Medical Programs. Prior coverage may be continuous or there may be interrupted periods of eligibility involving all or some of the certified members.

TP 40

Medicaid for a pregnant woman does not begin before the first day of the month her pregnancy began, as explained in A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage.

 

 

A—831.1 How to Apply for Three Months Prior Coverage

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs except TP 45

A person applies for three months prior Medicaid coverage by completing Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage. Advisors must give this form to applicants who indicate on an application or during the application interview that the family has unpaid medical bills incurred during the three months before the application month. Exception: For Children’s Medicaid, Form H1113 is not required if the family provides enough information to determine eligibility for prior months.

Related Policy

Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
TP 45 Retroactive Coverage, A-833

 

 

A—831.2 Eligibility for Three Months Prior Coverage

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

Medical Programs except TP 40

Advisors certify the applicant for Medicaid only for the month(s) the individual meets all eligibility requirements and has:

  • unpaid medical bills for Title XIX-covered services; or
  • received Medicaid services from the Texas Department of State Health Services.

Advisors provide prior Medicaid coverage even if the:

  • family is not currently eligible for Medical Programs; or
  • person with unpaid medical bills is deceased.

TP 08

Certify a parent or caretaker relative for a prior month(s) if they are caring for a dependent child who meets all eligibility requirements in the prior month(s), but is not certified for Medicaid in the prior month(s) because the child does not have unpaid medical bills.

TP 40

Gaps do not apply to TP 40. Once eligibility is determined in one of the prior months, it continues even if there are no unpaid medical bills in a subsequent prior month.

 

 

A—831.2.1 Reopening Three Months Prior Applications

Revision 21-3; Effective July 1, 2021

Medical Programs

Applications for prior Medicaid coverage may be reopened for one or more month(s) in the three-month prior period when:

  • the person requests the application be reopened within two years after the application file date; and
  • Medicaid eligibility (certification with or without spend down) for the person or month(s) of coverage requested was not previously established.

Verify a previous application was filed. Use any application filed by the household within the past two years as a basis for determining eligibility for prior Medicaid coverage, even if the application did not request ongoing Medicaid, prior months’ Medicaid coverage or claim unpaid medical bills. Medicaid eligibility can only be established within two years after the application file date whether or not the request was processed due to agency or applicant error.

Note: Do not reopen an application for prior Medicaid for a month that Medicaid eligibility (certification with or without spend down) was established, even if the spend down was closed by the Clearinghouse.

 

 

A—831.3 Income Computation

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Staff must determine eligibility for each month in which there are unpaid medical bills using the income and verification rules explained in A-1300, Income

The needs and income of people who would have been considered in the client’s MAGI household composition for each month the client’s MAGI household composition has unpaid medical bills are included.

 

 

A—831.4 Determining the Appropriate Type Program for the Prior Month

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Use the following chart to determine the type program to use for eligibility in the prior month:

If the type program is … and the modified adjusted gross income for the prior month is … then …
TP 08, less than or equal to the FPIL amount for TP 08 and there is no gap in coverage, certify the application for the prior month.
TP 08, less than or equal to the FPIL amount for TP 08 and:
  • there is a gap in coverage, or
  • the individual is not currently eligible,
certify the application for the prior month(s).
TP 08, more than the FPIL amount for TP 08, do not certify the application for the prior month in this type program. Check eligibility for another type program.
TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, or TP 48, less than or equal to the FPIL amount for that program, certify the application for the prior month.
TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, or TP 48, more than the FPIL amount for that program, do not certify the application for the prior month in this type program. Check eligibility for TP 56.
TP 45, not applicable, these applicants are always eligible back to the date of birth.
TP 56, more than the medically needy income limit (MNIL), determine if the household has enough medical expenses to meet spend down for the prior month.

If yes, then certify the children or pregnant woman.

If no, then deny the application for prior coverage.
TA 31, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, or TP 36, less than or equal to the FPIL amount for that program, certify the applicant for the prior month only for the dates of the emergency medical condition verified on Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification.
TP 32 above the income limits as stated above (applies only to children [under age 19] and pregnant women), determine if the household has enough medical expenses to meet spend down for the prior month.

If yes, then certify the child or pregnant woman.

If no, then deny the application for prior coverage.

Note: Applicants are considered for eligibility in Medicaid for Former Foster Care Children (TA 82) and Medicaid for Transitioning Foster Care Youth (TP 70) before TP 08.

 

 

A—831.5 Medical Eligibility Date for Three Months Prior Coverage

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

Medical Programs

The MED for a month of prior coverage begins the earliest day in the month the individual met all eligibility criteria. It is the first day of the month unless all eligibility criteria were not met.

Related Policy

Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820

 

 

A—831.6 Applications Based on Incapacity

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 08 and TA 31

If the applicant claiming incapacity meets the other eligibility requirements for prior Medicaid coverage, the advisor must document information according to A-1080, Disability Verification.

 

 

A—832 Continuous Medicaid Coverage

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

TP 40

Staff provide continuous Medicaid coverage without an application or an interview for a pregnant woman through the second month after the pregnancy terminates regardless of income increases if she:

  • received Medicaid on a program other than TP 40 and was ineligible because of income;
  • provides verification that she was pregnant in the month she becomes ineligible for Medicaid; and
  • received Medicaid within 11 months prior to the application month.

Note: Accept the individual's (pregnant woman's, case name's or AR's) verbal or written statement of pregnancy as verification. The statement must include the name of the woman who is pregnant, pregnancy start month, number of expected children and anticipated date of delivery. The individual also may provide Form H3037, Report of Pregnancy, or another document containing information specified on Form H3037.

Note: Staff provide continuous Medicaid coverage to a pregnant woman who was denied with an administrative denial reason (such as, but not limited to, failure to keep appointment and voluntary withdrawal) if her Medicaid would have been denied because of income if the income had been reported.

The continuous coverage policy applies to women who were receiving benefits from the following programs:

  • SSI or MEPD. Note: When an SSI Medicaid recipient is denied, TIERS sends Form H1296, Notice of SSI Medicaid Ending, informing the recipient that she may be potentially eligible for other Medical Programs within HHSC.
  • A caretaker certified on TP 08 who is not eligible for TP 07 or TP 20.
  • A caretaker or child certified on TP 07 or TP 20.
  • A child certified on TP 44.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

A child under age 19 receives a 12-month certification period. The child is continuously eligible for Medicaid for six months or through the month of the child’s 19th birthday, whichever is earlier. The second six months of coverage is non-continuous, and changes may impact the child’s eligibility.

Exceptions:

  • During the continuous eligibility period, if a household reports that a sibling has moved into the household and requests Medicaid for the sibling, the sibling is added to the current case. TIERS aligns the end of the new Medicaid-eligible child’s certification period with the end of the existing child’s certification period.
  • A child is not eligible for continuous coverage if a household fails to report required information at application that causes a child to be ineligible for Medicaid. See A-825, Medicaid Termination.

If the household is eligible in the application month, process month, or ongoing month, the child is eligible for continuous coverage beginning the first month the household meets the eligibility criteria. Note: This includes situations where the household is eligible in the application or process month, but not in an ongoing month.

If the household is eligible only in a month prior to the application, certify the child for the prior month only. The child is not eligible for continuous coverage.

Note: Explore TP 56 for the child if the individual indicates the child has unpaid bills in a month of ineligibility.

Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825
What to Report, B-621

 

 

A—833 TP 45 Retroactive Coverage

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 45

Advisors must provide retroactive TP 45 coverage for newborn children without requiring an application or an interview with the child's mother if all of the following conditions are met:

  • There are unpaid Title XIX bills for the newborn child.
  • The mother of the child is unwilling, unable or refuses to apply for current benefits for the child, or the child is not eligible for current benefits.
  • The advisor has verification of the following eligibility factors for the newborn child:
Eligibility Factor Eligibility Requirement
Age Coverage must be initiated within one year of the child's birth.

The child's coverage cannot continue after the child becomes 13 months old.
Residence Child must be residing in Texas.
Natural mother's Medicaid coverage dates Child's mother must be eligible for and receiving Medicaid on the day the child is born. The mother's eligibility can be determined retroactively. See A-820, Regular Medicaid Coverage.

The file date is the day the advisor is notified about the unpaid bills for the child.

TIERS will allow a:

  • file date as late as the month of the child's first birthday, and
  • medical effective date as early as the child's date of birth.

 

 

A—834 Retroactive Medicaid Coverage for Abandoned Children

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

Medical Programs

If a newborn or child is abandoned at an acute care hospital, or at a psychiatric hospital while receiving inpatient services, DFPS requests a court order for custody. Once the court order is obtained, DFPS provides Medicaid coverage from the day in which custody is granted. The MED is the date DFPS takes conservatorship. This may result in the newborn or child having unpaid medical bills if DFPS takes conservatorship after the date of birth or the date of admission to the hospital and the date DFPS takes conservatorship.

A designated DFPS representative completes Form H1113, Application for Prior Medicaid Coverage, requesting coverage on behalf of the abandoned child and forwards the request to a designated Texas Works advisor within Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) at cbs_ffche-mtfcy@hhsc.state.tx.us.

For children abandoned in a psychiatric hospital, DFPS will only submit applications to request retroactive Medicaid for a child receiving inpatient treatment.

CBS advisors provide retroactive Medicaid coverage only during the following situations:

  • A newborn is taken into foster care conservatorship after the date of birth but before the child is released from the hospital, creating a gap in coverage from the date of birth through the day before the foster care conservatorship date.
  • A child of any age is taken into foster care conservatorship while in the hospital, but after the admission date, creating a gap in coverage from the date of admission to the day before the foster care conservatorship date.

Note: The MED for a child (not a newborn) cannot precede the date of admission into the hospital.

A-840, Transitional Medicaid Coverage

Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002

A—841 General Eligibility Information

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Some TP 08 household members may be eligible for transitional Medicaid, TP 07.

An eligibility determination for TP 07 is based on whether a parent or caretaker relative is certified for TP 08, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Medicaid, in Texas for three of the six months before the first month of ineligibility. If a parent or caretaker relative certified for TP 08 coverage is eligible for transitional Medicaid, his or her children will be eligible as well. Each individual will be certified on an individual transitional Medicaid EDG for the duration of the certification period.

Example: The household composition consists of mother, father, and two mutual children. The mother and father each are certified on an individual TP 08 EDG in Texas for three of the six months before the month of ineligibility and each child on an individual Children's Medicaid EDG. The father has an increase in income that makes him ineligible for TP 08. The father is then certified on an individual TP 07 EDG. The mother and the two children will be certified on individual TP 07 EDGs, each with the same certification period as the father.

When a TP 07 EDG has been created, other eligible household members receive a new TP 07 EDG. See A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, and A-846.2,Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home.

A household member is not eligible for TP 07 if the member was ineligible for TP 08 because the individual committed fraud during any of the six months before the TP 07 EDG was opened. The fraud must be determined by a court or through a hearing. If the TP 07 EDG was opened before the fraud determination was known:

  • the household member is disqualified using advance adverse action notice procedures, and
  • transitional child care staff must be notified that the member should not have received transitional benefits because of Medicaid fraud.

TP 08 households denied for any reason (such as failure to keep an appointment) may request TP 07 during the adverse action time frame and have their eligibility determined. For example, a household who failed to keep their appointment because of a new job may be eligible for TP 07.

Individuals may request Medicaid on TP 08 any time after denial. These individuals and their household members may also request TP 07 if they become employed.

The number of months of transitional coverage is 12 months.

A—841.1 Multiple Changes That Cause TP 08 Ineligibility

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 08

If two or more changes (when one is new or increased earned income) cause the income to increase from less than the FPIL for TP 08 to more than the FPIL for TP 08 for the same month, and the household has not been notified that members are eligible for TP 07, advisors follow the steps below:

Step Action
1

If all other case factors remain the same, is the household income increased to above the FPIL for TP 08 because of new or increased earnings?

  • Yes. The family is eligible for TP 07 if members meet the other eligibility requirements.
  • No. Go to Step 2.
2

Is the income increased to above the FPIL for TP 08 as a result of a change other than new or increased earnings?

  • Yes. The family is not eligible for TP 07. Go to Step 3.
  • No. Go to Step 4.
3

Does the family meet the income limits for the Medical Program EDGs for which they are certified?

  • Yes. Continue current Medical Program coverage.
  • No. Deny the Medical Program EDG(s) for which the individual is no longer income eligible.
4

Is the income increased to above the FPIL for TP 08 when all changes are considered?

Yes. The family is eligible for TP 07 if the members meet the other eligibility requirements.

Changes reported in a timely manner do not stop the denial of the TP 08 EDG and creation of the TP 07 after the household is notified of transitional Medicaid eligibility, even when both changes affect the same month.

Exceptions: The EDG is denied if the household:

  • moves out of Texas;
  • no longer meets the household composition requirement as specified in A-841.3, Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage; or
  • reports a change that makes the household ineligible before the first month of transitional Medicaid eligibility.

A—841.2 Notice to Clients

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 08

When TIERS denies a TP 08 EDG and creates a TP 07, TIERS generates Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to notify the household:

  • that their TP 08 and their children on associated TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 EDGs are denied;
  • the date their TP 07 benefits will end; and
  • about the transitional Medicaid eligibility and reporting requirements. Note: If the individual is in the office, the advisor may explain the reporting requirements.

A—841.3 Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Certified members remain eligible for transitional Medicaid if the:

  • household continues to live in Texas, and
  • EDG meets one of the following household composition requirements.
The transitional EDG includes an eligible child.

Note: For transitional Medicaid, an eligible child is a child who meets all of the following requirements:
  • citizenship,
  • Social Security number (SSN),
  • age,
  • relationship, and
    domicile.
OR A parent or caretaker relative cares for a child who receives:
  • SSI;
  • adoption assistance payments; or
  • federal, state or local foster care payments; or
  • Medicaid (TP 07, 20, 40, 43, 44, 45, or 48.

The noncomplying adult who is certified for TP 07 is denied when the advisor receives notice that the legal parent failed to cooperate with third-party resource (TPR) requirements or has been found guilty of a Medicaid intentional program violation.

If another-related caretaker failed to cooperate with TPR requirements or was found guilty of a Medicaid intentional program violation, the advisor must:

  • change the status to payee, or
  • deny the transitional Medicaid EDG if the other-related caretaker is the only person on the EDG.

The advisor must not:

  • count unearned income of household members when determining continued eligibility for households certified for transitional Medicaid; or
  • deny a transitional Medicaid EDG because of new or increased income of a household member, unless reported in the seventh or tenth month Medicaid Status Report.

A—842 TP 07 Transitional Medicaid

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 08

TP 08 certified members are eligible for TP 07 if:

  • at least one of the group members was eligible for and received TP 08 in Texas for three of the six months before the first month of ineligibility; and
  • the denial is because:
    • a certified parent, certified caretaker relative, or disqualified legal parent began receiving or had an increase in gross earned income; or
    • of the earnings of a new or returning absent parent who is added to the certified group because the household meets incapacity or deprivation criteria.

A—842.1 Determining the First Month of TP 07 Medicaid

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 08

The first TP 07 month is the month the change is effective (when reported and acted on timely) when new or increased earnings cause a certified parent or caretaker relative on TP 08 to be over the FPIL for TP 08.

Determine the first month of TP 07 eligibility using the following chart:

Step Action
1

The first month of TP 07 is the first month after adverse action expires when the change is reported, verified, and processed timely (or should have expired if the change was not reported, verified, or processed timely).

Note: The first month can be no later than the first month of overpayment as described in B-752.1.2, Errors After Certification, but may be earlier based on the date the notice of adverse action expires (as described in A-2343.1, How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required).

2

Was at least one household member eligible for and did that member receive TP 08 in Texas for at least three of the six months prior to the month identified in Step 1? (See A-842.2, Determining the Three of Six Months Eligibility Requirement.)

If yes, continue to Step 3.

If no, deny the EDG.

3 Designate the month from Step 1 as the first month of TP 07 eligibility.

Individuals who appeal the advisor's decision to deny the TP 08 EDG often receive TP 08 while the appeal is pending. If the hearing officer sustains the advisor's decision, the months the client received continued benefits during the appeal process are counted as TP 07 months.

A—842.2 Determining the Three of Six Months Eligibility Requirement

Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020

TP 08

Advisors must determine whether at least one household member was eligible for and received TP 08 in Texas for three of the six months before the first month of ineligibility.

Advisors must count any month when at least one household member was eligible for and received benefits. Advisors must include any month that someone in the household received TP 08.

Advisors must not count any month benefits were:

  • issued but the household was not eligible;
  • not issued;
  • received in another state;
  • prior Medicaid coverage; or
  • Medicaid only for the application month due to certification in a later month.

TP 08 with Other Household Members on a Medical Program

Advisors must determine whether at least one TP 08 household member was eligible for and received Medicaid in Texas for three of the six months before the first month the income increase is effective.

Advisors must count any month when at least one household member was eligible for and received Medicaid through:

  • TP 08, TP 20, TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48, or TP 56 and spend down was met;
  • SSI, including SSI Medicaid only;
  • federal, state, or local foster care; or
  • adoption assistance.

Advisors must not count any months Medicaid benefits were:

  • certified but the household member was not eligible;
  • received in another state; or
  • prior Medicaid benefits.

A—842.3 Automatic Denial of TP 07

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Recipients terminated from TP 07 must be retested for eligibility for any other Medical Programs, as explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility.

A—843 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

A—844 Transitional Medicaid Reporting Requirements for TP 07

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Individuals receiving TP 07 coverage are required to report the following changes during the 4th, 7th and 10th months of the transitional period:

  • Changes in the household members' gross monthly earnings, and
  • Changes in the household composition.

Form H1146, Medicaid Report, is computer-generated and is sent to the household at cutoff in the 3rd, 6th and 9th months. Form H1146:

  • informs the household of the availability of continuing transitional coverage,
  • provides information about the change reporting requirements, and
  • provides a way to report the required information.

Advisors use Form H1146-M, Medicaid Report (Manual), to replace TIERS-generated forms that the household reports are lost or destroyed.

Advisors must not require verification for the transitional Medicaid EDG. Exception: Advisors must require appropriate verifications to determine whether a new household member is eligible to be added to the EDG. See A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, and A-846.2, Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home.

Note: If the household does not return Form H1146, no action is required.

A—844.1 Staff Action on the Fourth Month Medicaid Report

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TP 07

Use the following procedures to process Form H1146-M, Medicaid Report, for the fourth month. Take action on the household members' other EDGs and cases if the reported information affects those benefits.

If the household returns Form H1146 and Form H1146 indicates … then …
the household still meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3, Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, take no action on the transitional Medicaid case.
a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48, or transitional Medicaid is in the home, see A-846.2, Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home.
a child left the home, see A-846.3, Household Member Leaves the Home.
a returning absent parent or stepparent, see A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home.
a household member certified for TP 07 reports a pregnancy, explore TP40 eligibility for the pregnant household member.
the household no longer meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3,
  • deny the EDG, and
  • send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
  • there are no earnings by the parent or caretaker relative in at least one of the three report months, and there is no good cause for the lack of earnings; or
  • the average monthly gross earnings of the household members* exceeds the applicable income limit for the household size,

shorten the transitional Medicaid coverage to end after the sixth month.

Note: If the medical coverage is shortened because the parent or caretaker relative did not have earnings for a complete month, inform the household that they can show good cause. They must show good cause within 13 days. (See A-844.4, Good Cause Determinations.)

* See A-844.3, 185% FPIL Test, for budgeting policies.

Related Policy
Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-841.3
185% FPIL Test, A-844.3
Good Cause Determinations, A-844.4
Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, A-846.1
Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home, A-846.2
Household Member Leaves the Home, A-846.3

A—844.2 Staff Action on the Seventh and Tenth Month Medicaid Reports

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TP 07

Use the following procedures to process Form H1146-M, Medicaid Report, for the seventh and tenth months. Take action on the household members' other EDGs and cases if the reported information affects those benefits.

If the household returns Form H1146 and Form H1146 indicates … then …
the household no longer meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3, Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, deny the EDG and send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.
  • there are no earnings by the parent or caretaker relative in at least one of the three report months, and there is no good cause for the lack of earnings; or
  • the average monthly gross earnings of the household members* exceeds the applicable income limit for the household size,
  • deny the EDG using the appropriate denial reason;
  • open a new EDG for the appropriate Medical Program if applicable; and
  • send Form TF0001 to the household.

If the EDG is denied and the household is not eligible for another type of Medical Program, send Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance – Your Texas Benefits, along with Form TF0001.

HHSC must act on received information (earnings) that makes the household ineligible for transitional Medicaid even if the information is received outside of the reporting period (i.e., changes); however, eligibility can only be terminated at the end of the seventh or tenth month.

Note: If the denial is because the parent or caretaker relative did not have earnings for a complete month, inform the household that they can show good cause. They must show good cause within 13 days. (See A-844.4, Good Cause Determinations.)
the household continues to be eligible, take no action.
a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48, or transitional Medicaid is in the home, see A-846.2, Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home.
a child left the home, see A-846.3, Household Member Leaves the Home.
a returning absent parent or stepparent, see A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home.
a household member certified for TP 07 reports a pregnancy, explore TP40 eligibility for the pregnant household member.

* See A-844.3, 185% FPIL Test, for budgeting policies.

Note: A denial notice (Form TF0001) will be sent to the household at the end of their 12 months of transitional Medicaid.

Related Policy
Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-841.3
Good Cause Determinations, A-844.4
Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, A-846.1
Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home, A-846.2
Household Member Leaves the Home, A-846.3

A—844.3 185% FPIL Test

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Advisors use the following policies and procedures to determine whether the household's earnings are at or below the 185 percent FPIL when processing Medicaid reports.

Advisors must include all members of the individual’s MAGI household composition when determining the MAGI income.

Exceptions:

  • Advisors must not count the earnings of a child who is exempt according to A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests.
  • See A-240, Medical Programs, and A-1341 for exceptions to household composition and countable income.
  • When a person is disqualified because of failure to cooperate with child/medical support or TPR requirements, or is found guilty of a Medicaid intentional program violation, the person is not included in the household size.
If the person who fails to cooperate is … then …
a certified legal parent, count the person’s earnings.
an "other relative" caretaker who is the parent or stepparent of a child on the case, count the person’s earnings.
an "other relative" caretaker who is not a parent or stepparent to a child on the case, do not count the person’s earnings.

A—844.4 Good Cause Determinations

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Good cause for the caretaker relative not having earnings in one or more of the report months includes:

  • involuntary loss of employment,
  • illness,
  • actively looking for work but unable to find a job, and
  • other reasons beyond the household's control.

A—845 Reinstatement of Denied Transitional Coverage

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Certain households whose transitional Medicaid EDGs are denied before the end of their original eligibility period may have transitional Medicaid coverage reinstated. Advisors must reinstate eligible household members for the remainder of their original transitional Medicaid period if:

  • the original transitional Medicaid end date has not expired;
  • the TP 07 was denied — for example, members:
    • were recertified for TP 08; or
    • moved out of Texas;
  • the household does not want to apply for TP 08 or is not eligible for TP 08 (at application, review, or change); and
  • there is a dependent child in the household certified for Medicaid.

Note: Individuals requesting reinstatement of TP 07 transitional Medicaid must have remained continuously eligible for transitional Medicaid during the months the TP 07 EDG was denied. Exception: A household that moved out of Texas must meet all of the eligibility criteria except residence.

A—845.1 Advisor Action on Reinstatements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Advisors must count the months of absence from transitional Medicaid as if the family had actually received transitional Medicaid.

Advisors use the following table to determine the MED:

If the member ... then enter the day ...
remained in Texas during the transitional Medicaid denial period and did not receive other Medicaid coverage, following the denial date.
moved out of the state, the member returned to Texas and was no longer eligible for Medicaid in another state (see A-822, Medicaid Coverage for New State Residents).
was certified for TP 08 or another Medical Program, following the denial date on the other TP 08 or other Medicaid EDG.

To reinstate denied transitional Medicaid, advisors must:

  • Determine which mode to use. If the case status is denied and there is:
    • no active EDG, use Reopen mode.
    • an active EDG, use Complete Action mode.
  • On the Program Summary page, select Reactivation from the Program Action drop-down menu.
  • On the Program Details page, enter the Reactivation Date and select the appropriate Reactivation Reason.
  • From the Program – Individuals Summary display, select the person(s) requesting aid.
  • Change Aid Requested to Yes. Note: The Date Requested is defaulted to the previous date for individuals who were on the EDG when it was terminated.
  • Continue through Data Collection.
  • In Disposition, choose Administrative TMA Reinstatement as the reason for eligibility.

Notes:

  • Advisors must not open a new application. If a new application was created, it is denied as filed in error.
  • When processing the reinstatement, any members who are no longer in the household are removed.
  • Advisors send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to notify the household of their continued eligibility.

Advisors must obtain information on household composition and earnings for the months the household did not receive TP 07 and is required to report on Form H1146, Medicaid Report.

If the household missed the … then obtain information on months …
fourth month Medicaid report, one, two, and three.
seventh month Medicaid report, four, five, and six.
tenth month Medicaid report, seven, eight and nine.
If the household was … then …
certified for Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), or any of the Medical Programs, use case information, requesting additional information from the household only if necessary.
not certified, obtain the necessary information.

Advisors determine whether the individual was continuously eligible for TP 07 Medicaid using:

  • A-844.1, Advisor Action on the Fourth Month Medicaid Report, for the fourth-month Medicaid Report;
  • A-844.2, Advisor Action on the Seventh and Tenth Month Medicaid Reports, for the seventh- and tenth-month Medicaid Reports; and
  • A-844.4, Good Cause Determinations, to determine good cause for no earnings.

A—846 Special Household Composition Policies for Transitional Medicaid

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—846.1 Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Advisors must follow the procedures below if the household requests TP 07 benefits for a caretaker, returning absent parent, stepparent, or second parent in the home.

Advisors must add the member to the case and open a new TP 07 EDG for the individual, or change an ineligible member to eligible if the person is a caretaker or second parent who:

  • was disqualified on the TP 08 or transitional EDG but has complied with the eligibility requirement for which he was disqualified (for example, TPR);
  • is a returning absent parent/second parent in the home; or
  • is a stepparent caretaker because the legal parent has a disability and is unable to care for the children.

A—846.2 Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Advisors follow the procedures in the chart below:

  • when the TP 07 household reports that a child who is not receiving TP 07, TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, or TP 48 is in the home;
  • when denying a TP 08 EDG and opening a TP 07 EDG; and
  • upon review of another Medical Program EDG for a child who lives with a TP 07 recipient.

An other-related child's separate Medical Program EDG continues unless the caretaker needs Transitional Child Care services for the child.

If a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48, or transitional Medicaid … then …
is a newborn, moves in, or already lives in the home,

obtain the appropriate information/verifications and determine if the child meets all of the following requirements:

  • citizenship,
  • SSN,
  • age,
  • relationship, and
  • domicile.

Use information/verifications from other case records when the child is currently or has been a TANF/Medical Program or SNAP recipient.

Do not consider the following criteria:

  • deprivation, and
  • income.

Note: Obtain information regarding a child's earned income when processing the seventh and tenth month Medicaid reports if the child's earnings are counted, following Medical Programs policy explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests.

If the child is eligible, then send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to the household to inform the household of the child's eligibility.

If the child is not eligible or the household does not provide the information/verification, then:

  • send Form TF0001 to the household;
  • inform the household that:
    • their TP 07 EDG will continue; but
    • the child cannot be added to the case, stating the reason the child cannot be added; and
  • take no action on the case.

If a child who is added to the case has unpaid medical bills for any of the three months prior to the month the request is received to add the child, advisors must:

  • determine and document three months prior eligibility according to Medical Programs policies and procedures in A-830, Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application; and
  • assign the child an MED beginning the first prior month the child met all TP 07 eligibility requirements.

The child's MED cannot precede the:

  • first month the household was eligible for TP 07 (advisors must determine a child's eligibility for another Medical Program if the individual applies for prior coverage that precedes the first month the household is eligible for TP 07); or
  • date the child entered the household.

A—846.3 Household Member Leaves the Home

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

Follow the procedures in the chart below when the transitional Medicaid household reports that a child leaves the household.

If a child leaves the household and the … then …
  • child was part of the transitional certified group, and
  • household continues to meet the household composition requirements in A-841.3, Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage,
  • send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to the household informing the household that the child will no longer receive Medicaid, and
  • deny the child’s TP 07 EDG.
household no longer meets the household composition requirements in A-841.3,
  • send Form TF0001 to the household, and
  • deny the TP 07 EDGs that no longer are eligible.

Advisors follow normal procedures to remove a parent or caretaker relative when the household reports the person is no longer in the home.

A—846.4 Minor Parents Certified as Children

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

See A-240, Medical Programs, for household composition rules.

A—847 Other EDG Actions

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—847.1 Changes Affecting Transitional Medicaid EDGs

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TP 07

For TP 07 EDGs, only take action for the following changes:

  • A household member reports a pregnancy. Explore TP 40 eligibility for the pregnant household member.
  • A child is born, moves in, or is already living with the certified group. Add the child to the case and open a TP 07 EDG following procedures in A-846.2, Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home.
  • A parent or caretaker relative moves in or otherwise becomes eligible. Add the member to the case and open a TP 07 EDG following procedures in A-846.1, Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home.
  • A member included in a TP 07 EDG leaves the household. Remove the member from the case following procedures in A-846.3, Household Member Leaves the Home.
  • A household member is no longer eligible. Remove the member from the case. For example:
    • A child no longer meets the Medical Programs age criteria.
    • A child moves out of state.

Related Policy  
Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home, A-846.1
Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home, A-846.2
Household Member Leaves the Home, A-846.3

A—847.2 Reapplication for TP 08

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 07

A household receiving TP 07 may reapply for TP 08 by submitting an application. If the household is eligible, TIERS will:

  • deny the TP 07;
  • certify the parent/caretaker relative on a TP 08 EDG and the child on the appropriate Children’s Medicaid EDG; and
  • send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to the household.

Related Policy
Minor Parents Certified as Children, A-846.4

A-850, TP 20 Alimony/Spousal Support Transitional Medicaid Coverage

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016 

A—851 Eligibility Criteria for Medicaid when Receiving Alimony or Spousal Support

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

TP 20

People denied TP 08 because of new or increased alimony or spousal support may be eligible for TP 20. TP 20 eligibility determinations are based on a parent or caretaker relative  certified for TP 08. Household members are eligible for TP 20 for four months following the last month of TP 08 eligibility if:

  • the modified adjusted gross income before receipt of alimony or spousal support was at or below the income limit for TP 08;
  • new or increased alimony or spousal support income caused the person’s MAGI household income to exceed the income limit for the household's size; and
  • at least one TP 08 household member was eligible for and received Medicaid in Texas for three of the six months before the first month of ineligibility.

If the household is eligible, a separate transitional Medicaid EDG will be created for each parent or caretaker relative and each child.

When a change in new or increased alimony or spousal support is reported, verified, and processed timely, the first month a person may receive TP 20 is the month after the adverse action period expires (or should have expired if the change was not reported, verified, or processed timely). 

A person may receive less than four months of TP 20 coverage if the change of new or increased alimony or spousal support is not reported or processed timely.

Note: If a divorce or separation agreement that includes alimony was executed or last modified after Dec. 31, 2018, alimony received is not counted in the person’s household budget.

Related Policy

Determining the First Month of TP 07 Medicaid, A-842.1
Determining the Three of Six Months Eligibility Requirement, A-842.2 
Alimony (Spousal Support) Received, A—1326.17 
Changes Decreasing Benefits, B-643 

A—851.1 Multiple Changes That Cause TP 08 Ineligibility

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 08

If two or more changes (when one is new or increased spousal support) cause the income to increase above the Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL) for TP 08 for the same month, and the household has not been notified that members are eligible for TP 20, advisors follow the steps below:

StepAction
1If all other case factors remain the same, is the household income increased to above FPIL for TP08 because of new or increased alimony/spousal support?
  • Yes. The household is eligible for TP 20 if members meet the other eligibility requirements.
  • No. Go to Step 2.
2Is the income increased to above FPIL for TP 08 as a result of a change other than new or increased alimony/spousal support?
  • Yes. The household is not eligible for TP 20. Go to Step 3.
  • No. Go to Step 4.
3Does the household meet the income limits for the Medical Program EDGs for which they are certified?
  • Yes. Continue current Medical Program coverage.
  •  
  • No. Deny the Medical Program EDG(s) for which the family member is no longer income eligible.
4Is the income increased to above the FPIL for TP08 when all changes are considered?Yes. The household is eligible for TP 20 if the members meet the other eligibility requirements.

Changes reported in a timely manner do not stop the denial of the TP 08 EDG and creation of the TP 20 after the household is notified of transitional Medicaid eligibility, even when both changes affect the same month.

Exceptions: The EDG is denied if the household

  • moves out of Texas;
  • no longer meets the household composition requirement as specified in A-841.3, Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage; or
  • reports a change that makes the household ineligible before the first month of TP 20 eligibility.

Related Policy

Multiple Changes that Cause TP 08 Ineligibility, A-841.1

A—852 Eligibility Criteria During Transitional Medicaid Coverage

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 20

Certified members remain eligible for Medicaid if the household continues to:

  • live in Texas; and
  • receive alimony/spousal support.

The legal parent who is certified for TP 20 when the advisor receives notice that the legal parent failed to cooperate with child/medical support or TPR requirements or has been found guilty of a Medicaid intentional program violation is denied.

A—853 Automated Process

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 08

If the Office of the Attorney General (OAG) receives a new or increased alimony/spousal support collection that is greater than the TP 08 income limits, TIERS determines whether the TP 08 EDG should be denied and a TP 20 opened, or whether the TP 08 EDG should be denied. If either is appropriate, TIERS notifies the individual on Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

A—854 Denial of TP 20

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 20

Recipients terminated from TP 20 must be retested for eligibility for any other Medical Programs, as explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility.

A—855 Reinstatement of Denied TP 20 Coverage

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 20

Certain households whose TP 20 EDGs are denied before the end of their eligibility period has expired may have transitional Medicaid coverage reinstated. Reinstate eligible household members for the remainder of the original TP 20 Medicaid period if:

  • their original transitional Medicaid end date has not expired;
  • their TP 20 EDG was denied because the members moved out of Texas; and
  • they:
    • do not wish to apply for other medical coverage; or
    • are not eligible for other medical coverage.

Follow procedures in A-845, Reinstatement of Denied Transitional Coverage, to reinstate TP 20 coverage.

A—856 Special Household Composition Policies for Transitional Medicaid

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

A—856.1 Parents and Caretaker Relatives Enter or Already Live in the Home

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 20

Advisors follow the procedures below if the household requests TP 20 benefits for a caretaker, returning absent parent, stepparent, or second parent in the home.

Advisors must add the member to the case and open a new TP 20 EDG for the individual if the person is a caretaker relative or second parent who:

  • was disqualified on the TP 08 or transitional EDG but has complied with the eligibility requirement for which the member was disqualified (for example, child/medical support, TPR); or
  • is a returning absent parent/second parent in the home.

A—856.2 Child Enters or Already Lives in the Home

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 20

Advisors follow the procedures in the chart below:

  • when the TP 20 household reports that a child who is not receiving TP 20 or TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, or TP 48 is in the home;
  • when denying a TP 08 EDG and creating a TP 20 EDG; or
  • upon review of another Medical Program case for a child who lives with a TP 20 recipient.

Advisors must continue an other-related child's separate Medical Program EDG.

If a child who is not receiving TP 43, TP 44, TP 45, TP 48 or TP 20 …then …
is a newborn, moves in, or already lives in the home,

obtain the appropriate information/verifications and determine if the child meets all of the following requirements:

  • citizenship,
  • SSN,
  • age,
  • relationship, and
  • domicile.

Use information/verifications from other case records when the child is currently or has been a TANF/Medical Program or SNAP recipient.

Do not consider the following criteria:

  • deprivation, and
  • income.

If the child is eligible, then:

  • send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, informing the household of the child's eligibility for TP 20; and
  • add the child to the case and open a new TP 20 EDG for the child.

If the child is not eligible or the household does not provide the information/verification, then:

  • send Form TF0001 to the household;
  • inform the household:
    • their TP 20 EDG will continue; but
    • the child cannot be added to the case, stating the reason the child cannot be added; and
  • take no action on the case.

A—856.3 Minor Parents Certified as Children

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 20

See A-240, Medical Programs, for household composition rules.

A—857 Reapplication for TP 08

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TP 20

A household receiving transitional Medicaid may reapply for TP 08. If the household is eligible, the advisor must:

  • deny the TP 20 EDG;
  • create the applicable Medical Program EDG; and
  • send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to the household.

A-860, Third-Party Resources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

A TPR is a source of payment for medical expenses other than the recipient or Medicaid. TPR include payments from private and public health insurance and from other liable third parties that can be applied toward the recipient's medical expenses. Title XIX (Medicaid) funds are to be used for the payment of medical services only after all available third-party resources have been used, except for medical services from the following:

  • Texas Department of Assistive and Rehabilitative Services;
  • Texas Commission for the Blind;
  • Texas Kidney Health Care Program;
  • Muscular Dystrophy Association;
  • Children with Special Health Care Needs;
  • Texas Band of Kickapoo Equity Health Program;
  • Maternal and Child Health (Title V);
  • State Legislative Impact Assistance Grant (SLIAG);
  • Crime Victims Compensation Program; and
  • adoption agencies or adoptive parents with medical obligations to the recipient.

Income maintenance insurance policies not related to actual medical expenses are not third-party resources unless the policy is assignable to a hospital or other medical provider.

When an applicant has health insurance, the advisor must instruct the individual to tell medical providers about the health insurance. The provider then bills the insurance company rather than or before billing Medicaid.

Individuals must cooperate:

  • in identifying and pursuing any third party who may be liable for medical support payments, including absent parents who pay cash medical support;
  • in reimbursing HHSC for medical expenses paid by Medicaid from:
    • court settlements, and
    • liability, casualty, or health insurance payments, and
  • with HHSC and its Health Insurance Premium Payment (HIPP) contractor by:
    • providing information about available health insurance coverage;
    • enrolling in their employer's health insurance program; and
    • providing proof of their premium payments.

Individuals who refuse to cooperate without good cause are denied.

The denied legal parent is included in the household composition.

 

A—861 Third-Party Resources (TPR) and Accidents

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

The advisor must instruct individuals to report any accident-related injuries requiring medical care or accident-related unsettled legal claims within 60 days.

 

A—861.1 Reporting the Accident to the Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

If a recipient reports an injury requiring medical treatment for which liability/casualty insurance (the individual's own or someone else's) may provide payment, the advisor must determine the details of the accident and any legal action involved and forward the information by memorandum to:

HHSC/OIG/TPR Unit
MC 1354
P.O. Box 85200
Austin,Texas78708-5200

Advisors must include in the report:

  • individual-identifying information;
  • the date and nature of the accident and resulting injuries;
  • information regarding the liable or potentially liable third party, including the liability insurance policy number and the name and address of the insurance adjuster, if available;
  • dates, types, and sources of medical services related to the injury; and
  • the status or plans for any legal action, including the name and address of any attorney involved, if available.

 

A—861.2 Responding to Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit Noncooperation Notices

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

When the TPR Unit becomes aware of a possible accident through information included on a Medicaid claim form, the TPR Unit contacts the individual to obtain information about the accident.

 

A—861.3 Third-Party Resources (TPR) Reimbursements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

 

A—861.3.1 Client-Initiated Reimbursements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

When a recipient reimburses HHSC for medical expenses from a court settlement or from a liability, casualty, or health insurance payment, the reimbursement should be by personal check, cashier's check, or money order payable to the Texas Department of Health and Human Services.

Advisor action:

  1. Give the individual Form H4100, Money Receipt.
  2. Send the reimbursement and a copy of Form H4100 to ARTS at P.O. Box 149044, Austin, Texas 78714.
  3. Enter the type(s) and date(s) of the medical service(s) in the "For" section of the form.
  4. If unsure what medical services were involved, complete a memorandum giving as much information as is known concerning the reimbursement.
  5. Attach a copy of any information identifying the nature of the payment, such as a statement from the insurance company, to Form H4100.

The actual claim paid by Medicaid is verified in state office, and the individual is reimbursed if the payment made is in excess of the Medicaid payment. The advisor is notified of the reimbursement. Advisors must consider the reimbursement as possible TANF and/or TP 08 income.

 

Related Policy

Lump-Sum Payments, A-1331
Reimbursements, A-1332

 

A—861.3.2 Reporting Non-Reimbursement to the Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

When an advisor becomes aware that a recipient received a reimbursement for medical expenses paid by Medicaid and failed to reimburse HHSC, the advisor reports the non-reimbursement to the TPR Unit. The advisor must include any available information about the accident and the payment in the report.

The TPR Unit investigates the claim and reports back. The advisor uses the guidelines in A-861.4, Responding to Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit Recovery Requests, upon receipt of a memo from the TPR Unit confirming the non-reimbursement.

 

A—861.4 Responding to Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit Recovery Requests

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Advisors use the following chart in responding to TPR Unit recovery requests.

When the TPR Unit becomes aware that an individual received a private insurance payment and has not made any payments to the Medicaid provider, the TPR Unit sends a memo to the regional director. The memo includes the amount of:

  • Medicaid paid; and
  • the private insurance payment, if known.

The advisor must use the following procedures after receiving the memo:

Step Action

1

Send Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, to the caretaker, requesting that the individual:

  • provide verification of the amount of the private insurance payment, and
  • contact the advisor about reimbursing HHSC.

If the individual does not respond, then go to Step 2.
If the individual does respond, then go to Step 3.

2

Send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to initiate action to disqualify the legal parent from the certified and/or budget group. Process a referral for intentional program violation if the Medicaid payment was $100 or more. To report waste, abuse or fraud to the OIG/TPR Unit, use the online reporting form https://oig.hhsc.state.tx.us/wafrep/ or call toll-free 1-800-436-6184.

3

Collect the lesser of the:

  • Medicaid payment, or
  • private insurance payment.

Note: If the private insurance payment is greater than the Medicaid payment, count the difference as lump-sum payments for TANF, SNAP and Medical Programs. Refer to A-1200, Resources, and A-1300, Income, for policy on how to count the payments.

If the individual does not make a full payment, then go back to Step 2.

If the individual makes full payment, then go to Step 4.

4

When the individual makes a payment:

  • ensure the payment is made by personal check, cashier's check or money order payable to the Texas Department of Health and Human Services;
  • give the individual Form H4100, Money Receipt. Annotate the form with "TPR/TMHP Insurance Recovery”; and
  • send a copy of Form H4100 with the payment to Fiscal Division, State Office, E-411.

 

A—861.5 Remitting Cash Medical Support Payments to the Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

After certification, Medicaid recipients must remit to the TPR Unit any cash medical support payments received for a certified child. The advisor gives the individual sufficient copies of Form H1710, Payment Identification, and TPR self-addressed envelopes, if payments are being made or might be made. The advisor instructs the individual upon receipt of a cash medical support payment from an absent parent after certification of the requirement to:

  • write on the check or money order "Deposit Only - State Treasury" and to not endorse the check or money order;
  • include Form H1710 with the check or money order; and
  • send it to the HHSC/OIG/TPR Unit, MC 1354, P.O. Box 85200, Austin, TX 78708-5200.

If the individual turns in cash medical support payments to the local office, the advisor must:

  • forward the payment(s) to the HHSC/OIG/TPR Unit; and
  • give the individual a copy of Form H4100, Money Receipt.

Upon becoming aware that an individual did not remit a cash medical support payment, advisors must follow policy in B-700, Claims, and process a claim for the month(s) of unreported income, if required.

Related Policy

TANF, A-1124
Medical Support Payments, A-1326.2.3

 

A—862 Third-Party Resources (TPR) Reporting System

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

The application asks applicants and individuals whether any household members have health insurance. Form H1028, Employment Verification, asks employers to verify if health insurance is available, and whether the employee is enrolled. When an individual reports a new job or a change in employers, the advisor determines whether there is any new or potential private health insurance coverage for certified household members during the eligibility interview or application processing.

If information from the individual, the employer or other source indicates ... then report ...
Medicaid-eligible household members have private health insurance coverage,

information about the private health insurance in the Third Party Resources logical unit of work of the case the individual is a member of in TIERS.

health insurance coverage is available for Medicaid-eligible household members but the members are not enrolled in the health insurance plan,

information about the available health insurance in the Third Party Resources logical unit of work of the case the individual is a member of in TIERS.

The TPR Unit will use the information to initiate an inquiry about HIPP Program eligibility.

To contact the TPR Unit about TPR questions or problems:

  • advisors may call 1-800-846-7307.
  • clients may call the Client Medicaid Hotline at 1-800-252-8263.

 

A—863 Health Insurance Premium Payment (HIPP) Program

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

Medical Programs

The Health Insurance Premium Payment (HIPP) program is a Medicaid benefit that helps families pay for employer-sponsored health insurance.

To qualify for HIPP, an employee must either be Medicaid eligible or have a family member that is Medicaid eligible. The HIPP program may pay for individuals and their family members who receive, or have access to, employer-sponsored health insurance benefits when it is determined that the cost of insurance premiums is less than the cost of projected Medicaid expenditures.

Note: An employee and their Medicaid-eligible family member must be enrolled in the employer-sponsored health insurance in order to receive HIPP reimbursements.

Medicaid-eligible HIPP enrollees do not have to pay out-of-pocket deductibles, co-payments, or co-insurance for health care services that Medicaid covers when seeing a provider that accepts Medicaid. Instead, Medicaid reimburses providers for these expenses.

HIPP enrollees who are not Medicaid eligible must pay deductibles, co-payments, and co-insurance required under the employer's group health insurance policy.

Report individuals who are potentially eligible for HIPP on Form H1039, Medical Insurance Input. Send Form H1039  to HHSC's Third Party Resource (TPR) Unit, Mail Code 1354.

HHSC's TPR Unit refers Form H1039 to the current state Medicaid contractor, Texas Medicaid and Healthcare Partnership (TMHP). If TMHP determines it is cost-effective for Medicaid to pay the recipient's employer-sponsored health insurance premiums, then TMHP sends:

  • a letter to the recipient and requests verification of the employer-sponsored insurance plan and premium payments; and
  • a premium reimbursement to the recipient upon receipt of complete documentation and proof of the premium payment.

Note: Do not consider an incurred medical deduction for the reimbursed premium for individuals participating in HIPP.

TMHP will terminate HIPP enrollment if the individual is no longer enrolled in health insurance coverage or fails to provide TMHP with the information needed to determine cost effectiveness or proof of premium payments.

For more information about the HIPP program, see HHSC's website: http://hhs.texas.gov/services/financial/insurance/health-insurance-premium-payment-hipp, or contact the Medicaid HIPP program at MCD_HIPP_Program@hhsc.state.tx.us.

Individuals may call 800-440-0493 for more information.

Related Policy

Reimbursements, A-1332

A-870, Verification Requirements

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

Medical Programs

Verification is required for the following:

  • Spousal support to establish eligibility for TP 20
  • Unpaid medical bills for three months prior coverage. Exception: Refer to A-831.2, Eligibility for Three Months Prior Coverage, for TP 40 prior coverage
  • Income for each of the three months prior to coverage. Note: For Children's Medicaid, do not request more income verification for prior Medicaid coverage than what is required for ongoing eligibility. See A-1371, Verification Sources, for Children's Medicaid.
  • An application was filed when reopening an application for prior month coverage according to A-831.2.1, Reopening Three Months Prior Applications
  • Gross earnings and the date the person received the earnings for TP 07. Exception: If verification is not readily available, accept the person's statement unless questionable. If the household provides earnings information sufficient to determine eligibility for TP 07 but does not provide verification of the earnings, deny the TP-08 EDG and create a TP 07 EDG if the person meets the eligibility requirements in A-842, TP 07 Transitional Medicaid.
  • When a household requests continuation of Medicaid for children aging out of TP 44, verify the child:
    • is hospitalized on the child's 19th birthday;
    • remains hospitalized (there is not a time limit); and
    • meets all other criteria according to policy in A-825, Medicaid Termination.
  • Third-Party Resource (TPR).  Report to the TPR Unit any household member who:
    • has private medical insurance; or
    • is not enrolled in group medical coverage that is available to him.

Emergency Medicaid

Verify the emergency medical condition by using Form H3038, Emergency Medical Services Certification, or Form H3038-P, CHIP Perinatal – Emergency Medical Services Certification. These forms are the only acceptable sources that can be used to verify an emergency medical condition. A licensed practitioner must complete and sign Form H3038 or Form H3038-P.

Note: An original or a faxed copy of Form H3038 or Form H3038-P is acceptable to verify the emergency medical condition.

TP 40

See A-144.5, Pregnancy, for policy relating to verification of pregnancy.

Related Policy

Pregnancy, A-144.5
Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Verification Requirements, A-1370
A Household with Members on TANF, TANF-State Program (SP), TP 07, TP 08 and TP 20, B-480
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-880, Documentation Requirements

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

Medical Programs

Document:

  • Verification of income and unpaid medical bills for the three months prior coverage.
  • Medical insurance other than Medicaid.
  • Method of income computation.
  • Eligibility for transitional Medicaid.
  • Reason for assigning less than the maximum transitional Medicaid coverage.
  • Denial of TP 20 because spousal support payments stopped.
  • Reason for action on a Medicaid EDG.
  • Gross earnings and the dates the person received the earnings.
  • Cost of health insurance premium for the child(ren) before certifying for CHIP.
  • Name and phone number of state hospital employee.

If the household requests continuation of Medicaid for children aging out of TP 44, follow policy in A-825, Medicaid Termination, and document that the child:

  • is hospitalized on their 19th birthday;
  • remains hospitalized through the end of their eligibility period; and
  • meets all other criteria according to A-825 .

If providing prior coverage for more than three months, follow policy in A-831.2.1, Reopening Three Months Prior Applications, and document that:

  • there was an application on file to cover any of the prior months; and
  • the file date on the application was used to cover these months.

TP 40

Document the pregnancy verification method and the anticipated delivery date.

Related Policy
Medicaid Termination, A-825 
Reopening Three Months Prior Applications, A-831.2.1 
Third-Party Resources, A-860 
Documentation Requirements, A-950
Documentation, C-940

A-910, General Policy

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

TANF

A child must live in the home with a relative listed in A-221, Who Is Included, No. 4. A home is the family setting maintained or being established, as evidenced by continuation of responsibility for day-to-day care of the child by the relative with whom the child is living.

Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31

Domicile requirements do not apply to these programs. Children can live with a parent or caretaker relative, or not live with a parent or caretaker relative (for example, independent children).

TP 08 and TA 31

For a parent or caretaker relative to be eligible for TP 08 or TA 31, they must be living with the dependent child of whom they have care and control. In general, for a caretaker to be considered as having care and control of a child, the child must live in the home with the relative. A home is the family setting maintained or being established, as evidenced by continuation of responsibility for day-to-day care of the child by the relative with whom the child is living.

The parent or caretaker relative may meet the domicile requirement when the dependent child is not included in their Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition.

Example: A grandfather is living with his grandchild, but the grandchild is claimed as a tax dependent by a non-custodial parent. The grandfather is applying for health care for himself. In this example, the grandchild is not included in the grandfather’s MAGI household composition since the grandfather is not claiming the grandchild as a tax dependent. However, the grandfather meets the domicile requirement if the grandchild lives with the grandfather and meets the care and control requirements explained in A-921, How to Determine Care and Control.

Related Policy
Children Admitted into State Hospitals, A-922
Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities, A-923

A-920, Temporary Absence from the Home

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

Advisors must not deny assistance because a household member or payee is temporarily out of the home if all of the following conditions are met:

  • The person is out of the home due to:
    • temporary separation from other family members, and the family has no regular place of residence;
    • hospitalization or receipt of outpatient services;
    • attending school or training (including schools for the deaf and blind);
    • being on vacation;
    • being in a home for children not considered to be a public institution; or
    • seeking employment away from home.
  • The parent or caretaker relative/payee is still responsible for the child's care and control. See A-921, How to Determine Care and Control, to determine whether the caretaker/payee still has care and control.
  • The person's absence is not anticipated to be more than the allowable six- or 12-month period.

Advisors must certify or continue eligibility, and review the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) every three months. Advisors remove the absent household member from the EDG after:

  • six months (beginning with the first full month of absence from the home); or
  • 12 months for situations when a family member is out of the home because the member is:
    • hospitalized or receiving outpatient services;
    • attending school or training; or
    • in a home for children not considered to be an institution.

The allowable six- or 12-month period begins again if the absent person returns to and resides in the home for at least 30 consecutive days. Advisors must not apply the temporary absence time frames when a parent is out of the home solely because of employment. Advisors must include the employed parent in the certified group if the parent meets all other eligibility criteria. See A-1040, Deprivation Based on Absence from the Home.

If a member of the certified group enters a nursing home, advisors leave the member’s needs in the household composition if the member will be there temporarily or until the member is certified for Supplemental Security Income (SSI). Advisors refer the recipient to the Social Security office for an SSI eligibility determination.

TANF

If the advisor removes the caretaker from the EDG, the EDG must be denied, and the advisor must ask another relative in the home that qualifies as caretaker to apply for the child(ren).

Medical Programs

If the advisor denies the parent or caretaker relative’s EDG, this does not impact the other associated Medical Program EDGs, and the other individuals cannot be required to reapply for Medical Programs.

A—921 How to Determine Care and Control

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

The parent or caretaker relative/payee cannot be considered responsible for the absent child's care and control when the child:

  • is placed out of the caretaker/payee's home by the court, and the caretaker/payee has no authority to remove the child; or
  • has a court-appointed guardian other than the caretaker/payee.

These children are independent children. The advisor must determine their eligibility for one of the Medical Programs.

Other considerations for care and control include:

  • Who has the financial responsibility for the child's medical and dental costs?
  • Who makes the decisions about health care, medical care, schooling and other personal care decisions?
  • To what extent is the caretaker/payee involved with the child? How often does the caretaker/payee visit the child? What is the caretaker/payee's involvement with decisions for the care, well-being, schooling, etc.?
  • To what extent does the caretaker/payee actively participate in the guidance and development of the child?
  • What is the caretaker/payee's financial involvement for the child? That is, does the caretaker/payee pay a regular fee for the child's enrollment and participation in the home's programs?
  • What restrictions or limitations have been placed on the caretaker/payee's rights?

Based on the responses to these questions, the advisor must make a prudent person decision about the caretaker/payee still being responsible for the child's care and control.

Related Policy

Prudent Person Principle, A-137

A—922 Children Admitted into State Hospitals

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31

Advisors consider a child admitted into a state hospital as an independent child if the caretaker no longer has care and control and the child was admitted:

  • via a court order, or
  • voluntarily.

The child is not considered an independent child if the child was admitted voluntarily and the caretaker/payee continues to have care and control.

A—923 Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities

Revision 24-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2024

Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31

A child admitted into a general residential operations facility is an independent child because these facilities have care and control over the children. Facilities that are members of the Texas Coalition of Homes for Children are considered general residential operations facilities.

Once a child is placed in a general residential operations facility, the facility provides a live-in house parent model of care. The house parent(s) assumes responsibility for the child and acts in lieu of the parent(s) to meet the child’s ongoing needs.

A facility may apply for medical assistance on behalf of a child under its care. The facility has limited power of attorney and is considered an alternate payee for a child’s Medicaid EDG.

The facility submits an application listing the child as a case name and a representative from the facility as an authorized representative (AR). If the representative is no longer affiliated with the facility, the facility must name a new representative to serve as the child’s AR.

If an independent child is in a facility that is not a member of the Texas Coalition of Homes for Children:

  • submit Form H0005, Policy Clarification Request
  • include a copy of the placement contract; and
  • the power of attorney from that facility.

When a child moves out of a facility, the facility’s AR must report the change of address and end the AR designation.

Related Policy

Authorized Representatives (AR), A-170
Children’s Living Arrangements, A-241.3.1
Verification Requirements, A-940
Verification Sources, A-941 
Reporting Requirements, B-620

A—924 Disqualification for Failure to Report Temporary Absence

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

If a caretaker relative (a legal parent or other caretaker relative) fails to timely report the temporary absence of a certified child, the caretaker relative is disqualified until the earlier of the following occurs:

  • the child returns to the home,
  • the child is removed from the certified group, or
  • the EDG is denied.

Related Policy

TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child’s Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction, A-1362.2
General Policy, A-1210

A-930, Requirement for Unmarried Minor Parents to Live with an Adult or in an Adult-Supervised Setting

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

To receive Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) benefits, unmarried minor parents must live:

  • with a parent, legal guardian or adult relative; or

    Note: The unmarried minor parent does not have to be included in a TANF EDG with the minor parent's parent unless required by policy in A-221, Who Is Included.
  • in a local second chance home, maternity home or other residential facility that provides an adult-supervised living arrangement, if available in the local community, if the unmarried minor parent:
    • has no parent, legal guardian, or adult relative:
      • who is living;
      • whose whereabouts are known; and
      • who is willing and appropriate; or
    • cannot live with such an individual because of prior or potential abuse or neglect.

Advisors must notify the minor parent of available local facilities.

An unmarried minor parent and child are not required to live in a second chance home, maternity home or other adult-supervised living arrangement if it is not in their best interest. The advisor, using the prudent person principle, determines whether the unmarried minor parent's current living arrangement is in their best interest.

"In their best interest" means either:

  • there is no parent, legal guardian or adult relative with whom the minor parent and child can live; or
  • there is no adult-supervised facility in the community; or
  • their current living arrangement provides as much or more safety and emotional or financial security than living in a local adult-supervised facility.

Examples:

  • An unmarried minor parent is employed, their child has safe child care, and the move would result in the loss of employment.
  • An unmarried minor parent lives alone or with a family friend, has no living adult relative, and no alternative adult-supervised facility is available in the community.

 

A—931 Failure to Comply

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Advisors must disqualify an unmarried minor parent who fails to comply with the requirement to live with a parent, legal guardian, adult relative, or in an adult-supervised living arrangement.

Related Policy
Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, A-1362.1

 

A—940 Verification Requirements

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

Verify that a person meets the 30-day domicile requirement before allowing additional temporary absence periods.

Related Policy
Temporary Absence from the Home, A-920

TANF

Verify domicile:

  • at application and redetermination for all certified children; and
  • when a change occurs:
    • for newly added children; or
    • if questionable, for all certified children.

For an unmarried minor parent:

  • verify domicile at application and redetermination;
  • obtain a statement from the parent, legal guardian, adult relative or an employee of the adult-supervised setting; or
  • contact school officials or use a current school record showing the same address as the parent, legal guardian, adult relative or approved adult-supervised setting.

 TP 08 and TA 31

Verify domicile of a dependent child:

  • at application and redetermination; and
  • when a change impacts the living situation or care and control of the dependent child.

 
Medical Programs

Verify verbally with a state hospital employee whether a child entered a state hospital via a court order or if the child was admitted voluntarily. If the child was admitted voluntarily, determine whether the caretaker or payee still has care and control.

Verify verbally with a facility employee a child’s placement into a general residential operations facility.

Related Policy
Children’s Living Arrangements, A-241.3.1
Children Admitted into State Hospitals, A-922
Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities, A-923

A-940, Verification Sources

A—941 Verification Sources

Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

  • For a preschool-age child, advisors must:
    • observe the interaction between the child and caretaker/payee in either the home or the office;
    • obtain a statement from a non-relative landlord; or
    • obtain a statement from a non-relative neighbor.
  • For a school-age child, obtain from the individual the name of the school for each school-age child. If the individual does not know where the child attends school and cannot provide a reasonable explanation, consider domicile questionable. When domicile is questionable, contact the school to verify domicile. If domicile is not questionable, use any of the following sources to verify domicile:
    • contact school officials or use a current school record showing the same address as the caretaker;
    • obtain a statement from a non-relative landlord;
    • obtain a statement from a non-relative neighbor; or
    • follow the same observation procedures for a preschool-age child if it does not interfere with school attendance.
  • For individuals reported as released from juvenile placement by Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD)/Juvenile Probation Department, use the Juvenile Medicaid Tracker.

If a child is home schooled, obtain domicile verification from another collateral source. See A-1640, Verification Requirements.

Note: Use Form H1155, Request for Domicile Verification, to request written domicile verification from a non-relative. Use Form H1857, Landlord Verification, to obtain verification from a non-relative landlord.

Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31

Advisors may accept self-declaration as verification of domicile.

For a child placed into a general residential operations facility:

  • limited power of attorney to obtain health care and educational services; and
  • placement contract.

Related Policy
Children’s Living Arrangements, A-241.3.1
Children Residing in General Residential Operations Facilities, A-923
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-950, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

Advisors must document:

  • information from the verification source to prove the children live in the home (for collateral contacts, include name and address and/or telephone number);
  • the reason for any temporary absence;
  • information from the verification source to prove the household member or payee returned to and lived in the home for at least 30 days when allowing another temporary absence period;
  • the living arrangement for unmarried minor parents;
  • if the caretaker/relative continues to provide care and control when a child is admitted voluntarily into a state hospital;
  • if a child was admitted into a state hospital voluntarily or via a court order; and
  • if a child was admitted into a general residential operations facility.

Note: For Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31, accept self-declaration as verification of domicile.

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

Advisors must document the school name, obtained from the caretaker/payee during the interview, for each school-age child.

TANF

Advisors must document how the minor parent meets or does not meet the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement, according to policy in A-930, Requirement for Unmarried Minor Parents to Live with an Adult or in an Adult-Supervised Setting.

Related Policy
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1010, General Policy

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Deprivation is the loss of financial support from a legal parent for one of the following reasons:

  • absence of parent(s) from the home;
  • death of parent(s);
  • physical or mental incapacity of parent who is living in the home; or
  • unemployment or underemployment of one or both parents in a two-parent household.

A-1020, Establishing Deprivation for Children of Unwed Parents

Revision 04-7; Effective October 1, 2004

A—1021 Unwed Parents Living Together

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

When a child lives with both biological parents and the father:

  • is not married to the child’s mother;
  • is not the legal father as determined through court adjudication; and
  • acknowledges paternity,

staff should follow the procedures below to establish deprivation:

If the child's mother … then …
is or was married (other than by common-law) to another man presumed to be the child's legal father, the child is deprived based on absence and the biological father should not be certified. Both fathers must be referred to the Attorney General (see A-1100, Child Support).
was never married to a man presumed to be the child's legal father, the child is deprived, but not based on absence.
was married by common-law to another man, the child is deprived, but not based on absence.

A—1022 Paternity Conflicts — Unwed Parents

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

If an application is filed for a child living with the mother and a man who may be the child's father and the couple disagrees about paternity, the mother must provide written proof of her statement.

If the mother proves the man is … then deprivation is …
the child's father, not based on absence, but rather on the relationship to the biological father living in the home.
not the child's father, based on absence.

If the mother is unable to provide written proof, staff must accept the man's statement and determine deprivation accordingly. If there are other paternity conflicts, assistance should be requested from the regional attorney.

A-1030, Deprivation Based on Death of a Parent

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Deprivation exists when a child's legal parent(s) is deceased. Staff must explore possible survivor's benefits for the child and/or remaining parent.

A-1040, Deprivation Based on Absence from the Home

Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003

A—1041 How to Determine Deprivation Based on Absence

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Deprivation based on absence exists when:

  • a child's legal parents do not live together because of:
    • divorce,
    • legal separation,
    • desertion,
    • incarceration, or
    • deportation;
  • the child's biological father lives in the home with the mother and child but a legal parent-child relationship exists between the child and another man;
  • a parent resides outside the U.S. and there is a legal impediment that prevents the parent from living in this country; or
  • a parent convicted of an offense and sentenced by a court to perform unpaid community service during work hours lives at home while serving the sentence.

If absence is anticipated to last for:

  • 30 days or less, the absence is considered temporary and the child is not deprived.
  • more than 30 days, the absence is considered continuing.

Note: If the absence is currently less than 30 days but is anticipated to last longer than 30 days, the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) should not be pended for deprivation.

A parent should be included in the certified group if the parent is temporarily absent for a reason listed in A-920, Temporary Absence from the Home.

Deprivation based on absence does not exist when a parent is absent solely because of:

  • employment; or
  • active duty in the uniformed services of the United States, even if the parent is incarcerated or absent without leave (AWOL).

Exception: Deprivation may exist if there is a break in the family relationship unrelated to active duty in the service, and information indicates the family members are not functioning as a family unit. Information can be a statement from the caretaker that she and the second parent consider themselves to be separated so that the parents and children are not functioning as one family unit.

A—1041.1 Joint Custody

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

A child living with parents who have court-ordered joint custody may be deprived based on absence. In joint custody cases, either parent may apply for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) for the child. When the child alternately lives with either parent each month, either parent may apply. See A-910, General Policy.

A—1042 Contact with the Absent Parent

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Contact the … when the address or phone number is known and … Determine …
legal absent parent,
  • there is reason to believe the absent parent is making cash contributions other than child support; or
  • conflicting information is provided regarding the parent's absence.
  • if the absent parent is making contributions other than child support;
  • the reason for the absence;
  • how long the absent parent has been absent; and
  • if the absent parent has plans to return and the anticipated return date.
alleged parent with no legal parent-child relationship,
  • there is reason to believe the absent parent is making contributions other than child support to the household; or
  • the absent parent lives in the home and is a potential legal father through common-law marital status.
  • if the absent parent is making contributions other than child support; or
  • if a common-law marriage exists.

Advisors must notify the applicant/individual before contacting the absent parent. Advisors should not contact the absent parent if the individual has a pending or valid claim of good cause. See A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause.

>A—1043 Absent Parent Returns to the Home (Extension of the TANF Grant or Addition of the Returning Parent)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

When an absent parent returns to the home, the absent parent should be added to the case following policy in B-641, Additions to the Household, and eligibility and benefits should be determined.

  • If eligible, advisors must document the new reason for deprivation and notify the Office of the Attorney General (OAG).
  • If ineligible, advisors must deny TANF. If the absent parent’s earnings cause the case to be denied, advisors must transfer the case to TP 07 and include the absent parent.

Related Policy Earnings of a New TANF Spouse, A-1249.2

A-1050, Deprivation Based on Incapacity

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

A parent is incapacitated if a medically determined mental or physical impairment results in a substantial reduction in the ability to support or care for the child. This impairment kept or will keep the parent from performing the parent’s usual work for at least 30 days.

The individual's usual work is the individual's main occupation for the last 15 years. In the case of a homemaker, the activities related to caring for a child are considered usual work.

A—1051 Determining Incapacity

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Advisors must determine whether the household meets all other eligibility criteria. If the household meets all other eligibility criteria, a disability determination request should be processed as follows:

  1. Advisors must determine whether the household is receiving Supplemental Security Income (SSI) or Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI) based on disability. If the individual receives either of these benefits, deprivation is established. Note: Eligibility for SSI or RSDI based on age does not establish deprivation.
  2. If the applicant has a disability that is:
  • obvious, advisors must certify the household for TANF and require a completed Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, at the next redetermination.
  • not obvious, the advisor must complete the disability determination. A disability determination consists of the advisor completing and sending Form H1836-A to the physician who treated the individual within the past 60 days for the incapacity being claimed. Note: The physician is not paid for completing this verification.
If Form H1836-A is returned indicating that the individual has … then the household should be certified for …
a temporary disability, TANF or TANF-State Program (SP), and the individual must be informed that the disability will be reviewed at each periodic redetermination.
a permanent disability, TANF or TANF-SP.
no disability, TANF or TANF-SP, and the requirements for participation in the Choices program must be explained.

A—1052 Processing Medical Reviews

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Medical reviews must be processed at each periodic review following the steps in A-1051, Determining Incapacity.

If the disability was … then …
determined at initial certification without Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, or was temporary and has ended (based on Form H1836-A) and the individual still claims to have a disability, the advisors must require the individual to provide Form H1836-A before recertifying the case. If the individual does not provide the statement and the disability is not established, the advisor must then certify the household for TANF, if otherwise eligible.
permanent (based on Form H1836-A) and has not ended, the advisor must continue to base deprivation on incapacity and not require another Form H1836-A unless the individual is working and/or the condition has improved.

A-1060, Deprivation Based on Unemployment

Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002

A—1061 How to Determine Deprivation Based on Unemployment

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Deprivation based on unemployment may exist when a legal parent is:

  • unemployed, or
  • underemployed.

A-1070, TANF-State Program

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF-SP

Eligibility for TANF-SP may be determined when:

  • a child lives with both of the child's natural or adoptive legal parents/stepparents, even if one or both are disqualified for one of the reasons listed in A-222, Who Is Not Included, No. 4, Disqualified Members, unless that disqualification is due to not meeting citizenship requirements; and
  • the household meets all other TANF eligibility requirements.

A—1071 Employment Services Requirements

Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002

A—1071.1 Choices Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Choices participation requirements and procedures are explained in A-1800, Employment Services.

A-1080, Disability Verification

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Verify the disability status using Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement.

A—1081 Verification Sources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Death

Sources for verification of death include:

  • copy of death certificate;
  • Birth Verification System record;
  • doctor's statement;
  • Social Security claim number or evidence of receipt of widow's or survivor's benefits from the deceased person's Social Security number;
  • U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs or military service records;
  • Indian census record;
  • statement from funeral director;
  • records from the hospital or other institution where the person died; and
  • insurance company records.

Alternate sources include:

  • newspaper death notice listing survivors;
  • state or local public assistance records (including burial payment records);
  • lodge, club or other organization records;
  • police records;
  • statement from clergy; and
  • "In Memoriam" card.

Sources for verification of continued absence include:

  • statement from the absent parent;
  • rent receipt/statement from the absent parent's non-relative landlord;
  • statement from clergy, landlord, or other knowledgeable non-relative;
  • correctional institution records;
  • telephone directory;
  • absent parent's child(ren)’s school records;
  • tax records;
  • absent parent's employment records;
  • union records;
  • court records;
  • statement from law enforcement officials;
  • insurance records;
  • medical records;
  • post office address records for the absent parent;
  • other agency records;
  • absent parent's unemployment compensation records;
  • Department of Motor Vehicles record showing the absent parent's address (includes driver license, identification card, and motor vehicle registration);
  • city or crisscross directory; and
  • Social Security, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, or other government agency records.

Sources for proof of deprivation for TANF-SP include:

  • Texas Workforce Commission inquiry;
  • tax records;
  • check stubs;
  • employer's statement;
  • business records; and
  • Form H1028, Employment Verification.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-1090, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Advisors must document the:

  • facts about the incapacity and any expected changes;
  • processing dates of incapacity applications and reviews;
  • facts about good cause claims;
  • facts about adverse actions for noncooperation;
  • name and last known address of the legal and/or biological father of an unborn child, if the mother receives TANF;
  • permanent or temporary disability status; and
  • basis for a special review and the special review date.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940

The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1110, General Policy

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

The Office of the Attorney General (OAG) Child Support Division is responsible for the child support program. The OAG attempts to establish and enforce child support and medical support for children on Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and certain medical programs.

TANF

Caretakers and payees must cooperate in obtaining child support and medical support for a child receiving TANF unless good cause exists.

TP 08

Parents and caretaker relatives are mandatory participants and must cooperate in obtaining medical support for a child receiving Medicaid unless good cause exists. They may refuse assistance in obtaining child support, but not medical support. If the individual refuses assistance in obtaining child support, the OAG will not attempt to establish or enforce child support unless the individual has a previous TANF case with arrears that must be paid back to the state. Advisors must explain to individuals that when the OAG pursues medical support, Texas courts also pursue a child support order. If the individual chooses medical support only, the OAG will not attempt to enforce the child support orders.

Note: The advisor must request information on parents living outside of the home during an interview for TP 08. Information about parents living outside of the home is not requested for Medical Programs on the application.

Related Policy
Explanation of Good Cause, A-1130

Medical Programs except TP 08

Medical support requirements do not apply to children's medical programs. Applicants and individuals may volunteer to receive child or medical support services. There is no penalty for noncooperation.

Note: The OAG may contact and continue to collect benefits for a household receiving only children's medical assistance due to previous receipt of TANF.

Households may contact the OAG if they have questions or would like assistance in obtaining OAG services by calling 1-800-252-8014.

A—1111 Office of the Attorney General (OAG) Case Information and Inquiry

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

If the custodial or noncustodial parents or employers have questions regarding child support payments, distribution, or withholdings, they should be referred to the local child support office or to 1-800-252-8014.

Custodial or noncustodial parents should be referred to the local OAG office if they request verification and certification of public assistance received. The OAG staff complete Form 1740, Request for Public Assistance Payment Certification, when the amount of public assistance is in question or when it is needed in court to establish child support. Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) Fiscal Management Services (E-411) researches and certifies the amounts and date on Form 1745, Report of Total Public Assistance Payments, for the OAG.

A-1120, Child Support Program Requirements and Procedures

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, is used to explain the:

  • child support process;
  • benefits of the child support program;
  • penalties for noncooperation;
  • details about the family violence option;
  • details of the good cause claim for not cooperating; and
  • individual's responsibility to:
    • provide information to the OAG and HHSC on all possible biological and/or legal parent(s);
    • help the OAG find the absent parent;
    • help the OAG establish paternity, if necessary;
    • go to the OAG office or to court to sign papers or provide necessary information; and
    • remit all child/medical support payments received after TANF is approved.

A—1121 Authorization and Assignment of Child and Medical Support

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

The assignment of rights to child and medical support is accomplished when an applicant signs an application that includes a request for TANF or TP 08. Signing the application gives the OAG permission to receive and process any child or medical support payments made payable to the child.

A—1122 Parent Profiles for Child and Medical Support Referrals

Revision 02-6; Effective July 1, 2002

A—1122.1 Parent Profile Questionnaire

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

TANF and TP 08

Form H0050, Parent Profile Questionnaire, information is required for each absent parent. The absent parent information may be obtained verbally and entered into the Absent Parent page. If a child has both a legal and a biological absent parent, information on both the legal and biological parent is required unless the person can reasonably explain why it is impossible to provide information or has established good cause. The person must provide the following information about the absent parent:

  • the absent parent's first and last name;
  • information about the relationship (divorced, separated or never married) between the child's parents; and
  • at least one of the following:
    • the absent parent's Social Security number;
    • the absent parent's current or last known address; or
    • the absent parent's current or previous employer information.

Staff must address each item on Form H0050 and help the person obtain information about the absent parent(s). The OAG establishes cases based on information collected from the applicant and entered by HHSC staff. Failure to provide complete and accurate information may affect the successful enforcement of child support.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

If the person volunteers to receive services provided by the OAG, staff must collect absent parent information as noted above and refer the child's Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) to the OAG.

Related Policy 

Explanation of Good Cause, A-1130

A—1122.2 Child Support and Medical Support Referrals

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs except TP 40 and TP 36

Advisors must send referrals to the OAG on legal and biological parent(s):

  • when deprivation is based on absence;
  • when deprivation is based on death;
  • if paternity cannot be established using policy in A-1021, Unwed Parents Living Together, for a biological father who is in the home;
  • if the family volunteers to receive services provided by the OAG for Children's Medicaid programs; or
  • the adult caretaker receives TP 08. See A-1122.1, Parent Profile Questionnaire, for Children's Medicaid programs.

Advisors do not send a referral if:

  • a child in the home is not deprived because both parents are in the home or deprivation is based on unemployment or underemployment (TANF-State Program [SP]);
  • a claim of good cause has been established;
  • deprivation is based on physical or mental incapacity; or
  • the legal or biological father of a pregnant woman's unborn child has no other children receiving Medicaid.

Advisors must review Form H0050, Parent Profile Questionnaire, with the individual to ensure no items are blank, that the individual provided complete and current information, and entered the information in the Absent Parent logical unit of work (LUW). The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) automatically sends the referral to the OAG.

A—1123 Updates to Child Support Referrals

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

Advisors must advise the client to report new information about the absent parent(s), review the information previously submitted for accuracy, and update items as needed. The OAG will receive the update automatically.

A—1124 TANF

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

After certification, TANF individuals must remit to the OAG all child support payments received for a certified child. Individuals should be given sufficient copies of Form H1710, Payment Identification, and OAG self-addressed envelopes, if payments are being made or might be made. When the individual receives a child support payment from an absent parent following certification, the individual must:

  • write on the check or money order "Deposit Only - State Treasury" and not endorse the check or money order;
  • include Form H1710 with the check or money order; and
  • send it to the Texas Child Support Disbursement Unit, P.O. Box 659791, San Antonio, Texas 78265-9941.

If child support is intended for a child on TANF and one on Supplemental Security Income (SSI), the individual must remit the payment to the OAG for proration and distribution to occur.

If the individual turns in child support payments to the local office, advisors must:

  • forward the payment(s) to the Child Support Disbursement Unit; and
  • give the individual a copy of Form H4100, Money Receipt.

Advisors must send Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, including the amounts and months involved, to the OAG if the advisor becomes aware that the individual did not remit a child support payment. Advisors should follow policy in A-1140, Noncooperation with Child Support Program Requirements, to sanction the individual for noncooperation. If the individual indicates they will continue to keep child support received from the absent parent, the advisor should follow policy in B-700, Claims, and process a claim for the month(s) of unreported income.

If the OAG becomes aware that the individual received child support and did not remit the payments, the child support officer notifies the advisor on Form H1701. The advisor must process a claim for the unreported income.

TANF-SP

The household must not be required to remit any child support collected on behalf of a non-mutual child.

Related Policy

Remitting Cash Medical Support Payments to the Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit, A-861.5
Child Support, A-1326.2

A—1125 OAG Distribution

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

After individuals are certified for TANF, they must send all child support payments received to the OAG Child Support Division. The OAG:

  • sends the $75 disregard to the individual;
  • reimburses the state for TANF paid to the individual; and
  • sends HHSC the monthly interface file of child support collections for TANF recipients.

HHSC uses the information to determine whether the collection exceeds the grant plus the disregard, and to determine grant in jeopardy if it exceeds the grant.

If the individual receives child support for an SSI child in the household, the OAG will distribute (directly to the individual) the prorated share of support intended for the SSI child.

The month after the OAG receives a child support payment, the OAG will send the individual up to $75 (disregard payment). The amount sent is the lesser of:

  • the court-ordered payment amount,
  • the amount the OAG received during a given month, or
  • $75.

When the OAG receives a child support collection that exceeds the grant plus unreimbursed assistance, the excess is sent to the individual. Form H1714, Notice of Grant Jeopardy; Form H1715, Notice of Excess Payment; or Form H1717, Notice of Grant Jeopardy/Excess Payment — Denial, will notify the advisor of the date and amount of the payment.

A grant-in-jeopardy EDG may be generated for EDGs involving SSI children. In processing the grant-in-jeopardy, TIERS determines whether the prorated share of child support exceeds the TANF grant, minus the disregard. If the prorated share exceeds the TANF grant, minus the disregard, TIERS will deny the EDG. If the amount does not exceed the TANF grant, TIERS will allow the TANF EDG to continue.

Example: The household consists of a caretaker and one child who receives TANF and one child who receives SSI.
- $300 child support for both children
- -150 will go directly to SSI child
- 150 child support for TANF child
- - 75 disregard
- $75 does not exceed TANF for a caretaker and one child; the state retains the child support

Note: If the individual appeals the action described in A-852, Automated Process, and receives continued benefits, the advisor must count the excess payment as income during the appeal period if the advisor anticipates that the child support payments will continue.

Related Policy Automated Process, A-852 Child Support, A-1326.2 $75 Disregard Deduction, A-1422 Child Support Systems, C-830

A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause

A—1130 Explanation of Good Cause

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

TANF and TP 08

The purpose of good cause is to allow people to access benefits safely. Good cause provides an exemption from cooperating with the OAG’s child support and medical support requirements.

Explain the family violence option and good cause exemption to all households applying for benefits. Use Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, to explain the good cause exemption from the child support and medical support requirements. The explanation must include the situations that justify good cause and the required verifications. Explain that a person does not have to cooperate with child support or medical support requirements if they can prove that cooperation is not in the child's best interest.

A claim of good cause must be made separately for each absent parent. Notify the OAG of the person's good cause claim. This notification is sent from HHSC to the OAG through an automated interface once staff enter the appropriate information into TIERS and the case is disposed.

After explaining Form H1712 to the person:

  • Review Part I of Form H1713, Service Plan for Family Violence Option and Report of Good Cause, with the person during the interview. Complete only Part I of Form H1713 if the person indicates on this form that they do not want to claim good cause. If the person wants to continue to claim good cause, continue completing Part II and Part III where applicable of Form H1713.
  • Complete Part II Assessment Referral of Form H1713 if the person wants to claim good cause for family violence. Make an assessment referral to a family violence specialist using Part II of Form 1713. The family violence specialist makes a recommendation of good cause for reasons of family violence using the Form H1706, Good Cause Recommendation and Family Violence Exemption.
  • Complete Part III of Form H1713 to indicate the good cause reason and determination date.

Once the family violence specialist makes a recommendation of good cause on the Form H1706, complete Part III of Form H1713 and send the form to the local child support office and HHSC Family Violence Program (FVP) staff to report the final decision.

Note: TIERS will automatically notify the local child support office of the good cause determination through the OAG interface when the EDG is disposed.

Related Policy
Good Cause for Family Violence Option, A-1131.1

A—1131 Good Cause Situations

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

Good cause exists when:

  • a child was conceived as a result of incest or rape;
  • a child or caretaker may be physically harmed;
  • a child or caretaker may be emotionally harmed to the extent that the caretaker's capacity to adequately care for the child is impaired; or
  • legal proceedings for the child's adoption are pending before a court or a licensed or private social agency is helping the individual decide whether to keep the child or relinquish the child for adoption.

Note: This issue must not have been under discussion more than three months and staff must update the absent parent referral if the issue remains unsolved beyond the third month.

A—1131.1 Good Cause for Family Violence Option

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

TANF and TP 08

Cooperating with the OAG’s child support and medical support requirements could pose a potential safety risk for family violence victims and their children. HHSC and OAG allow good cause for family violence to not comply with child and medical support requirements. Explain and offer the family violence option at each application and redetermination.

Staff must:

  • explain Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, and give a copy of the form to the person;
  • review Part I of Form H1713, Service Plan for Family Violence Option and Report of Good Cause, with the person; and
  • if the person wants to claim good cause for reasons of family violence, use Part II of Form 1713 to make an assessment referral to a family violence specialist at a nearby family violence service provider. Only a family violence specialist can recommend good cause relating to family violence.

    A list of family violence shelters is searchable in TIERS and located at the HHS Family Violence Program page. If no shelter serves the person's area, give the person the National Domestic Violence Hotline number (800-799-7233 [800-799-SAFE] or 800-787-3324 TTY for people who are deaf) to help the person locate the closest family violence service provider.

If the person wants to claim good cause for not complying with TANF or Medicaid child support and medical support requirements due to family violence:

  • The person arranges to speak with the referred family violence specialist to discuss the need to claim good cause and request a good cause recommendation.
  • After the family violence specialist makes the good cause recommendation, the family violence specialist completes Form H1706, Good Cause Recommendation and Family Violence Exemption, and returns the form to the person or to HHSC to use as verification.
  • For face-to-face interviews at a local HHSC eligibility office, provide the person a confidential phone interview with the family violence specialist from the local eligibility determination office. In this scenario, the Form 1706 is not required, and HHSC staff use “client statement” as verification.

Continue to process the TANF or Medicaid EDG and collect absent parent information verbally or by pending the EDG for the H0050, Parent Profile Questionnaire. Remind the person that HHSC requires a completed Form H0050 if the family violence specialist does not recommend good cause or the person decides not to pursue good cause. If the person does not pursue good cause, they must complete and return Form H0050 or provide absent parent information before staff can approve the TANF or Medicaid EDG

Note: By collecting the absent parent information or pending the EDG for the information at the time of the interview, staff will be able to process the EDG regardless whether the H1706 supports the good cause claim.

Allow the person 10 days to return Form H1706, Form H1713 and Form H0050. Certify the EDG, if otherwise eligible, without the H1706, if not returned or if the H1706 does not support the good cause claim.

HHSC staff requirements for Form H1713:

  • complete Part II and Part III of Form H1713;
  • send a copy to the local child support office; and
  • send a copy to the family violence coordinator by one of the following methods to report the final decision:
    • Interagency mail: Family Violence Coordinator, Mail Code 2010
    • Regular mail: Family Violence Coordinator 909 W. 45th St., Mail Code 2010 Austin, TX 78751; or
    • Email: Send completed and scanned documents only to the HHSC Family Violence Mailbox.

Once the good cause claim has been established, re-evaluate the claim at each redetermination. If the person is no longer claiming good cause, update the absent parent referral by removing the good cause indicator to allow the OAG to help the family get child support or medical support services for their children. If the person continues to claim good cause, continue to uphold good cause.

A—1131.2 Good Cause Related to Adoptions, Rape or Incest

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

If an individual claims good cause based on an adoption, rape, or incest, advisors must:

  • allow individuals 20 days to provide evidence;
  • extend the deadline for evidence if additional time is needed to obtain the necessary information;
  • document the reason for extending the deadline and obtain supervisory approval; and
  • flag the case and evaluate the evidence when received and recommend either that the individual:
    • has good cause for not cooperating and the OAG should not continue child support locate and enforcement efforts; or
    • does not have good cause for not cooperating and the OAG should continue child support locate and enforcement efforts.

Note: For adoption situations, the issue must not have been under discussion for more than three months. If the issue is unresolved beyond the third month, staff must update the absent parent referral.

A-1140, Noncooperation with Child Support Program Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

At initial certification and redetermination or incomplete reviews, the advisor must determine whether the individual failed to cooperate with child support requirements.

The advisor determines noncooperation when:

  • an individual fails to cooperate with child support requirements without good cause (see A-1120, Child Support Program Requirements and Procedures, for individual responsibilities); or
  • HHSC receives Form H1708-A, Report of Noncooperation (Automated), from the OAG via the weekly interface.

Medical Programs except TP 08

There is no penalty for noncooperation for Medical Programs. Advisors do not take any action on an individual who volunteers to receive child and medical support services but later noncomplies.

A—1141 Sanctions for Noncooperation

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF and TP 08

The Child Support Division of the OAG notifies HHSC via a weekly interface when an individual fails to cooperate with child support or medical support. Upon receipt of the notice of child support noncooperation, HHSC must take action to process the noncooperation within five workdays. See A-2140, Full-Family Sanction, and A-2150, Pay for Performance.

TANF

Adult TANF recipients, second parents and minor parents certified as adults, payees or disqualified adults are required to sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, and cooperate with child support requirements. Failure to do so results in a full-family sanction. If the TANF recipient or payee has more than one TANF EDG and fails to cooperate with child support requirements, the sanction applies to all of their TANF EDGs. See A-2140 and A-2150.

TP 08

Parents and caretaker relatives receiving TP 08 must cooperate in establishing medical support. Failure to cooperate with requirements results in the loss of medical coverage for the noncooperating adult.

The advisor must deny a noncooperating adult's TP 08 EDG. See A-1142, Noncooperation Situations.

Medical Programs except TP 08

Recipients applying for Children's Medicaid programs, including TP 40 for a pregnant teen under age 19, are not required to cooperate with child support requirements. Therefore, there is no penalty for noncooperation. Recipients may volunteer for child support services.

A—1142 Noncooperation Situations

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

If a child support noncooperation is received on … and the household does not have good cause, then …
  • a denied EDG in a TANF cash benefit month,
  • TIERS identifies the noncooperation; and
  • sends Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, advising the household of the noncooperation and how to cooperate.

Note: If the household fails to cooperate by the last calendar day of the second month, the household will be subject to pay for performance requirements when they reapply for TANF.

  • a denied case in a non-TANF cash benefit month,
no action is required.
  • an active TANF or TP 08 EDG, the month after the child is no longer in the home, and the noncooperation date is after the date the child was removed from the EDG,
no further action is required.
  • an EDG already sanctioned for a child support noncooperation on a different absent parent,
TIERS sends Form TF0001 advising the household of the noncooperation and how to cooperate. Note: The OAG will not issue Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, until the individual cures all noncooperations.
  • an active TP 08 EDG,
TIERS denies the noncooperating adult's TP 08 EDG.
  • an active EDG and the child receives SSI,
  • a TANF-SP EDG with a child in the household who is deprived due to the absence of a parent,
  • an active TANF cash EDG and the individual and absent parent have reconciled and are in the home together, or
  • an active TP 08 EDG and the individual and absent parent have reconciled and are in the home together,

refer to A-2140, Full-Family Sanction, to impose a full-family sanction. If the household fails to cure the noncooperation before the last day of the second noncooperation month, they will need to reapply under pay for performance.

TIERS denies the noncooperating adult's TP 08 EDG.

Note: The advisor must determine whether the individual has good cause for not cooperating with child support requirements using policy in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause. If the individual has good cause, the advisor should not impose a full-family sanction.

Related Policy

Explanation of Good Cause, A-1130
Noncooperation with Child Support Program Requirements, A-1140
Good Cause for Child Support Noncooperation, A-2122.3
Full-Family Sanction, A-2140
Pay for Performance, A-2150

A-1150, Verification Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

Advisors must verify all good cause claims.

A—1151 Verification Sources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

The following are acceptable verification sources or evidence for:

  • Emotional or Physical Harm for Individuals — a written recommendation from a family violence specialist. The specialist must be an employee of a family violence program that contracts with HHSC. The family violence specialist must complete Form H1706,Good Cause Recommendation and Family Violence Exemption, which serves as verification for the good cause claim.
  • Incest or Rape — a birth certificate or medical or law enforcement records indicating the circumstances surrounding the child's birth.
  • Adoption or Pending Adoption — a court document, other related records, or written statement of the facts from the social services agency.

Related Policy Questionable Information, C-920 Providing Verification, C-930

A-1160, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

Advisors must document:

  • that the individual cooperated with the child support requirements;
  • every aspect of the good cause investigation, the determination, the basis for the determination, and the evidence provided;
  • determination made at each re-evaluation of good cause, which must occur at each periodic review; and
  • the reason an individual cannot provide minimum information on an absent parent.

TANF

Advisors must document the name and last known address of the legal and/or biological father of an unborn child if the mother receives TANF.

Medical Programs except TP 08

Advisors must document that the individual did not want to volunteer for child/medical support services.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940

The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1210, General Policy

Revision 21-4; Effective October 1, 2021

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Resources are assets or possessions that are either countable or exempt, depending on the program and Type of Assistance (TOA).  There are liquid and nonliquid resources. Liquid resources are those that are readily available, such as cash, checking or savings accounts, debit accounts, savings certificates, stocks or bonds. Nonliquid resources are those that cannot be readily converted to cash, including vehicles, buildings, land or certain other property. Count the equity value of all resources, liquid and nonliquid, unless otherwise specified or listed as exempt. The equity value is the fair market value (FMV) of an item minus:

  • all money owed on it; and
  • the cost associated with its sale or transfer.

Count resources of the:

  • members of the:
    • Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) certified group;
    • Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) EDG; and
    • child's TP 32 and child’s TP 56 EDG;
  • alien's sponsor according to the policy.
  • disqualified persons; and
  • stepparents in TANF households according to policy.

If payments exempted as resources are kept in a separate account, those payments remain exempt. If the money is placed in an interest-bearing account, the interest must be counted as income in the month received. If the money is combined with money that is countable, exempt the excluded funds for six months from the date the funds are combined. After six months, the total amount of combined funds should be counted as an available resource.

Related Policy

Resources of an Alien’s Sponsor, A-1245
Resources of Stepparents, A-1247

SNAP

Categorical eligibility extends to any household authorized to receive services funded by the TANF program. TANF non-cash (TANF-NC) services consist of various services such as family planning, adult education, prevention and treatment of substance abuse, and employment services. Households must pass an income and resource test for determination of categorical eligibility based on receipt of TANF-NC services.

The resource test consists of the following criteria:

  • The household’s countable liquid resources plus excess vehicle value must be $5,000 or less.
  • Up to $15,000 of the FMV for the highest valued countable vehicle is exempt. The excess over $15,000 FMV is counted toward the combined resource limit.
  • Up to $4,650 FMV for all other countable vehicles is exempt. The excess over $4,650 FMV is counted toward the combined resource limit. Note: Refer to vehicle policy for more reasons a vehicle can be exempted.

Once the recipient is authorized for TANF-NC services based on the initial resource test, all other nonliquid resources are exempt. Regular TANF policy must be followed when determining countable liquid resources within TANF-NC. Most resources are not applicable to SNAP.

Related Policy

Limits, A-1220
Prepaid Burial Insurance, A-1233.2
Vehicles, A-1238
How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles, A-1238.5
General Policy, A-1310
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470
What to Report, B-621

Medical Programs Except Children on TP 56 and Children on TP 32

Resources are not considered a factor in determining eligibility.

Children on TP 56 and Children on TP 32

Resources are considered as a factor in determining eligibility for children on TP 56 and TP 32.

Exception: Do not consider resources when determining a newborn’s eligibility for TP 56 when the newborn’s mother was eligible for TP 56 or TP 32 at the time of the newborn’s birth.

A—1211 Requirement to Pursue Resources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

An individual must pursue all resources to which the individual is legally entitled unless it is unreasonable to pursue the resource. Advisors should develop a plan with the individual to pursue the potential resource and allow reasonable time (at least three months) to pursue the resource.

Advisors should use the comment section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to inform the individual of the requirement to pursue the resource, including the time the individual has to pursue it, and the resource is not considered available during that time.

If the individual does not pursue the resource within a reasonable time, the Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) is denied.

Exception: The individual does not have to pursue a resource if it would be unreasonable. It is unreasonable to pursue a resource if any of the following conditions exist:

  • The cost to the individual to pursue the resource exceeds the potential resource's value or causes the individual financial hardship;
  • Pursuing the resource would endanger the individual's health or safety; or
  • Legal action is required, but a private attorney or legal service refuses to accept the case. The individual must make a reasonable effort to obtain legal assistance.

SNAP

Individuals receiving SNAP benefits do not have to pursue resources.

Note: Pursuing resources could help an individual become self-sufficient, and individuals should be provided examples of resources they might be entitled to receive.

A—1212 Transferring Resources

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—1212.1 Penalties for Transferring Resources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Households are ineligible if, within three months before application or any time after certification, the household transfers a countable resource for less than its fair market value to qualify for assistance. This penalty applies if the total of the transferred resource added to other resources affects eligibility.

Resources transferred between members of the same TANF/SNAP household do not affect eligibility. If spouses separate and one spouse transfers individual property, the other spouse's eligibility is not affected.

Children on TP 56 and Children on TP 32

Applicants or individuals who transfer resources to qualify for assistance must not be denied.

A—1212.2 How to Determine Intent

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

In determining an individual's intent for transferring resources for TANF and SNAP benefits, staff must consider the following:

  • How recent was the transfer of property? A recent transfer may indicate the household transferred the resource to qualify for benefits.
  • How did the applicant support the household after transferring the resource? If the applicant was self-supporting or supported by the person who received the property, then the applicant's intent was to have support rather than qualify for benefits.
  • How did the applicant transfer the property? If the applicant loaned the property but cannot recover its value after making a reasonable effort, the applicant is eligible.
  • Special or unpredictable hardships that prevent the individual from making payments for the transferred resource do not affect eligibility. The supervisor and program manager must approve these situations.

A—1212.3 Length of Denial Period

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

The length of denial must be based on the amount by which the transferred resource exceeds the resource maximum when added to other countable resources.

Amount in Excess of Resource Limit Denial Period
$.01 to $249.99 1 month
$250 to $999.99 3 months
$1,000 to $2,999.99 6 months
$3,000 to $4,999.99 9 months
$5,000 and more 12 months

Examples:

TANF: A two-person household has $1,250 in a bank account and transfers ownership of a car worth $5,650. The first $4,650 of the car's value is exempt. Add the remaining $1,000 to the other $1,250 resource. Subtract the $1,000 resource limit from the total. Use$1,250 to determine the number of months of ineligibility. According to the above chart, the household is ineligible for six months.

SNAP: A two-person household has $2,000 in a bank account and transfers ownership of a car worth $19,000. Exempt the first $15,000 FMV of the vehicle and add the remaining $4,000 to the $2,000 bank account. Subtract the $5,000 resource limit from the total. Use $1,000 to determine the number of months of ineligibility. According to the above chart, the household is ineligible for six months.

A—1212.4 Beginning the Denial Period

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

The denial period begins in the application month unless the household is already certified when the advisor discovers the transfer.

Once the household is certified, the advisor must send a notice of adverse action and follow adverse action procedures. The advisor must begin the denial period the first month after the month the notice of adverse action expires unless the individual requests a fair hearing and receives continued benefits.

A-1220, Limits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

A household is not eligible for benefits if the total value of accessible resources is over $1,000.

A household is not eligible for benefits if resources are over the limit on or after the first interview date.

If a TANF applicant/recipient fails to provide resource verification for TANF, the advisor must:

  • deny the TANF application, and
  • process the application for non-public assistance (NPA) SNAP eligibility.

SNAP

A household is not eligible for benefits if the total value of countable resources (liquid resources and excess vehicle value) is over $5,000.

A household is not eligible for benefits if resources are over the limit on or after the first interview date. Additionally, striker households are ineligible if resources are over the limit the day before the strike.

Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

A child is not eligible for benefits if the total value of accessible resources is over:

  • $3,000 in households with a member who is aged or has a disability and meets relationship requirements; or
  • $2,000 for all other households.

Advisors must use the SNAP definitions of aged and disability found in B-431, Definition of Elderly, and B-432, Definition of Disability. The individual who is aged or has a disability does not have to be part of the Medical Programs budget group, but must meet relationship requirements.

A child is not eligible for benefits if resources are over the limit on the process date. In determining eligibility for a prior month, the household is not eligible if resources are over the limit anytime during the prior month.

Related Policy

General Policy, A-1210
Prepaid Burial Insurance, A-1233.2
Vehicles, A-1238
How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles, A-1238.5
General Policy, A-1310
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470

 

A-1230, Types of Resources

Revision 03-3; Effective April 1, 2003

A—1231 Accounts

Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007

A—1231.1 Bank Accounts

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Advisors must count the cash value of checking and savings accounts unless exempt for another reason.

Related Policy

Payments Exempt as a Resource While Being Considered Income, A-1243
Inaccessible Resources, A-1241 

A—1231.2 Debit Accounts

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Advisors must count the cash value of benefits in a debit account, less amounts deposited in the current month, as a resource. Government benefit payments may be deposited into a debit account. Advisors must verify the balance in the account using the most current information.

The most common debit accounts established for deposit of government benefits are the:

  • Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) cash accounts for TANF benefits;
  • unemployment insurance benefits (UIB) debit accounts;
  • Texas debit card accounts for child support payments, Office of Attorney General (OAG);
  • debit card accounts for child support payments from other states; and
  • Direct Express card debit accounts for Social Security; Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI); or Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits payments.

This list is not intended to be all inclusive as more agencies and businesses move toward the use of debit cards to issue benefits.

Account inquiry is accessible to:

  • TANF recipients by calling the Lone Star Help Desk automated voice response system at 1-800-777-7EBT (1-800-777-7328);
  • UIB recipients online at https://www.usbankreliacard.com/ or at any automated teller machine (ATM) free of charge;
  • child support recipients online at www.EPPICard.com;
  • Social Security recipients online at www.USDirectExpress.com, by calling 1-888-741-1115, or balance information may be obtained free of charge at any ATM that displays the MasterCard® logo.

Exception: See A-1248, Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients.

Related Policy

Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Insurance (RSDI), A-1324.16
Supplemental Security Income (SSI), A-1324.17
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), A-1324.18
Unemployment Compensation, A-1324.19
Counting Child Support, A-1326.2.1
Client Inquiries, B-382 

A—1231.3 Individual Development Accounts (IDAs)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Staff must use the following policy to determine whether an IDA is a countable or exempt resource.

TANF IDAs — TANF IDAs must be used for one of the following purposes:

  • paying for a college education,
  • purchasing a home, or
  • starting a business.

The household is not required to be a TANF recipient to qualify for an IDA, but the household must be financially needy and have a child living with the custodial parent or other adult relative who meets the TANF relationship criteria or the household must consist of a pregnant woman.

The household is considered financially needy if the household is eligible to receive TANF, SNAP, or any Medical Program except TP 56. For TP 56, the household is considered financially needy if its gross income is below 185 percent of the Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL).

Any earnings, including Earned Income Tax Credit (EIC), deposited in a TANF IDA must be excluded from resources. Any interest earned on the account must be excluded from resources. Any deposits into an IDA not made with earnings, or withdrawals from an IDA that are not made for an allowable qualifying purpose, should count as a resource.

Assets for Independence Act (AFIA) IDAs — AFIA IDAs are funded and authorized under the AFIA and must meet one of the same qualifying purposes as TANF IDAs. Any earnings, including EIC, deposited in an AFIA IDA must be excluded from resources. Any interest earned on the account must also be excluded from resources. Any deposits into an IDA not made with earnings, or withdrawals from an IDA that are not made for an allowable qualifying purpose, should count as a resource.

Other IDAs — These IDAs do not meet one of the qualifying purposes of paying for a college education, purchasing a home, or starting a business and should be counted as a resource. The interest earned on these accounts must be counted as unearned income.

For any type of IDA, matched funds are not counted as a resource, as they are not accessible to the household.

Exception: IDAs are exempted if Long Term Care certifies them as meeting the Social Security criteria for a Plan to Achieve Self-Sufficiency (PASS). 

A—1231.4 Retirement Accounts

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

A retirement account is one in which an employee and/or the employer contributes money for retirement. There are several types of retirement plans.

Some of the most common plans authorized under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Services (IRS) Code are the 401(k) plan, Keogh, Roth individual retirement account (IRA), and a pension or traditional benefit plan. Common plans under Section 408 of the IRS Code are the IRA, Simple IRA, and Simplified Employer Plan.

  • A 401(k) plan allows an employee to postpone receiving a portion of current income until retirement.
  • An IRA is an account in which an individual contributes money to supplement the individual’s retirement income (regardless of the individual’s participation in a group retirement plan).
  • A Keogh plan is an IRA for a self-employed individual.
  • A Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plan is an IRA owned by an employee to which an employer makes contributions or an IRA owned by a self-employed individual who makes contributions for the individual’s self.
  • A pension or traditional defined benefit plan is employer-based and promises a certain benefit upon retirement regardless of investment performance.

The following retirement accounts or plans are excluded:

  • Accounts established under Internal Revenue Code of 1986, Sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408, 408A, 457(b), 501(c)(18);
  • Plans established under the Federal Thrift Savings Plan, Section 8439, Title 5, United States Code; and
  • Other retirement accounts determined to be tax exempt under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Any other retirement accounts not established under plans or codes listed above are counted.

Related Policy

Lump-Sum Payments, A-1242 

A—1231.5 Education Tuition Savings Plan

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Internal Revenue Service Code, Section 529 and 530, Coverdell Education Tuition Savings Plans, which provide special tax benefits for school tuition savings accounts, are exempt.

Section 529 qualified tuition programs allow owners to prepay a student's education expenses or contribute to an account to pay those expenses. Examples of Section 529 accounts are:

  • Texas College Savings Plan;
  • LoneStar 529 Plan; and
  • Texas Guaranteed Tuition Plan (formerly the Texas Tomorrow Fund).

A Coverdell Education Savings Account is a trust or custodial account set up in the U.S. for the sole purpose of paying qualified education expenses for the designated beneficiary of the account. There is no limit to the number of accounts that can be established for a beneficiary. The designated beneficiary must be under age 18 at the time the account is established. The plan may be for elementary school through college. 

A—1231.6 Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) Accounts

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) programs allow individuals who become blind or disabled before age 26 to establish tax-free savings accounts for the designated beneficiary's disability-related expenses.

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Funds held in an ABLE account are excluded from countable resources when determining eligibility.

Related Policy:

Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) Accounts; A-1326.25 

A—1231.7 School-Based Savings Accounts

Revision 17-4; Effective October 1, 2017

All Programs

School-Based Savings Accounts are accounts set up by students or their parents at financial institutions that partner with school districts. The accounts are intended to help students save for higher education.

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Funds in School-Based Savings Accounts are exempt up to an amount set by the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board (THECB) each year. The current exempt amount is $11,896. Count any excess over the exempt amount as a resource.

Note: This amount is updated annually.

SNAP

The total amount of funds in a School-Based Savings Account is exempt.

Related Policy

School-Based Savings Accounts, A-1326.26 

A—1232 Government Payments

Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007 

A—1232.1 Crime Victim's Compensation Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Crime victim's compensation payments are exempt from resources. 

A—1232.2 Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Federal tax refunds and EIC payments are exempt from resources for a period of 12 months after receipt.

Related Policy
Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC), A-1323.5.1 

A—1232.3 Energy Assistance Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Payments or allowances made under any federal law for the purpose of energy assistance are exempt.

Related Policy

Energy Assistance, A-1326.3 

A—1232.4 Government Disaster Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Federal disaster payments and comparable disaster assistance provided by states, local governments, and disaster assistance organizations if the household is subject to legal penalties when the funds are not used as intended (including temporary employment of six months or less for disaster-related work, paid under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and funded by the National Emergency Grant) are exempt.

Examples:

  • Payments by the Individual and Family Grant Program or Small Business Administration to rebuild a home or replace personal possessions damaged in a disaster.
  • Payments from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) to assist with rent.

Related Policy
Government Disaster Payments, A-1324.3 

A—1232.5 Transitional Living Allowance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Transitional living allowances are exempt.

Related Policy
Transitional Living Allowance, A-1324.5 

A—1232.6 Native and Indian Claims

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The following payments resulting from Public Laws are exempt:

  • Payments to Grand River Band of Ottawa Indians (Public Law [PL] 94-540).
  • Payments to Passamaquoddy Tribe, the Penobscot Nation, and the Houlton Band of Maliseet Indians received according to the Maine Indian Claims Settlement Act of 1980 (PL 96-420, Section 9(c)).
  • Payments to members of the Seneca Nation (PL 101-503).
  • Payments to Confederated Tribes and Bands of the Yakima Indian Nation and the Apache Tribe of the Mescalero Reservation, received from the Indian Claims Commission (PL 95-433).
  • Payments made under the Sac and Fox Indian Claims Agreement (PL 94-189).
  • Payments received by certain Indian tribal members under PL 94-114, Section 6, for submarginal lands held in trust by the United States.
  • Payments from Indian lands held jointly with the tribe or land that can be sold only with approval of the Bureau of Indian Affairs.

SNAP and TANF

The following distributions and payments are exempt:

  • Distributions from native corporations made under the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) (PL 92-203 and Section 15 of PL 100-241), as follows:
    • cash up to $2,000 per person per calendar year;
    • stocks;
    • a partnership interest;
    • land or interest in land; or
    • an interest in a settlement trust.
  • Payments (and any initial purchases made with such funds) distributed by the Secretary of the Interior to families or individual tribal members (PL 93-134) including:
    • tribal trust funds distributed to individual members of an Indian tribe (PL 98-64);
    • judgment funds up to $2,000 per year, per person, granted to a tribe because of claims against the United States and held in trust or distributed per capita (PL 93-134 as amended by PL 97-458);
    • payments up to $2,000 per year to heirs of deceased Indians made under the Old Age Assistance Claims Settlement Act (PL 98-500); and
    • payments distributed per capita to or held in trust for members of any Indian tribe under PL 92-254.

SNAP

The following four types of property belonging to a member of a federally recognized Indian tribe are exempt:

  • Property, which may be real property and improvements, that is held in trust located on a reservation, including any federally recognized Indian tribe reservation, pueblo or colony. Property may be located on former reservations in Oklahoma, in Alaska native regions established by the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, and on Indian allotments on or near a reservation as designated and approved by the Bureau of Indian Affairs.
  • For any federally recognized tribe not listed in the previous item, property located on a past federally recognized reservation.
  • Ownership interests in rents, leases, royalties, or usage rights related to natural resources that are federally protected by the Bureau of Indian Affairs.
  • Ownership or usage rights to property not in the previous items that have unique religious, spiritual, traditional or cultural significance, or ownership or usage rights that allow the continuation of the Indian lifestyle according to tribal law or custom. 

A—1232.7 Payments to Children of Vietnam Veterans

Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003 

A—1232.7.1 Payments to Children of Vietnam Veterans Who Are Born with Spina Bifida

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Exempt Veterans Affairs (VA) payments made under PL 104-204. 

A—1232.7.2 Payments to Children of Women Vietnam Veterans Born with Certain Birth Defects (Public Law 106-419)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Exempt VA payments made under PL 106-419. 

A—1232.8 Payments to Civilians Relocated During Wartime

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Payments to civilians relocated during wartime made under Title I of PL 100-383 are exempt. These payments are made to Aleuts or individuals of Japanese ancestry (or their heirs) who were relocated during World War II. 

A—1232.9 Payments to Victims of Nazi Persecution

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Payments made to individuals because of their status as victims of Nazi persecution are exempt. 

A—1232.10 Radiation Exposure Compensation Act Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Payments provided from the Radiation Exposure Compensation Act, PL 101-426, are exempt. 

A—1232.11 Payments to World War II Filipino Veterans and Spouses

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Division A, Title X, Section 1002), some World War II Filipino veterans who served in the military forces of the Government of Commonwealth of the Philippines, and their spouses, are authorized to receive one-time lump sum payments of up to $15,000.

These payments are exempt. 

A—1232.12 Relocation Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Payments provided by the following are exempt:

  • The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Properties Acquisition Act of 1970.
  • PL 93-531 to members of the Navajo or Hopi tribes. 

A—1232.13 Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

There are two types of Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments issued by DFPS. These include:

  • Kinship Reimbursement payments; and
  • Post-Permanent Managing Conservatorship Annual Reimbursement payments.

The remaining balance of both of these types of payments is considered a resource in the month(s) after receipt.

Related Policy
Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments, A-1324.21 

A—1233 Insurance

Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003 

A—1233.1 Life Insurance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The cash value of life insurance policies is exempt. 

A—1233.2 Prepaid Burial Insurance

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

TANF and SNAP

Exempt the full cash value of a prepaid burial insurance policy, funeral plan or funeral agreement for each household member.

Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Exempt up to $7,500 cash value of a prepaid burial insurance policy, funeral plan, or funeral agreement for each certified household member. Count the cash value exceeding $7,500 as a liquid resource.

The person’s statement of cash value should be accepted unless the amount is questionable or close to the maximum allowable limits.

Related Policy

General Policy, A-1210
Limits, A-1220
Vehicles, A-1238
How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles, A-1238.5
General Policy, A-1310
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470 

A—1234 Noneducational Loans

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Financial assistance is considered as a loan if:

there is an understanding the money will be repaid, and

the individual can reasonably explain how the loan will be repaid.

These loans are exempt from resources, but assistance that is not considered a loan, such as a contribution, is counted as unearned income.

Related Policy

Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Loans (Noneducational), A-1326.7

 

 

A—1235 Personal Possessions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Exempt personal possessions.

A—1236 Property

Revision 03-1; Effective January 1, 2003

A—1236.1 Burial Plots

Revision 23-1; Effective Jan 1, 2023

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Exempt one burial plot per household member.

Related Policy
Prepaid Burial Insurance, A-1233.2

A—1236.2 Homestead

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The usual residence and surrounding property not separated by property owned by others is exempt. The exemption remains in effect if public rights of way, such as roads, separate the surrounding property from the home. The homestead exemption applies to any structure the individual uses as a primary residence, including additional buildings on contiguous land, a houseboat, or a motor home, as long as the household lives in it. If the household does not live in the structure, the structure is counted it as a resource. Houseboats and motor homes count according to vehicle policy, if not considered the household's primary residence or otherwise exempt. The equity value of extra buildings counts unless the buildings are exempt for another reason.

For households that currently do not own a home, but own or are purchasing a lot on which they intend to build, the lot and partially completed home are exempt.

TANF

Households cannot claim real property outside Texas as a homestead. Exception: Migrants and itinerant workers who meet the residence requirements in A-710, General Policy, may claim an exemption for a homestead outside Texas.

SNAP

All homesteads and property are exempt.

A—1236.2.1 Homestead Temporarily Unoccupied

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

A homestead temporarily unoccupied because of employment, training for future employment, illness (including receiving medical treatment), casualty (fire, flood, state of disrepair, etc.), or natural disaster, if the household intends to return, is exempt.

A—1236.2.2 Sale of a Homestead

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Money remaining from the sale of a homestead is counted as a resource.

A—1236.3 Income-Producing Property

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Income-producing property is any real or personal property that generates income. Property is exempt if the property:

  • is essential to a household member's employment or self-employment, such as tools of a trade, farm machinery, stock, and inventory (this property continues to be exempt during temporary periods of unemployment if the individual expects to return to work);
  • annually produces income consistent with a fair market value comparable in the community, even if used only on a seasonal basis such as rental property (to determine that the income produced is comparable to the fair market value for similar usage of real property in the area, eligibility staff may contact local realtors, tax assessors, the Small Business Administration or similar sources); or
  • is necessary for the maintenance or use of a vehicle exempted as income-producing or as necessary for transporting a household member with a physical disability. The portion of the property used for this purpose is exempt.

Note: For farmers or fishermen, the value of land or equipment continues to be exempt for one year from the date that the self-employment ceases.

A—1236.4 Real Property

Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Equity value of real property counts unless it is otherwise exempt.

Any portion of real property directly related to the maintenance or use of a vehicle is exempt if the vehicle is:

  • necessary for self-employment; or
  • to transport a household member with a physical disability.

The equity value of any remaining portion counts unless it is otherwise exempt.

SNAP

Real property is exempt.

A—1236.4.1 Exemption Based on Good Faith Effort to Sell

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Real property is exempt if the household is making a good faith effort to sell it.

A—1236.5 Jointly Owned Property

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Property jointly owned by the household applying and other individuals not applying for or receiving benefits is exempt if the:

  • household provides proof they cannot sell or divide the property without consent of the other owners; and
  • other owners will not sell or divide the property.

SNAP

Jointly owned property is exempt.

Related Policy

Solely Owned Vehicles, A-1238.1

A—1237 Trust Funds

Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Trust funds are exempt if all of the following conditions are met:

  • The trust arrangement is unlikely to end during the certification period.
  • No household member can revoke the trust agreement or change the name of the beneficiary during the certification period.
  • The trustee of the fund is either a:
    • court, institution, corporation, or organization not under the direction or ownership of a household member; or
    • court-appointed person who has court-imposed limitations placed on the use of the funds; and
  • The trust investments do not directly involve or help any business or corporation under the control, direction, or influence of a household member.
  • Trusts established from the household's own funds are exempt if the trustee uses the funds:
    • only to make investments on behalf of the trust; or
    • to pay the education or medical expenses of the beneficiary.

A—1238 Vehicles

Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The total value of all licensed vehicles used for income-producing purposes is exempt. A vehicle is considered income-producing if it:

  • is used as a taxi, a farm truck or fishing boat;
  • is used to make deliveries as part of the person's employment;
  • is used to make calls on people or customers;
  • is required by the terms of employment; or
  • produces income consistent with its fair market value.

A vehicle necessary to transport a household member with a physical disability on the EDG or a person with a physical disability living in the home is exempt even if the person is disqualified and regardless of the purpose of the trip. No more than one vehicle for each household member with a physical disability may be exempt. There is no requirement that the vehicle be used primarily for the person with a physical disability. The SNAP work-registration criteria should be used to determine physical disability for this exclusion.

Note: These exemptions remain in effect when the vehicle is temporarily not in use.

SNAP

The following vehicles are exempt even when the vehicle is temporarily not in use:

  • vehicles necessary for long-distance travel for employment such as the vehicle of a traveling salesperson or of a migrant farm worker who is following the migrant stream (this does not include daily commuting);
  • vehicles used as the household's home;
  • vehicles necessary to carry fuel for heating or water when it is anticipated to be the primary source of fuel or water for the household during the certification period. Examples of situations in which a vehicle may be exempt because it is necessary to carry the household's primary source of water or fuel for heating include the following:
    • the home does not have any connected utilities; or
    • the home is connected to utilities, but the utilities cannot be used for some reason, such as:
      • a verifiable health risk exists if the household drinks the water; or
      • the utilities are disconnected because the household failed to pay its bills.

The vehicle exemption remains in effect until the above criteria no longer exist. The vehicle exemption also remains in effect for:

  • any licensed vehicle with equity value less than or equal to $1,500;
  • one vehicle with an FMV less than $4,650 for each adult household member, regardless of how the vehicle is used*; and
  • any other licensed vehicle with an FMV less than $4,650 that a minor (under age 18) drives to work, training, school, or to seek employment*.

For all other licensed and unlicensed vehicles, the FMV in excess of $4,650 is counted as a resource.

*This also applies to any person who is an ineligible alien or disqualified member of the SNAP household. The FMV of each vehicle in excess of $4,650 is counted as a resource.

Up to $15,000 of the FMV for the highest valued countable vehicle is exempt. The FMV in excess of $15,000 is counted as a resource.

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Vehicles with an FMV of less than $4,650 are excluded, regardless of the number of vehicles owned by a TANF-certified or disqualified household member. The FMV in excess of $4,650 counts toward the household's resource limit.

A—1238.1 Solely Owned Vehicles

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

A vehicle with a title registered solely in one person's name is considered an accessible resource for that person. This includes:

  • vehicles involved in community property issues when one person's name is on the title; and
  • a vehicle registered solely in the individual's name that the individual claims to have purchased for someone else.

Exceptions: The vehicle is inaccessible if the title holder verifies that:

  • the vehicle was sold but the name on the title has not been transferred to the buyer (in this situation, the vehicle belongs to the buyer);

Note: Any payments made by the buyer to the individual or the individual's creditors (directly) count as self-employment income (see A-1323.4, Self-Employment).

  • the vehicle was sold but the buyer has not transferred the title into the buyer's name;
  • the vehicle was repossessed;
  • the vehicle was stolen; or
  • the title holder filed for bankruptcy (Title 7, 11 or 13), and the individual is not claiming the vehicle as exempt from the bankruptcy estate. Note: In most bankruptcy petitions, the court will allow each adult individual to keep one vehicle as exempt for the bankruptcy estate. This vehicle is a countable resource.

A vehicle is accessible to an individual even though the title is not in the individual's name if the individual:

  • purchased or is purchasing the vehicle from the person who is the title holder; or
  • is legally entitled to the vehicle through an inheritance or divorce settlement.

A—1238.2 Jointly Owned Vehicles

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Vehicles jointly owned with another person not applying for or receiving benefits are considered inaccessible if the other owner is not willing to sell the vehicle.

Exception: See A-1247, Resources of Stepparents.

A—1238.3 Vehicles Over 20 Years Old

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The value of a vehicle over 20 years old is exempt if the value is not available. If the applicant provides the value for a vehicle older than 20 years, the amount provided should be accepted. Note: A vehicle’s age during any month of that year should be considered.

A—1238.4 Leased Vehicles

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

A person leasing a vehicle is not generally considered the owner of the vehicle because the:

  • vehicle does not have any equity value,
  • person cannot sell the vehicle, and
  • title remains in the leasing company's name.

A leased vehicle is exempt until the individual exercises the option to purchase the vehicle. Once the individual becomes the owner of the vehicle, the vehicle counts as a resource.

The individual is the owner of the vehicle if the title is in the individual's name, even if the individual and the dealer refer to the vehicle as leased, and the vehicle counts as a resource.

A—1238.5 How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The FMV of licensed vehicles is determined using the average wholesale value listed in the Vehicles Registered at Address report from the Data Broker System. After the vehicle value is verified, it does not have to be re-verified unless resources are close to the resource limit and a change in the vehicle value results in a change in eligibility status. Note: If the household claims the listed value does not apply because the vehicle is in less-than-average condition, the household must provide proof of the true value from a reliable source, such as a bank loan officer or a local licensed car dealer.

The basic value of a vehicle is not increased because of low mileage, optional equipment, or special equipment for a person with a disability.

The household's estimate of the value of vehicles no longer listed in the Data Broker System should be accepted, unless it is questionable and would affect the household's eligibility. In this case, the household must provide an appraisal from a licensed car dealer or other evidence of the car's value, such as a tax assessment or a newspaper advertisement indicating the sale value of similar vehicles.

The value of new vehicles not yet listed in the Data Broker System may be determined by asking the household to provide an estimate of the average wholesale value from a new car dealer or bank loan officer. If this cannot be done, the individual's estimate should be accepted unless it is questionable and would affect eligibility. The car's loan value should be used only if other sources are unavailable. Advisors must request proof of the value of licensed antiques and custom made or classic vehicles from the household if an accurate appraisal cannot be made.

Determining Vehicle Resource Values
Type of VehiclesSNAPTANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56
Income-producingExemptExempt
Vehicle for a person with a physical disability living in the homeExemptExempt
Equity value less than or equal to $1,500ExemptNot applicable
Long distance travel for employmentExemptExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.
Household's homeExemptExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.
Carry fuel or waterExemptExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.
Primary vehicle/Highest valued countable vehicleExempt up to $15,000 of FMV. Count excess.Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.
One vehicle for each adult household member, regardless of useExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.
Any vehicle used by a household member under age 18 for employment, training, education or to seek employmentExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.
Other licensed vehiclesExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excessExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.
Unlicensed vehiclesExempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.Exempt up to $4,650 of FMV. Count excess.

 

See A-1238, Vehicles, for the specific policy for determining the countable value of a vehicle.

A—1239 Educational Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Educational assistance (including education loans, regardless of the source) is exempt during the period it is intended to cover. If the individual combines the educational assistance with other countable funds, such as a bank account, the educational assistance is exempt during the period that it is intended to cover. For example, educational assistance intended for the months of January through May is an exempt resource during the same months.

Related Policy

Educational Assistance, A-1322.1

A-1240, Determining Countable Resources in Special Situations

A–1241 Inaccessible Resources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The equity value of resources that are not legally available (inaccessible) to the household are exempt.

Examples: Irrevocable trust funds, property in probate, security deposits on rental property and utilities, and the balance of a note from the sale of property.

Money received from a nonmember is inaccessible if:

  • it is intended and used only for a nonmember's benefit, and
  • the individual can provide verification of the intent and use of the money.

This includes any bank account that a household member has access to. A bank account is considered inaccessible if the money in the account is used solely for the nonmember's benefit.

The household must provide verification that the bank account is used solely for the nonmember's benefit and that no household members use the money in the account for their benefit. If household members use any of the money for their benefit, the bank account must be considered accessible to the household.

A temporarily inaccessible resource is exempt until the resource is accessible. Government savings bonds are an example of a temporarily inaccessible resource. These types of savings plans are usually inaccessible for a definite time from the date the individual makes a withdrawal request. The date the household applies is used as the date of the withdrawal request, unless the household has a withdrawal request pending at the time of application. For these pending withdrawals, the date of the actual withdrawal request is used to determine the length of time the resource is inaccessible.

Related Policy

Solely Owned Vehicles,A-1238.1
Jointly Owned Vehicles, A-1238.2
Bank Accounts, A-1231.1

A–1241.1 Nonliquid Resources

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

SNAP

Nonliquid resources, except vehicles, are exempt. Vehicle policy in A-1238, Vehicles, applies.

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Count the equity value of nonliquid resources.

A–1242 Lump-Sum Payments

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Countable lump-sum payments include, but are not limited to, retroactive lump-sum RSDI, public assistance, retirement benefits, lump-sum insurance settlements, refunds of security deposits on rental property or utilities and lump-sum child support payments.

Lump-sum payments received once a year or less frequently are counted as resources in the month received, unless specifically excluded by other policies.

Lump-sum payments received or anticipated more often than once a year are counted as unearned income in the month received.

If a portion of a lump sum will be received as ongoing income, the ongoing portion is counted as income in the month received.

Example: A person receives a lump-sum payment in the amount of $4,950 from the Social Security Administration in the month of March. Effective that same month, the person receives their first monthly RSDI payment of $950, which is included in the $4,950 lump-sum payment. Budget the $950 RSDI payment beginning with the month of March as an ongoing payment and consider the $4,000 as a lump-sum payment.

Exceptions:

  • Federal tax refunds and EITCs are exempt from resources for a period of 12 months after receipt.
  • If a person is scheduled to receive retroactive SSI benefits in installment payments of up to three payments, paid every six months:
    • the payments count as a resource in the month received if the person is not a current SSI recipient; and
    • the payments are excluded if the person is a current SSI recipient.

Related Policy

Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1331

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) payment is exempt from resources for the month of receipt because the household is a TANF recipient that month. Any remaining OTTANF benefits are considered a resource the month after receipt.

A One-Time TANF for Relatives payment is a resource of the TANF-certified child or children and is exempt from resources.

Related Policy

When Receipt of TANF Is Uncertain, A-161
Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients, A-1248

A—1243 Payments Exempt as a Resource While Being Considered Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

If a payment or benefit counts as income for a particular month, it is not counted as a resource in the same month. If you prorate a payment as income over several months, no portion of the payment is considered a resource during that time.

Example: Income of students or self-employed persons that is prorated over several months.

If the individual combines this money with countable funds, such as a bank account, the prorated amounts are exempt for the time prorated.

A—1244 Reimbursements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Reimbursements are counted as a resource in the month after receipt.

Reimbursements earmarked and used for replacing or repairing an exempt resource are exempt indefinitely.  

Related Policy

Reimbursements, A-1332

A—1245 Resources of an Alien's Sponsor

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

TANF, SNAP and Children on TP 56

Resources of an alien's sponsor and spouse (if the spouse also signed an affidavit of support) must be evaluated. The sponsor's countable resources must be determined when determining the applicant's resources. The total value of these resources must be reduced by $1,500. See the Glossary for the definition of an alien sponsor.

The remainder must be added to the alien's countable resources. If someone sponsors more than one alien, the amount of countable resources is prorated evenly among all the aliens who apply for or get benefits.

This policy does not apply to sponsored aliens who:

  • are under age 18;
  • are ineligible for benefits (examples include those who are
    disqualified from getting benefits or those considered non-members, such
    as students who do not meet SNAP student eligibility criteria);
  • have become naturalized U.S. citizens;
  • have worked or can receive credit for 40 quarters of work;
  • have a deceased sponsor;
  • have a sponsor who is a member of the alien’s household or Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition;
  • are refugees, parolees, asylum grantees, Amerasians, victims of severe trafficking or Cuban or Haitian entrants;
  • are battered alien spouses of U.S. citizens or of legal permanent residents, children of battered aliens, or parents of battered children, if
    • HHSC determines the battery is substantially related to the need for benefits; and
    • the battered person does not live with the batterer; or
  • are indigent.

    Notes:
    • The criterion for indigent aliens applies only if the alien does not meet one of the other exceptions noted in this list. Only the amount the sponsor will give the alien for a 12-month period starting the date HHSC makes the indigence determination should be deemed. Each determination is renewable for additional 12-month periods.
      • Each time a determination of indigence is made, a memo must be sent with the name, address, Social Security number and date of birth, of both the indigent alien and the indigent alien’s sponsor, to Texas Works Policy Section, 909 W. 45th St., Bldg. 2, Mail Code 2115, Austin , TX 78751.
      • Before sending the memo, explain to the sponsored alien that regulations require the state to report the sponsor to the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) for failure to give support as required on the sponsor affidavit.
      • The alien may choose to have the sponsor's resources deemed if the alien does not want the state office to send this report.
    • The sponsor's resources must not be deemed for 12 months for battered aliens, starting the month the alien is certified for any benefit. A new 12-month period must not be assigned if the alien reapplies after denial of benefits. After the first 12 months, the sponsor's resources continue to be exempt from deeming if:
      • a court or the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services recognize the battery;
      • HHSC determines the battery has a substantial connection to the need for benefits; and
      • the alien does not live with the batterer.
    • The following list of circumstances may be used as a guide in making the substantial connection between the battery and the need for benefits. Staff may determine whether the battered alien needs the benefits:
      • to become self-sufficient after leaving the abuser;
      • to escape the abuser, the community where the abuser lives, or both;
      • to ensure the battered alien’s safety;
      • to replace financial support lost as a result of the separation from the abuser;
      • because of the loss of a job or reduced earnings resulting from the battery or cruelty;
      • because the battered alien needs medical attention or mental health counseling or now has a disability due to the battery;
      • because the battered alien lost the home, and the separation from the abuser jeopardizes the battered alien's ability to care for the children;
      • to reduce nutritional risks;
      • to get medical care for a pregnancy resulting from sexual assault or abuse; or
      • to replace medical coverage or health care services.

TANF and Children on TP 56

This policy does not apply to:

  • sponsored aliens whose sponsors get TANF or SSI; or
  • the dependent child of a sponsor or sponsor's spouse.

SNAP

This policy does not apply to:

  • sponsored aliens whose sponsors get SNAP as a member of the same household; or
  • organizations or groups that sponsor aliens.

A–1246 Resources of Residents in Shelters for Battered Persons

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Resources of residents in shelters for battered persons are exempt if:

the resources are jointly owned by the household in the shelter and members of the former household; and

the shelter resident's access to the value of the resource depends on the agreement of a joint owner who still lives in the resident's former household.

A—1247 Resources of Stepparents

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

All resources of a stepparent must be counted if the stepparent is included in the certified group. When the stepparent is not included in the certified group, only the legal parent's half of a jointly owned resource should be counted.

Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

When a stepparent is included in the child's household composition, all resources of a stepparent are counted.

Related Policy

Earnings of a New TANF Spouse, A-1249.2

A—1248 Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

The resources of an SSI recipient living in the home, even when the resources are available to the TANF-certified member or Medical Programs household member, are exempt if:

  • the SSI recipient would otherwise be a certified member in the TANF or Medical Programs EDG;
  • the SSI recipient would otherwise be someone whose income is:
    • applied to the TANF budget; or
    • included in the Medical Programs household composition; or
  • a TANF-certified or disqualified person or member of the Medical Programs household composition is the SSI recipient's payee.

This policy applies to:

  • people who continue to receive SSI Medicaid when their SSI financial assistance is denied because of earnings; and
  • children who receive SSI Medicaid that the person chooses not to include in the TANF-certified group.

If other SSI recipients live in the home and contribute to a member of the TANF-certified group, disqualified group or Medical Programs household composition, follow policy for cash gifts and contributions.

SNAP

Exempt the resources of TANF and SSI recipients unless the recipient owns them with another member of the same SNAP household and that other member does not receive TANF or SSI.

Note: Consider a household member a TANF or SSI recipient, even if the benefit:

  • has not yet been received;
  • is suspended; or
  • is being recouped.

When a TANF or SSI recipient owns a resource with a member of the same SNAP household who does not receive TANF or SSI, determine countable resources as follows:

  • Nonliquid resources — Exempt the TANF or SSI recipient's portion of a nonliquid resource if the recipient jointly owns it with another member of the SNAP household.
  • Liquid resources — Exempt or count liquid resources according to the following guidelines:
    • Commingled resources — Exempt the TANF or SSI recipient's portion of commingled resources for six months from the month the person combined them. After six months, count the total amount of commingled resources as an available resource to the non-TANF or SSI recipient if it remains accessible.
    • Jointly owned resources (not commingled) — Exempt these resources if all the contributed money is from a TANF or SSI recipient and the resource is solely for:
      • expenses of the TANF or SSI recipient; or
      • common household expenses.

Related Policy 

Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1

A—1249 Resources Resulting from Earnings

Revision 04-1; Effective January 1, 2004

 

A—1249.1 Earnings of a Child

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Staff must exempt any liquid resources resulting from the earnings of a child (certified child for TANF or eligible child for Medical Programs) who is attending school:

  • full time, or
  • less than full time and employed less than 30 hours a week.

Note: A child who is home schooled or attends general equivalency diploma (GED) classes is eligible for the resource exclusion.

Resources of a child that are commingled with resources of other household or non-household members are excluded. The child's liquid resources are exempt for six months from the month the resources were combined. After six months, the amounts previously earned as a resource are counted.

A—1249.2 Earnings of a New TANF Spouse

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The liquid resources of a TANF recipient's new spouse are excluded for six months beginning the month after the date of the marriage if the:

  • resource results from the new spouse's earnings, and
  • total gross income of the budget group does not exceed 200 percent FPIL for the family size.

Note: This applies to both ceremonial and common law marriages. The following are included in the budget group:

  • the caretaker or payee of the TANF-certified group;
  • the new spouse of the TANF caretaker or payee;
  • each dependent of the TANF caretaker or payee and the new spouse who meets the TANF age and relationship requirements and lives in the household; and
  • anyone who would be a required member if not disqualified or ineligible such as an SSI recipient or ineligible alien.

If the household fails to provide verification of the marriage, the exclusion is not allowed. After six months, the amount previously earned is counted as a resource.

A-1250, Verification Requirements

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Staff must verify:

  • resources if:
    • they are questionable,
    • the value is within $300 of the maximum allowable limit, or
    • it is a regional requirement.
  • all checking or savings accounts at application or when a household reports a new account (except SNAP, see below).
  • that inaccessible resources, including bank accounts:
    • are used solely for the non-member's benefit, and
    • that no household members use the money for their benefit.
  • a person’s statement about the inaccessibility of a vehicle if it is within $300 of the resource limit.
  • the fair market value of licensed vehicles as explained in A-1238.5, How to Determine Fair Market Value of Vehicles.
  • an exempt trust fund that meets conditions in A-1237, Trust Funds.
  • the exempt or countable status of an education and/or retirement plan or account at application or when a household reports a new account.
  • the death of an alien's sponsor (does not apply to children on TP 32).

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Staff must verify a good faith effort to sell by verifying that the:

  • property is for sale, and
  • household has not refused a reasonable offer.

SNAP

Staff must verify:

  • the equity value of a licensed vehicle if exempting the vehicle because the equity value is less than or equal to $1,500.
  • a bank account if verification can be obtained during the interview. If verification cannot be obtained during the interview, the person’s statement may be accepted without verification if:
    • the person states that the household's total combined balance for all accounts does not exceed $1,000; and
    • the person’s statement is not questionable.

The EDG is pended only if the reported account balance exceeds $1,000 or the person’s statement is questionable.

TANF

Staff must verify:

  • the date of marriage between a TANF recipient and new spouse. The date of marriage is used to determine the six-month period in which the new spouse's earnings can be excluded as a resource.
  • the amount of liquid resources resulting from the earnings of a new TANF spouse.

 

 

A—1251 Verification Sources

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Vehicles

  • Data Broker System;
  • statements from:
    • finance company or bank;
    • insurance agent;
    • car dealers; or
    • Texas Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV);
  • city or county government records; or
  • newspapers.

Real Property

  • statements from:
    • tax appraisal or collector office;
    • county courthouse official;
    • real estate company;
    • bank or financial institution;
    • local land owners (nonrelative); or
    • county agent.

Alien Sponsor's Death

The Texas Bureau of Vital Statistics (BVS), if available, is considered the primary source of verification of death. If BVS is available but the date of death (DOD) does not match reported information, accept BVS as verification. No additional verification is required.

If BVS verification is not available, verify the DOD using two of the following sources:

  • Social Security Administration (SSA);
  • statement from guardian or authorized representative;
  • copy of death certificate;
  • statement from a doctor;
  • newspaper death notice (obituary);
  • statement from a relative or household member;
  • statement from funeral director; or
  • records from the hospital or other institution where the person died.

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Bank Account

  • current bank statements (within last three months), or
  • statement from bank official.

Debit Account

  • Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) cash accounts via the:
    • EBT System; or
    • Lone Star Help Desk automated voice response system at 800-777-7328, if staff have the cardholder's 19-digit personal account number (PAN);
  • Unemployment Insurance Benefit (UIB) debit accounts via:
  • Texas Office of Attorney General (OAG) child support debit accounts online at EPPICard.com; or
  • Social Security Direct Express card (RSDI or SSI) debit accounts via:
    • online at USDirectExpress.com;
    • calling the Direct Express card help desk automated voice response system at 888-741-1115, if the advisor has the cardholder's 16-digit card number; or
    • current receipt (free of charge) from any ATM that displays the MasterCard® logo.

Other Liquid Assets/Personal Property

  • recent sales slips;
  • insurance or tax appraisals;
  • catalogs or newspaper;
  • statements from:
    • experts or other collectors;
    • bank;
    • brokers; or
    • local merchants;
  • retirement benefit letters; or
  • education plan or account benefits summary letters.

Life Insurance

  • Insurance policy; or
  • Statements from:
    • Insurance company;
    • Insurance agent; or
    • Union, employer, funeral director, organization or agency that provides insurance.

Nonrecurring Lump-sum Payments

  • statements from the company, agency or organization that provided payment;
  • checks, award letters or check stubs; or
  • bank statements or deposit slips.

TANF

Ceremonial Marriage

  • marriage license or certificate;
  • church records;
  • statement from clergy; or
  • family Bible records.

Common Law Marriage

  • Declaration of Informal Marriage filed with the county clerk;
  • sworn statement signed by both spouses; or
  • Form H1057, Declaration of Informal Marriage.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-1260, Documentation Requirements

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

TANF, SNAP, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Documentation is required for the following:

  • to indicate whether a resource is countable or exempt and explain if it is questionable;
    Note: For SNAP, this requirement applies only to vehicles and liquid resources.
  • calculations used to determine the equity value for resources with allowable deductions;
  • the total value of countable resources;
  • the dates and amounts of any resources received while the EDG is active;
  • the facts surrounding a transfer of resources;
  • how resources were verified and the date of verification;
  • that information was provided to a sponsored alien who meets the indigent criteria about the requirement to report the alien’s sponsor to USCIS for failure to give support and if the alien chose to have the sponsor’s resources deemed instead;
    Note: Does not apply to children on TP 32.
  • the type of any retirement account, plan, or education tuition savings plan, or any combination, and the Internal Revenue Code provision under which the plan was established; and
  • the source used to verify the death of an alien's sponsor.

TANF, Children on TP 32 and Children on TP 56

Document the good faith effort to sell real property and the:

  • reason for exempting the property; and
  • household's efforts to sell it.

TANF

Documentation is required for the following:

  • the months of the six-month period that the earnings of a new spouse of a TANF recipient will be excluded as a liquid resource;
  • the amount of the earnings of the new spouse of a TANF recipient that will be excluded as a liquid resource; and
  • the reason for not pursuing a legally entitled resource per policy.

TANF and SNAP

Document the facts about a transfer of resources per policy.

Related Policy

Requirement to Pursue Resources, A-1211 
Transferring Resources, A-1212 
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1310, General Policy

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

All Programs

Income is any type of payment that is of gain or benefit to a household and is either counted or exempted from the budgeting process. Earned income is related to employment. Except for MAGI medical programs, earned income entitles a household to deductions not allowed for unearned income. Unearned income is income received without performing work-related activities and includes benefits from other programs. Factors specific to the source of income and the distance it travels through the mail (weekends and holidays) may be used to determine the date income can reasonably be anticipated.

TANF and SNAP

Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Income (RSDI), Supplemental Security Income (SSI), Veterans Affairs (VA) benefits, or other such funds legally obligated to a beneficiary are not counted if a payee who is not a member of the household:

  • receives the funds; and
  • does not make the money available to the beneficiary.

In the beneficiary’s Eligibility Determination Group (EDG), the total amount of the legally obligated funds the payee makes available to the beneficiary in cash, by way of vendor payment or through items purchased for the beneficiary using the beneficiary's money (includes payments made by the payee to a third party on behalf of the beneficiary) is counted as unearned income. Any portion of the funds the payee keeps for the payee's own use is counted as unearned income in the payee's EDG.

TANF

The income of the following people must be considered for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF):

  • any person in the certified or budget group, or EDG member, including disqualified members;
  • any person living in the home who is not included in the certified or budget group but who is legally responsible for a member of the certified group; and
  • an alien's sponsor.

For TANF, if the income is not made available to the beneficiary, the person must follow the requirements for pursuing legally obligated income.

SNAP

The income of the following people must be considered for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP):

  • any member of the SNAP household, including disqualified members; and
  • an alien's sponsor.

Medical Programs

Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) rules are based on Internal Revenue Service (IRS) rules for counting income and are used to determine financial eligibility for medical programs and federal insurance affordability programs.

To determine financial eligibility, the following items must be identified for each person within the MAGI household composition:

  • earned income, excluding any pre-tax contributions;
  • unearned income;
  • self-employment income;
  • American Indian (AI)/Alaska Native (AN) disbursements;
  • overpayments; and
  • expenses.

The income of the following people must be considered for medical programs:

  • any person who is included in the person’s MAGI household composition; and
  • an alien's sponsor (if applicable).

Note: Household composition for medical programs is determined for each applicant or recipient. The income of certain people may be exempt from an applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household income as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, Step 3.

TP 40

If a pregnant woman is determined to be eligible, the EDG must not be denied if the pregnant woman’s MAGI household composition income increases above the income limit. The budget should be adjusted to reflect the new income.

TP 45

Income is not an eligibility factor for TP 45.

Related Policy

Requirement to Pursue Income, A-1311 
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341 
Alien Sponsor’s Income, A-1361 
Eligibility Criteria, B-471 
Special Provisions for Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability, B-433 
Categorically Eligible Households, B-470

 

A—1311 Requirement to Pursue Income

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

TANF and Medical Programs

Applicants and recipients are required to pursue and accept all legally entitled income. Inform applicants and recipients of this requirement and develop a plan to pursue the potential income. Allow reasonable time (at least three months) to pursue the income and do not consider the income available during this time. Inform recipients of their obligation to pursue potential income and include the allowable time to pursue the income in the comments section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

Exception: The recipient does not have to pursue income if it would be unreasonable. Consider a situation unreasonable if:

  • the cost to pursue the income exceeds the potential income or causes financial hardship; 
  • pursuing the income would endanger the recipient’s health or safety; or
  • legal action is required, but a private attorney or legal services refuses to accept the case. The recipient must make a reasonable effort to obtain legal assistance.

TANF and TP 08

Document the plan and the time allowed to pursue income. If the household refuses or fails to follow the agreed plan without good cause, deny the EDG. 

Set a special review if the anticipated change in income will occur before the next periodic redetermination. 

Related Policy  

Documentation Requirements, A-1380

 

A—1311.1 Requirement to Pursue SSI or RSDI

Revision 23-2; Effective April 1, 2023

TANF

Staff must provide and explain Form H1859, Social Security Administration Benefits for People with Disabilities Receiving TANF, to households claiming a disability or caring for a child with disabilities. Staff must also document that Form H1859 was provided and explained to the  recipient.

Staff are not required to set a special review when referring recipients for Social Security benefits. At the next periodic redetermination, the household must provide verification that the recipient with disabilities applied for SSI or RSDI benefits.

In the comments section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, staff must inform recipients of their obligation to pursue potential income and include the time allowed for pursuing income. Staff must include the following appropriate statement for households claiming a disability or caring for a child with disabilities: 
 

  • English – "You must apply for assistance with the Social Security 
    Administration and provide proof of the application at your next TANF interview."
  • Spanish – "Tiene que solicitar asistencia de la Administración del Seguro 
    Social y presentar prueba de la solicitud en su próxima entrevista de TANF."

Deny the EDG if the household fails to apply for SSI or RSDI, without good cause. If the household chooses to no longer claim the Choices exemption, staff should update the exemption code and document the decision. The recipient may not claim the Choices exemption if the person reapplies within 12 months from the denial date. If the person claims the exemption before the 12 months, pend the EDG and give the person the opportunity to provide verification that they applied for SSI or RSDI benefits.

 

A—1311.1.1 SSI/RSDI Application Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

State office has an automated process that identifies TANF recipients with a Choices exemption for caring for a child with disabilities and unable to work due to mental or physical disability and sends referrals to the contractor who administers the Social Security Outreach Application Program (SSOAP). SSOAP outreaches the TANF household, provides information, and answers questions about the Social Security Administration (SSA) process.

If an individual states that the household applied for SSI/RSDI, but does not have verification available, the advisor should refer to the Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY)/State Online Query (SOLQ) system. If the WTPY/SOLQ system does not show that the individual applied for benefits, the advisor should request that the individual provide verification.

The EDG should not be denied if:

  • the individual is physically or mentally unable to complete the SSI/RSDI application process; and
  • SSOAP and SSA fail or are unable to provide assistance needed to complete the SSI/RSDI application process.

 

A—1311.1.2 Social Security Administration (SSA) Definitions and Guidelines

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

The SSA administers two programs that provide benefits based on disability:

  • RSDI provides disability benefits to individuals, and to their dependents with disabilities under certain conditions.
  • SSI provides benefits to individuals with disabilities (including children under age 18) who have limited income and resources.

The Social Security Act and SSA's regulations provide a definition of disability:

  • For all individuals applying for RSDI and adults applying for SSI, the definition of disability is the same. The law defines disability as the inability to engage in substantial gainful activity because of physical or mental impairment(s) which may result in death, or which has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
  • For children under age 18 applying for SSI, the law defines disability as a physical or mental impairment(s) which results in marked and severe functional limitations, and which may result in death, or which has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

Advisors should refer the individual to SSI if one of the following conditions is met:

  • Psychological/psychiatric problems:
    • Actual clinical diagnosis or medical documentation that indicates the individual is unable to work,
    • Odd and/or inappropriate behavior, or
    • Inability of a long-time TANF individual to get or keep a job for more than 30 days because of a mental impairment.
  • Obesity combined with any other physical problems such as arthritis, high blood pressure, heart failure, respiratory disease, or vascular disease.
  • Low intelligence:
    • Former special education student,
    • Inability to read or write even though person has been to school,
    • Basis test scores below 200,
    • Failure to comprehend even the simplest directions, or
    • Down's syndrome.
  • Serious substance abuse when combined with other related health problems.
  • Serious health problems:
    • Multiple sclerosis, cancer, stroke, multiple surgeries for the same problem, multiple trauma and other situations;
    • Chronic health problems; or
    • Newborns with low birth weight (1200 grams or less within the first few days after birth).
  • Age 50 or over with health problems, especially if combined with limited education and limited work history.

Note: A claimant, including a child, applying for SSI based on disability or blindness may receive up to six months of payments before the final determination of disability or blindness if the claimant is determined to presumptively have a disability or be blind and meets all other eligibility requirements.

Related Policy

Definition of Disability, B-432 
Social Security's Criteria for Disability, B-432.1 
Form H1859, Social Security Administration Benefits for People with Disabilities Receiving TANF

 

A—1320 Types of Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

There are differences between TANF, Medical Programs and SNAP in countable and exempt income.

TANF and SNAP

Income that is not specifically listed in this section must be counted.

 

A—1321 Disability Benefits

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

 

A—1321.1 Agent Orange Settlement Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Agent Orange Settlement Payments disbursed by AETNA Insurance Company and paid to the following individuals are exempt:

  • veterans with disabilities exposed to Agent Orange while in Vietnam who suffer from total disabilities caused by any disease, and
  • survivors of these deceased veterans.

These veterans receive yearly payments. Survivors of these deceased veterans receive a lump-sum settlement payment.

TANF and SNAP

VA payments are counted as unearned income, including benefits paid to veterans with service-connected disabilities resulting from exposure to Agent Orange. See A-1324.20, Veterans Benefits.

Related Policy

Lump-Sum Payments, A-1331

A-1320, Types of Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

There are differences between TANF, Medical Programs and SNAP in countable and exempt income.

TANF and SNAP

Income that is not specifically listed in this section must be counted.

A—1321 Disability Benefits

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—1321.1 Agent Orange Settlement Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Agent Orange Settlement Payments disbursed by AETNA Insurance Company and paid to the following individuals are exempt:

  • veterans with disabilities exposed to Agent Orange while in Vietnam who suffer from total disabilities caused by any disease, and
  • survivors of these deceased veterans.

These veterans receive yearly payments. Survivors of these deceased veterans receive a lump-sum settlement payment.

TANF and SNAP

VA payments are counted as unearned income, including benefits paid to veterans with service-connected disabilities resulting from exposure to Agent Orange. See A-1324.20, Veterans Benefits.

Related Policy

Lump-Sum Payments, A-1331

A—1321.2 Disability Insurance Benefits

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

All Programs

Disability insurance benefits are normally paid to an individual who has suffered injury or impairment. These payments may be from an employer, insurance provider, or other public or private fund. 
Advisors must determine the source of the benefit.

  • If the source is covered by an income type listed in A-1320, Income Types, such as RSDI [see A-1324.16, Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI)], the procedures for that benefit must be used.
  • If the source is not covered by another income type listed in A-1320, the policy listed below must be used.

TANF and SNAP

Count as unearned income.

Medical Programs

Disability insurance benefits are exempt.

A—1321.3 Radiation Exposure Compensation Act Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Payments from the Radiation Exposure Compensation Act (the “Act”), Public Law 101-426, are exempt.

The Act established a program to pay damages to individuals for injuries or deaths caused by exposure to radiation from nuclear testing and uranium mining. When the affected individual is deceased, the surviving spouse, children, parents, grandchildren, or grandparents receive the payments.

A—1321.4 Worker's Compensation

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

The gross benefit is counted as unearned income, less amounts:

  • recouped for a prior worker's compensation overpayment; or
  • paid for attorney's fees. Note: The Texas Workers' Compensation Commission (TWCC) or a court sets the amount of the attorney's fee to be paid.

A deduction from the gross benefit for court-ordered child support payments is not allowed.

Exception: Worker's compensation benefits paid to the individual for out-of-pocket medical expenses are considered as reimbursements.

Medical Programs

All workers’ compensation payments are exempt.

A—1322 Education and Training

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—1322.1 Educational Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Educational assistance, including educational loans, scholarships, fellowships, grant monies, and work study, are exempt, regardless of the source. Loans for education, including loans from relatives or other people, are considered as educational assistance only if payment is deferred.

Educational assistance is:

  • any financial aid for vocational or educational courses from:
    • an organization (such as fraternal, alumni, etc.); or
    • a government program or agency (such as the U.S. Office of Education, Department of Veterans Affairs, or Texas Department of Assistive and Rehabilitative Services).
  • provided to students who are enrolled in a:

Note: "Post-secondary" includes institutions of higher education and others not requiring a high school diploma (such as community colleges and vocational educational programs) authorized by the state to provide educational or training programs beyond secondary education.

The U.S. Office of Education under Title IV of the Higher Education Act administers most educational assistance programs. A few examples of the most common Title IV educational assistance grants include:

  • Pell Grants,
  • Stafford Loan Program,
  • Parent Loans for Students (PLUS Loans),
  • Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants,
  • College Work Study, and
  • Carl D. Perkins Loans (Title IV, Part E) (formerly National Direct Student Loans).

The National Community Services Act (NCSA) program also provides educational assistance. Individuals are awarded from $1,000 to $4,000 per year of completed services to apply toward past or future educational expenses. The educational award is not counted, as it is always made payable directly to the financial institution or institution of higher learning.

The Department of Veterans Affairs administers education programs designed for veterans, reservists, members of the National Guard, and their widows and orphans. These include:

  • Montgomery GI Bill (MGIB) Active Duty Educational Assistance Program,
  • Vocational Rehabilitation,
  • Post-Vietnam Era Veterans' Educational Assistance Program (VEAP),
  • Survivor's and Dependent's Educational Assistance (DEA), and
  • MGIB - Selected Reserve Educational Assistance Program.

Related Policy

Educational Assistance, A-1239

A—1322.2 Job Training

Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003

A—1322.2.1 Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Temporary employment of six months or less for disaster-related work, paid under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and funded by the National Emergency Grant, is exempt.

TANF and Medical Programs

All WIOA payments are exempt.

SNAP

All WIOA payments are exempt except on-the-job training (OJT) payments funded under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act. OJT payments are counted as earned income for adults.

OJT payments are exempt if received by a child who is under:

Related Policy

Government Disaster Payments, A-1324.3

A—1322.2.2 Other Job Training and Training Allowances

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Portions of payments earmarked as reimbursements for training-related expenses are exempt, and any excess is counted as earned income.

A—1323 Employment and Self-Employment Income

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—1323.1 Children's Earned Income

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

Follow policy for who is included in a TANF household. Count a dependent child 's earned income unless the child attends school:

  • full-time, including a home-schooled child; or
  • part-time enrolled and employed less than 30 hours a week.

Exception: See related policy concerning the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA).

SNAP

Count a dependent child's earned income unless the child:

  • is under 18 and attends elementary, middle, or high school, including home schooling; or
  • attends general equivalency diploma (GED) classes and lives with a natural or adoptive parent, a stepparent, or another household member with parental control.

Exception: See related policy concerning the WIOA.

Related Policy

Who Is Included, A-221 
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), A-1322.2.1 
Verification Sources, A-1641

TANF and SNAP

Breaks in school attendance, such as summer vacation and holidays, do not change the student status of a child. Verify the child's enrollment will continue following the break.

If the child's earnings cannot be separated from other household members' earnings, divide the total earnings equally by the number of working members.

Medical Programs

A child's earned income may be exempted from the MAGI household income.

Related Policy

Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341

A—1323.2 Contractual Earnings

Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005

All Programs

Contractual earnings are wages and salaries only. Self-employment income, unearned income, or income received on an hourly or piecework basis are not included. The two basic types of contractual earnings are:

  • Seasonal employment — available only during certain months of the year and recurs each year. Examples: school-related employment, certain types of farm work, and summer or winter employment. Divide seasonal employment that is a household's annual means of support over 12 months. If the income supports the household for only a portion of the year and the household has income from other sources the rest of the year, average the earnings over the time they are intended to cover.
  • Contractual employment — nonseasonal employment that is contracted for a specific time and does not recur. Divide earnings over the time covered by the contract.

A—1323.2.1 Monthly Budgeting of Contractual Earnings

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

All Programs

Budget contractual earnings monthly by:

  • dividing the total gross amount earned under the contract by the number of months the contract covers or by 12 months, whichever is applicable; and
  • adding this amount to any other income, and budgeting according to usual procedures. 

Note: If the person does not receive the income agreed to in the contract, or if income is interrupted because of participation as a striker in a work slow-down or stoppage, do not budget the contractual earnings using the steps above since the person cannot reasonably anticipate receiving the contractual income. For strikers, follow policy in A-1367.1 . If the person's employment situation changes and contractual earnings resume: 

  • recalculate the income or adjust the benefits accordingly; and
  • document all the facts that caused the recalculation or adjustment.

Related Policy

How to Project Income, A-1355 
Strikers, A-1367 
Eligibility of Strikers, A-1367.1

A—1323.3 Military Pay Allotments and Allowances

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Military pay and allowances for housing, food, base pay, and flight pay is counted as earned income less pay withheld to fund education under the G.I. Bill.

An allotment is a specified amount of money from each paycheck of the military wage earner that is designated to go to someone else. Military allotments are counted as unearned income.

A—1323.3.1 Family Subsistence Supplemental Allowance (FSSA)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

The Family Subsistence Supplemental Allowance is a monthly payment made to certain low-income service members and their families so they will not have to depend on SNAP to meet their needs. The service members' pay statements usually include the FSSA and are counted as earned income.

Medical Programs

FSSA payments are exempt.

A—1323.3.2 Combat (Hazardous Duty) Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

All of the combat payments, also known as hazardous duty payments, received by a legal parent who is a member of the U.S. military, absent solely because the individual has been deployed to a combat zone, are counted.

SNAP

Any portion of military pay identified as combat pay, including any portion of combat pay contributed to a household from military personnel deployed to a combat zone, is excluded.

The advisor must determine whether any funds contributed to the household by military personnel, such as through joint bank accounts or military allotments, are considered combat pay. Any portion identified as combat pay is exempt from income. The following steps should be used to determine the amount of military income to exclude as combat pay:

StepsAction
1.Verify the monthly amount of combat pay received, as required in A-1370, Verification Requirements.
2.

Determine the amount of military pay the deployed individual was making available to the household before deployment to the combat zone.

If the deployed person was:

  • a household member before deployment, the amount would be the individual's net military pay.
  • not part of the household before deployment, then consider any amount made available from the individual's pay before deployment.
3.Determine the amount of military pay the deployed individual is making available to the household after deployment to the combat zone.
4.

If the amount of contribution the household receives from the military personnel after deployment:

  • is equal to or less than the amount the household was receiving before deployment, then none of that contribution would be considered combat pay. Count the full amount of the contribution as unearned income.
  • exceeds the amount received before deployment, exclude the excess as combat pay (not to exceed the verified monthly amount of combat pay) and count the remainder (if any) as unearned income.

Medical Programs

Combat (hazardous duty) payments are exempt.

Related Policy

Who Is Included, A-241.1 
Verification Requirements, A-1370 
Glossary, Combat Pay and Combat Zone

A—1323.4 Self-Employment

Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012

All Programs

Self-employment income is usually income from one's own business, trade, or profession rather than from an employer. However, some individuals may have an employer and receive a regular salary. If an employer does not withhold income taxes or FICA, even if required to do so by law, the person is considered self-employed.

Advisors must inform households in writing to keep self-employment records and receipts for verification purposes for future recertifications. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, contains the self-employment information.

Note: If a household has self-employment income and meets the streamlined reporting criteria, assign a six-month certification period.

A—1323.4.1 Types of Self-Employment Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Types of self-employment include:

  • odd jobs, such as mowing lawns, babysitting, and cleaning houses;
  • owning a private business, such as a beauty salon or auto mechanic shop;
  • farm income;
  • income from property; and
  • independent contracting.

A—1323.4.2 Property Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Income from renting, leasing, or selling property on an installment plan is self-employment income. Property includes equipment, vehicles, and real property.

TANF and SNAP

Income from property is counted as:

  • earned if the:
    • person spends an average of at least 20 hours a week in management or maintenance activities; or
    • income is from noncommercial boarding situations.
  • unearned if the person spends an average of less than 20 hours a week in management or maintenance activities.

Work-related expenses are allowed for earned income. For unearned income, only the expenses associated with producing the income should be deducted.

If the individual sells property on an installment plan, the payments are counted as income. The balance of the note is exempted as an inaccessible resource.

Medical Programs

Income from renting, leasing, or selling property on an installment plan is counted as self-employment income.

A—1323.4.3 Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

The noncommercial roomer/boarder policy is used if a noncertified household member makes payments to a certified member under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship. Payments made by boarders for room, meals, and other shelter expenses are counted. Payments made by roomers for room and other shelter expenses are counted.

See A-1323.4.5, Allowable Costs of Producing Income, to determine the countable amount of noncommercial roomer/boarder payments. If there is not a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, the policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, applies.

TANF

Roomer/boarder status should not be given to:

  • anyone whose income can be applied to the certified group; or
  • a dependent child who is an ineligible alien.

SNAP

To be considered a boarder, a person residing with the household must pay reasonable compensation for meals and lodging. Reasonable compensation is:

  • the amount of the full allotment for the number of boarders if the boarders eat an average of more than two meals a day with the household; or
  • two-thirds of the full allotment for the number of boarders if the boarders eat an average of two meals a day or less with the household.

In determining "reasonable compensation," only the amount paid for meals is counted if it can be separated from lodging.

If the individual chooses to include a boarder as a household member:

  • all of the boarder's income, resources and deductions are counted; but
  • the payment from the boarder is not counted as income since it is transferred between household members.

If the individual chooses not to include a boarder as a household member:

  • the boarder's income, resources, or deductions are not included in the household; but
  • the payment from the boarder is counted as self-employment income for the household.

Medical Programs

The noncommercial roomer/boarder policy is used when an individual in the MAGI household composition receives payments from someone in their physical household under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship. Payments made by boarders for room, meals, and other shelter expenses are counted as self-employment income. Payments made by roomers for room and other shelter expenses are counted as self-employment income.

See A-1323.4.5, Allowable Costs of Producing Income, to determine the countable amount of noncommercial roomer/boarder payments. If there is not a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, the policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, applies.

Related Policy

Nonmembers, A-232.1

A—1323.4.4 Determining the Amount of Self-Employment Income

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

All Programs

If the household receives self-employment income monthly or more often (such as semi-monthly, bi-weekly, weekly or daily), recent self-employment pay amounts may be used to project income.

If the household had self-employment income for the past year that was received less often than monthly, the income figures from the previous year's business records or tax forms, including the IRS Schedule C-Form 1040- Profit or Loss from Business, may be used if the records are anticipated to reflect current self-employment income and expenses.

Exceptions:

  • If the previous year's records do not accurately represent the household's current self-employment income because the household has experienced a substantial increase or decrease in business, anticipate income using more current information such as updated business ledgers or day books, or contact people who have similar businesses.
  • If the business is new and there is insufficient information to make a reasonable projection based on last year's records, anticipate earnings and expenses using only the recent business records along with the individual's statements about expected income and expenses and any applicable information from collateral sources.
  • If the income terminates before completing the EDG, budget actual income and expenses for the month the income terminates.
  • For Children’s Medicaid programs (TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48), the previous year’s business records or tax forms are acceptable, no matter the pay frequency.

When calculating self-employment income, the financial profit from a sale or transfer of capital goods, possessions (such as products, raw materials, equipment), or ownership of a business, must be considered.

Financial profit from the sale or transfer of capital goods that the household expects to receive in the next 12 months should be added and the total averaged over 12 months. This averaged amount should be used for each certification period within the next 12 months, unless a new average is computed because the person received a profit from the sale or transfer of capital goods that was unanticipated or a different amount than anticipated.

Determining the Amount of Self-Employment Income at Application

All Programs

New applicants who have not received TANF, Medical Program coverage, or SNAP for a period of three consecutive months before the application month, or new household members who have not received benefits for three months before moving into the household, may not have been keeping accurate records of self-employment income and expenses. The policy in C-932, Advisor Responsibility for Verifying Information, should be used to obtain verifications needed to determine eligibility and what types of verification are readily available to the household. Any business records that are available for use (even if this documentation is for a short period of time) should be accepted, in addition to the individual's statement and any proof that might be available from a collateral source, as sufficient proof.

The advisor must verify:

  • at least the last two recent pay amounts when determining the amount of self-employment income received monthly;
  • at least four consecutive recent pay amounts when determining the amount of self-employment income received more often than monthly, such as semi-monthly, bi-weekly or weekly; and
  • at least four consecutive weeks for self-employment income received daily.

The individual is not required to provide verification of self-employment income and expenses for more than two calendar months before the interview date for income received monthly or more often.

The applicant's statement is accepted as proof if:

  • there is a reasonable explanation why documentary evidence or a collateral source is not available; and
  • the applicant's statement does not contradict other individual statements or other information received by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC).

Exception: If the business is new and there is insufficient information to make a reasonable projection, the income is calculated based on anticipated earnings and expenses.

The advisor must inform the household in writing to keep self-employment records and receipts for verification purposes for future recertifications. Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, contains the self-employment information.

Medical Programs

If the individual applies for three months prior Medicaid, the following should be budgeted in each prior month:

  • actual income and expenses for self-employment income received monthly or more often, or
  • projected monthly average amount for self-employment income received annually or seasonally.

Determining the Amount of Self-Employment Income at TANF Periodic Reviews, SNAP Recertifications, and Medical Programs Renewals

All Programs

For income received less often than monthly, only information from the period of time since HHSC last requested verification of self-employment needs to be verified. Verification that was previously verified is not needed (see C-932). Verification is needed for:

  • at least the last two recent pay amounts when determining the amount of self-employment income received monthly;
  • at least four consecutive recent pay amounts when determining the amount of self-employment income received more often than monthly, such as semi-monthly, bi-weekly or weekly; and
  • at least four consecutive weeks for self-employment income received daily.

The individual is not required to provide verification of self-employment income and expenses for more than two calendar months before the interview date for income received monthly or more often.

If the advisor informed the household to maintain accurate self-employment records and receipts after certification, the household must provide them before being recertified unless:

  • the records and receipts are not available because of a reason beyond the household's control, such as being lost in a fire or flood; or
  • if due to a verified physical or mental disability, the applicant is unable to complete the task. Note: This requirement is not applicable if the self-employed person has not received TANF, SNAP, or Medical Program coverage for three consecutive months before reapplying.

Related Policy

Computation Methods, A-1323.4.6

A—1323.4.5 Allowable Costs of Producing Income

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

All Programs

Allowable self-employment expenses are based on costs that can be deducted from federal income taxes according to the Internal Revenue Service’s (IRS) Schedule C, Form 1040 - Profit or Loss From Business (PDF). There are certain self-employment expense types that are not allowed for SNAP.

Use an automatically calculated monthly expense amount generated by TIERS to determine eligibility if the IRS Schedule C, Form 1040 - Profit or Loss From Business, is provided.

Allowable and Non-Allowable Self-Employment Expenses by Program

Expense TypesTANF and MAGI ProgramsSNAP
AdvertisingAllowAllow
Car and truck expensesAllowAllow
Commissions and feesAllowAllow
Contract laborAllowAllow
Costs not related to self-employmentNon-allowedNon-allowed
Costs related to producing income gained from illegal activities, such as prostitution and the sale of illegal drugsNon-allowedAllow
DepletionAllowNon-allowed
DepreciationAllowNon-allowed
Employee benefit programsAllowAllow
InsuranceAllowAllow
InterestAllowAllow
Legal and professional servicesAllowAllow
Net loss that occurred in a previous periodNon-allowedNon-allowed
Office expenseAllowAllow
Pension and profit-sharing plansAllowAllow
Rent or leaseAllowAllow
Repairs and maintenanceAllowAllow
SuppliesAllowAllow
Taxes and licensesAllowAllow
Travel, meals, and entertainmentAllowNon-allowed
Travel to and from place of businessNon-allowedNon-allowed
UtilitiesAllowAllow
WagesAllowAllow
Other expensesAllowAllow

Note: When determining transportation costs, the person may choose to use 62.5 cents per mile instead of keeping track of actual expenses.

Noncommercial Roomer or Boarder Payments

All Programs

If the household receives roomer or boarder payments the cost of doing business is deducted from each monthly payment. Count the remainder as self-employment income.

For roomers, the cost of doing business is actual costs. For boarders, the cost of doing business is:

  • the amount of the monthly SNAP allotment for the number of boarders (average of more than two meals a day);
  • two-thirds of a full allotment for the number of boarders (average of two meals a day or less); or
  • the actual cost of providing room and meals if the actual cost exceeds the monthly SNAP allotment for the number of boarders.

Note: Each expense must be identified and verified when using actual costs.

Net Financial Loss

All Programs

A self-employment net financial loss must not be deducted from other types of household income. 

Exception: The loss may be deducted from other household income if:

  • the loss results from a self-employment farming operation; and
  • the household received or anticipates receiving annual gross income of $1,000 or more from the farming operation (from Step I, Line A, Form H1049, Self-Employment Income Worksheet).

TANF

The farm loss amount may be deducted from other non-farm self-employment income during the budgetary (100 percent) needs test.

Any remaining farm loss amount may be deducted during the recognizable needs test.

Medical Programs

The farm loss amount may be deducted from other non-farm self-employment income during the federal poverty level (FPL) test.

Any remaining farm loss amount may be deducted after the work expense standard deduction and child or incapacitated care costs.

SNAP

The farm loss may be deducted from other non-farm self-employment income before applying the gross income test.

Any remaining farm loss may be deducted from other earned or unearned income after applying the 20 percent earned income deduction.

Related Policy

Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments, A-1323.43

A—1323.4.6 Computation Methods

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

There are four computation methods for self-employment income that may be used to calculate monthly income amounts for budgeting purposes:

  • annual,
  • monthly,
  • daily, and
  • anticipated.

Annual Computation Method

For this method, the individual must have been self-employed for at least the past full year.

The self-employment income projection period, usually 12 months, is the period of time the household expects the income to support the family. A projection period should be established for households that receive self-employment income that is intended to support the household for:

  • the year, but is received less frequently than monthly, such as farm income that may only be received a few times per year when crops or livestock are sold; or
  • a specific period in time, but is received less frequently than monthly.

The projection period should be determined at application when the individual reports self-employment income received less often than monthly. Note: For Medicaid EDGs, if the individual is eligible for prior Medicaid, the prior months are not included in the 12-month projection period.

The following steps are used to determine the projection period for self-employment income:

  1. Determine whether the self-employment is annual or seasonal, since that will determine the length of the projection period.
    • Annual – intended to support the household for at least the next full 12 months. The projection period is 12 months whether the income is received yearly or less often than monthly.
    • Seasonal – intended to support the household for less than 12 months since it is available only during certain months of the year. The projection period is the number of months the self-employment is intended to provide support.
  2. Determine the first month of the projection period. It is always the first month the household receives benefits, unless the individual will begin working in a future month. In this situation, use the month the self-employment begins as the first month of the projection period.

Once the projection period is established, it must not be changed. The projection period remains the same until the:

  • individual no longer supports the household through self-employment;
  • 12-month or seasonal period ends; or
  • EDG is denied, and the individual misses one full month's benefits before reapplying.

Exception: When there is a new source of self-employment income received less often than monthly, and the individual expects the income to support the household for the year or a specific period of time, establish a projection period for the months that the individual states the income is intended to cover. Since this projection period covers income from a new source, at redetermination, ensure that the income and circumstances still fit with the annual computation method criteria. Until the household has 12 months of income history, the projection period is conditional and may be changed as may the type of computation method used to calculate self-employment income.

In determining the monthly figure to use for new self-employment income when calculating a budget amount:

  • the monthly computation method is used if there are two full representative months of self- employment income received less often than monthly; and
  • the daily computation method is used if there are less than two full representative calendar months of self-employment income received less often than monthly.

On an active EDG, when an individual reports a new source of self-employment, the first month of the projection period is the change effective month.

Monthly Computation Method

The monthly computation method is used in two situations:

  1. If the frequency is known and consistent, the appropriate conversion factor is used when calculating self-employment income and/or expenses. Conversion factors are not used when income is received on any other basis, such as daily or irregularly.

    If the frequency is …use the conversion factor …
    weekly4.33
    bi-weekly2.17
    semi-monthly2
  2. If the individual has at least two full representative calendar months of self-employment income and the source or the frequency is unknown and inconsistent, each month's self-employment income should be totaled and deducted from the allowable expenses for each corresponding month.

Daily Computation Method

The daily computation method is used when:

  • there are less than two full representative calendar months of self-employment income; and
  • the source or frequency of the income is unknown or inconsistent (income received irregularly, not on a weekly, bi-weekly or semi-monthly basis).

The daily method is used until there are at least two representative calendar months of income. Once there are two full representative calendar months, the monthly computation method is used.

Anticipated Self-Employment Method

The anticipated method to calculate self-employment income is used when:

  • there is no income history on which to base an average, and the individual will receive the income on a known and consistent basis; or
  • there is a change that will make the current or actual self-employment income non-representative.

Anticipated means the individual knows who will pay, when they will pay, and how much will be paid. If the individual knows the source, but not the amount and/or frequency, the daily computation method in A-1323.4.7, Determining Net Self-Employment Income, should be used.

A—1323.4.7 Determining Net Self-Employment Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Annual Computation Method

The following steps are used to determine net self-employment income when using the annual computation method:

  1. Determine the projection period.
  2. Determine the total gross self-employment income for the past year.
  3. Determine the total allowable expenses for the past year.
  4. Determine the yearly net income by subtracting the total allowable expenses from the total gross income.
  5. Determine the monthly net income by dividing the total yearly net income by the number of months of earnings history used.

If the self-employment income is annual and no substantial changes are expected, the income should be projected for 12 months. If the self-employment income is seasonal and no substantial changes are expected, the income should be projected for the seasonal period.

Monthly Computation Method

The following steps are used for the monthly computation method:

  1. Determine the total monthly gross self-employment income.
  2. Determine the total allowable expenses for each corresponding month.
  3. Subtract the total allowable expenses from the total gross self-employment income for the corresponding month.
  4. Look at the net monthly income and determine which months are representative of future earnings and project over the length of the certification period.

Note: If the frequency is known and consistent, the appropriate conversion factor should be used in Step 1 and Step 2.

Daily Computation Method

The following steps are used for the daily computation method:

  1. Determine the total gross income earned from the day the self-employment began through the interview date.
  2. Determine the number of days the income was received. The day self-employment begins is the day any part of the self-employment activity occurs (for example, buying supplies, working, earning income, etc.).
  3. Divide the total gross income by the number of days in the period the income was received.
  4. Multiply the daily income by 30 to get the monthly estimate of gross self-employment income.
  5. Determine the total verified self-employment expense paid from the day the self-employment began through the interview date.
  6. Determine the number of days the expense was to cover. Use the same number of days used to calculate income.
  7. Divide the total expense amount by the number of days in the period.
  8. Multiply the daily expense deduction by 30 to get the monthly estimate of the expense.
  9. Subtract monthly expenses from gross monthly income to determine net monthly self-employment.

Anticipated Self-Employment Method

The following steps are used for the anticipated self-employment method:

  1. Determine how often the individual will be paid and the amount.
  2. Multiply the pay amount by the appropriate frequency to determine the projected monthly amount:
    • Weekly: amount x 4.33
    • Bi-weekly: amount x 2.17
    • Semi-monthly: amount x 2 

      Note: If the income amounts will fluctuate, a pay period average should be determined and multiplied by the appropriate conversion factor.
  3. Projection should be made over the length of the certification period.

Related Policy

How to Project Income, A-1355 
Length of Certification, A-2324

A—1323.4.8 Changes in Annual or Seasonal Self-Employment Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

When an individual reports a change in self-employment income during the certification period, it should be considered part of the normal fluctuations of the business if the current budget already includes fluctuations as significant as the change that the individual is reporting, and the budget is not revised. If a reported change is not part of the normal fluctuations of the business, the income and expenses should be re-evaluated and the change considered substantial if it results in a change to the average monthly net self-employment income of more than $25. If the change results in a change of $25 or less, benefits should not be adjusted.

If a 12-month income projection period was previously established, the period should not be changed, unless it has expired or the individual reports no longer supporting the household with self-employment income. Even if the income or expense changes resulted in a different projected self-employment income, the projection period is the same.

If the income projection period has expired, a new projection period should be established with required verifications, even if the individual indicates no changes in the business.

Note: When the individual reports a change in self-employment income that is not received annually or seasonally, the policy in B-631, Actions on Changes, should be followed.

A—1323.4.9 Rebudgeting Income and Expenses

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

If the individual reports a substantial change in annual or seasonal self-employment income, the income and expenses must be rebudgeted using the following method for actual income and expenses received.

Actual income from the beginning of the projection period through the month before re-evaluation should be used. The following steps are used to rebudget income in this situation.

  1. Determine the actual income for the months from the beginning of the projection period through the month before re-evaluation.
  2. Project the new income for the rest of the projection period.
  3. Add the income from Step 1 and 2 to determine the annual or seasonal amount.
  4. Divide the total from Step 3 by 12 or the number of months in the seasonal period to get the new monthly average.
  5. Compare the new monthly amount to the previous average. If the change is substantial, budget the new amount over the remainder of the projection period.

A—1323.5 Wages, Salaries, Commissions, and Tips

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

All Programs

Except for MAGI Medical Programs, the gross amount of all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, and tips count as earned income before deductions. This includes flexible fringe benefits, cafeteria plans, and employee retirement contributions that are withheld from the amount. MAGI Medical Programs exclude pre-tax contributions from gross income.

Wages held by the employer at the request of the employee and garnished wages are counted as income in the month the household would otherwise have received them. If an employer holds the employee's wages as a general practice, this money counts as income in the month it is actually received by the employee.

An advance counts in the month it is received. When an advance is repaid, the payback amount is deducted from the gross pay in the month it is paid back and the remainder is budgeted as the countable gross amount.

Medical Programs

Review income verification documents to determine if the person makes pre-tax contributions through their employer.

Pre-tax contributions are deducted before the gross income is taxed and must be excluded when determining MAGI countable gross income. Pre-tax contributions consist of the following:

  • Retirement Savings Accounts (401K, 457, etc.);
  • Dependent Care Flexible Spending Accounts;
  • Health Savings Accounts;
  • Health Insurance Premiums;
  • Commuter Expenses Accounts; and
  • Life Insurance Premiums.

Pend the EDG if the person claims pre-tax contributions, but verification is not provided. If verification is not provided by the due date, do not exclude the pre-tax contribution from the employment income. Count the gross income including the pre-tax contribution amounts. Staff must not deny the EDG for failure to provide pre-tax contribution information.

Related Policy

How to Project Income, A-1355 
Budgeting Options for SNAP Households, A-1355.1

A—1323.5.1 Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC)

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

All Programs

Households with earnings below levels established by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) are potentially eligible to receive EIC payments from the IRS.

EIC money is included in a person's:

  • paycheck (advance EIC payments) before the person files an income tax return, or
  • IRS refund after the person files an annual income tax return.

Federal tax refunds and EIC payments are exempt as income.

Related Policy

Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC), A-1232.2

A—1323.5.2 Flexible Fringe Benefits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Fringe benefit plans allow the employee to choose from benefit components such as insurance, extra vacation time, and payments to third parties for medical bills or child care. These are also called "cafeteria plans."

Under some plans, employers may:

  • withhold wages to pay for benefits selected by the employee; or
  • offer benefit credits in addition to wages, which the employee can use to purchase benefits.

Some plans may pay the remaining unused credit as part of the employee's wages.

TANF and SNAP

If the employer …the advisor must count …
withholds the employee's wages to purchase benefits,the held wages as earnings in the pay period that the employee would have normally received them.
provides credit in addition to wages,

as earnings only the portion that is paid directly to the employee. If the employer pays the unused credit in cash, the advisor must follow the steps below to determine countable excess income.

  1. Determine the total amount of gross wages/salary.
  2. Add the benefit credit amount to the wages/salary from Step 1.
  3. Subtract the cost of fringe benefits up to the amount of the benefit credit from the amount in Step 2.
  4. The remaining income from Step 3 is the countable gross earned income for the EDG.

Medical Programs

Flexible fringe benefits are exempt.

A—1323.5.3 Income from Tips

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Household members who are employed in service-related occupations (beauticians, waiters, delivery staff, etc.) are likely to earn tips in addition to wages. Tips are counted as earned income.

Tip income is added to wages before applying conversion factors.

Note: Tips are not considered as self-employment income unless related to a self-employment enterprise.

A—1323.5.4 Vacation Pay

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

If an individual receives vacation pay …the payment is considered …
during or before termination of employment,earned income.
after termination of employment in one lump sum,a liquid resource in the month received.
after termination of employment in multiple checks,unearned income.

Medical Programs

Vacation pay is counted as unearned income.

Related Policy

Lump-Sum Payments, A-1242 and A-1331

A—1323.6 Temporary Census Income

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

TANF, SNAP, TP 32 and TP 56

Wages paid by the Census Bureau for temporary employment related to census activities are exempt.

Medical Programs except TP 32 and TP 56

Wages paid by the Census Bureau for temporary employment related to census activities are counted as earned income.

A—1324 Government Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Government payments are counted unless exempted in this section or by other policy in A-1300, Income.

Medical Programs

Government payments are exempt.

A—1324.1 Adoption Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Adoption assistance payments are exempt.

Note: A person receiving adoption assistance in a TANF budget or a certified group is exempt.

Related Policy

Who Is Not Included, A-222

A—1324.2 Crime Victim's Compensation Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Crime victim's compensation payments are provided from the funds authorized by state legislation to assist a person who:

  • was a victim of a violent crime;
  • was the spouse, parent, sibling, or adult child of a victim who died as a result of a violent crime; or
  • is the guardian of a victim of a violent crime.

The Office of the Attorney General (OAG) distributes the payments monthly or in a lump sum. These payments are exempt.

Related Policy

Crime Victim's Compensation Payments, A-1232.1

A—1324.3 Government Disaster Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Federal disaster payments and comparable disaster assistance provided by states, local governments, and disaster assistance organizations are exempt if the household is subject to legal penalties when the funds are not used as intended (including temporary employment of six months or less for disaster-related work, paid under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and funded by the National Emergency Grant).

Examples:

  • Payments by the Individual and Family Grant Program or Small Business Administration to rebuild a home or replace personal possessions damaged in a disaster.
  • Payments from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) to assist with rent.

Related Policy

Government Disaster Payments, A-1232.4

A—1324.4 Government Housing Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

See A-1326.3, Energy Assistance, for energy or utility payments.

TANF and Medical Programs

The value of government housing or rental subsidies, whether cash, two-party check, in-kind, or vendor-paid, are exempt.

SNAP

The following payments are counted:

  • cash payments;
  • vendor payments paid from state or local government funds unless exempt as shown below; and
  • vendor payments paid from state or local funds for transitional housing for the homeless.

The following payments are exempt:

  • in-kind payments; and
  • federally funded vendor or two-party check payments.

A—1324.5 Transitional Living Allowance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Transitional living allowances (TLA) are exempt. The Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) distributes TLA to a foster child who:

  • is under age 21;
  • has completed the preparation for adult living (PAL) classes; and
  • has left foster care or is transitioning out of foster care.

Payments:

  • are received for a maximum of 12 months;
  • cannot exceed $500 a month;
  • cannot total more than $1,000; and
  • are intended for expenses other than ongoing room and board.

Related Policy

Transitional Living Allowance, A-1232.5

A—1324.6 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 18-3; Effective July 1, 2018

A—1324.7 National and Community Service Act of 1990 (NCSA)

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

All Programs

The National and Community Service Act of 1990 (NCSA) established a corporation to administer paid volunteer service programs. The corporation provides funds, training, and technical assistance to states and communities to develop and expand human, education, environmental and public safety services.

The corporation oversees programs created under the Domestic Volunteer Service Act (DVSA) of 1973 such as:

  • Volunteers in Service to America (VISTA);
  • Retired and Senior Volunteer Program (RSVP);
  • Foster Grandparents; and
  • Senior Companions.

The corporation also administers programs established in 1993 that include:

  • AmeriCorps;
  • Learn and Serve; and
  • National Senior Service Corps (Senior Corps).

For programs established in 1973:

Payments, living allowances, and stipends are exempt.

Exception: VISTA payments under Title I of the Domestic Volunteer Services Act of 1973 are exempt from income for SNAP only if the person was receiving SNAP at the time they began participating in the VISTA program. VISTA payments are counted as earned income for a person who applies for SNAP while already participating in the VISTA program.;

For programs established in 1993:

Payments except On the Job Training (OJT) payments are exempt.

OJT payments for adults are counted as earned income. A child's OJT payment is exempt if the child is under:

  • age 19; and
  • parental control of another household member.

Exception: OJT payments received by AmeriCorps volunteers are exempt.

Medical Programs

Use the exceptions for counting a child’s OJT income in the MAGI household income as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, Step 3.

SNAP

Exempt payments under Title V of Public Law 106-501, the Community Service Employment Program for Older Americans (formerly known as the Senior Community Service Employment Program).

A—1324.8 Native and Indian Claims

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

TANF and SNAP

Exempted payments made to Native Americans under various public laws include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • Distributions from Native Corporations made under the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) (Public Law [PL] 92-203 and Section 15 of PL 100-241).
  • Funds distributed per capita or held in trust by the Indian Claims Commission for members of Indian tribes, as follows:
    • Grand River Band of Ottawa Indians (PL 94-540);
    • Income to certain tribal members from land held in trust by the United States government (PL 94-114, Section 6);
    • Income resulting from provisions of PL 92-254; and
    • Red Lake Band of Chippewa (PL 98-123, Section 3) or Assiniboine Tribe of the Fort Belknap Indian Community, and the Assiniboine Tribe of the Fort Peck Indian Reservation (PL 98-124, Section 5).
  • Funds distributed by the Secretary of the Interior to tribal members from:
    • tribal trust funds on a per capita basis (PL 98-64); or
    • judgment funds up to $2,000 per year, per person, from claims against the United States and held in trust or distributed on a per capita basis (PL 93-134, as amended by 97-458).
  • Payments by the Indian Claims Commission to the:
    • Passamaquoddy Tribe, the Penobscot Nation, and the Houlton Band of Maliseet Indians or any of their members [Maine Indian Claims Settlement Act of 1980, PL 96-420, Section 9(c)].
    • Confederated Tribes and Bands of Yakima Indian Nation or the Apache Tribe of the Mescalero Reservation (PL 95-433).
    • Seneca Nation or its members (Seneca Nation Settlement Act of 1990, PL 101-503).
    • Blackfeet, Gros Ventre, and Assiniboine tribes of Montana (PL 97-408).
    • Saginaw Chippewa of Mississippi [PL 99-123, Section 6(b)(2)].
  • Payments to the Turtle Mountain Band of Chippewa, Arizona (PL 97-403).
  • Payments $2,000 per year, per person, to heirs of deceased Indians made under the Old Age Assistance Claims Settlement Act (PL 98-500).

Exception: Money given to Native Americans from gaming revenues (such as from casino profits, race tracks, lotteries, etc.) is not exempt under these laws. Gaming revenues are counted as unearned income.

Medical Programs

American Indian/Alaskan Native (AI/AN) disbursement income is exempt and not counted under MAGI only if the person claiming that income type has verified their AI/AN status and provided verification of the income source, as explained in A-1370, Verification Requirements, for Medical Programs.

AI/AN disbursements include:

  • distributions from Alaska Native corporations and settlement trusts;
  • distributions from property held in trust, in the boundaries of a prior federal reservation;
  • distributions and payments from rents, leases, rights of way, royalties, usage of rights, or using natural resources from land under the supervision of the Secretary of the Interior or rights to off-reservations hunting, fishing, gathering, or natural resource usage;
  • payments from ownership/usage rights to items that are religious, spiritual, traditional, or cultural or rights that support subsistence/traditional lifestyle according to tribal law or custom; and
  • student financial assistance from the Bureau of Indian Affairs education program.

A—1324.9 Nutrition Programs

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The following amounts are exempt:

  • the value of food assistance under the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 and under the National School Lunch Act; and
  • benefits received under Title VII, Nutrition Program for the Elderly, of the Older American Act of 1965.

A—1324.10 One-Time TANF for Relatives

Revision 22-2; Effective July 1, 2022

All Programs

One-Time TANF for Relatives payments are exempt as income.

Related Policy

One-Time TANF for Relatives, A-2412

A—1324.11 One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

OTTANF is exempt as income.

A—1324.12 Payments to Vietnam Veterans' Children

Revision 03-7; Effective October 1, 2003

A—1324.12.1 Payments to Vietnam Veterans' Children Born with Spina Bifida (Public Law 104-204)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

These VA payments made to Vietnam veterans' children who are born with spina bifida are exempt.

A—1324.12.2 Payments to Children of Women Vietnam Veterans Born with Certain Birth Defects (Public Law 106-419)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

VA payments made to the children of women Vietnam veterans who are born with a birth defect are exempt.

Related Policy

Payments to Children of Women Vietnam Veterans Born with Certain Birth Defects (Public Law 106-419), A-1232.7.2

A—1324.13 Payments to Victims of Nazi Persecution

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Payments made to individuals because of their status as victims of Nazi persecution are exempt.

A—1324.14 Payments to World War II Filipino Veterans and Spouses

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Division A, Title X, Section 1002), some World War II Filipino veterans who served in the military forces of the Government of Commonwealth of the Philippines, and their spouses, are authorized to receive one-time lump-sum payments of up to $15,000.

These payments are exempt.

A—1324.15 Relocation Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The following payments are exempt if provided under:

  • Title II of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisitions Act of 1970;
  • Title I of Public Law 100-383 (these payments are made to Aleuts or individuals of Japanese ancestry [or their heirs] who were relocated during World War II); or
  • Public Law 93-531 to members of the Navajo or Hopi Tribes.

A—1324.16 Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI)

Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018

All Programs

The benefit amount, including the deduction for the Medicare premium, less any amount being recouped for a prior RSDI overpayment, is counted as unearned income.

Note: If DFPS is the payee and the child gets Foster Care Medicaid:

  • No Cash, the RSDI income is counted; or
  • With Cash, the RSDI income is exempt.

See A-1326.15, Income Legally Obligated to Children in Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) Conservatorship, for more information on foster care types of assistance.

Note: SSA may deposit RSDI benefits into a Direct Express card debit account. See Get Your Payments Electronically (PDF).

For people who meet a MAGI exception as defined under Step 3 in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, calculate the countable amount of the person’s RSDI using the formula in Table 3, Step 3 of the Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP.

Related Policy

Debit Accounts, A-1231.2 
Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341

A—1324.17 Supplemental Security Income (SSI)

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

TANF

The income of an SSI recipient is exempt.

If the SSI recipient contributes to a member of the TANF unit, the contributions policy in A-1326.1.1, Contributions from Noncertified Household Members, applies.

Exception: All of the SSI benefits are exempt when the SSI recipient meets one of the following criteria.

  • The SSI recipient would otherwise be an eligible member of the TANF unit.
  • The SSI recipient would otherwise be someone whose income is "applied" to the TANF unit.
  • A TANF-certified member is the SSI recipient's payee.

Note: This policy applies to people who cannot get SSI financial assistance because of earnings but who continue to get SSI Medicaid.

SNAP

Counted as unearned income. The following amounts are deducted if the amount is being:

  • recouped for an SSI overpayment; or
  • collected by a qualified organization providing representative payee services, up to the lesser of 10 percent of the monthly benefit amount or:
    • $50 for SSI benefits based on alcoholism and/or drug abuse (SSI/DAA); or
    • $25 for non-SSI/DAA benefits.

Notes:

  • Advisors must verify with SSA that the qualified organization is authorized to collect a fee for representative payee services. The advisor must also verify with the qualified organization the amount collected for representative payee services.
  • If DFPS is the payee and the child gets Foster Care Medicaid:
    • No Cash, the SSI income is counted; or
    • With Cash, the SSI income is exempt.

A-1326.15, Income Legally Obligated to Children in Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) Conservatorship, includes more information on foster care types of assistance.

Note: SSA may deposit SSI benefits into a Direct Express card debit account. See Get Your Payments Electronically (PDF).

Medical Programs

SSI is exempt. Count the other income of an SSI recipient unless the income is exempt.

Related Policy

Plan for Achieving Self-Sufficiency (PASS), A-1326.8 
Debit Accounts, A-1231.2

A—1324.18 Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

TANF benefits are exempt from income.

SNAP

The TANF benefit amount (after recoupment) counts as unearned income.

Retroactive or restored TANF or refugee cash assistance payments are exempt as income. These payments should be considered lump-sum payments and counted as a resource.

Note: TANF benefits may be deposited into an Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) cash debit account and made accessible to recipients via an EBT card.

Exception: The recommended grant amount continues to be counted when the TANF grant is lowered for one or more of the following reasons:

  • a Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA) penalty;
  • a recoupment for a TANF intentional program violation (IPV);
  • a disqualification for IPV or noncooperation with a TANF requirement (unless the individual is disqualified in SNAP for the same offense); or
  • an active TANF EDG is denied because of:
    • the noncooperation disqualification of an individual;
    • failure to sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement;
    • PRA noncooperation; or
    • noncooperation with an audit or investigation.

SNAP benefits must not be increased in an existing certification period when TANF benefits are forfeited because of a noncooperation penalty. In situations where the TANF is denied:

  • the full TANF benefit is counted until the next SNAP certification period begins; and
  • the benefit continues to count when a SNAP certification period is extended.

In situations where there is a break in SNAP benefits of less than a month, the TANF continues to count through the next certification period when the:

  • individual received or will receive SNAP in the month of the PRA noncooperation, and either the first or second noncooperation month is also the first month of a new SNAP certification period; or
  • file date of the SNAP application and the TANF PRA noncooperation date are the same month, and SNAP benefits do not prorate to less than $10 in the month of application.

Note: This policy does not apply to other types of TANF disqualifications or denials or to denied TANF applications.

Examples:

During the SNAP certification period January – June, the date of noncooperation is February 1. The first noncooperation month is February, and the second noncooperation month is March. The TANF grant is denied in April. The TANF grant continues to count in the SNAP budget through June.

At a SNAP redetermination when there is a certified TANF EDG, the household fails to comply with TANF PRA requirements and is denied effective with March benefits. The date of noncooperation is January 1. The first noncooperation month is January, and the second noncooperation month is February. The SNAP application file month is January. When the SNAP redetermination is untimely in January:

  • because the last benefit month was December, the TANF counts in the ongoing SNAP budget since there is not at least a one-month break in SNAP benefits.
  • and the last benefit month was November, the TANF does not count in the forfeit and ongoing months because there is a break in SNAP benefits of one month or more. The TANF grant received in January, the month of redetermination, must be counted.
  • because the last benefit month was December, and the SNAP benefit prorates to zero for the application month, the application month is considered a break in benefits of at least one month. The TANF grant does not count in the forfeit or ongoing months.

When the SNAP redetermination is a new application or the individual was receiving SNAP in a different household, the TANF does not count in the forfeit or ongoing months. However, the TANF grant received in January, the month of application, must be counted.

A—1324.18.1 TANF Annual School Subsidy Payment

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

TANF annual school subsidy payments are exempt.

A—1324.19 Unemployment Compensation

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Unemployment insurance benefits (UIB) are:

  • deposited into a debit account and accessible to claimants via the UIB debit card;
  • deposited directly into a personal checking or savings account; or
  • issued through a mailed paper check.

The gross UIB benefit, less any amount being recouped for a UIB overpayment, counts as unearned income.

Exception: The gross amount counts if the household agreed to repay a SNAP overpayment through voluntary garnishment.

Related Policy

How to Project Income, A-1355 
Debit Accounts, A-1231.2 
Payments Exempt as a Resource While Being Considered Income, A-1243

A—1324.20 Veterans Benefits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The VA provides payments to veterans with disabilities and/or their spouses/dependents and to spouses/dependents of deceased veterans. VA benefits are not subject to federal or state income tax or child support garnishment.

Three basic VA benefit programs are described in this section:

  • Pension,
  • Disability Compensation, and
  • Dependency and Indemnity Compensation (DIC).

VA Pension

VA pension payments are made to certain veterans with disabilities based on financial needs. Low-income veterans who either have a disability or are age 65 and older may be eligible for a VA pension if they have 90 days or more of active military service with at least one day during a period of war. Payments are made to bring the veteran's total income, including other retirement or Social Security income, to a level set by Congress. Recipients must re-qualify each year to continue to receive payments. There is a similar pension benefit available for surviving spouses and dependent minor children of such deceased veterans.

VA Disability Compensation

VA disability compensation is a payment made to a veteran with a service-related disability. Eligibility is not based on financial need. The amount of the payment varies with the percentage of the veteran's disability and the number of the veteran's dependents living in or out of the home. The payment can also be made to a spouse, child or parent of a veteran because of the service-related death of the veteran.

Dependency and Indemnity Compensation

DIC is a monthly benefit paid to eligible survivors of active duty service members and survivors of those veterans whose deaths are determined by VA to be service-related. This payment is a flat monthly payment, regardless of other income. The payment is payable for the life of the spouse, provided the spouse does not remarry before age 57; however, should a remarriage end, DIC benefits can be reinstated. This payment is adjusted annually for cost-of-living increases and is non-taxable. VA adds a monthly transitional payment to the surviving spouse with minor children for the first two years of DIC entitlement or until the last child turns age 18, whichever occurs first. See http://benefits.va.gov/Compensation/current_rates_dic.asp for current payment amounts.

Veterans with certain disabilities may be eligible for additional special monthly compensation such as:

  • Aid and Attendance and Housebound payments, which are an allowance to veterans and dependents who are in need of regular aid and attendance by another person, or a veteran who is permanently housebound; and
  • reimbursement for unusual medical expenses.

TANF and SNAP

The gross benefit less any amount recouped or suspended for VA overpayment is counted as unearned income, except as described below for reimbursement for medical and attendant care expenses.

These special compensation payments that are intended to cover medical and attendant care expenses are exempt. These payments are exempt as reimbursement as explained in A-1332, Reimbursements.

Apportioned VA payments are a direct payment of the dependent's portion of the VA benefit to a dependent spouse or child not living with the veteran. Apportioned VA payments are unearned income to the dependent spouse or child not living with the veteran.

Other Types of Veterans Benefits

  • Military retirement payment — A payment made to an individual who retired from active duty military service after at least 20 years of service. Military retirement is not a VA program, but is paid by the Defense Finance and Accounting Service in Cleveland (DFAS-CL). The gross payment is counted as unearned income.
  • Survivor Benefit Plan (SBP) — Active duty members are automatically enrolled in this program. Surviving spouses and/or children of service members who die while on active duty may be entitled to SBP payments made by DFAS-CL. SBP payments are equal to 55 percent of what a member's retirement pay would have been had the member been retired at 100 percent disability. An SBP payment is reduced by the amount of payments provided under the VA DIC program.

At retirement, retirees may choose to purchase the SBP. In this case, the SBP pays retired military members’ eligible survivors an inflation-adjusted monthly income. Basic SBP for a spouse pays a benefit equal to 55 percent of the retired individual's pay. Eligible children may also be SBP beneficiaries while they are dependents of the retired individual, either alone or added to spouse coverage. Any VA DIC paid to a spouse is subtracted from SBP payments, although VA DIC payments to or for children do not affect SBP payments. SBP premiums are refunded to the survivor if the monthly VA DIC amount is greater than the SBP monthly annuity.

The gross amount of any SBP payment is counted as unearned income.

  • VA educational assistance programs — Different programs provide education assistance, including vocational rehabilitation. The policy in A-1322.1, Educational Assistance, applies.

Medical Programs

All veterans benefits are exempt from income

A—1324.21 Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

All Programs

There are two types of Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments issued by DFPS, these include:

  • Kinship Reimbursement payments; and
  • Post-Permanent Managing Conservatorship Annual Reimbursement payments.

Both of these types of payments are exempt from income.

Related Policy

Relative and Other Designated Caregiver Program Payments, A-1232.13

A—1324.22 Healthy Marriage Development Program Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A payment received for completing the Healthy Marriage Development Program is exempt. The advisor must document as required by policy in A-1380, Documentation Requirements.

A—1324.23 Railroad Retirement Benefits

Revision 18-4; Effective October 1, 2018

Railroad retirement benefits may be paid to a person, the person's dependents or survivors. Some examples of railroad retirement benefits are sick pay, annuities, pensions and unemployment insurance benefits. 
Count the gross benefit amount, including the deduction for the Medicare premium as unearned income. 

Exception: For Medicaid and Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP), people who meet a MAGI exception as defined under Step 3 in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, calculate the countable amount of the person’s railroad retirement benefits using the formula in Table 3, Step 3 of the Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP.

Related Policy

Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, A-1341

A—1325 Income from Property

Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002

 

A—1325.1 Dividends and Royalties

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Dividends count as unearned income. Exception: Dividends from insurance policies are exempt as income.

TANF and SNAP

Royalties count as unearned income, less any amount deducted for production expenses and severance taxes.

Medical Programs

Royalties count as unearned income. For allowable expenses, see A-1420, Types of Deductions.

A—1325.2 Payments for Oil, Gas, and Mineral Rights

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Payments for oil, gas, and mineral rights count as unearned income.

A—1326 Other

Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008

A—1326.1 Cash Gifts and Contributions

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

TANF and SNAP

Cash gifts and contributions count as unearned income unless they:

  • are made by a private, nonprofit organization on the basis of need; and
  • total $300 or less per household in a federal fiscal quarter. The federal fiscal quarters are January to March, April to June, July to September, and October to December.

If these contributions exceed $300 in a quarter, the excess amount counts as income in the month received.

Exception: Contributions from noncertified household members are budgeted according to policy explained in A-1326.1.1, Contributions from Noncertified Household Members.

Medical Programs

Count cash support only if:

  • it is given from a taxpayer to his or her tax dependent;
  • it is given by a taxpayer who is someone other than the receiver’s spouse or parent; and
  • the total amount exceeds $50 a month.

For example, a person gives $100 a month to her nephew and plans to claim her nephew as her tax dependent. This cash support will count for her nephew because the she is a taxpayer giving an amount to her tax dependent. She is not her nephew’s parent or spouse, and the amount exceeds $50 a month.

Related Policy

Energy Assistance, A-1326.3 
Lump-Sum Payments, A-1242 and A-1331 
MyGoals Payments, A-1326.27

A—1326.1.1 Contributions from Noncertified Household Members

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

If a noncertified person(s) lives in the home with a TANF/SNAP unit and shares household expenses (no landlord/tenant relationship), any payments the noncertified person makes to the unit for common household expenses (including food, shelter, utilities, and items for home maintenance) are exempt. If a noncertified household member makes additional payments for use by a certified member, it is a contribution.

If a noncertified household member makes payments to a certified member under a formal or informal landlord/tenant relationship, countable income is determined according to the roomer/boarder policy in A-1323.4.3, Noncommercial Roomer/Boarder Payments.

Medical Programs

For contributions from noncertified household members, advisors must follow the policy explained in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, for Medical Programs.

A—1326.1.2 Gifts from Tax-Exempt Organizations

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Gifts from tax-exempt organizations are exempt if the gift is for a child with a life-threatening condition and the amount of the gift is:

  • less than $2,000 annually, and
  • not converted to cash.

If the gift is converted into cash or exceeds $2,000 a year, the conversion or the excess counts as unearned income in the month of receipt and is exempt as a resource in the months that follow.

Medical Programs

See A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions, for Medical Programs.

A—1326.2 Child Support

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Payments obtained on behalf of a child count as unearned income. See A-1326.2.1, Counting Child Support, for when to count for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families. Payments are considered as child support if:

  • a court ordered the support, or
  • the child's caretaker or the person making the payment states the purpose of the payment is to support the child.

Child support collections distributed through the Texas OAG may be received through warrants, direct deposits or the Texas Debit Card. Refer to A-1326.2.1 for the various methods and availability.

Child support payments may be received by a person in Texas through another state’s Office of Attorney General. Several other states use debit accounts for the distribution of child support payments.

Note: If DFPS is the payee and the child receives Foster Care Medicaid:

  • With Cash, child support is exempt.
  • No Cash, the child support income is counted.

Advisors must contact DFPS child support representatives to verify the amount of child support and dates of disbursements because DFPS may not forward the total legally obligated amount. OAG inquiries are not used in this situation. 

See A-1326.15, Income Legally Obligated to Children in Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) Conservatorship, for further information on foster care types of assistance.

Advisors must consider the following in determining child support:

  • Gifts or donations as contributions are not considered child support. Gifts are items or money that only benefit the child for a specific purpose, such as a birthday present. These gifts or donations include (but are not limited to) clothes, toys, or personal items, or money to purchase clothes, toys, or personal items.
  • Ongoing child support income is considered as income to the children, even if someone else living in the home receives it.
  • Child support arrears is considered as unearned income to the caretaker.

If an absent parent is making child support payments but moves back into the home of the caretaker and child, the child support is not counted. The earnings and/or other income count as a regular household member.

If a caretaker receives current child support for a nonmember (or a member who is no longer in the home) but uses the money for personal or household needs, the amount counts as unearned income. The amount actually used for or provided to the nonmember for whom it is intended to cover is not counted.

If a single payment covers two or more children (including at least one who is not an applicant/recipient) and the support order does not specify a portion for each child, the payment is prorated among all of the children. When two or more children receive child support from the same father and one child receives Supplemental Security Income, the payment is always prorated.

Medical Programs

Child support is exempt.

A—1326.2.1 Counting Child Support

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

For child support payments issued via …funds are …
warrants,mailed from Austin, Texas, the day after the disbursement date listed on the Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) inquiry system. When determining availability, consider the distance the payment has to travel through the mail.
direct deposit/electronic transfers,available two business days after the disbursement date listed on the TXCSES Web inquiry system.
Texas debit cards,available two business days after the disbursement date listed on the TXCSES Web inquiry system.

Related Policy

How to Project Income, A-1355 
Debit Accounts, A-1231.2

TANF

Applicants are not required to remit any child support received before the certification date. At application and prior to certification, the following procedures may be used to determine the countable child support to budget.

When determining …count …
eligibility,all child support already received and/or expected to be received each month, less the $75 disregard. If the countable child support plus other countable income is less than the TANF recognizable needs, proceed to determining the benefit amount.
benefits,child support received from the beginning of the month through the date of certification, less the $75 disregard. 

Exception: For One-Time TANF, issue the full grant.

Note: If the applicant refuses to remit the child support after signing Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, prior to certification, a child support penalty is applied.

TANF recipients should be instructed to remit all child support received after the certification date to the OAG. See A-1124, TANF, for instructions on remitting child support payments to the state. Child support payments remitted to the OAG as required are not counted.

Child support received after certification is counted if the:

  • individual receives an excess payment from the OAG; or
  • legal parent keeps payments received directly from the absent parent instead of remitting them to the state.

A sanction is imposed for noncooperation. Child support payments are counted, less the $75 disregard deduction. The advisor must process a claim for any overissuance.

SNAP

Child support counts as unearned income. If a TANF individual remits child support to the state, only the portion the OAG sends to the individual is counted.

Computer Action on Disregard Payment

The OAG sends HHSC a monthly computer tape for all TANF individuals receiving OAG child support payments that month. Each month, the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS):

  • updates the child support payment history file on SNAP data inquiry; and
  • rebudgets any associated SNAP EDG not correctly budgeted. This rebudgeting results in an automated Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, if rebudgeting results in adverse action.

TANF-State Program

Full child support payments are counted, less the $75 disregard deduction.

A—1326.2.2 Lump-Sum Child Support Payments

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

TANF and SNAP

Lump-sum child support payments received or anticipated to be received more often than once a year count as unearned income in the month received. Lump-sum child support payments received once a year or less frequently count as a resource in the month received.

Lump-sum payments on child support arrears are received from the following sources:

  • IRS intercept program — This occurs when the IRS intercepts the absent parent's tax refund to pay child support arrears.
  • Excess payment — When the OAG sends a second excess payment to the recipient, HHSC receives the payment date and amount. 
  • OAG adjustments — HHSC receives a PBS-OAGF1 Report, Clients Receiving a Lump Sum Adjustment from OAG-Possible Ineligibility. HHSC produces this report when the OAG adjusts an EDG that results in a lump-sum distribution to the recipient. Adjustments may occur when federal distribution changes are implemented, court orders are modified, or EDG errors are corrected.

Lump-sum payments on current child support are received from the following sources:

  • Advance pay — Advance pay occurs when the absent parent is current on obligated amounts and voluntarily pays an amount in advance of the obligated monthly amount. Example: The absent parent is obligated to pay $200 a month and is current on that amount. The absent parent loses their job and receives a severance payment of $2,000 and decides to pay $1,000 in advance to cover child support for the next five months. The payment to the recipient counts as a resource in the month received.
  • Future pay — Future pay occurs when the absent parent is current on obligated amounts and voluntarily and routinely pays an extra amount over the obligated amount. Example: The absent parent is obligated to pay $200 a month and is current on that amount. The absent parent pays $25 extra each month (or some months). The OAG releases the money as received. This payment counts as unearned income if staff  anticipate that it will be received more often than once a year.

Related Policy

Lump-Sum Payments, A-1242 
Calculating Household Income, A-1350 
TXCSES Menu Screens, C-832.2

A—1326.2.3 Medical Support Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

When a court order is entered, it designates the amount of child support and/or medical support a parent receives on behalf of the children. Medical support is in the form of:

  • health insurance, ordered in addition to child support; or
  • a cash amount for the purpose of offsetting medical expenses.

TANF and SNAP

If the individual does not receive Medicaid and is responsible for paying medical expenses, the payments are considered a reimbursement and the policy for reimbursement in A-1332, Reimbursements, applies.

Cash medical support payments the individual receives and remits to Third Party Recovery (TPR) are not counted. Any of the cash medical support payment from the absent parent that the individual continues to keep counts as income.

Related Policy

Remitting Cash Medical Support Payments to the Third-Party Resources (TPR) Unit, A-861.5 
TANF, A-1124 
Reimbursements, A-1332

Medical Programs

Medical support payments are exempt.

If the individual has an open child support case with the OAG for children receiving Medicaid, the OAG processes medical support payments through an interface with HHSC/TPR, and the individual does not receive a direct payment. If an individual is not referred to the OAG for services and is receiving or begins receiving cash medical support payments, the individual is required to remit the payments to the TPR unit.

A—1326.3 Energy Assistance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Energy or utility payments and supplements are paid to or on behalf of the TANF, SNAP, and Medical Programs households from various governmental and private sources. The assistance may be in the form of cash, vendor, in-kind, and two-party check payments.

The chart below indicates when to exempt or count energy/utility assistance as TANF, SNAP, and Medical Programs income. Note: If an energy assistance payment is combined with other payments, only the energy assistance portion is exempt from income (if applicable).

SourceType PaymentTANFSNAPMedical Programs
Federally-funded, state, or locally administered programs including CEAP, weatherization, Energy Crisis, and one-time payments for emergency repairs of a heating or cooling device (down payment and final payment)
  • Vendor
  • In-kind
  • Two-party check
  • Cash
ExemptExemptExempt
Energy assistance received through HUD, U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Housing Service (RHS) or Farmer's Home Administration (FmHA)
  • Vendor
  • In-kind
  • Two-party check
  • Cash
ExemptExemptExempt
State or local government-funded utility supplement or energy assistance payments (not federally-funded)
  • Vendor
  • In-kind
  • Two-party check
ExemptExemptExempt
State or local government-funded utility supplement or energy assistance payments (not federally-funded) State or local government-funded utility supplement or energy assistance payments (not federally-funded)
  • Cash
ExemptCountExempt
Private nonprofit organization
  • Vendor
  • In-kind
  • Two-party check
ExemptExemptExempt
Private nonprofit organization 
  • Cash
Count per A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and ContributionsCount per A-1326.1Exempt
State or federal regulated utility company, a municipal utility company, or a supplier of home heating oil or gas
  • Vendor
  • In-kind
  • Two-party check
ExemptExemptExempt
State or federal regulated utility company, a municipal utility company, or a supplier of home heating oil or gas
  • Cash
ExemptCountExempt

A—1326.4 Foster Care and Permanency Care Assistance (PCA) Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

Foster care or permanency care payments are exempt.

TANF

Do not include a person receiving foster care or permanency care payments in a TANF budget or certified group.

SNAP

If a foster parent or caregiver chooses to exclude a foster/PCA child/adult from the certified group:

  • the foster care/PCA income for the foster/PCA child/adult who is excluded from the certified group is exempt; and
  • all other income received by the excluded foster/PCA child/adult is exempt.

If a foster parent or caregiver chooses to include a foster/PCA child/adult in the certified group:

  • the foster care/PCA income counts as unearned income for the foster/PCA child/adult;
  • any other non-exempt income received by the foster/PCA child/adult is counted; and
  • the foster care/PCA income under the foster/PCA child's/adult's name is budgeted for whom the payment is intended.

Related Policy

Who Is Not Included, A-222, No. 8

A—1326.5 In-Kind Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

In-kind income is exempt.

A—1326.6 Interest

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

All Programs

Interest counts as unearned income unless specifically excluded.

Note: “Note interest” is one type of interest that is also counted as unearned income.

A—1326.7 Loans (Noneducational)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Financial assistance is considered a loan if:

  • there is an understanding that the individual will repay the money; and
  • the individual can reasonably explain how the loan will be repaid.

These loans are exempt from income. Contributions that are not considered loans must be considered as explained in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions.

Note: See A-1234, Noneducational Loans, for policy on treating loans as a resource.

A—1326.8 Plan for Achieving Self-Sufficiency (PASS)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Any amount an SSI recipient deposits into a PASS account or uses toward completion of a PASS plan is exempt.

Note: If the PASS contribution is made from earned income, the advisor should enter the PASS income in the Employer – Employee Screen – Amount Totals – PASS Income. TIERS will deduct the PASS contribution from the gross earnings.

A PASS can be, but is not limited to, money that is:

  • deposited into a savings account to purchase a vehicle for employment transportation;
  • deposited into a savings account to start a new business; or
  • used toward an educational program.

The PASS plan must be approved by the Social Security Administration.

The SSI recipient will receive a notice from SSA approving or disapproving the PASS plan. Advisors may use this notice as verification of the PASS plan.

Related Policy

Individual Development Accounts (IDAs), A-1231.3

A—1326.9 Pensions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A pension is any benefit derived from former employment (such as retirement benefits or a disability pension). A pension counts as unearned income.

A—1326.10 Trust Funds

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Withdrawals or dividends that the household can receive from a trust fund (also referred to as trust payments) count as unearned income.

Related Policy

Trust Funds, A-1237

A—1326.11 Resettlement-Reception and Placement (R&P)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

R&P payments are exempt.

A—1326.12 Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Individuals can receive RCA only if they are not eligible for TANF.

SNAP

RCA counts as income in the month received.

Medical Programs

RCA income is exempt.

A—1326.13 Match Grant

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Individuals can receive Match Grant only if they are not eligible for TANF.

SNAP

Follow the policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions.

Medical Programs

Match Grant is exempt.

A—1326.14 Spousal Diversion and Dependent Allowance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

The portion of income from a spouse or parent in a nursing facility that is diverted to the family members living in the community counts as unearned income.

The spousal diversion and dependent allowance are determined by the Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities worker processing the application for nursing facility coverage. When nursing facility coverage is approved and disposed, TIERS will add this income in the community family member's approved Texas Works (TW) EDGs upon running Eligibility. Advisors do not make Data Collection entries for this income.

Medical Programs

Spousal diversion payments are exempt.

A—1326.15 Income Legally Obligated to Children in Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) Conservatorship

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

DFPS has systems in place to become a payee for legally obligated income the child received prior to DFPS taking conservatorship. This income may include (but is not limited to) child support, RSDI and SSI.

Foster care (FC) types of assistance (TOA) are identified in TIERS Inquiry as:

  • Foster Care – Federal Match – With Cash,
  • Foster Care – No Federal Match – With Cash,
  • Foster Care – No Federal Match – No Cash, and
  • Foster Care – Federal Match – No Cash.

Federal Match identifies Medicaid paid by matched funds from the federal government. No Federal Match identifies state-paid Medicaid only without matching federal funds. With Cash types of assistance (with or without federal match) indicate that the foster parent receives FC financial assistance for an FC child in addition to FC Medicaid. No Cash indicates the foster parent does not receive an FC financial payment but DFPS provides FC Medicaid only.

When reviewing inquiry systems such as WTPY/SOLQ and OAG, and DFPS is identified as the payee for the legally obligated income:

  • The legally obligated income for an FC child who is receiving FC With Cash is not counted since DFPS keeps the legally obligated income.
  • Legally obligated income for the FC child who receives FC No Cash is counted since DFPS sends the legally obligated income to the foster parent.
  • The legally obligated income is counted when a child is placed back in the home of the individual from whom the child was removed. DFPS remains the conservator of the child receiving FC No Cash, and the legally obligated income is not forwarded. The individual must inform the income source they are now the payee. If DFPS has not already provided the issuing agency this verification, that agency must verify with DFPS before changing the payee.
  • FC and Adoption Assistance (AA) children placed in Texas from another state will receive a TOA No Cash from DFPS in Texas. However, the child may receive an FC or AA payment from the home state. When a child is receiving FC or AA in Texas and is from another state, the advisor must contact the home state to verify any countable legally obligated income.

Examples:

  • A child receives SSI. DFPS removes the child from the custody of her mother. DFPS becomes the payee for the child’s SSI.
  • The child is placed with a foster parent. The child receives FC – Federal Match – With Cash. The foster parent chooses to include the child in the foster parent’s SNAP household. The child is added to the foster parent’s SNAP EDG. Since the child receives an FC payment, DFPS retains the child’s SSI. The FC payment and SSI are not budgeted in the SNAP EDG because the FC payment is exempt income and DFPS keeps the SSI income.
  • Months later, DFPS places the child with her great-aunt. The child now receives FC – Federal Match – No Cash. The child’s great-aunt chooses to include the child in the great-aunt’s SNAP household. The child is removed from the former foster parent’s EDG and is added to her great-aunt’s EDG and SNAP EDG. DFPS remains the payee for the child’s SSI but sends it to her great-aunt. The SSI must be counted in the SNAP budget.
  • Several months later, DFPS places the child back with her mother; however, DFPS retains conservatorship. The child continues to receive FC – Federal Match – No Cash. DFPS informs the SSA that the child now resides with her mother. The child’s mother must inform SSA to have the child’s SSI sent to her. The SSI must be counted in the SNAP budget.

Note: DFPS does not become the payee for children who receive adoption assistance.

A—1326.16 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

A—1326.17 Alimony (Spousal Support) Received

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

All Programs

Alimony payments, also referred to as spousal support, are payments received from a spouse or former spouse under a divorce or separation agreement. 

SNAP and TANF

Count alimony received as unearned income for the person receiving the payment.

Medical Programs

If the divorce or separation agreements that include alimony payments were executed or last modified:

  • on or before Dec. 31, 2018, count alimony received as unearned income for the person receiving the payment.
  • after Dec. 31, 2018, do not count alimony received in the household’s budget.

A—1326.18 Annuity

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

An annuity is a series of payments paid under a contract and made at regular intervals over a period of more than one full year. Payments can be either fixed (under which one receives a definite amount) or variable (not fixed). An individual can buy the contract alone or with the help of an employer.

Annuity payments are counted as unearned income.

A—1326.19 Capital Gains

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Capital gains are profit from the sale of property or of an investment when the sale price is higher than the initial purchase price (for example, profits from the sale of stocks, bonds, or from the sale of real estate).

TANF and SNAP

Capital gains are exempt.

Medical Programs

Capital gains are counted as unearned income.

A—1326.20 Housing Allowance

Revision 24-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2024

SNAP and TANF

Follow military pay allotments and allowances, or government housing assistance policy for specific types of housing allowances.

If the employer garnishes or diverts a household member's wages and pays them to a third party to cover a housing expense like rent, the payments made to the third party are counted. However, if the employer pays the household’s rent directly to the landlord and pays the household its regular wages, the rent payment is excluded from income.

Similarly, if the employer provides a housing allowance to an employee along with wages, exclude the value of the housing allowance from the employment income.

Count all other housing allowances as unearned income.

Medical Programs

Housing allowances provided as compensation for ordained, commissioned, or licensed members of the clergy are excluded from MAGI budgeting if:

  • the employing church or organization officially designates the payment as a housing allowance before it makes the payment;
  • the total amount of the allowance does not exceed the total cost of renting or purchasing the home, including furnishings and utilities; and
  • the amount of the allowance does not exceed the value of the services the person provides as a member of the clergy. If the housing allowance exceeds the housing costs or value of services provided, count the excess amount as earned income.   

Housing allowances not addressed in Military Pay Allotments and Allowances policy, Government Housing Assistance policy, or considered a housing allowance for a clergy member are counted as unearned income.

Related Policy

Military Pay Allotments and Allowances, A-1323.3
Government Housing Assistance, A-1324.4
Vendor Payments, A-1334

A—1326.21 Life Estate

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Life estate income is income an individual receives from ownership of property that an individual only possesses ownership of for the duration of one’s life (for example, rental income).

Life estate income is counted as unearned income.

A—1326.22 Jury Duty Pay

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Jury duty pay is taxable income received from jury duty as compensation.

TANF and SNAP

Jury duty pay is exempt.

Medical Programs

Jury duty pay is counted as unearned income.

A—1326.23 Court Awards

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Court awards are taxable money that an individual receives as the result of a lawsuit (for example, compensation for lost wages or punitive damages awards).

TANF and SNAP

Follow policy in A-1331, Lump-Sum Payments.

Medical Programs

Court awards income is counted as unearned income.

A—1326.24 Canceled Debt

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Canceled debts are debts that have been canceled, forgiven, or discharged, and the canceled amount is included as countable income on federal income tax returns (for example, loan foreclosures or canceled credit card debt).

TANF and SNAP

Canceled debt income is exempt.

Medical Programs

Canceled debt income is counted as unearned income.

A—1326.25 Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) Accounts

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) programs allow individuals (beneficiaries) who become blind or disabled before age 26 to establish tax-free savings accounts for the designated beneficiary's disability-related expenses.

All Programs

Contributions to an ABLE account from individuals other than the designated beneficiary, and any distributions from an ABLE account, are not considered income to the designated beneficiary.

Income of the designated beneficiary, or an individual whose income is considered when determining eligibility, that is deposited into an ABLE account, remains countable income when determining eligibility.

TANF and SNAP

Interest and dividends earned on an ABLE account are exempt.

Medical Programs

Interest and dividends earned on an ABLE account are countable as unearned income.

Related Policy

Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) Accounts; A-1231.6

A—1326.26 School-Based Savings Accounts

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

School-Based Savings Accounts are accounts set up by students or their parents at financial institutions that partner with school districts. The accounts are intended to help students save for higher education.

TANF and SNAP

Interest earned on School-Based Savings Accounts is exempt.

Medical Programs

Interest earned on School-Based Savings Accounts is countable as unearned income.

Related Policy

School-Based Savings Accounts, A-1231.7

A—1326.27 MyGoals Payments

Revision 18-1; Effective January 1, 2018

MyGoals payments are cash payments received by participants in the MyGoals for Employment Success demonstration project. The demonstration studies the impact of combining workforce development and financial payments on employment outcomes for recipients of the Housing and Urban Development, Section 8 Rental Assistance. Only residents within the jurisdiction of the Houston Housing Authority are selected to participate in the project. 

All Programs

MyGoals payments are counted as cash contributions made by a private, nonprofit organization according to policy in A-1326.1, Cash Gifts and Contributions.

A—1326.28 Texas Lottery Commission

Revision 18-2; Effective April 1, 2018

All Programs

Count the gross amount of winnings as unearned income in the month received, regardless of the frequency of pay. The Data Broker information includes debt offset (recoupment) information.

Example: Applicant wins $1,000/month; however, there is a debt offset (recoupment) of $100 from the OAG for child support. The income budgeted will be $1,000.

Note: Some winners may elect to place their winnings in a trust fund.

Related Policy

Trust Funds, A-1326.10 
Trust Funds, A-1237 
Payments Exempt as a Resource While Being Considered Income, A-1243 
Texas Lottery Commission, C-825.18

A-1330, Types of Payments

Revision 04-3; Effective April 1, 2004

 

 

A—1331 Lump-Sum Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Lump sums received once a year or less are exempt, unless specifically listed as income. These sums are considered as a resource in the month received, and the policy in A-1242, Lump-Sum Payments, applies.

Note: Retroactive or restored payments are considered to be lump-sum payments and count as a resource. Any portion that is ongoing income is separated from a lump-sum amount and counted as income.

Example: A person receives a lump-sum payment in the amount of $4,950 from the SSA in the month of March. Effective that same month, the person receives his first monthly RSDI payment of $950, which is included in the $4,950 lump-sum payment. Staff must budget the $950 RSDI payment beginning with the month of March as an ongoing payment and consider the $4,000 as a lump-sum payment.

A lump-sum payment counts as income in the month received if the individual gets it or expects to get it more often than once a year.

Exceptions: Contributions, gifts, and prizes count as unearned income in the month received, regardless of frequency of pay.

If a lump sum reimburses a household for burial, legal, medical bills or damaged/lost possessions, the countable amount of the lump sum is reduced by the amount earmarked for these items.

Federal tax refunds and EICs are exempt as income.

Medical Programs

All lump-sum payments are counted as income in the month they are received.

Note: Award prizes are considered lump-sum payments and are counted in the month they are received.

Related Policy

Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Federal Tax Refunds and Earned Income Tax Credits (EIC), A-1232.2

 

 

A—1332 Reimbursements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

A reimbursement (not to exceed the individual's expense) is exempt if it is provided specifically for a past or future expense:

  • that is not included in HHSC's standard of need, or
  • for medical needs that are not paid by Medicaid.

If the reimbursement exceeds the individual's expenses, any excess counts as unearned income. A reimbursement to exceed the individual's expenses is not considered unless the individual or provider indicates the amount is excessive.

Note: A reimbursement for future expenses is exempt only if the individual plans to use it as intended.

SNAP

A reimbursement (not to exceed the individual's expense) provided specifically for a past or future expense other than a normal living expense is exempt.

If the reimbursement exceeds the individual's expenses, any excess counts as unearned income. A reimbursement is not considered to exceed the individual's expenses unless the individual or provider indicates the amount is excessive.

Note: A reimbursement for future expenses is exempt only if the individual plans to use it as intended.

Medical Programs

A reimbursement is exempt. Reimbursements include private insurance payments.

 

 

A—1333 Third-Party Beneficiary

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Money an individual receives that is intended and used for maintenance of a nonmember is exempt.

If an individual receives a single payment for more than one beneficiary, the amount actually used for the nonmember is excluded up to the nonmember's identifiable portion or prorated portion, if the portion is not identifiable.

 

 

A—1334 Vendor Payments

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Payments that a person or organization outside the household makes directly to the individual's creditor or person providing the service are exempt.

TANF and SNAP

Exception: Money legally obligated to the household, but which the payer makes to a third party for a household expense is counted as income.

Example: In a SNAP EDG, the absent parent is court-ordered to pay $400 a month. Instead, the absent parent pays $150 cash support and also pays $300 of the custodial parent's rent directly to the landlord for a total of $450. The $150 cash and $250 of the vendor-paid rent counts as child support, since that portion is legally obligated to the individual. The $50 amount over the legally obligated child support of $400 is considered an exempt vendor payment.

Related Policy

Cash Gifts and Contributions, A-1326.1
Child Support, A-1326.2

 

 

A—1334.1 Vendor Payments from State and Local Government Funds

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

All vendor payments made for a household with a migrant farm worker in the workstream that are paid with state or local government funds are exempt.

Vendor payments paid to other people with state or local government funds are counted unless the payment provides assistance for:

  • medical expenses,
  • child care, or
  • expenses related to natural disasters (for example, fires or floods).

Note: Vendor payments paid with federal funds (for example, federally funded housing assistance) are exempt. Policy in A-1326.3, Energy Assistance, applies.

TANF and Medical Programs

Vendor payments from state and local government funds are exempt.

A-1340, Income Limits

Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008

 

A—1341 Income Limits and Eligibility Tests

Revision 21-3; Effective July 1, 2021

TANF

There are two eligibility tests for TANF.

Budgetary Needs Test

The budgetary needs test is the first eligibility test for the household. It applies to all households who have not received TANF in the last four months (in Texas or another state).

If an unmet need of less than 50 cents remains, the household is ineligible.

Recognizable Needs Test

The recognizable needs test is the final eligibility test for the household. This test applies to all applicants and certified households.

The recognizable needs test has two parts. Applicant households (those subject to the budgetary needs test) must pass both Part A and Part B. All other households must pass only Part B.

If an unmet need of one cent or more remains, the household is eligible.

Needs Tests Instructions

Include all countable earned and unearned income. Follow the steps below:

  1. Total the gross earned and unearned income for each person.
  2. Add applied income amount. Applied income is the countable amount of income after allowing deductions for tax dependents, child support, alimony, and people a legal parent is legally obligated to support.
  3. Subtract the child support disregard, if applicable.
  4. Subtract the standard work-related expense (not to exceed the household member's monthly earned income) for each qualifying member with countable earnings.
  5. Subtract each member's allowable costs for dependent care (up to the maximum).
  6. Subtract any child support expense.
  7. Compare the net income to the budgetary needs amount. If the net income or unmet need is 50 cents or more, the household passes the budgetary needs test.

Note: If there is a diversion amount and someone other than the person with diversions has count income (or two household members with joint diversions both have countable income), each member's income or earned income deductions are computed separately until the actual amount allowed to be diverted from each person's income is subtracted. Then the total net incomes are combined.

When two members have joint diversions, any amount of the diversion that exceeds one member's income can be diverted from the other member's income using the steps below:

  1. Subtract 1/3 of the net income for applicants with earned income who have not been active TANF in the last four months.
  2. Subtract 90 percent of the remaining earnings (up to a cap of $1,400). Allow this deduction for each employed household member who is eligible for it. The person can receive this deduction for four months in a 12-month period. The four months do not have to be consecutive. Note: Do not count a month in which a full-family sanction is imposed as one of the 90 percent earned income deduction (EID) months.

Note: If there is a diversion amount and someone other than the person with diversions has countable income (or two members with joint diversions both have countable income), each member's income and earned income deductions are computed separately until after subtracting the actual amount allowed to be diverted from each person's income. Then the adjusted gross incomes are combined.

When two members have joint diversions, any amount of the diversion that exceeds one member's income can then be diverted from the other member's income.

For each household member with earnings, the deductions cannot exceed the person's total income. This also applies when there is more than one household member with earnings, diverted income or both.

The adjusted income should be compared to the recognizable needs amount. If the adjusted income is one cent or more, the household passes the recognizable needs test.

The adjusted income is subtracted from the maximum grant amount to determine the benefit amount.

Related Policy

Child Support Deductions, A-1421
$75 Disregard Deduction, A-1422
Dependent Care Deduction, A-1423
Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, A-1424
Work-Related Expense ($120 and 20%), A-1425.1
1/3 Disregard for Applicants, A-1425.2
90% Earned Income Deduction, A-1425.3
Income Limits, C-111

SNAP

There are two eligibility tests for SNAP.

Gross Income Test

Gross income is the total countable income. This test applies to all households except those:

  • with a member who is elderly or has a disability; or
  • that are categorically eligible.

To be considered categorically eligible, all household members must be approved for TANF or SSI, or a combination of TANF and SSI, or the household must meet resource criteria and have gross income below or equal to 165 percent Federal Poverty Level (FPL) for its size.

A household subject to the gross income test is ineligible if unrounded gross income exceeds the limit by one cent or more.

Note: For households with a deductible farm loss, the loss is subtracted before applying the gross income test.

Related Policy

Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability, B-430

Net Income Test

Net income is the gross income minus allowable deductions. This test applies to all households, except categorically eligible households.

Note: The net income test applies to a household with a member who is elderly or has a disability if the household’s gross income exceeds 165 percent FPL and the household does not meet categorically eligible requirements.

If a household's rounded income exceeds the net income limits, the household is ineligible. Fifty cents or more is rounded up and 49 cents or less is rounded down. The EDG is denied if net income results in zero allotment for the initial and ongoing months.

TIERS will assign the appropriate income test at Eligibility Summary after running Eligibility Determination Benefit Calculation (EDBC).

Related Policy

Benefits, A-2322
Maximum Income Limits, C-121

Medical Programs

For Medical Programs, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) financial eligibility is determined by comparing the applicable program income limit and the MAGI household income calculated using Step 1 through Step 5 below.

Follow the five steps below in the specified order for each person applying for benefits to determine MAGI financial eligibility for each person.

Step 1 — Determine MAGI Household Composition

The MAGI household composition for the person will be used to complete Steps 2, 3, 4, and 5. 

Step 2 — Determine MAGI Individual Income

Identify and list all income, expenses, and overpayments for each person in the MAGI household.

Form H1042, Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) Worksheet: Medicaid and CHIP, is used for each person included in the person’s MAGI household composition to list and calculate:

  • earned income, excluding any pretax contributions;
  • unearned income;
  • self-employment income;
  • American Indian/Alaska Natives (AI/AN) disbursement;
  • overpayments; and
  • expenses.

Step 3 — Determine Whether Any Exemptions Apply to MAGI Household Income

If a person meets one of the following exceptions for the taxable year in which Medicaid or Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) eligibility is requested, their MAGI individual income is not included when calculating MAGI household income (as explained in Step 4).

Exception 1:

A person is a child (natural, adopted or step), regardless of age, who is:

  • included in the MAGI household composition of a parent or whose MAGI household composition includes a parent; and
  • not expected to be required to file a federal income tax return since the child’s monthly income is below the monthly Internal Revenue Service (IRS) income threshold.

Exception 2:

A person is a tax dependent who is:

  • included in the MAGI household composition of the taxpayer claiming them as a tax dependent; and
  • not expected to be required to file a federal income tax return since the tax dependent’s monthly income is below the monthly IRS income threshold.

If a person meets the criteria for Exception 1 or 2 and does not have any income, it is not necessary to determine whether the person is expected to be required to file an income tax return because there is no income to compare with the IRS income threshold. Move to Step 4 at this point.

Note: Even if a person’s tax status is “non-taxpayer/non-tax dependent,” the person may be “expected to be required to file” a federal income tax return based on the IRS threshold amounts.

For a person who is expected to be required to file a federal income tax return, all MAGI Individual Income from Step 2 counts in every household composition in which that person is included.

If a child meets Exception 1:

  • their income is excluded from the MAGI household income of every applicant or recipient whose MAGI household composition includes that child; and
  • the child’s income is exempt from their own MAGI household income.

If a tax dependent meets Exception 2:

  • the tax dependent’s income is excluded from the MAGI household income of the taxpayer who plans to claim that person on a federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the taxpayer is requesting Medicaid or CHIP eligibility; and
  • this tax dependent’s MAGI Individual Income counts in their own MAGI household income and counts in the MAGI household income of everyone else in whose MAGI household they are included.

If a person meets the criteria for both exceptions (a child (regardless of age) included in the MAGI household composition of a parent and a tax dependent included in the MAGI household composition of the taxpayer), Exception 1 applies. Exception 1 is more beneficial for the child because the child’s income would then be exempt from the child’s MAGI Individual Income.

Example: A child (regardless of age) lives with her mother, has no income, and her mother expects to claim the child on her federal income tax return. The child would meet Exception 1 and Exception 2. For the purposes of exempting the child’s income, the child (regardless of age) is considered a child who is included in the MAGI household composition of a parent whose MAGI group includes a parent (Exception 1). Because the child has no income to exempt, there is no need to compare her income to the tax thresholds. If the child did have income under the threshold, it would be more beneficial to allow her Exception 1 so that her income would not be counted on her own MAGI household income.

Example: Grandma Mary and Grandpa John expect to file taxes jointly and claim their three grandchildren, Sally, 8, Lucy, 12 and Mike, 14, as tax dependents. Grandma Mary and Grandpa John have not adopted their grandchildren. Grandma Mary applies for medical assistance for her grandchildren but does not apply for medical assistance for herself or Grandpa John.

Sally, Lucy, and Mike each receive $1500 a month in Social Security survivor benefits (SSB). The children meet a tax dependent exception because they are claimed as a tax dependent by a taxpayer who is not their spouse or parent. Their MAGI household compositions are determined using the non-taxpayer and non-tax dependent rules.

The MAGI household for each child includes the three siblings (Sally, Lucy and Mike) and the survivor benefits count in each child’s own MAGI household income and in the MAGI household income of their siblings. If Grandma Mary and Grandpa John had applied for medical assistance, the children’s survivor benefits would NOT count in their MAGI household income.

Step 4 — Calculate MAGI Household Income

First, the MAGI Individual Income for each person included in the applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household composition is calculated by:

  • adding earned income, unearned income, self-employment income, and AI/AN disbursements (if AI/AN status is not verified per policy or the income source is not verified);
  • subtracting overpayments; and
  • subtracting expenses.

 

Person 1

Person 2

Person 3

Person 4

Total earned/unearned income

 

 

 

 

Add

+

+

+

+

Total self-employment Income

 

 

 

 

Add

+

+

+

+

Total AI/AN disbursement

 

 

 

 

Subtract

-

-

-

-

Total recoupment of overpayments

 

 

 

 

Subtract 

-

-

-

-

Total expenses

 

 

 

 

Equals  

=

=

=

=

MAGI Individual Income

 

 

 

 

Second, the MAGI Individual Income for all people included in the applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household composition must be totaled. Anyone’s income (as applicable) based on Exceptions 1 and 2 from Step 3 is exempt.

Add MAGI Individual Income   +   +   + =

Third, the standard MAGI income disregard, by MAGI household size, must be subtracted from the sum of the MAGI Individual Incomes to get the MAGI household income. The standard MAGI disregard is an income disregard equal to five percentage points of the FPL. It is a standard amount based on the applicable household size across all Medical Programs that use MAGI rules to determine income.

Sum of MAGI Individual Incomes

 

Subtract

-

Standard MAGI Disregard

 

Equals

=

MAGI Household Income

 

Note: The standard MAGI income disregard is updated annually based on the annual updates to the FPL.

Step 5 — Determine MAGI Financial Eligibility

The person’s eligibility is determined by comparing whether the applicant’s or recipient’s MAGI household income is less than or equal to the income limit of the applicable program based on FPL and MAGI household size.

Steps 1 to 5 must be repeated for each person applying for Medical Programs.

Related Policy

Medical Programs, A-240
Who Is Included, A-241.1
Verification Requirements, A-1370
Income Limits, C-131
Standard MAGI Income Disregard, C-131.4
IRS Monthly Income Thresholds, C-131.5
Guidelines for Providing Retroactive Coverage for Children and Medical Programs, C-1114

 

 

A—1341.1 Grant Amount

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The TANF grant amount is the amount of the monthly benefit. The TANF grant is approximately 17 percent FPIL. The federal government periodically adjusts the FPIL.

After the household passes the recognizable needs test, the recommended grant amount is calculated. The advisor subtracts the household's adjusted gross income (rounded down to the nearest dollar) from the maximum grant amount allowed for the household's size and composition. See C-111, Income Limits.

The minimum grant amount is $10. The household is eligible to receive the minimum grant if the recommended grant amount is less than $10.

Benefits of less than $10 are issued only for:

  • supplemental payments; and
  • payments made after processing a recoupment.

A-1350, Calculating Household Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A household's income is computed to determine eligibility and benefit amount. Household income is computed by using:

  • actual income (income that was already received), or
  • projected income amounts (not received but expected).

Notes:

  • Both actual income amounts and projected income amounts for the current month are used to determine eligibility and benefits.
  • For households paid on a monthly or semi-monthly basis, income is counted for the month it is intended if the household receives:
    • the income in a different month because of a change in the mailing cycle or pay date; or
    • an additional or missed payment because of weekends or holidays.

Exception: A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income, may be used when using the TWC wage record to calculate income.

TANF

If a child lives with a married relative (not a parent) who wants to be the caretaker, eligibility and benefits are determined using:

  • normal budgeting for the applicant's income, and
  • stepparent budgeting for the income of the applicant's spouse.

Medical Programs

See A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, for Medical Programs.

A—1351 Irregular and Unpredictable Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Income that is irregular and unpredictable is exempt if both of the following conditions apply:

  • The anticipated income will be less than or equal to $30 per household in a federal fiscal quarter; and
  • The individual receives the income too infrequently or too irregularly to reasonably anticipate it. "Reasonably anticipate" means the individual knows:
    • who the income will come from,
    • in what month it will be received, and
    • how much it will be.

A—1352 Terminated Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Terminated income counts in the month received. Actual income must be used and conversion factors are not used if terminated income is less than a full month's income.

Income is terminated if it will not be received in the next usual payment cycle.

Income is not terminated if:

  • someone changes jobs while working for the same employer;
  • an employee of a temporary agency is temporarily not assigned;
  • a self-employed person changes contracts or has different customers without having a break in normal income cycle; or
  • someone receives regular contributions, but the contributions are from different sources.

A—1353 How to Convert Income to Monthly Amounts

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

If actual or projected income is not received monthly, the income should be converted to monthly amounts using one of the following methods:

  • Divide yearly income by 12.
  • Multiply weekly income by 4.33.
  • Add amounts received twice a month (semi-monthly).
  • Multiply amounts received every other week by 2.17.

Note: A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income, can be used for converting TWC wages.

A—1353.1 Converting New Semi-Monthly Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The following procedures should be followed if an individual has a new source of semi-monthly income and has not received enough checks to reliably project the income:

  1. Determine the estimated number of hours the individual will work per week.
  2. Estimate weekly gross income by multiplying the weekly estimated hours by the hourly wage.
  3. Determine the monthly projected gross income by multiplying the estimated weekly gross income by 4.33.
  4. To determine the semi-monthly income amount to enter on the income screen, divide monthly gross income by two.

A—1354 How to Budget Actual Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Actual income is income that has already been received. Actual income is budgeted by:

  • determining the actual income received in a past month; and
  • converting the averaged amount to a monthly amount. See A-1353, How to Convert Income to Monthly Amounts, for instructions on how to convert income to a monthly amount.

Actual income should not be converted when:

  • determining eligibility for three months prior Medicaid; or
  • the income received from a new or terminated source is less than a full month's income.

Note: A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income, can be used for budgeting TWC wages.

A—1355 How to Project Income

Revision 20-4 Effective October 1, 2020

All Programs

Projected income is income a person has not received, but expects to get. To project income:

  1. Evaluate the household's income and circumstances with the person.
  2. Budget income in the month the person anticipates getting it. Budget:
  • actual income received as of the interview date (or the date the information was requested); and
  • income that can be reasonably anticipated for pay periods after the interview or information request date. "Reasonably anticipated" means the person knows:
    • the source of the income;
    • in what month the person will get the income; and
    • what amount of income the person will get.
  1. When a person does not get income monthly but anticipates getting a full month's income, convert it to a monthly amount using conversion factors.
  2. When a person gets an additional payment outside the regular payment cycle, convert the regular payments and add the additional payment to the converted amount.

Note: To determine the date income can be reasonably anticipated, use factors specific to the source of income, distance it travels through the mail, electronic transfers, weekends and holidays.

For people getting unemployment insurance benefits, determine the availability of funds in the account by adding one business day to the payment date listed on the Texas Workforce Commission Inquiry Benefit Payment screen.

For child support payments disbursed through the Texas debit card, follow policy in A-1326.2.1, Counting Child Support.

Fluctuating Income

If income is ongoing, but the amounts fluctuate, it is best to anticipate income by averaging income from past pay periods. When using this method:

  • Verify at least two pay amounts in the time period beginning 45 days before the file date through the interview date (or the date the EDG is being processed if an interview is not required).
  • Continue to enter amounts for all pay periods in the required budget months, using either year-to-date (YTD) amounts or the average amount of received payments for any unverified pay dates.

If the household states the payments are representative of current income, use YTD amounts, if available, for missing pay periods and use the average amount of verified payments for other unverified pay periods in all budget months. Use more than two pay amounts if they are available, but do not pend to require more than two pay amounts when a person says the pay amounts are representative of current income and the statement is not questionable.

Exception: For Children's Medicaid, see policy in A-1371, Verification Sources.

Use a different method to anticipate income when someone has a new job, seasonal fluctuations occur, or expected changes (such as changes in work hours or rate of pay) cause too many past amounts to be unrepresentative of current income.

Different methods of anticipating future income are:

  • asking the employer for an estimate;
  • using less than the required number of pay periods when they are not all available;
  • multiplying anticipated hours by the rate of pay; or
  • other methods.

Document the reason and calculations for the method used.

Example: When an applicant has paychecks, use the YTD amounts to find any missing pay amounts, if possible. In this situation, the gross pay on the checks is representative of current income.

Pay Date Gross Pay Amount YTD
05/11 (missing paycheck) (missing paycheck)
05/25 $265.50 $4,675.93
06/09 (missing paycheck) (missing paycheck)
06/23 $262.84 $5,199.18

You must have the checks before and after the missing paycheck. Take the YTD gross amount of the check prior to the missing paycheck and subtract it from the check received directly after the missing paycheck.

$5,199.18

YTD of check dated 06/23

- $4,675.93

YTD of check dated 05/25

= $523.25

Difference of the YTD amounts

Then subtract the gross pay amount of the paycheck received after the missing paycheck from the difference of the YTD amounts.

$523.25

Difference of the YTD amounts

- $262.84

Gross pay amount of check dated 06/23

= $260.41

Gross pay amount of check dated 06/09

Then add the three amounts together and divide by three to determine the average for the other missing pay period.

$265.50

Gross amount of 05/25

+ $260.41

Gross amount of 06/09

+ $262.84

Gross amount of 06/23

= $788.75 ÷ 3

Total of three checks then divide by three
= $262.92 Average to use for check dated 05/11

Non-Fluctuating Income

All Programs (except TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48)
  • Verify that a source of income (earned or unearned) does not fluctuate.
  • Verify the frequency of the payment.
  • Require gross pay from only one payment received in the 45 days before the file date through the interview date if the person states the frequency and gross pay have not changed. Use this income amount for unverified pay periods in all budget months.

Exception: Do not apply this policy to sources of income that involve fluctuations in pay due to overtime, tips, commission, bonuses, hourly wages, etc.

Examples:

  • At initial certification, a person gave proof he is paid a weekly gross salary of $400 with no fluctuations. He is now being interviewed for a SNAP redetermination and has one pay stub dated within 45 days of the application file date showing earnings of $400 for the week. He states there have been no changes in his weekly gross pay or the pay frequency. One pay stub is acceptable proof in this example, because the pay amount and frequency were previously verified and the person stated the pay amount and frequency have not changed.
  • Another person is being interviewed for a SNAP application and has one pay stub dated within 45 days of the application file date. She states she is paid a weekly gross salary of $500 and that her pay does not fluctuate. The employer verifies the pay frequency and that the gross amount does not fluctuate. Accept the single pay stub as proof of gross pay and do not pend for other pay stubs unless the income is otherwise questionable.

A—1355.1 Budgeting Options for SNAP Households

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

If income is received more than once a month, monthly converted amounts are used to compute the monthly average. If the monthly income fluctuates, the household may choose to average its monthly income over the entire certification period. The advisor must determine the household's eligibility and benefits based on the average income.

Exception: The income of destitute households must not be averaged over the certification period.

A—1355.2 How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

All Programs

The quarterly wage records displayed on TWC inquiry reflect wages earned in the quarter ending as late as one month before the current calendar month. However, because the wage records are updated quarterly, wages may be further in the past. TWC quarters are displayed as a number corresponding to the quarter of the year in which the wages were earned, as illustrated below:

  • The first quarter is January through March and is displayed as a 1 and the corresponding year.
  • The second quarter is April through June and is displayed as a 2 and the corresponding year.
  • The third quarter is July through September and is displayed as a 3 and the corresponding year.
  • The fourth quarter is October through December and is displayed as a 4 and the corresponding year.

Use the gross monthly amount determined from using TWC wage records, when applicable, in all of the following budget months:

  • application; and
  • ongoing.

Note: A-831.3, Income Computation, may be used when determining the budget for prior Medicaid months.

Use the following chart to determine payment amounts when using TWC wage records to budget earned income.

Did the person receive three full months of income in this quarter? then use one of the following calculations:
Yes
  • Weekly – Divide the quarterly amount by the number of pay periods in the selected quarter.
  • Bi-Weekly – Divide the quarterly amount by the number of pay periods in the selected quarter.
  • Semi-Monthly – Divide the quarterly amount by 3 and then divide the monthly amount by 2.
  • Monthly – Divide the quarterly amount by 3.
  • Quarterly – Use the quarterly amount.
No
  • Weekly – Divide the quarterly amount by 3 and then divide the monthly amount by 4.33.
  • Bi-Weekly – Divide the quarterly amount by 3 and then divide the monthly amount by 2.17.
  • Semi-Monthly – Divide the quarterly amount by 3 and then divide the monthly amount by 2.
  • Monthly – Divide the quarterly amount by 3.
  • Quarterly – Use the quarterly amount.

Note: TIERS uses the calculations in the chart above to derive the Calculated Payment value on the "TWC Inquiry" section of the Employment Payments screen.

Before using TWC quarterly wage information as a verification source for earned income, use the preferred methods of verification for the applicable program.

TANF and SNAP

The following sources continue to be the preferred methods of wage verification if they are available without having to pend the EDG to obtain them:

  • the most recent consecutive check stub(s); or
  • Form H1028, Employment Verification.

If these preferred sources of verification are not available during the interview, or when processed if no interview is required, and it would be necessary to pend for wage verification, the TWC quarterly wage information should be used as verification as explained below.

Using TWC Quarterly Wage Information as Verification of Earned Income
  1. Did the person receive pay for all pay periods in all months of the most recent quarter posted from the current employer, and none of the months includes leave without pay or a change in work hours from full-time to part-time?
Yes– Continue No – Pend for other wage verification
  1. Is the person still employed by the employer listed on the most recent TWC quarter?
Yes– Continue No – Pend for other wage verification
  1. Is the person's pay rate the same now as it was for each month of the most recent quarter reported to TWC?
Yes– Continue No – Pend for other wage verification
  1. After discussion with the person, do they agree that the result is representative of anticipated future gross wages per pay period?

Note: Convert the income to the frequency the person receives the income before discussing with them whether the earnings shown in TWC records are representative of current and/or future earnings.

Yes – Use TWC wage record as verification No – Pend for other wage verification

Note: Verify tip income not included on a person's wage statement by obtaining a signed and dated statement from the person.

Medical Programs

If the person's reported income is not reasonably compatible with electronic data sources, pend for verification of earned income and determine whether the TWC quarterly wage information can be used as verification of earnings. The TWC wage record may be used as a verification source if both of the following conditions are met:

  • the current employer listed on the Medicaid application or redetermination form matches the employer listed on the most recent TWC wage record; and
  • all household members for whom the household is applying are eligible based on the TWC quarterly wage information.

Convert the quarterly wage data to monthly income amounts, as described above.

If the income reported on the application or redetermination form makes the household ineligible, do not require the verification of earnings. If a member is ineligible based on the TWC data but appears eligible based on wages reported on the application form, request other income verification.

Note: If the TWC quarterly wage data is older than the verification used in the current SNAP budget, use the SNAP budget to determine eligibility for Medicaid applications or renewals.

Related Policy

Income Computation, A-831.3 
Verification Requirements, A-1370
Verification Sources, A-1371

A—1356 Income Received Less Often Than Monthly

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

If income is received less often than monthly, the income is prorated over the period covered.

SNAP

If income is received less often than monthly, the income:

  • counts in the month received, or
  • is prorated over the period the income is intended to cover (at the individual's option).

Exception: Income of destitute farm workers is not prorated.

A—1357 Computing Benefits by EDG Action Type

Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014

All Programs

Action Type Budgeting
Application
  • For past months, use the actual amounts for the entire month and use the appropriate conversion factor. For three months prior, use the actual amounts received for the entire month but do not use a conversion factor.
  • For the interview month, use a combination of actual amounts (amounts that have already been received) and projected amounts for amounts that have not been received yet, based on policy in A-1355, How to Project Income.
  • For future months, project amounts.
  • For TWC, see A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income.
Untimely redetermination – interview after the last benefit month
  • For past months, use the actual amounts for the entire month and use the appropriate conversion factor. For three months prior, use the actual amounts received for the entire month but do not use a conversion factor.
  • For the interview month, use a combination of actual amounts (amounts that have already been received) and projected amounts for amounts that have not been received yet, based on policy in A-1355, How to Project Income.
  • For future months, project amounts.
  • For TWC, see A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income.
Untimely redetermination – interview during the last benefit month
  • For the new certification period, project amounts.
  • For TWC, see A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income.
Timely redetermination
  • For the new certification period, project amounts.
  • For TWC, see A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income.
Changes Project amounts.
Claims/Restored benefits Use actual amounts.

A—1358 How to Budget Expenses

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Only household expenses expected during the certification period should be considered to determine eligibility and benefits.

Expenses should be projected using the most recent month's bills and any anticipated increases or decreases. The household may choose to average expenses if they are anticipated to fluctuate or occur less often than monthly.

If the individual is billed for expenses weekly, biweekly or semi-monthly, the income conversion factors found in A-1353, How to Convert Income to Monthly Amounts, may be used to determine monthly expenses.

Medical Programs

Budgeting MAGI expenses is explained in A-1411, Rules That Apply to Deductions, Medical Programs.

A—1359 How to Determine Spend Down

Revision 05-1; Effective January 1, 2005

A—1359.1 Determining Eligibility/Spend Down for the Application and Following Months

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 56 and TP 32

Children and pregnant women with unpaid medical bills must first be determined ineligible for Medicaid or CHIP before being considered for TP 56 or TP 32.

TP 56 and TP 32 use MAGI rules to determine financial eligibility as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, with the following exception.

Exception: When calculating MAGI household income in Step 4 for TP 56 and TP 32, the only income that is included for the applicant or recipient is income from the following individuals, if these individuals are in the applicant's or recipient's MAGI household composition:

  • The applicant;
  • The applicant's parents, if the applicant is under age 19; and
  • The applicant's spouse (if applicable).

Informing individuals about spend down is explained in A-1532.1, Spend Down EDGs.

A—1359.2 Determining Eligibility/Spend Down for Three Months Prior

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 56 and TP 32

Children and pregnant women must be determined ineligible for Medicaid or CHIP before being considered for TP 56 or TP 32 coverage for three months prior to the application month and must have:

  • unpaid medical bills during the prior month(s), or
  • received Medicaid services from the Texas Department of State Health Services during the prior months.

Advisors must determine financial eligibility for TP 56 and TP 32 for the three months prior to the application month by following the MAGI rules as explained in A-1359.1, Determining Eligibility/Spend Down for the Application and Following Months.

Children and pregnant women may be determined eligible for TP 56 or TP 32 coverage for any month in the three months prior to the application month. Advisors must notify the applicant of the eligibility determination for each month.

A—1359.3 Corrections to a TP 56 EDG

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 56

The following procedures are used to notify the Medically Needy Clearinghouse (MNC) when:

  • a correction must be made to a TP 56 EDG with spend down; and
  • the Clearinghouse has not processed the EDG.

The claims administrator at 1-800-252-8263 is the contact entity to speak with someone concerning a Medicaid EDG with spend down. Advisors should have access to the following information concerning the EDG before calling:

  • EDG name;
  • EDG number;
  • advisor's name;
  • advisor's employee number and mail code;
  • advisor's telephone number; and
  • all information about the change.

A-1360, Determining Countable Income in Special Household Situations

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

A—1361 Alien Sponsor's Income

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TANF, SNAP, TP 07, TP 08, TP 20, TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48, TP 56, TP 70, TA 84 and TA 85

Count the income of the alien's sponsor and the sponsor's spouse (if the spouse also signed an affidavit of support).

Do not apply this policy to sponsored aliens who:

  • are children under 18;
  • are ineligible for benefits. Examples include those who are disqualified from getting benefits or those considered non-members, such as students who do not meet SNAP student eligibility criteria);
  • have become naturalized U.S. citizens;
  • have 40 quarters of work history or can receive credit for 40 quarters of work;
  • have a deceased sponsor;
  • have a sponsor who is a member of the alien’s household or Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) household composition;
  • are refugees, parolees, asylum grantees, Amerasians, victims of severe trafficking or Cuban or Haitian entrants;
  • are indigent. Use this exception only if the alien does not meet one of the other exceptions noted in this list. Deem only the amount the sponsor will give the alien for a 12-month period starting the month of the indigence determination. Each determination is renewable for an additional 12-month period;
  • are battered alien spouses of U.S. citizens or of legal permanent residents, children of battered aliens, or parents of battered children, if:
    • HHSC determines the battery is substantially related to the need for benefits; and
    • the battered person does not live with the batterer.

Do not deem the sponsor's income for 12 months for battered aliens, starting the month the alien is certified for any benefit. Do not assign a new 12-month period if the alien reapplies after a denial of benefits. After the first 12 months, continue exempting the sponsor's income from deeming if:

  • a court or the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) recognize the battery;
  • HHSC determines the battery has a substantial connection to the need for benefits; and
  • the alien does not live with the batterer.

Use the following list of circumstances as a guide in making the substantial connection between the battery and the need for benefits. Determine if the battered alien needs the benefits:

  • to become self-sufficient after leaving the abuser;
  • to escape the abuser, the community or both in which the abuser lives;
  • to ensure the battered alien's safety;
  • to replace financial support lost as a result of the separation from the abuser;
  • because of the loss of a job or reduced earnings resulting from the battery or cruelty;
  • because the battered alien needs medical attention or mental health counseling or now has a disability due to the battery;
  • because the battered alien lost the home, and the separation from the abuser jeopardizes the battered alien's ability to care for the children;
  • to reduce nutritional risks;
  • to get medical care for a pregnancy resulting from sexual assault or abuse; or
  • to replace medical coverage or health care services.

Each time a determination of indigence is made, send a memo with the name, address, Social Security number, and date of birth of both the indigent alien and the indigent alien's sponsor, to the Access and Eligibility Services (AES) Program Policy mailbox. Before sending the memo, explain to the sponsored alien that federal regulations require state offices to report the sponsor to the USCIS for failure to give support as required on the sponsor affidavit. Allow the sponsored alien to choose to have the sponsor's income deemed if the alien does not want state office to send this report.

TANF, TP 07, TP 08, TP 20, TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48, TP 56, TP 70, TA 84 and TA 85

This policy does not apply to:

  • sponsored aliens whose sponsors get TANF or SSI; or
  • the dependent child of a sponsor or sponsor's spouse.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

When determining eligibility for a child whose parent is a sponsored alien and a required member of the budget group, do not count the income of the parent’s sponsor.

SNAP

This policy does not apply to:

  • sponsored aliens whose sponsors get SNAP as a member of the same household; or
  • organizations or groups that sponsor aliens.

A—1361.1 Budgeting the Individual Sponsor's Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and Medical Programs

Consider all of the sponsor's gross countable income as available to the alien's household, minus only the following deductions:

  • The lesser of:
    • 20 percent of the total gross monthly earned income (including net self-employment earned income); or
    • $175.
  • The budgetary needs (100 percent) figure of a one- or two-parent caretaker TANF EDG for the sponsor's family size. For Medical Programs, use the appropriate income limits figure for the sponsor's family size. Include all members of the household whom the sponsor claims or could claim as tax dependents. Note: For TANF, see A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, to determine:
    • whether to use the needs allowance of an adult or a child; or
    • the needs amount for more than two adults.
  • The total amount the sponsor pays to a claimed tax dependent living outside the home.
  • Total alimony or child support the sponsor pays to persons living outside the home.

Count the remaining amount as unearned income for the alien.

SNAP

Consider all of the sponsor's gross countable income as available to the alien's household, minus only the following deductions:

  • 20 percent of the sponsor's total monthly gross earned income (including net self-employment earned income).
  • An amount equal to the gross income limit for a household including the sponsor, the spouse, and any others claimed or who could be claimed as tax dependents (even if living outside the home). Do not include people who live with the sponsor but cannot be claimed as tax dependents.

Compare the computed countable income with the actual contributions that the alien received from the sponsor and spouse.

Budget the higher of the two amounts as unearned income to determine the alien's eligibility and benefits.

A—1361.2 Prorating the Sponsor's Income

Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001

All Programs

If several aliens are sponsored, prorate the remaining income evenly among all the aliens who apply for or receive benefits.

A—1361.3 Budgeting the Organization Sponsor's Income

Revision 01-7; Effective October 1, 2001

TANF

An alien sponsored by an organization is not eligible for TANF unless the alien:

  • can prove the organization no longer exists; or
  • provides income and resource information for the organization.

If the alien provides income and resource information, contact Texas Works Policy Section, state office, for special budgeting procedures.

A—1362 Disqualified Members

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF

The income of a disqualified legal parent, including a disqualified second parent, is counted. Procedures in A-1362.1, TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits, or A-1362.2, TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child's Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction, apply.

The income of a disqualified child who is a required member of the certified group is counted. Procedures in A-1362.2 apply.

The income of other noncertified children is not counted.

SNAP

All income, except a prorated portion, is counted for a person disqualified for one of the following reasons:

  • The applicant failed to provide or apply for a Social Security number.
  • The applicant is an ineligible alien (including an alien awaiting sponsor information or proof of sponsor information).
  • The applicant is waiting for verification of a questionable claim of U.S. citizenship.
  • An able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD) has received the maximum months of benefits without meeting the SNAP ABAWD work requirement.

All income, unless otherwise exempt, is counted for a member disqualified for:

  • intentional program violation;
  • Employment and Training (E&T) noncompliance;
  • felony drug convictions; or
  • being a fugitive.

Disqualified people are considered household members although they are not allowed to participate.

Medical Programs

Calculate the MAGI household income for each individual applying for Medical Programs using the steps explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs.

A—1362.1 TANF – Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

For EDGs with a legal parent who is disqualified for one of the reasons above and who has income, advisors should follow the budgeting process below to determine the amount of the legal parent's income to count against the needs of the remaining certified group before applying the two needs tests.

  1. Determine the legal parent's countable monthly gross earned income.
  2. Subtract the standard $120 work-related expense deduction from earned income.
  3. Add the disqualified parent's unearned income to the net earned amount and subtract the following three amounts:
    • The monthly amount the parent actually pays to a person living outside the home whom the parent can claim as a tax dependent or is legally obligated to support.
    • The monthly amount of alimony and child support payments the parent actually makes to persons outside the home.
    • The budgetary needs amount for the parent and other noncertified members in the home whom the parent can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support (including SSI recipients). Use the needs figure applicable to the number of noncertified members (including the parent with income). Note: See A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, to determine:

      • whether to use the needs allowance of an adult or a child, or
      • the needs amount for more than two adults.


      Exception: Do not include the needs of a dependent who is disqualified for a reason other than citizenship.

  4. Count the remaining income against the needs of the certified group.

Note: If a noncertified stepparent with income also lives in the home, complete the steps in A-1366.2, Stepparent Budgeting Procedures, before completing this process.

A—1362.2 TANF - Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child's Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The same budgeting procedures used for a certified household member are used for TANF, except the needs of the disqualified member are not included.

Exception: If the household member is not a required member of the certified group, the non-required member’s needs are removed. Additionally, the non-required member’s income and resources do not count against the remaining members of the certified group.

If the member has expenses for which income must be diverted, the policy in A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, should be followed.

A—1362.3 SNAP - Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, SNAP ABAWD Work Requirement or Noncompliance with Social Security Number Requirements

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

SNAP

All of the disqualified person's countable income should be totaled.

Notes:

  • Income of an alien's sponsor is not applied to a sponsored alien who is disqualified.
  • If a disqualified member receives TANF, the disqualified member's pro rata share of the TANF grant is counted, and each TANF recipient's portion of the grant is entered as TANF income.
  • The disqualified person's countable income is divided by the number of household members, including the disqualified member. This determines the pro rata share of income.
  • All pro rata shares of income are counted, except those of a disqualified member(s).

Earned Income Deduction — The EID is deducted from the part of the disqualified member's earned income that is counted in the household.

Standard Deduction — The appropriate standard deduction amount is applied only for eligible household members.

Dependent Care, Child Support Expense, Shelter Expense and Homeless Shelter Standard Deductions — These expenses billed to or paid by the disqualified member are divided equally among all SNAP household members, including the disqualified member. All pro rata shares are included in the household budget, except those of disqualified members. The allowable pro rata share is entered under an eligible SNAP household member.

Note: If only the disqualified member has income, the expenses must be considered to be paid by that member.

Utility or Telephone Deductions — The appropriate utility or telephone standard is allowed. Utility or telephone deductions are not prorated.

Medical Deduction — The actual medical expense or the standard medical deduction is prorated among all household members, and the pro rata share for a disqualified member’s medical bills (including situations in which the disqualified member is billed for or pays the medical bills of a remaining eligible household member) is not allowed.

Note: If only the disqualified member has income, the expenses must be considered to be paid by that member.

Income Test and Household Size — The disqualified member is not included in determining the household income limits or the amount of the household's allotment.

Example of Procedures for Budgeting TANF Income of Households with Members Disqualified for Citizenship or Alien Status Who Are Eligible for TANF but Not SNAP

A household consists of a husband and wife and their four children. The husband and wife are lawful permanent residents, and their four children are U.S. citizens. The husband is unemployed, and the household receives a TANF-State Program grant of $294. Both the husband and wife are eligible for TANF but are disqualified aliens for SNAP.

For TANF and SNAP EDGs, TIERS will automatically prorate the TANF income for the SNAP budget, using the following formula.

StepAction
1Divide the TANF grant by the number of TANF-certified household members to arrive at the pro rata share for each member. $294 ÷ 6 = $49 (each member's pro rata share of the grant).
2

Multiply the pro rata shares of the grant by the number of TANF recipients who also are eligible for SNAP benefits.

$49 x 4 = $196

3

Divide the disqualified person's pro rata share of the TANF benefits by the total number of SNAP household members, including the disqualified member(s). Count the pro rata share of TANF attributed to all eligible SNAP household members.

$49 ÷ 6 = $8.17 x 4 = $32.68 (countable share of the husband’s TANF)
$49 ÷ 6 = $8.17 x 4 = $32.68 (countable share of the wife's TANF)

4Determine the total countable TANF by adding the countable amounts from Steps 2 and 3. $196 (children’s share) + $65.36 = $261.36.

A—1362.4 SNAP — Budgeting for Persons Disqualified for Intentional Program Violations, SNAP Employment Services Noncompliances, Felony Drug Convictions or Being a Fugitive

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Income — All income of a disqualified member counts unless it is otherwise exempt.

Income Deductions — All income deductions and expenses of a disqualified member are allowed.

Standard Deduction — The disqualified member is not included in the household size when applying the standard deduction.

Shelter/Medical Deductions — Appropriate shelter and medical deductions are allowed even if the disqualified person is the only elderly person or person with disabilities in the household.

Although the household can receive uncapped shelter deductions, the household must still pass both the gross and net income tests if the disqualified person was the only elderly member or member with disabilities in the household.

Income Test and Household Size — The disqualified member is not included in determining the household income limits or the amount of the household's allotment. 

A—1363 Diverting Income

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

TANF

Divert income if a caretaker, second parent, minor parent or married minor has countable income and:

  • pays alimony or child support to people outside the home;
  • makes payments to people outside the home who the person can claim as tax dependents or has a legal obligation to support; or
  • there are noncertified people living in the home who the person can claim as tax dependents or has a legal obligation to support, including SSI recipients and children receiving SSI Medicaid.

Also divert income if a noncertified stepparent lives in the home and:

  • only the legal parent has income; or 
  • they both have income and the stepparent's income does not meet all of the stepparent’s and the noncertified dependent's needs. 

If both the stepparent and legal parent have income, follow the stepparent budgeting procedures before completing this process.

Line 1 – Payments to Dependents Outside Home — The actual amount of any payments made to people living outside the home who the parent or non-certified stepparent can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support.

Line 2 – Alimony and Child Support Payments — The actual amount of alimony or child support payments the parent or noncertified stepparent makes to people outside the home.

Line 3 – 100 Percent Needs Amount — The budgetary (100 percent) needs figure for all noncertified members in the home who the legal parent or noncertified stepparent can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support including SSI recipients. Exclude the needs of a parent or dependent who is disqualified for a reason other than citizenship, or immigration status, state time limits or the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement. Use the single parent caretaker needs figure if there is a noncertified stepparent in the home, or a second legal parent in the home who receives SSI or is disqualified for citizenship or immigration status, state time limits or noncompliance with the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement. Follow policy for diversions, alimony and payments to dependents outside the home to determine:

  • whether to use the needs allowance of an adult or a child; or
  • the needs amount for more than two adults.

Line 4 – Maximum Amount to Be Diverted — The total of lines 1, 2 and 3 except if following stepparent budgeting procedures. This is the maximum amount of diversions that can be deducted from the person’s total income. The actual amount diverted in any needs test may be less, since the diverted amount cannot exceed the person’s total income and be deducted from income of another household member unless they will be filing a joint income tax return, or they are married.
TIERS will complete this process based on the entries on the Relationship page.

Related Policy 

Stepparent Budgeting Procedures, A-1366.2
Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, A-1424 

A—1364 Migrant Farm Workers in the Workstream

Revision 02-3; Effective April 1, 2002

SNAP

Migrant farm workers are people who have moved into a county looking for work cultivating crops, canning, or packing. The household must include at least one migrant farm worker to be classified as a migrant household. 

A—1364.1 Guidelines for Determining Income of Migrant Workers

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

  • Income should not be anticipated merely because there is work available in the area.
  • Everyone in an area may not be employed, even if work is available.
  • Future income counts only when the amount and month of receipt is known.
  • The effect of future migrations must be considered since these migrations might interrupt the expected income.
  • The grower, not the crew chief, is considered as the source of income.
  • Travel advances and wage advances must be distinguished. If a travel advance is a reimbursement for travel expenses, the advance does not count as income. Wage advances for travel expenses count as income if the migrant worker has a written contract from the prospective employer that states the travel advance is a wage advance that will be deducted from wages earned later.
  • The income of a student under age 18 must be separated from the rest of the migrant household's income. If the student's earnings or amount of work performed cannot be distinguished from that of other household members, the total income is divided equally among the working members, and the child's share is excluded. 

A—1365 Unmarried Minor Parent Income

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The following steps should be followed when determining eligibility for households with an unmarried minor parent.

Note: Minor parent budgeting procedures are not used when determining eligibility for married minor parents.

Determine which of the following situations describes the household:

  1. SituationHousehold Composition
    Aminor parent
    minor parent's child deprived due to absence
    minor parent's legal parent(s)
    minor parent's minor siblings
    Bminor parent
    minor parent's child deprived due to absence
    minor parent's legal parent and stepparent
    minor parent's minor siblings
    Cminor parent
    minor parent's child deprived due to absence
    minor parent's legal parent and stepparent
    minor parent's minor siblings
    minor parent's legal parent's and stepparent's mutual child
    Dminor parent
    legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent)
    minor parent's mutual child
    minor parent's legal parent(s)
    minor parent 's minor siblings
    Eminor parent
    legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent)
    minor parent's mutual child
    minor parent's child deprived due to absence
    minor parent's legal parent(s)
    minor parent's minor siblings
  2. If the household situation is described in situation …and the legal parent's choice to apply for TANF is …include in the certified group …using these budgeting procedures …

    A

    minor parent

    minor parent's child deprived due to absence

    minor parent's legal parent(s)

    minor parent's minor siblings

    yes,

    all household members.

    Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child.

    count income according to TANF guidelines for exempt and countable income.

    If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "A" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply.

    -no,the minor parent and minor parent's child deprived due to absence.apply the legal parent's income using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the legal parent's and siblings' needs).

    Treat the minor parent's income according to adult caretaker policies.

    B

    minor parent

    minor parent's child deprived due to absence

    minor parent's legal parent and stepparent

    minor parent's minor siblings

    yes,all members except the stepparent. Also include the stepparent if the legal parent is incapacitated (A-221, Who Is Included, No. 7).

    Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child.
    apply the stepparent's income if the stepparent is not included in the EDG. Follow the budgeting procedures in A-1366, Stepparent EDGs.

    If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "B" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply.
    -no,the minor parent and minor parent's child deprived due to absence.apply the minor parent's legal parent's income using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the needs of the legal parent, stepparent, and siblings).

    Do not count the stepparent's income.

    Treat the minor parent's income according to adult caretaker policies.

    C

    minor parent

    minor parent's child deprived due to absence

    minor parent's legal parent and stepparent

    minor parent's minor siblings

    minor parent's legal parent's and stepparent's mutual child

    yes,

    all household members.

    Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child.

    count income according to TANF or TANF-State Program guidelines for exempt and countable income.

    If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "C" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply.
    -no,the minor parent and minor parent's child deprived due to absence.follow the budgeting procedures in "B" "no" (also divert for the legal parent's and stepparent's mutual child).

    D

    minor parent

    legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent)

    minor parent's mutual child

    minor parent's legal parent(s)

    minor parent's minor siblings

    yes,

    all household members except the other parent of the minor parent's mutual child.

    Include the minor parent's child if the caretaker or payee requests that the child be certified. Treat the minor parent as a child.

    apply the income of the minor parent's child's noncertified other parent using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the needs of the other parent; also, divert for the other parent's mutual child's needs if the child is not included in the grant).

    If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "D" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply.
    -no,the minor parent, minor parent's mutual child, and the other parent of the minor parent's mutual child.apply the minor parent's legal parent’ s income using stepparent budgeting procedures (divert for the legal parent’s and the siblings’ needs).

    Treat the minor parent's and second parent's income according to adult caretaker policies.

    E

    minor parent

    legal parent of minor parent's child (not married to minor parent)

    minor parent's mutual child

    minor parent's child deprived due to absence

    minor parent's legal parent(s)

    minor parent's minor siblings

    yes,the same household composition policies as "D" "yes."follow the budgeting procedures in "D" "yes."

    If the household is ineligible, process the minor parent's application using "E" "no" if the minor parent wants to apply.
    -no,

    the minor parent, minor parent's mutual child, and the other parent of the minor parent's mutual child.

    Also, include the minor parent's child deprived due to absence.

    follow the budgeting procedures in "D" "No."

Notes:

  • If the minor parent lives with both parents, allow the caretaker EDG with second parent needs figure when diverting their income.
  • If the income of the minor parent's parent is diverted, do not count their resources. Refer to A-1247, Resources of Stepparents, for stepparents.
  • When the parents of the minor parent apply for TANF and the diverted amount from the minor parent's stepparent is a negative number, divert the remaining amount from the minor parent's legal parent's income.
  • Do not carry over any remaining diversion amount to other household members' income. 

A—1366 Stepparent EDGs

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

A stepparent's income is always considered when determining financial eligibility for the certified group.

Stepparent budgeting procedures are used when a minor parent and the minor parent’s children living with the minor parent's parent are applying for TANF and they meet the criteria in A-221, Who Is Included, No. 6.

If the legal parent and stepparent live in the home and have mutual children, the household members cannot be separated. Both parents' income is budgeted using legal parent budgeting procedures.

Related Policy

New TANF Spouse's Earnings, A-1368 

A—1366.1 How to Determine Budgeting Procedures in Stepparent EDGs

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The stepparent is included in the grant only if the stepparent wants to be included and:

  • the stepparent is the only parent in the home, or
  • both the legal parent and stepparent are in the home and the legal parent has a disability (according to procedures in A-1050, Deprivation Based on Incapacity).

If the stepparent is included in the grant, the stepparent's income and resources count as a legal parent's would be counted. The usual earned income deductions are allowed.

If the stepparent is not included in the grant, the stepparent's income is budgeted using the stepparent budgeting procedures in A-1366.2, Stepparent Budgeting Procedures, to determine the amount of monthly income to be applied to the certified group. These budgeting procedures should be followed even if the stepparent does not meet TANF citizenship requirements. 

A—1366.2 Stepparent Budgeting Procedures

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The amount of the stepparent's income that is counted to meet the certified group's needs must be determined before applying either needs test, using the following process:

  1. Total the stepparent's countable gross earned income.
  2. Deduct the stepparent's work-related expenses ($120).
  3. Add the stepparent's unearned income to the net earned amount.
  4. Deduct the stepparent's actual support payments for tax dependents outside the home and monthly expenses for alimony or child support. Deduct an amount equal to the budgetary needs (100 percent) of a single parent caretaker EDG for the stepparent and the stepparent's noncertified tax dependents living in the home (do not include the needs of a dependent that is disqualified for a reason other than citizenship).

    Note: See A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, to determine:
    • whether to use the needs allowance of an adult or a child, or
    • the needs amount for more than two adults.
  5. Apply the stepparent's remaining income to the certified group as unearned income.

Notes:

  • Count the stepparent's applied income only from the date of marriage.
  • Use stepparent budgeting procedures when a minor parent and the minor parent's children living with the minor parent's parent are applying for TANF and they meet the criteria in A-221, Who Is Included, No. 6.

See A-1363, Diverting Income, for the budgeting process when only the legal parent has income or the legal parent and stepparent have income. 

A—1366.3 Budgeting Procedures in Stepparent EDGs When Both Parents Have Eligible Children for Whom They Want to Apply

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The following steps are used to determine eligibility and benefits for TANF:

  1. Test eligibility for each parent's EDG individually as separate cases. Consider only the income and circumstances of the caretaker and children for whom the caretaker is applying. Do not apply the stepparent's income in this initial step.
  2. If both applicants are eligible, work the TANF as separate cases for each EDG group. Do not divert or apply income from either parent.
  3. If both EDGs are ineligible, deny them both.
  4. If one EDG is ineligible and the other eligible, deny the ineligible EDG and rebudget the eligible EDG. Consider the ineligible parent a stepparent and apply the ineligible parent's income using stepparent budgeting procedures.

Notes:

  • Divert income for an ineligible child from only one parent when budgeting for step 1 and step 3. Divert income from both parents for the same child only when they will be filing a joint tax return or they are married.
  • If the household includes eligible mutual children, the household members cannot be separated. Budget both parents' income using legal parent budgeting procedures. 

A—1367 Strikers

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

A striker is anyone who participates with one or more other employees in a work slow-down or stoppage. This includes a stoppage resulting from the expiration of a collective bargaining agreement.

A striker's status ends only when the striker returns to the job, retires, quits, is locked out, or is fired, regardless of the length of the strike.

A person is not a striker if the person is:

  • exempt from work registration on the day before the strike for any reason other than employment;
  • not participating in the strike, but cannot work because of the strike;
  • afraid to cross the picket line because of threatened harm; or
  • locked out of the job by an employer, including an individual who was on strike before the lock-out. 

A—1367.1 Eligibility of Strikers

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

A family is not eligible for TANF, TP 08 and TA 31 for any month in which the caretaker or second parent is participating in a strike.

SNAP

A household with a striker is ineligible for SNAP unless the household:

  • was eligible immediately before the strike; and
  • is still eligible.

Pre-Strike Eligibility

The income of all household members (including the striker) is used as of the day before the strike. If the household is ineligible, the household is denied.

If the household was eligible before the strike, current eligibility should be computed.

Current Eligibility

  1. The striker's income on the day before the strike should be compared with the striker's current income (including union benefits and part-time jobs). The higher of the two incomes counts.
  2. The striker's income is added to the current income of other household members.

    If the household is not currently eligible, the household is denied.

    If the household is eligible based on both current and pre-strike income, the household is eligible if it meets all other eligibility criteria. Other eligibility criteria are considered the same as income. The household must be eligible currently and before the strike.

TP 40, TP 43, TP 44, TP 48, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35 and TP 36

This policy is not applicable to these programs. 

A—1368 New TANF Spouse's Earnings

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The earnings of a TANF recipient's new spouse are excluded for six months, beginning the month after the date of the marriage if the total gross income of the budget group does not exceed 200 percent FPIL for the family size. This applies to both ceremonial and common law marriages.

The following individuals are included in the budget group:

  • the caretaker or payee of the TANF-certified group;
  • the new spouse of the TANF caretaker or payee;
  • each dependent of the TANF caretaker or payee and the new spouse who meets the TANF age and relationship requirements and lives in the household; and
  • anyone who would be a required member if not disqualified or ineligible such as an SSI recipient or ineligible alien.

If the household fails to provide verification of the marriage, the income exclusion is not allowed. The amounts previously excluded count after six months.

A-1370, Verification Requirements

Revision 23-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2023

All Programs

  • Verification of earned and unearned income is not required for any pay amount older than 60 days before the interview date.
  • Verify the following:
    • That a child meets the criteria to have their income exempted before exempting the child's earned income.
    • Interest income at redetermination if from a new source or the amount has changed by more than $50. Otherwise, accept the person’s statement of the amount.
    • Tip income not included on a person’s wage statement.
    • All loans or contributions, including cash or vendor payments, to determine the countable amount.
    • Vacation pay before or after a job ended. If paid vacation after the job ended, verify if the person got a lump sum or multiple checks.
    • The death of an alien's sponsor.
    • For people who are striking, contact the union and company officials to:
      • find out the probable length of the strike;
      • verify the striker’s wages from that company; and
      • confirm the striker's benefits or any help the striker is getting from the union.
    • For self-employment use:
      • A-1323.4.4, Determining the Amount of Self-Employment Income;
      • a collateral source as verification if self-employment has ended;
      • a person’s statement as verification only if a collateral source is not available; and
      • refer to C-940, Documentation, for requirements when an alternate method is used rather than a preferred source.
  • Verification used for SNAP or TANF in a TIERS EDG is acceptable for:
    • the other program unless it is inconsistent with other information or is questionable; and
    • medical programs unless policy for a specific type of verification specifically says otherwise.
  • Verification used for Medicaid in a TIERS EDG is acceptable for SNAP or TANF unless policy for a specific type of verification specifically says otherwise.
  • If all attempts to verify income are unsuccessful because the payer fails or refuses to give information and no other proof can be found, use the best available information to determine the budget amount.

Related Policy

Prudent Person Principle, A-137   
Children's Earned Income, A-1323.1   
Strikers, A-1367   
Verification Sources, A-1641   
Verification and Documentation, C-900

TANF and SNAP

Verify all countable income at initial application, redetermination and when a household reports a change, even if the amount reported makes the household ineligible.

Use earned income and employment information from third-party income databases such as The Work Number (TWN) when the information is reasonably consistent. Information from a third-party income database is considered reasonably consistent if the income difference is equal to or less than $125 of the monthly pay amount reported by the household. Request additional verification when the third-party income database information is not reasonably consistent with monthly pay amount reported by the household.

Use the following steps to get income information when adding a new member or for employable household members who have no prior certification history or who have had a month or more break in certification.

StepIf yes …If no …
1. For the month of application or two months before, did any household member have any earned or unearned income that ended?

Verify and document the: 

  • source;
  • final gross amount and date received;
  • reason the income ended; and
  • end date. 

Go to Step 2. 

Go to Step 2.
2. Is the household claiming no income?

If the claim is questionable: 

  • follow policy in A-1700, Management; or 
  • verify per C-920, Questionable Information.
STOP.

TANF

The date of marriage between a TANF recipient and the new spouse must be verified and used to determine the six-month period that the new spouse's earnings can be excluded as income.

TP 08

  • Verify the following to establish eligibility for TP 07:
    • increase in gross earnings; and
    • date the earnings or hours increased.
  • If verification is not available, accept the person’s statement, unless questionable.
  • If the household gives earnings information sufficient to determine ineligibility for TP 08, but does not give proof of the earnings, the household members should be transferred to TP 07 if they meet the eligibility requirements.

Related Policy

TP 07 Transitional Medical Programs, A-842

TANF and Medical Programs

If at application a person claims to have a disability or is caring for a child with disabilities, verify at the first redetermination that the person has applied with the Social Security Administration (SSA) for RSDI or SSI.

SNAP

  • A change may be processed based on best available information if: 
    • an increase in earnings results in a decrease in benefits;
    • the person fails to give information; and
    • staff can compute benefits based on the information provided.
  • A person’s statement that they do or do not have a sponsor may be accepted unless the sponsor status is questionable.
  • If sponsor status is questionable, the household has two options: 
    • contact U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) for verification of sponsor status; or
    • participate without the alien member.
  • Verify a disqualified person's income the same as any other member.
  • Do not use the services of people or organizations assisting strikers to interview applicants participating in the strike or lock-out. HHSC does not give these third-party representatives or organizations access to Lone Star Cards or other documents and does not use the facilities of these third-party representatives or organizations in certifying strikers.
  • Verify combat pay included in any income made available to the household by an absent military person, including the combat zone where the person is deployed. 
  • Request the household provide the military person’s issued orders or contact the financial office at the local base to verify deployment to a combat zone.
    Note: The military person’s leave and earning statement (LES) is often sent directly to the family, or the deployed military person can mail it to the family back home. The military person’s LES is acceptable verification of any combat pay being received and of deployment to a designated combat zone.
  • Verify migrant income through sources such as Employment Services, Farm Labor bureaus, Rural Manpower Development, Farmer's Cooperative Service, growers' associations, Migrants' Service organizations, county agents, and individual growers and crew chiefs.
  • If the household states the migrant workers work for various growers or crew chiefs, the household should be given a calendar form with space to record each day's income and hours worked. The household should get the grower or crew chief's signature for validation and present the form at the next interview.
  • Do not request additional proof of income when reactivating a SNAP EDG at redetermination that was denied for failure to provide information. Accept the original proof of income the person gave at the interview date, unless the household reports a change in income.
  • For streamlined reporting (SR) households, accept the person’s statement on whether the household exceeded the income limit during the original SR certification. If verification of current earnings shows household income does not exceed 130 percent FPL and there is no sign the household exceeded 130 percent FPL during the original SR certification period, it is not necessary to verify all income between the original SR certification period and the current certification.
  • If the person began employment during the original SR certification period and reports it at the SR redetermination, the start date of the job should be verified, but it is not necessary to verify all actual income from the start date. If the household's current income exceeds 130 percent FPL, the person should be asked to estimate the household's monthly income for the previous months. If the person’s estimate of the income exceeds 130 percent FPL, the person’s statement should be accepted, and an overpayment referral should be submitted. Estimate the amount of the overpayment and the overpayment date using the overpayment referral policy. The Office of Inspector General (OIG) verifies all actual income and recalculates the overpayment.
  • If a member of the SR household has earned or unearned income that ends during the certification, verify the last terminated job at the next redetermination.
  • If a member of the SR household changes jobs several times during the certification period, then at redetermination, staff must verify termination of the last job and the job the household member had at the start of the previous SR certification period.

Related Policy

How to File an Overpayment Referral, B-730
Required Verification for SNAP, C-912

Medical Programs

Verify all countable income at initial application, redetermination and when a household reports a change, unless the amount reported makes the household ineligible.

Request additional financial verification or documentation only if:

  • acceptable verification is not available through electronic data sources; or
  • information obtained electronically is not reasonably compatible with the person’s statement of income provided on the application or at redetermination.

Income from electronic data sources is considered reasonably compatible with income reported by a person when both the income reported by the person and electronic data are at or below the applicable income limit.

The system will determine if a person's income is reasonably compatible with available electronic data sources.   
If the person's statement of income is not determined to be reasonably compatible with electronic data, income must be verified using other acceptable verification sources.

A person’s statement of income is not reasonably compatible with electronic data if:

  • their statement of income is above the applicable FPL;
  • their statement of income is below the applicable FPL, but electronic data indicate that income may be above the applicable FPL;
  • the person has unverified countable expenses that need to be verified for the person to be determined income-eligible;
  • sufficient information such as income type, income frequency, and income amount is not provided by the person to calculate a monthly income;
  • income sources are provided that are not available from electronic data;
  • the person has unverified countable income other than earned income, RSDI or unemployment; or
  • TIERS cannot access a third-party system to get electronic data, or electronic data was insufficient to complete reasonable compatibility.

Verify earned income and employment information using TWN data provided through the Federal Data Services Hub (FDSH).

When determining ongoing eligibility, the person is not required to provide verification of earned or unearned income of any pay amount older than 60 days before the interview date or the date the action is initiated when an interview is not required.

Do not require a person to provide additional verification if:

  • verification is available through TWC inquiry or other automated systems considered acceptable verification sources and accessible to staff; or 
  • the person confirms the information obtained through data sources is accurate and representative; and
  • the information is sufficient to establish current eligibility.

Note: A Data Broker report cannot be requested for children under 16. Request additional verification if earned income is reported for a child under 16 who does not meet an exception explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, for Medical Programs, Step 3, and other electronic data sources are unavailable.

If the person reports that someone living at that physical address receives American Indian/Alaska Natives (AI/AN) income and includes an amount but does not provide the name of the person receiving the AI/AN income, pend for missing information. If the person:

  • Fails to provide the missing information by the final due date, then the EDG will be denied for failure to provide information.
  • Provides the name of the person receiving the AI/AN income but does not provide verification for the income type, then the income will be counted instead of being exempt. However, the EDG will not be denied for failure to provide information. The person will still be eligible for exemptions from cost-sharing if they are eligible for CHIP.

If the person indicates someone is eligible to receive services from Tribal or Indian Health Services, but they did not include the name of the person receiving services, then pend for the name. If the name is not provided by the final due date, then the EDG will not be denied, but the exemption will not be allowed for cost-sharing if the applicant is eligible for CHIP.

TP 40

After certification, a TP 40 EDG must not be denied for failure to provide proof of income unless income verification was postponed at certification.

A—1371 Verification Sources

Revision 23-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2023

All Programs

Alien Sponsor's Death

The Texas Bureau of Vital Statistics (BVS), if available, is considered the primary source of verification of death. If BVS is available but the date of death (DOD) does not match reported information, accept BVS as verification. No additional verification is required.

If BVS verification is not available, verify the DOD using two of the following sources:

  • Social Security Administration (SSA);
  • statement from guardian or authorized representative;
  • copy of death certificate;
  • statement from a doctor;
  • newspaper death notice (obituary);
  • statement from a relative or household member;
  • statement from funeral director; or
  • records from the hospital or other institution where the person died.

Contributions

  • written statement from the person or agency giving the money to or making the payment for the household member;
  • copy of the contribution check;
  • copy of the canceled check from the person making the contribution; or
  • proof of payment records for MyGoals cash payments.

Earned Income

  • Completed Form H1028, Employment Verification. Make sure the employer completed all items and the information is consistent with reported information. If information is not consistent, resolve any discrepancies.
  • Written letter from the employer that provides current income and frequency of payment(s).
  • Signed and dated statement from client for tip income not included on the wage statement.
  • View at least two pay amounts in the period starting 45 days before the file date through the interview date, or the date the EDG is being processed if an interview is not required. Consider any information the person reports between the application file date and the decision date when determining eligibility – see B-116, Information Reported During Application Processing.
  • Verify and document any breaks in pay periods. Do not use pay stubs as the only source of verification if the person:
    • began employment in the application or interview month;
    • reported new employment after certification;
    • ended employment in the application month; or
    • ended employment in the two months before application (TANF and SNAP only).
  • Contact with the employer by mail, fax or phone.
  • TWC wage records — see A-1355.2, How to Use Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Quarterly Wage Information to Budget Earned Income.
  • Form H2583, Choices Information Transmittal, if the form is complete and shows the employer verified the information.

Other Income

  • check or copy of check;
  • statement from the bank paying dividends and interest (accept the person’s statement on periodic reviews and timely recertifications);
  • statement from the company or union providing pensions or union benefits; or
  • Form H1050, Check Verification.

Other Government Benefits

  • current award notice, letter or official statement;
  • check or copy of check;
  • agency contract or record; or
  • statement from a Texas Department of Family and Protective Services advisor or representative.

RSDI

  • WTPY/SOLQ;
  • State Data Exchange (SDX) file, a source that also provides sufficient proof of SSI income available for an RSDI recipient;
  • current award notice, check, letter or statement from the SSA;
  • direct deposit slip from a financial institution; or
  • Form H1050.

Railroad Retirement Benefits

  • Form H1026, Verification of Railroad Retirement Benefits;
  • current award notice, letter, or statement from the Railroad Retirement Board;
  • check or copy of check;
  • direct deposit slip from a financial institution; or
  • phone contact with Railroad Retirement Board representative.

Self-employment

  • IRS Schedule C, Form 1040 – Profit or Loss from Business;
  • previous year’s IRS tax return or business records for self-employment income received less often than monthly;
  • most recent business records and receipts;
  • Form H1049, Client's Statement of Self-Employment Income; or
  • written client statement of estimated earnings or receipts for goods and services provided.

    Note: If collateral contacts or documentary information do not verify the income and expenses, use Form H1049.

Unemployment Compensation

  • check or copy of check;
  • current award notice, letter or statement from TWC;
  • former employer;
  • TWC inquiry; or
  • statement from TWC verifying the primary wage earner's application for unemployment insurance benefits.

Texas Lottery Commission

  • Data Broker System

Application for SSI/RSDI

  • WTPY/SOLQ; or
  • receipt from the SSA

TANF and SNAP

Child Support
  • Texas Child Support Enforcement System (TXCSES) Inquiry;
  • Office of the Attorney General (OAG) child support data;
  • check or copy of check;
  • county clerk records;
  • canceled checks (three months if possible);
  • wage withholding statements;
  • withholding statements from unemployment compensation;
  • written statement from the parent providing support; or
  • current court records such as court order, court support agreement, or divorce or separation papers.
Related Policy

Data Broker, C-820
OAG Child Support Data, C-825.14.1
Office of the Attorney General (OAG) Inquiry, C-832
TXCSES Web Child Support Portal Inquiry, C-833

Earned Income

  • Third-party income databases such as The Work Number (TWN) when the information is reasonably consistent.

Educational Grants, Scholarships or Loans

Statement, letter or records from:

  • schools;
  • organizations, clubs or agencies providing benefits; or
  • Veteran’s Administration (VA) for veteran's educational benefits.

SSI

  • WTPY/SOLQ;
  • SDX file which is a source that also provides sufficient proof of SSI income;
  • check or copy of check;
  • current award notice, letter or written statement from the SSA; or
  • direct deposit slip from a financial institution.

Veterans Benefits

  • a current award notice;
  • written letter or statement from VA or Defense Finance and Accounting Service (DFAS);
  • contact with a VA representative at 800-827-1000;
  • contact with a DFAS representative at 800-321-1080; or
  • Form H1240, Request for Information from Bureau of Veterans Affairs and Client's Authorization.

Workers’ Compensation

Current award notice letter or statement from:

  • claims adjuster;
  • attorney;
  • insurance company; or
  • check or copy of check.

TANF

Ceremonial Marriage

  • marriage license or certificate;
  • church records;
  • statement from clergy; or
  • family Bible records.

Common Law Marriage

  • Declaration of Informal Marriage filed with the county clerk;
  • sworn statement signed by both spouses; or
  • Form H1057, Declaration of Informal Marriage.

Medical Programs

Electronic data sources with reasonable compatibility is the preferred method of wage verification for Medical Programs.

Earned Income

  • Verify earned income and employment information using The Work Number (TWN). 
Related Policy

Verification Requirements, Medical Programs, A-1370

TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

In addition to the verification sources listed for All Programs, the following are also accepted for earned and unearned income:

  • paycheck stub issued in the last 60 days; or
  • most recent tax return.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-1380, Documentation Requirements

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

All Programs

Exempt Income — Document the:

  • reason the income is exempt; and
  • name and address or phone number of the income source.

Terminated Income — Document any:

  • income that terminated in the application month; and
  • vacation pay received before or after termination, including the dates received.

Income — Document the:

  • date of each income statement or pay stub used;
  • date income was received;
  • date income is anticipated using factors such as mail time, direct deposit or electronic transfers, weekends and holidays;
  • name and address or phone number of the income source;
  • gross amount of income;
  • frequency of receipt, such as weekly, every two weeks, semimonthly or monthly; and
  • calculations used.

Notes:

  • If other means are used to verify earned income, the documentation should include information comparable to that listed above. The payback amount and gross amount used in the budget for advances should be documented according to policy.
  • If using Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) quarterly wage records, complete the appropriate screens in TIERS.

Fluctuating Income — Document:

  • the reason for income fluctuations; and
  • why a pay period was included or excluded in the projection. If a pay period is not representative of future earnings, document the reason it is not representative.

Income Computations — Document verification and computation of household income:

  • at the initial application;
  • when a change is reported; and
  • at each subsequent application or redetermination.

    Note: All sources, amounts, dates, and computations must be recorded.

Other Income — Document the method used to verify income other than earned and TANF income, including the:

  • type of income;
  • check or another document viewed;
  • date on the check or other document;
  • amount recorded on the check or other document;
  • date the income was verified; and
  • computation performed to determine the total income.

Self-Employment — Document:

  • the method for averaging income;
  • deductions for the costs of doing business;
  • the number of hours engaged in the enterprise; and
  • other factors used to determine the amount of income.

    Notes:
    • Document the reason if Form H1049, Client's Statement of Self-Employment Income, is the only source of verification.
    • When income is entered as self-employment income in TIERS, a statement informing the self-employed person to keep self-employment records and receipts for verification purposes for future recertifications will appear on Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

Alien Sponsor's Income — Document that an indigent alien, exempt from deeming requirements, was informed that the state office is required to report the indigent alien’s sponsor to the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). If the alien does not want the report sent to the USCIS, document that the alien chose to have the sponsor's income deemed.

TANF and SNAP

Terminated Income — Document any income that terminated in the two months before the application month, including:

  • source of income;
  • gross amount of final check and date received;
  • reason for termination; and
  • date of termination.

TANF and TP 08

Document the household's plan to pursue legally entitled income and the time allowed to pursue the income.

Document when a person no longer claims to have a disability or to be caring for a child with a disability when they reapply after a denial for failure to follow the agreed plan to apply for SSI or RSDI.

TANF

Document the six-month period in which to exclude the earnings of a new spouse of a TANF recipient.

Document the person’s decision not to apply for SSI, when they are not required to pursue SSI because:

  • they are physically or mentally unable to complete the application process; and
  • SSA fails or is unable to provide assistance needed to complete the SSI application process.

Document a person’s decision to no longer claim a Choices exemption for disability or caring for a child with a disability when the person has failed, without good cause, to apply for SSI or RSDI.

Related Policy

Requirement to Pursue Income, A-1311
SSI/RSDI Application Assistance, A-1311.1.1
Wages, Salaries, Commissions, and Tips, A-1323.5
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1410, General Policy

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

All Programs except TP 45

Certain deductions may be allowed when determining countable income.

TANF

Households may be allowed the following deductions:

  • work-related expense deduction (up to $120);
  • 90 percent earned income deduction;
  • dependent care;
  • diversions; and
  • $75 disregard.

SNAP

Households may be allowed the following deductions:

  • 20 percent earned income deduction for households with earnings;
  • standard deduction;
  • medical costs for household members who are elderly or have a disability;
  • dependent care;
  • child support paid to or for non-household members;
  • homeless shelter standard;
  • excess shelter costs; and
  • Plan for Achieving Self-Sufficiency (PASS).

Medical Programs except TP 45

Households may be allowed the following Modified Adjusted Gross Income (MAGI) deductions:

  • standard MAGI income disregard;
  • alimony paid*;
  • educational expenses or student loan interest;
  • moving expenses (allowed only for active duty members of the military who are moving duty stations);
  • tuition or GI Bill deduction;
  • educator expenses;
  • expenses of fee-basis government officials, expenses of performing artists, and expenses of reservists;
  • health savings account;
  • deductible part of self-employment tax;
  • self-employed individual retirement account (IRA), simple IRA, and qualified plan deductions;
  • self-employed health insurance;
  • penalty on early withdrawal;
  • IRA deduction; and
  • domestic production activities deduction.

*Note: Alimony paid cannot be claimed as a MAGI deduction for divorce or separation agreements that are executed or modified after Dec. 31, 2018.

Persons with divorce or separation agreements effective on or before Dec. 31, 2018, can continue to claim alimony paid as a MAGI deduction until the agreement is modified. Follow verification and documentation policy when verifying the date of the divorce or separation agreement and the amount paid in alimony to allow the deduction.

TP 45

Because there is no income test, deductions are not considered as a factor in determining eligibility for TP 45.

Related Policy

Verification Sources, A-1441
Documentation Requirements, A-1450

A—1411 Rules That Apply to Deductions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Actual amounts (amounts that have already been billed) are used for the interview month, and amounts that have not been billed may be projected.

  • The following expenses are not deducted:
    • expenses paid to another member of the same Eligibility Determination Group (EDG);
    • expenses paid by a reimbursement, an exempt vendor payment or in-kind benefit (Exception: For the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program [SNAP], see A-1428.1, Allowable Medical Expenses, and A-1429.3, Utility Allowances); or
    • past-due balances, late charges or finance charges. Exception: For SNAP, expenses such as property tax that are averaged over the period between scheduled billings or over the period the expense is intended to cover are allowable even if the expense is paid or past due when reported.
  • The most recent month's bills are used to project expenses, and unexpected changes should be considered during the certification period.
  • Only household expenses expected during the certification period should be considered.
  • The income conversion factors are used to determine monthly expenses if expenses are billed weekly, biweekly or semi-monthly.

Deductions must not be allowed if:

  • verification of the expense is required;
  • the household fails to provide required verification; and
  • the advisor is not able to verify the expense directly using other automated systems that are acceptable verification sources and accessible to the advisor or through another method.

Note: The EDG must not be denied for failure to provide the verification.

SNAP

  • An expense is allowed, regardless of when or if the household intends to pay it.
  • If expenses are not averaged, the expenses should be deducted in the month the expense is billed (or the month it becomes due if no bill is sent). Exception: See A-1428.4, Change in Medical Expenses During Certification.
  • A deduction for expenses that are legally due monthly is allowed even when the household pays them in advance.
  • Households may choose to average expenses that fluctuate or occur less often than monthly. These expenses are averaged over the:
    • interval between scheduled billings, or
    • period the expense is intended to cover if there is no scheduled billing.

      Note: If the individual reports a change, the average is recalculated.

  • If the individual agrees with the provider to make installment payments for an allowable one-time expense, the individual can choose to have the agreed upon payments budgeted as the amount due in a given month.

Medical Programs except TP 45

MAGI rules allow certain expenses to be deducted from the individual’s income in order to determine the MAGI individual income.

  • For all MAGI expenses that have been verified using last year’s federal income tax return, take the expense amount from the federal income tax return and divide that amount by 12 to determine the monthly expense amount for use for applicant or recipient.
  • For the alimony paid expenses verified using other acceptable verification sources, use the actual amount verified for the MAGI alimony paid expense.

A-1420, Types of Deductions

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

A—1421 Child Support Deductions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Diversion policy in A-1424, Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home, applies.

SNAP

Advisors should deduct child support payments (current or arrears) that a household member is legally obligated to pay and that member or another household member:

  • actually pays to an individual outside the SNAP household; or
  • actually pays for an individual outside the SNAP household; or
  • makes to a child support agency.

A—1421.1 Allowable Child Support Deductions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Allowable child support payments may be in the form of:

  • cash support;
  • medical support; or
  • payments to third parties.

To be an allowable deduction, these payments must be ordered by a court or administrative authority and be equal to or less than the household's child support obligation.

Payments for alimony or spousal support are not deductible.

A—1421.2 Budgeting Child Support Deductions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and SNAP

Child support collected through a tax intercept is not an allowable child support deduction.

A child support payment may be owed by one household member but paid by another member. The child support expense for the household member paying the expense is allowed.

If the household member with the legal obligation or the household member paying the legal obligation leaves the home, the household's eligibility for the deduction must be redetermined.

SNAP

A child support deduction for households that pay legally obligated child support is allowed. For current support, a deduction up to and including the legally obligated amount is allowed. For arrears, only the amount a household member actually pays is allowed.

For households with new obligations, the anticipated amount is budgeted if the household member can reasonably explain the basis for future payment. For households with previous payments, the amount (not to exceed the legal obligation) is averaged and projected over the certification period. Any other anticipated changes that would affect the payment should be considered.

In some instances, an employer may charge the absent parent a processing fee for garnishing wages or the custodial parent may use the services of a private collection agency, which may charge the absent parent a fee for collecting child support. The processing fee is not an allowable expense. Only the legally obligated amount a household member pays is allowed as a deduction, regardless of whether a processing fee is added or subtracted from the gross amount of the child support.

If a household member pays child support in advance, the household is eligible for the child support deduction. The individual is allowed the option of deducting the entire amount in the month paid or averaging the amount over the period of time it is intended to cover.

If legally obligated child support is paid by a household member who is disqualified due to ...then ...
intentional program violation, employment sanction, felony drug convictions or being a fugitive,deduct the entire amount of eligible child support paid.
alien status, citizenship, Social Security number or 18-50 work requirement,prorate the amount of eligible child support paid by the disqualified member. Deduct all but the disqualified member's share.

The full child support expense is deducted when another household member pays the legally obligated child support on behalf of a disqualified member.

A—1422 $75 Disregard Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Up to $75 of child support received before the certification date may be deducted.

Related Policy

Child Support, A-1326.2

A—1423 Dependent Care Deduction

Revision 23-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2023

TANF

The maximum dependent care deduction is:

  • $200 a month for each child under 2;
  • $175 a month for each child 2 or older; and
  • $175 a month for each adult with disabilities.

An earned income deduction is allowed for the actual cost of unreimbursed payments up to and including the maximum amount when the person incurs an expense for:

Note: Activity fees do not have to be a required cost to participate in the program, but the fees must be an explicitly defined cost.

The dependent care expense must be necessary for employment and incurred by an employed person included in the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) budget group or who would be included except the person is disqualified for one of the following reasons:

  • non-compliance with Social Security Number (SSN);
  • third party resource;
  • failure to timely report a child’s temporary absence;
  • intentional program violation;
  • being a fugitive; or
  • having a felony drug conviction.

Allow the expense for household members who meet these requirements, even if there are other adults in the household who could care for the child or disabled adult. The person's expense may be considered necessary for employment, training, or school attendance if the child or adult with disabilities lives with the person at least one day a month.

The deduction in the budgetary and recognizable needs tests is allowed.

SNAP

A deduction is allowed for the actual cost of unreimbursed payments when the person incurs an expense for:

  • the care of a child or adult with disabilities even when the child or adult with disabilities is not included in the certified group;
  • the transportation of a child or adult with disabilities to and from day care or school; or
  • activity fees associated with a structured dependent care program.

Note: Activity fees do not have to be a required cost to participate in the program, but the fees must be an explicitly defined cost.

The dependent care deduction is allowed if the expense is necessary for a household member to seek or continue employment, attend training or go to school.

Allow the expense for household members who meet one of the above conditions, even if there are other adults in the household who could care for the child or adult with disabilities. These expenses are deducted from earned or unearned income. The person’s expense may be considered necessary for employment, training or school attendance if the child or adult with disabilities lives with the person at least one day a month.

Related Policy

Disqualified Members, A-1362

TANF — Budgeting for a Household Member Disqualified for Noncompliance with SSN, TPR, Failure to Timely Report a Certified Child's Temporary Absence, Intentional Program Violation, Being a Fugitive or a Felony Drug Conviction, A-1362.2

A—1424 Diversions, Alimony, and Payments to Dependents Outside the Home

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

TANF

The following deductions from the income of a caretaker, second parent, or minor parent are allowed before either of the two needs tests are applied (after earned income deductions in the budgetary and recognizable needs tests):

  • Budgetary needs amount for a family size equal to the number of noncertified persons in the home whom the legal parent can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support (including Supplemental Security Income [SSI] recipients). The needs figure applicable to the number of noncertified members is used.
    • An amount for the needs of a dependent who is disqualified for a reason other than citizenship, alien status, time limits, or unmarried minor parent domicile requirement is not diverted.
  • Actual amount of child support and alimony a household member pays to persons outside the home.
  • Actual amount of a household member's payments to persons outside the home whom a household member can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support.

When two household members are married or filing a joint tax return, any portion of their joint diversion amount that exceeds one person's income can be deducted from the other person's income.

Step 3 on Form H1100, Addendum Income Worksheet, should be completed to allow this deduction.

Medical Programs

If the divorce or separation agreements that include alimony payments were executed or last modified:

  • On or before Dec. 31, 2018, alimony paid by members of the MAGI household can be deducted.
  • After Dec. 31, 2018, alimony paid cannot be claimed as a MAGI deduction.

A—1424.1 Determining the Needs Figure

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

The following table may be used when diverting for the needs of noncertified tax dependents in the home.

If the tax dependent is a ...then use the budgetary needs figure for ...
  • parent,
  • spouse (including spouse of child), or
  • child age 19 or older,
an adult.*
child under age 19,a child.
* If the number of persons whose needs are diverted includes more than two adults, use the chart figure for two adults and the number of children from the column labeled Caretaker EDGs With Second Parent. If there are a total of three adults, add an additional amount from the chart for the family size of one ($313); or if there are a total of four adults, add an additional amount from the chart for a family size of two ($498). Continue the pattern depending upon whether the number of additional adults is an odd number (5 = $498 + $313) or an even number (6 = $498 + $498).

When diverting for an 18-year-old child who turns age 19 during one of the budget months, the budgetary needs figure of an adult is used beginning with the month after the child turns age 19.

A—1425 Earned Income Deductions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Earned income deductions are the:

  • standard work-related expense (up to $120);
  • 1/3 earned income disregard for applicants;
  • 90 percent earned income deduction; and
  • dependent care costs.

An applicant or recipient does not qualify for deductions if:

  • income is gained from illegal activities, such as prostitution and selling illegal drugs.
  • the individual did not notify the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) timely about a new job or increased earnings without good cause. Allow the deduction for ongoing budgets, but do not allow it when determining an overpayment or supplemental budgets. Count the months it should have been budgeted as used months based on when the change would have been effective if the individual had reported it timely.
  • individual voluntarily quits a job without good cause within the 60 days prior to the:
    • application file date, or after filing but before certification; or
    • household addition request date, or after the request but before being added. Deductions are not allowed until the next complete review.

      Deductions beginning with the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) effective month are allowed when processing the next complete review.

SNAP

A 20 percent deduction of all gross earned income is allowed. See B-752, Determining Claim Amounts, for exceptions.

A—1425.1 Work-Related Expense ($120 and 20%)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

A work-related expense deduction of up to $120 a month (not to exceed the person's monthly earnings) is allowed from the earned income of each employed household member:

  • whose needs are included in the budget or certified group; or
  • who is a disqualified member.

In TANF, this deduction is allowed in the budgetary and recognizable needs test.

SNAP

Allow a 20 percent deduction of all gross earned income.

A—1425.2 1/3 Disregard for Applicants

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Applicant households that must pass the 100 percent budgetary needs test are also required to pass Part A of the 25 percent recognizable needs test. This Part A test allows the standard work-related deduction ($120) and a disregard of 1/3 of the remaining income. If the applicant fails this test, the household is ineligible for TANF.

Note: For this purpose, an applicant household is one that has not received TANF in any state in the four months before applying.

A—1425.3 90% Earned Income Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Applicant households that pass Part A of the recognizable needs test and all other households must pass Part B of the test (see A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests). After subtracting the standard work-related expense, 90 percent of the remaining earnings (up to a cap of $1,400) is subtracted. This deduction is allowed for each employed household member who is eligible for it. The individual can receive this deduction for four months in a 12-month period. The four months do not have to be consecutive. Note: A month in which a full-family sanction is imposed is not counted as one of the 90 percent earned income deduction (EID) months.

The 12-month period is a fixed period that begins with the first month the 90 percent deduction is used. The first month that counts as a used month is the first month the individual receives a cash benefit that includes the 90 percent deduction. This period is referred to as the 90 percent EID eligibility period.

If the individual has not used all four months of the deduction within the 90 percent EID eligibility period, a new fixed 12-month period and four new months of the 90 percent EID are allowed after the first 12-month period ends. The new 12-month period begins with the first month that the individual uses the 90 percent deduction again.

If the household member received the 90 percent deduction for four months in a 12-month period, the member may not receive it again until:

  • TANF is denied and remains denied for one full benefit month; and
  • 12 calendar months have passed since the denial. This 12-month period is known as the 90 percent EID ineligibility period and begins with the first full month of denial after the individual used the fourth month of the 90 percent deduction.

A—1425.3.1 Who Is Eligible for the 90% Earned Income Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

A household member is eligible to receive the 90 percent EID if:

  • the individual has not previously received the deduction for four months in the individual's 12-month period; and
  • the individual's needs:
    • are included in the certified group; or
    • would be included except the individual is disqualified for noncompliance with child support, Social Security number (SSN), Choices, third-party resource (TPR) requirements, intentional program violation (IPV), or for reasons other than alien/citizenship status, TANF state time limit policies, and the TANF unmarried minor parent domicile requirement.

TIERS default settings automatically allow the 90 percent EID for eligible EDG members. The 90 percent EID page appears by choosing the screen from the left navigation bar. The effective begin and end dates are used to allow the deduction for specific months.

An individual may decline use of the deduction even if it results in EDG denial without its use. The individual may decline at any time, but the deduction may not be removed retroactively. Any removal from the budget will take effect according to timely change processing for future months.

If the client wishes to decline the deduction, the client answers "yes" to the questions, "Does individual decline the TANF 90 percent earned income deduction?" and "Does individual decline the FMA 90 percent earned income deduction?" on the 90 percent Earned Income Deduction – Details screen. TIERS requires answers for both questions.

A—1425.3.2 Who Is Not Eligible for the 90% Earned Income Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

An individual is not allowed the deduction if any of the situations listed in A-1425, Earned Income Deductions, apply to the individual.

An individual is not allowed the deduction if the member's needs are not included in the EDG because the member is disqualified due to:

  • alien/citizenship status;
  • TANF state time limits policies; or
  • TANF unmarried minor parent domicile requirement.

The deduction is not allowed if the individual has already received the 90 percent deduction for four months in a 12-month period. When the 90 percent ineligibility period ends, the deduction is not allowed again until the individual obtains new employment. The new employment must begin after the 90 percent ineligibility period ends.

A—1425.3.3 Removing the 90% Earned Income Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

After the individual receives the 90 percent deduction for four months in a 12-month period, the deduction ends. TIERS automatically removes the deduction and rebudgets the EDG for the appropriate month based on advisor entries.

A—1426 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

A—1427 Homeless Shelter Standard

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

The homeless shelter standard shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, is budgeted for any month the household:

  • meets the definition of a homeless household;
  • has any amount of out-of-pocket shelter expenses; and
  • chooses the standard.

Households that choose the homeless shelter standard are not entitled to any other shelter deductions or utility standards.

Note: Advisors must ensure that the household has out-of-pocket shelter expenses before allowing the deduction.

A—1428 Medical Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

A medical deduction is allowed for households with a member who meets the definition of elderly in B-431, Definition of Elderly, or of having a disability in B-432, Definition of Disability, if the:

  • member who is elderly or has a disability incurred the expense; and
  • medical expenses exceed $35 a month. If two or more people in the household qualify for a medical deduction, combine the medical expenses. If an applicant has been or will be reimbursed for a medical expense, deduct only the nonreimbursed amount.

Expenses that the household is still legally obligated to pay are allowed for someone who was a household member:

  • immediately before entering the hospital or nursing home; or
  • when the member died.

A—1428.1 Allowable Medical Expenses

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

SNAP

Deductions are allowed for the following medical expenses:

  • medical care provided by a licensed practitioner or other qualified health professional (e.g., registered dietician);
  • dental care provided by a licensed practitioner or other qualified health professional;
  • psychotherapy care provided by a licensed practitioner or other qualified health professional;
  • rehabilitation care provided by a licensed practitioner or other qualified health professional;
  • hospitalization provided by a facility recognized by the state;
  • outpatient treatment provided by a facility recognized by the state;
  • nursing care provided by a facility recognized by the state;
  • nursing home care provided by a facility recognized by the state;
  • diapers for children with disabilities;
  • incontinence pads for elderly or adults with disabilities;
  • drugs prescribed by a licensed practitioner (including insulin);
  • over-the-counter medication (including aspirin, ibuprofen, medicated creams, etc.) when approved by a licensed practitioner or other qualified health professional;
  • medical supply costs (including rental) are deductible with a prescription or approval;
  • sickroom equipment costs (including rental) are deductible with a prescription or approval;
  • adaptive aids;
  • health insurance policy costs (including dental insurance, vision insurance, etc.);
  • hospitalization insurance policy costs (including hospital indemnity insurance, etc.);
  • Medicare premiums, cost-sharing and deductibles;
  • Spend Down expenses incurred by Medicaid recipients;
  • Medicaid Buy-In for Children (MBIC) premium payments;
  • dentures;
  • hearing aids;
  • prostheses;
  • service animals. Cost of securing and maintaining any animal trained to serve the needs of a person with disabilities, such as a guide dog or dog to help the hearing impaired. This includes dog food and veterinarian bills;
  • eyeglasses prescribed by a qualified health professional;
  • lodging costs to obtain medical services;
  • care costs. Cost of maintaining an attendant, home health aide, child care provider or housekeeper necessary because of age or illness. In addition to wages, deduct an amount equal to a one-person SNAP allotment if the applicant furnishes most of the attendant's meals. If the applicant has attendant care costs that could qualify under both medical and dependent care deductions, consider the cost a medical expense;
  • repayment of a loan used to pay medical expenses; or
  • transportation costs (such as trips to the doctor, hospital, therapy, drug store, or paying someone to drive the person for medical services, etc.).

Note: When determining transportation costs, the person may choose to use 62.5 cents per mile instead of keeping track of actual expenses.

Deductions are not allowed for the following medical expenses:

  • the costs of policies that do not specifically cover medical costs (such as income maintenance or lump sums for death or dismemberment);
  • food supplements that can be purchased with SNAP, such as Ensure and baby formula, even if prescribed by a physician;
  • paid or past due expenses billed prior to the initial certification period (that is, before the person was receiving SNAP);
  • medical marijuana, even if prescribed by a physician; or
  • herbal products. (A form of dietary supplements derived from plants used to improve or maintain one's health which usually do not require a prescription.) Examples include: melatonin, valerian root, echinacea, flaxseed, ginseng, ginkgo, St. John's wort and garlic.

Related Policy

Income, A-1300

A—1428.2 Budgeting Medical Deductions

Revision 21-4; Effective October 1, 2021

SNAP

Households that have a member who is eligible for a medical expense are eligible for a deduction using either the standard medical expense (SME) or actual medical expenses.

At ...then budget ...and verify ...
application, if the household has medical expenses greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170 a month,the SME,the household has medical expenses greater than $35.
application, if the household has medical expenses greater than $170 a month,actual medical expenses,the actual monthly medical expense(s). If the household chooses not to provide verification of expenses exceeding $170, then allow the SME instead of actual expenses. The household must provide proof of expenses exceeding $35.

redetermination, if:

  • the household already has actual medical expenses greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170, and
  • there is no change, or there is a change in the amount but the monthly medical expense is still greater than $35 and is less than or equal to $170,
the SME,N/A, no verification is required.
redetermination, if the household does not already have the SME budgeted and the household states an eligible member has medical expenses greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170,the SME,the household has medical expenses greater than $35.
redetermination, if the household does not already have actual medical expenses budgeted and the household states an eligible member has medical expenses greater than $170,actual medical expenses,the actual monthly medical expense(s). If the household chooses not to provide verification of expenses exceeding $170, then allow the SME instead of actual expenses. The household must provide proof of expenses exceeding $35.

redetermination, if:

  • the household has actual medical expenses greater than $170 already budgeted, and
  • there is a change in the monthly amount of more than $25,
  • the SME if the new total is greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170, or
  • actual medical expenses if the new total exceeds $170,
the change in medical expenses.

When the expense ends, the advisor must end date the expense record in TIERS.

TIERS will subtract $35 from the SME or actual medical expenses to determine the net amount of the medical deduction.

If a member is disqualified for:

  • SNAP Employment and Training (E&T), a felony drug conviction, IPV, refusal to cooperate with the quality control review process, or being a fugitive, and is billed for or pays medical expenses — the full deduction is allowed; or
  • SSN noncompliance, citizenship requirements, alien status, or the 18-50 work requirement, and is billed for or pays medical expenses for the disqualified member's own expenses or the medical expenses of another household member who is elderly or has a disability — the expense or the standard medical deduction is prorated among all household members and the pro rata share for people disqualified for SSN noncompliance, citizenship requirements, alien status, or the 18-50 work requirement is not allowed. The full medical deduction is allowed if the medical expenses are paid by an eligible household member.

If the disqualified person has the only income, the expenses are considered to be paid by that person.

The following information describes how the SME or actual medical expenses are prorated in the event a disqualified member pays for some or all the allowable medical expenses.

Eligibility for the SME or actual medical expenses is determined based on verified medical expenses of all aged members or members with disabilities, including a disqualified member. The SME is used if the total verified medical expenses are greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170. The household may claim actual expenses if the total verified expenses exceed $170.

If ...then ...and ...
the household is eligible for the SME,prorate the SME among all household members,use the eligible household members' portion of the SME in the budget. In TIERS, enter the amount each member actually pays, and TIERS prorates accordingly.
the household is eligible for actual medical expenses,prorate the portion paid by the disqualified member among all household members,add the eligible household members' prorated portion to the actual amount of medical expenses any eligible member pays and use this amount in the budget. In TIERS, enter the amount each member actually pays, and TIERS prorates accordingly.

Example 1 (SME): The household consists of three eligible members with total verified monthly medical expenses of $75 and one member who is disqualified due to citizenship. The disqualified person pays for half of the medical expenses, and an eligible person pays for the other half. The household is eligible for the SME because the total verified monthly medical expenses are $75 (greater than $35 but less than $170). The SME is prorated among the eligible members, because the disqualified member pays for part of the medical expenses.

$170 / 4 = $42.50
$42.50 x 3 = $127.50

In TIERS, a medical expense of $37.50 ($75/2) is entered for both the disqualified person and for the eligible member, which is the amount of monthly medical expenses each member actually pays, and TIERS will budget a prorated SME of $127.50.

Example 2 (Actual Medical Expenses): The household situation is the same as Example 1, except that the monthly amount of verified medical expenses is $200. The disqualified member pays $100 of the medical expenses. The household is eligible for the actual amount of medical expenses. The amount the disqualified member pays is prorated and added to the portion paid by the eligible member to determine the total amount of the medical deduction.

$100 / 4 = $25
$25 x 3 = $75
$75 + $100 = $175

The following amounts are entered in TIERS:

  • $100, for the eligible member; and
  • $100, for the disqualified member (TIERS will prorate the allowable amount to $75).

Finally, $35 must be subtracted from the total deduction to determine the net amount of the medical deduction (TIERS does this as a final step).

A—1428.2.1 Determining Allowable Costs for Individuals with a Medicare Prescription Drug Plan Part D

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

If the applicant is enrolled in Medicare Drug Plan Part D, the individual's prescription costs are budgeted following normal rules by reasonably anticipating the individual's unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses.

Note: The household may opt for the SME.

A—1428.3 Budgeting Options

Revision 21-4; Effective October 1, 2021

SNAP

When averaging the medical expenses, the SME is budgeted for each month of the certification period, as long as the household's allowable averaged monthly medical expense is greater than $35. If the expense recurs monthly or more often, and the medical expense exceeds $35 and is less than or equal to $170 a month, the SME is budgeted for each month of the certification period. When allowable medical expenses for the household exceed the SME, the actual medical expenses are budgeted. The following chart is used to determine when to budget the SME or actual medical expenses.

If the expense ...then budget the ...
recurs less often than monthly and the amount averaged for each month is less than or equal to $35,actual amount of verified actual medical expense in the month billed, or use the SME in the month billed if the medical expense is greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170.
recurs less often than monthly and the amount averaged for each month is greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170 a month,SME for each month of the certification period.
recurs less often than monthly and the amount averaged for each month is greater than $170,averaged amount of actual verified medical expenses for each month. Budget the SME only if the household chooses to use the SME or fails to provide enough verification to qualify for actual medical expenses.
occurs one time and the amount averaged over the certification period is less than or equal to $35 a month,actual amount of verified medical expenses in the month billed, or use the SME in the month billed if the medical expense is greater than $35 and is less than or equal to $170.
occurs one time and the amount averaged over the certification period is greater than $35 and less than or equal to $170 a month,SME for each month of the certification period.
occurs one time and the amount averaged over the certification period is greater than $170 a month,averaged amount of the actual medical expenses for each month. Budget the SME only if the household chooses to use the SME or fails to provide enough verification to qualify for actual medical expenses.

Note: A deduction is allowed for payments made on a monthly payment plan set up before the expense became past due.

A—1428.4 Change in Medical Expenses During Certification

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

SNAP households are not required to report changes in medical expenses during the certification period.

Households should be advised that a new one-time expense or change in a recurring medical expense that is reported and verified timely may be budgeted in the certification period.

If the household voluntarily reports a change in medical expenses and the change is reported and verified timely, the advisor must consider the newly reported change to determine if the individual should consider switching from the SME to actual expenses.

A medical expense, paid or unpaid, is reported timely if it is reported before it becomes past due to the provider:

  • anytime during the certification period, or
  • at the next redetermination.

A one-time medical expense reported and verified too late to budget in the current certification period may be deducted in the first month of the next certification period or averaged over the next certification period.

When the household timely reports and provides timely verification of a paid or unpaid expense (one-time medical expense or recurring) at the redetermination interview:

  • the expense is deducted in the first month of the new certification period, or
  • averaged over the new certification period.
When a change in medical expenses is reported during the certification period by a ...then ...
household member or the authorized representative,follow the procedures in B-600, Changes, for both increases and decreases in benefits.
source other than a household member or the authorized representative,act on the change if it is considered to be verified at the time of receipt and the change can be made without contacting the household for additional information or verification. Note: If the change would require contact with the household, do not act on the change until the household is recertified.

A—1428.5 Switching Between Actual Medical Expenses and the Standard Medical Expense

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Households may switch between actual expenses and the SME at redetermination. Households may also switch at an incomplete review if changes in medical expenses are reported and it is to the household's advantage to switch from the SME to actual medical expenses.

A—1429 Shelter Costs

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

SNAP

A deduction is allowed for all households that incur a shelter expense using the following rules:

  • Households may deduct monthly shelter costs that exceed 50 percent of the income remaining after other deductions.
  • The shelter deduction cannot exceed the maximum shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, unless there is a member of the household who is elderly or has a disability as defined in B-430, Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability.

    Exception: Households with members who are disqualified for not meeting SSN requirements, alien status requirements or for reaching Able Bodied Adult Without Dependents (ABAWD) time limits are ineligible for an uncapped excess shelter deduction. Household members who are disqualified for another reason are eligible for the uncapped excess shelter deduction when there is a member of the household who is elderly or has a disability.
  • The uncapped deduction is not allowed for households that only receive a medical deduction for a former member.
  • A deduction is allowed only for charges for the shelter the household currently occupies. Exceptions:
    • If a required household member is employed in another city and maintains a residence there, shelter costs are allowed for both the regular residence and the residence maintained where the member is employed. The household may claim one of the utility allowances.
    • See A-1429.2, Shelter Deductions for an Unoccupied Home.
  • Households sharing shelter costs are both entitled to a shelter deduction for their share.
  • Shelter expenses paid by an exempt vendor payment or reimbursement are not deductible. Exception: A deduction for utility expenses as noted in A-1429.3, Utility Allowances, is allowed.
  • One of the utility allowances or standards is allowed.
    Note: The utility and telephone standards for households with disqualified members or households sharing utility expenses must not be prorated.
  • Property taxes that are averaged as explained in A-1411, Rules That Apply to Deductions, are deducted, even if the expense is paid or past due when reported.

Related Policy

Special Provisions for Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability, B-433
Deduction Amounts, C-121.1

A—1429.1 Allowable Shelter Costs

Revision 23-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2023

SNAP

Allowable costs include:

  • Rent, mortgage payments and other continuing charges leading to ownership of the property, such as mandatory maintenance and homeowner association fees.

Notes:

  • For mortgage payments, an amount that goes into an escrow account is part of the total allowable cost of the mortgage payment. Do not allow another separate deduction for shelter costs paid from an escrow account. Example: If property taxes are paid from the escrow account, do not allow property taxes as a separate deduction.
  • Costs to repay a loan are allowable shelter costs only if the lender places a lien on the property as a result of the loan. The loan may be for home repair or improvement or for purposes unrelated to the home, but the payments due are considered a mortgage if the loan results in a lien on the property.
  • Maintenance fees must be mandatory as a condition for the continuation of residence for renters and homeowners. The fees must be a required fee payment, not a requirement to maintain the property.
  • Taxes and insurance on the shelter, but not its contents, are allowed. The cost of insurance for the shelter and the contents are allowed if they cannot be separated.
  • The cost of mandatory renter’s insurance is allowable, regardless of what the insurance covers, provided the renter’s insurance is a requirement of the tenant’s lease.
  • Charges for fuel, utilities, sewage and garbage collection are used to determine whether the household may be eligible for one of the utility expense deductions found in the related policy.
  • Expenses related to phone service, including a cell phone, are used to determine whether the household may be eligible for the telephone standard deduction.
  • Unreimbursed expenses for the repair of a home damaged by a natural disaster are allowed.

Note: Shelter costs do not include one-time deposits.

Related Policy

Utility Allowances, A-1429.3
Telephone Standard, A-1429.4
Deduction Amounts, C-121.1

A—1429.2 Shelter Deductions for an Unoccupied Home

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

The actual shelter costs are budgeted for a home (excluding utility costs) unoccupied because of employment or training, illness (including receiving medical treatment), natural disaster or casualty loss (fire, flood, state of disrepair, etc.), if the:

  • household intends to return to the home;
  • current occupants are not claiming the same shelter costs the owner is claiming for SNAP purposes; and
  • home is not leased or rented.

The household may claim both the shelter costs of its current residence and the cost of the unoccupied home, and a single utility standard (if the household is eligible for one), but no more than the maximum excess shelter deduction (if applicable).

A—1429.3 Utility Allowances

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

The appropriate utility allowance is determined at application, redetermination, and when the individual reports a change in utility expenses.

A—1429.3.1 Standard Utility Allowance (SUA)

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

SNAP

The SUA is budgeted in the amount shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts. No other expenses related to utilities are allowed when using the SUA. The SUA is allowed for households that:

  • have or anticipate out-of-pocket heating or cooling costs separate from their rent or mortgage payments during the next 12 months; or
  • have received a Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP) payment (or other similar energy assistance payment) more than $20 annually in the previous 12 months or in the current month.

Notes:

  • Cooling costs are limited to the cost related to the operation of an air conditioning system, an evaporative cooler (or swamp box) or window unit air conditioner(s). A fan is not considered a cooling cost for the purposes of qualifying for the SUA.
  • When households share heating or cooling costs and a meter (whether they live together or not), each household is eligible for the SUA.

A—1429.3.2 Basic Utility Allowance (BUA)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

The BUA is budgeted in the amount shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, for households that incur utility expenses other than just a telephone expense but do not have heating or cooling costs separate from their rent or mortgage payments. No other expenses related to utilities are allowed when using the BUA.

When households share utility costs other than a telephone but do not have heating or cooling costs (whether they live together or not), each household is eligible for the BUA.

A—1429.3.3 Determining the Appropriate Utility Allowance

Revision 23-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2023

SNAP

Use the following chart as a guide to determine the appropriate utility allowance the household is eligible to receive.

If the person...then the household is eligible for the ...
owns or is buying their home and is billed for utilities that include heating or cooling costs,SUA.
owns or is buying their home and is billed for utilities that do not include heating or cooling costs,
Example: The household does not have air conditioning and cools their home with fans and uses a cooking stove for heating.
BUA.
receives LIHEAP payments or other similar energy assistance payment more than $20 annually in the previous 12 months or in the current month,SUA.
rents and is billed for utilities from an individual meter for heating or cooling costs,SUA.
rents from a landlord who lives in a separate residence and the landlord bills the household a standard amount for the heating and cooling costs,SUA.
lives in public housing and is billed only for excess heating or cooling costs,SUA.
shares the expense and a meter with another household who lives in a separate residence on the same property and the other household is billed for the utilities that include heating and cooling costs,SUA.

lives together in the same residence with a friend or family member and the person:

  • shares the heating or cooling expenses with the friend or family member, even if the friend or family member is billed for the utilities that include heating and cooling costs;
  • pays the cooling bill and the friend or family member pays the heating; or
  • pays the friend or family member a set amount for the utilities that include heating or cooling costs separate from the rent,
SUA.
lives together in the same residence with another household and the person shares the utility expenses that do not include heating or cooling costs separate from the rent,BUA.
lives together in the same residence with another household who pays for the heating and cooling costs and the person is only responsible for the water bill,BUA.
pays only the phone expense and all other utility expenses are included in the shelter costs,telephone standard.
lives together in the same residence with other households who share the heating, cooling or other utility costs and the person is only responsible for the phone bill,telephone standard.
lives with a disqualified member and the household pays heating or cooling costs,SUA.
lives with a disqualified member and the household pays non-heating or non-cooling costs,BUA.

A—1429.4 Telephone Standard

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

The telephone standard is budgeted as shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, for households that have a telephone expense (including a cell phone) and do not claim the BUA, SUA or the homeless shelter standard.

A-1430, Standard Deduction

A—1430 Standard Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

The standard deduction is budgeted as shown in C-121.1, Deduction Amounts, for each household.

Medical Programs except TP 45

All households receive the standard MAGI income disregard listed in C-131.4, Standard MAGI Income Disregard, by MAGI household size. This disregard is equal to five percentage points of the Federal Poverty Income Limit (FPIL) and is applied when calculating MAGI household income, as explained in A-1341, Income Limits and Eligibility Tests, Medical Programs, Step 4.

A-1440, Verification Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs except TP 45

If an individual fails to provide a required verification of a deduction, do not deny the EDG. Disallow the deduction. If the individual subsequently provides verification of the deduction, use report of change guidelines to budget the deduction.

TANF

Dependent care must be verified at application, complete review, or if the amount changes.

The following amounts must be verified at application, complete review, or if the amount changes:

  • actual amount of child support and alimony paid to persons outside the home, and
  • actual amount of payment to persons outside the home whom a person can claim as tax dependents or is legally obligated to support.

SNAP

Dependent care expenses must be verified at application, recertification, and when the individual reports a change in dependent care if verification can be obtained during the interview. If verification cannot be obtained during the interview, the individual's statement may be accepted without verification if the household states the total dependent care expense for the EDG does not exceed $300 a month and it is not questionable. The EDG is pended only if the expense claimed is questionable or exceeds a total of $300 a month.

The following amounts must be verified:

  • household's legal obligation to pay child support:
    • by viewing a court order, administrative order, legally enforceable separation agreement, other official document; or
    • using a collateral contact with access to an official document.
  • amount of the child support obligation.
  • actual amount of child support paid by viewing:
    • Attorney General or county registry collection and distribution records,
    • canceled checks,
    • wage withholding statements,
    • withholding information from unemployment compensation, or
    • statements from the custodial parent regarding direct payments or third-party payments the household pays or expects to pay on behalf of the custodial parent.

    Note: Documents used to verify the household's legal obligation to pay child support are not acceptable verification of the household's actual payments.
  • medical expenses. See A-1428.2, Budgeting Medical Deductions.
  • rent or mortgage costs if the expense is questionable or if a regional requirement. If the requested proof is not provided, the expense is not allowed.
  • shelter cost of an unoccupied home at initial application, changes, and recertifications.

Medical Programs except TP 45

All MAGI expenses must be verified at application, complete review, or if the amount changes.

A—1441 Verification Sources

Revision 20-2; Effective April 1, 2020

TANF and SNAP

Dependent Care

  • statement or a current bill from provider;
  • current receipts; or
  • previous year's income tax return.

Child Support Paid by Household – Verifying Amount of Child Support Paid

  • attorney general collection and distribution records;
  • county clerk records;
  • cancelled checks;
  • wage withholding statements;
  • withholding statements from unemployment compensation; or
  • statement from the custodial parent regarding direct payments or third-party payments paid on their behalf.

TANF and Medical Programs except TP 45

Alimony Amount

  • divorce decree;
  • separation agreement;
  • court order;
  • court records; or
  • statement from the person who is receiving the alimony.

TANF

Dependents Outside the Home

  • previous year's tax records;
  • bank records;
  • copies of money orders;
  • cancelled checks; or
  • statement from the person who is receiving the payments.

SNAP

Medical Expenses

  • bills (or copies of bills) from providers of health insurance, services and products;
  • statement or a current bill from providers;
  • health insurance policies;
  • statement from a qualified health professional indicating that over-the-counter medication, medical equipment or supplies are prescribed; or
  • State Online Query (SOLQ) or Wire Third-Party Query (WTPY) to verify Medicare Part B premiums.

Note: If the person receiving SNAP is covered by insurance, the statement from providers needs to show the balance due after insurance pays.

Child Support Paid by Household – Verifying Legal Obligation

  • court order;
  • administrative order;
  • legally enforceable separation agreement;
  • divorce decree;
  • attorney general child support enforcement records; or
  • county clerk records.

Mortgage

  • statement from mortgage company or bank;
  • cancelled checks; or
  • mortgage receipt.

Rent

  • statement from landlord or apartment manager;
  • rent receipt;
  • cancelled checks; or
  • current lease contract showing the payment amount. Note: A common practice of leasing companies is to show the monthly market amount on the first page of a lease, not the actual payment amount of the lease.

Property Taxes

  • tax bill;
  • cancelled check;
  • statement from tax office employee; or
  • county tax office websites.

Home Insurance

  • insurance company bill;
  • cancelled check; or
  • statement from an insurance company employee.

Utilities

  • utility company bill;
  • cancelled checks; or
  • statement from utility company employee.

Medical Programs except TP 45

An applicant’s or recipient’s federal income tax return from the previous year is the only valid verification source that can be used to verify all MAGI expenses except for alimony paid.

Note: A federal income tax return from the previous year is valid verification for MAGI expenses until the client files a new federal income tax return but no later than April 15 or the official tax filing day of the following year. If a person files an extension and submits proof of an extension, such as a copy of IRS Form 4868, the previous year’s federal income tax return is valid until Oct. 15. If an applicant or recipient does not file federal income taxes, they will not be able to provide verification and, therefore, will not be able to claim any MAGI expenses other than alimony paid.

Date of Divorce or Separation Agreement for Alimony Paid

  • divorce decree;
  • separation agreement;
  • court order; or
  • court records.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-1450, Documentation Requirements

Revision 23-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2023

All Programs except TP 45

Documentation is required for the following:

  • the type of deduction allowed;
  • the person for whom a deduction is allowed and how the person qualifies;
  • the source or provider to whom a deduction expense is paid including their name, address or phone number;
  • date and amounts paid; and
  • calculations used to determine monthly amounts.

TANF and SNAP

Documentation is required for the following:

  • the reason a household qualified for a dependent care deduction when it is questionable or not obvious; and
  • justification for not allowing earned income deductions.

TANF

Document the relationship of the child care provider to the child.

SNAP

Document when the household:

  • choses the Standard Medical Expense (SME) and their expenses exceed the SME;
  • does not qualify for a utility standard deduction; and
  • includes one of the utility standard deductions such as the standard utility allowance, basic utility allowance and telephone standard in their budget.

Exception: Utility service providers’ names and addresses are not required documentation.

Medical Programs except TP 45

Document the date the person’s divorce or separation agreement was executed or modified for alimony paid.

A-1510, General Reminders

Revision 23-2; Effective April 1, 2023

All Programs

Before certifying applicants and recertifying recipients, staff must:

  • Ensure that the applicant completes each item and signs and dates the application or renewal form. Note: If the applicant indicates changes during the interview, or application or renewal processing, document the nature of the change and when the person expects the change to occur. People on TP 08, TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48 complete the administrative renewal process and may not be required to provide a signed renewal form.
  • Give the applicant Form H1019, Report of Change. Explain the applicant must report changes within 10 days after the household knows about the change. Indicate the appropriate reporting requirement on page 1.
  • Refer the applicant to other programs the applicant might be eligible for, such as:
    • family planning;
    • Supplemental Security Income (SSI);
    • Women, Infants and Children (WIC); and
    • Social Security.
  • Refer people who are elderly or have disabilities and who are ineligible for Medical Programs for families and children to the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) Medicaid for the Elderly and People with Disabilities (MEPD) programs. Note: If a person indicates they need services that Texas Works does not offer, and HHSC staff cannot provide a resource number, advise the person to call 2-1-1, option 1, for information and referral services.
  • Inform the applicant of the right to appeal any HHSC action that affects the applicant’s eligibility or amount of benefits.
  • Check for unpaid overpayments from prior certifications.
  • Inform applicants that the information they provide is subject to verification by third parties.

Related Policy

Medical Program Administrative Renewals, B-122.4

TANF

Staff must:

  • Explain federal and state time limits of Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) benefits.
  • Inform the person that a Choices noncompliance penalty makes them ineligible for a TANF state time limit hardship exemption during their five-year freeze-out period.
  • Explain members need to be employed or apply for other sources of income. Encourage individual independence.
  • Explain the requirement to seek other income available to the person, as explained in the policy related to pursuing SSI and RSDI benefits. Provide Form H1859, Social Security Administration Benefits for People with Disabilities Receiving TANF. Explain that the person must apply for applicable benefits and provide verification by the next TANF redetermination.
  • Explain the option to receive One-Time TANF (OTTANF) instead of TANF. Offer this option to households eligible for TANF but not currently receiving TANF. 
  • For relatives who are potentially eligible to receive One-Time TANF for Relatives, explain the option to receive this additional benefit for a related dependent child certified for TANF.
  • Inform people receiving a TANF one-time payment that they will receive the payment through the mail in the form of a warrant (check) and that the U.S. Postal Service does not forward TANF warrants. The address on file with HHSC must match the address on file with the U.S. Postal Service.
  • Inform people with a Choices noncooperation, who reapply for TANF while in pay for performance, to contact the local Workforce Solutions office within 10 days. This allows enough time to demonstrate 30 days of cooperation before the 40th day after the interview date. 

Related Policy

Requirement to Pursue SSI/RSDI, A-1311.1
SSI/RSDI Application Assistance, A-1311.1.1
Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance, A-2151
One Time Payments, A-2400

SNAP

Staff must:

  • Explain the Employment and Training (E&T) program requirements and services to applicable households at application and redetermination.
  • Explain the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) time limits to people subject to these limits.
  • Give Form H1805, SNAP Food Benefits: Your Rights and Program Rules, to all households at application and redetermination. Respond to any questions the applicant has about the form.
  • Give Form H1019 to all streamlined reporting households. Indicate the appropriate reporting requirement on page 1. Explain streamlined reporting households must:  
    • Report changes in residence, and associated changes in shelter costs, and when their ongoing gross income exceeds 130 percent of the Federal Poverty Limit (FPL) for the household size.
    • Report changes within 10 days after the household knows of the change.
    • Respond to all notices and letters from the Employment and Training program as directed, even if they are employed.

Related Policy 

What to Report, B-621

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

Staff must:

  • Mail Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, with the initial eligibility notice to a newly certified family and at subsequent redeterminations.
  • Inform the family that when HHSC processes an application and determines the child is ineligible for Medicaid but eligible for the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP), the family is notified on Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. Form TF0001 also informs the household that the CHIP enrollment packet will be sent to the household.
  • Inform new caretakers about the requirement to participate in a health care orientation. Include Form TF0001. This one-time requirement applies only to caretakers who have not been included as a certified or budget group member of a Medical Programs Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) within the past two years.
  • Inform caretakers of Medicaid children under 19 that they are required to comply with the regimen of care prescribed by the Texas Health Steps program. The requirement applies to children starting at 2 years old. Begin checking for compliance with the first redetermination after the caretaker is informed of the requirement.

Related Policy

Registering to Vote, A-1521

A-1520, Registering to Vote

 

A—1521 Registering to Vote

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

HHSC must offer individuals an opportunity to register to vote at application, redetermination and any time the individual has a change of address. The individual is provided with Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, with each application/redetermination packet, if not already provided. Additionally, the individual will be provided with Form H0025 whenever the individual reports a change of address. System-generated application and redetermination packets contain Form H0025.

If the individual declines the opportunity to register to vote, the individual is given Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to sign and decline to register to vote. Advisors should indicate in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS), Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics page, that the individual declined and document that Form H1350 was mailed to the individual. When the individual returns Form H1350, advisors are to send the form for imaging. The imaged, signed form must be retained for at least 22 months. The individual is not required to sign Form H1350 if the individual has signed the form within the last 22 months.

 

 

A—1521.1 Who Cannot Register to Vote

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

To register to vote, a person must be:

  • a U.S. citizen; and
  • at least age 17 years and 10 months.

Staff should not offer a voter registration application to an applicant or recipient if the individual states or the advisor has proof that the individual does not meet these two requirements.

 

 

A—1521.2 Staff Requirements for Voter Registration

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Staff must tell the individual the following:

  • HHSC will offer the same help and services when aiding the individual with voter registration activities as when aiding the individual with agency forms, whether HHSC provides the service in the office, outside of the office or at the individual's home.
  • The decision to register or to decline to register to vote does not affect eligibility or benefit amount, and HHSC will keep all voter registration information confidential and only use it for voter registration purposes.
  • The individual may decide whether or not to seek help from staff to fill out the voter registration application form, or the individual may fill out the application form in private.
  • The individual may return the completed application form to:
    • the Secretary of State (SOS), by mail using the postage-paid, self-addressed application form;
    • the local voter registrar, by mail or in person; or
    • the advisor.
  • The individual may ask additional voter registration questions or file a voter registration complaint by contacting the Elections Division of the Secretary of State, P.O. Box 12060, Austin, TX 78711, 1-800-252-8683.

Staff must not:

  • influence an individual's political preference or party registration;
  • display any political preference or party affiliation;
  • make any statement to discourage the individual from registering to vote;
  • make any statement to an individual or take any action for the purpose or effect to make the individual believe that a decision to register or not to register has any bearing on the availability of services or benefits; or
  • pend the EDG or delay or deny benefits if the individual fails or refuses to complete the voter registration information on any form, or fails to return Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, or Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote.

Austin Imaging Center Staff

If the individual inadvertently sends Form H0025 to the Austin processing center with other documents, Austin staff will forward Form H0025 to the correct local voter registrar within five days of receipt.

 

 

A—1521.3 Voter Registration During Interviews

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

 

All Programs

The following chart should be used by staff in addressing voter registration during the interview:

If … then …
the individual responds, "I do not wish to register," determine the reason why the individual doesn't wish to register. Ask the individual to sign Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, attesting that the individual does not wish to register to vote. Sign and mark the appropriate box in the Agency Use Only: Voter Registration Status section of Form H1350 documenting the reason the individual declined to register. Send the form for imaging.

When completing a telephone interview, mail Form H1350 to the individual. Indicate in TIERS, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics page, that the individual declined and document that Form H1350 was mailed to the individual.

When the individual refuses to sign Form H1350, mark the Client Declined box in the Agency Use Only: Voter Registration Status section of Form H1350. Send the form for imaging.

the individual is not a U.S. citizen and at least age 17 years and 10 months, TIERS will automatically mark that the individual does not meet citizenship and/or age requirements in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen.
the individual answered Yes to the question on the application, redetermination or change report form, "Do you wish to register to vote?" and meets citizenship and age requirements, provide the individual with Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, to complete to register to vote. Advise the individual that the completed form can be returned directly to SOS, the local voter registrar or the local office. The local office liaison forwards to the local voter registrar. TIERS automatically sends the individual Form H0025 if the worker answers Yes to the question, “Send Voter Registration Application?” in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen.

Enter the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote by answering the questions in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen.

When interviewing an authorized representative (AR) or representative payee, ask the AR or representative payee to give the form to the individual. Enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen, Client to Mail.

the individual completes and returns Form H0025 before leaving the office, review the form for completeness. Return the form to the individual for any corrections, if necessary. When the individual has fully completed Form H0025, forward the form to the local office liaison. The local office liaison will review the form for completeness and send to the local voter registrar within five days.

Enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen, the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote.

 

A—1521.4 Voter Registration During Non-Interviews

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The following chart should be used by staff in addressing voter registration during non-interviews:

If … then …
the individual "does not wish to register" on the application/redetermination or change report form, mail the individual a return envelope and Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, to sign attesting that the individual declined to register to vote. Enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen. If the individual returns Form H1350, sign and mark the Client Declined box in the Agency Use Only: Voter Registration Status section of Form H1350. Send the form for imaging.
the individual is not a U.S. citizen and at least age 17 years and 10 months, TIERS automatically marks that the individual does not meet citizenship and/or age requirements in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen.
the individual answered Yes to the question on the application/redetermination form, "Do you wish to register to vote?",
  • if the individual did not return Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen, the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote.
  • when the individual returns Form H0025 to the local office, review the form for completeness. Return the form to the individual for any corrections, if necessary. Enter in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen, the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote. Forward the fully completed Form H0025 to the local office liaison. The local office liaison reviews the form for completeness and sends to the local voter registrar within five days.
the individual answered Yes to the question, "Do you wish to register to vote?" on the change report form, Enter Yes to the question, "Send Voter Registration Application?" in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen. TIERS automatically sends the individual Form H0025. This documents the actions taken to provide the individual with the opportunity to register to vote.

 

 

A—1521.5 Local Office Liaison Duties

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The local office liaison must:

  • Maintain in stock, the office supply of Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, and Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote.
  • Maintain the local voter registrar list to provide the name and address of the local voter registrar to staff and individuals. See www.sos.state.tx.us/elections/voter/county.shtml for information regarding the local voter registrar.
  • Review Form H0025 for completeness.
  • Send completed Form H0025 to the designated local voter registrar within five days of receipt.

 

 

A—1521.6 Documentation

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

All actions taken to provide the individual with an opportunity to register to vote must be documented at application, redetermination, and change of physical address in TIERS in the Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics — Citizen page.

 

 

A—1522 Personal Responsibility Agreement

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

Staff must inform adult caretakers and second parents that they must:

  • participate in the Choices programs unless exempt;
  • cooperate with child support requirements;
  • not voluntarily quit a job;
  • have their child(ren) screened through the Texas Health Steps program;
  • have their child(ren) immunized, unless exempt;
  • have their child(ren) attend school;
  • attend parenting skills training, if referred; and
  • not abuse drugs or alcohol.

Staff must inform payees and disqualified adults that they must:

  • cooperate with child support requirements;
  • have their child(ren) screened through the Texas Health Steps program;
  • have their child(ren) immunized, unless exempt;
  • have their child(ren) attend school; and
  • not abuse drugs or alcohol.

 

 

A—1523 Child Support Responsibilities

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

Staff must ensure that applicants read and understand the information on Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, and that the applicant understands that signing an application for TANF or TP 08 constitutes the assignment of rights to child and medical support.

 

 

A—1524 Earned Income Deduction

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Staff must inform the applicant that if the individual goes to work and reports the job in a timely manner, the individual may be eligible for extra deductions.

 

 

A—1525 Voluntary Quit

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

Staff must explain the voluntary quit policies in A-1850, Voluntary Quit, to applicants and individuals, including:

  • primary wage earner determination;
  • how to establish good cause; and
  • reapplication after voluntary quit.

 

 

A—1526 Family Violence

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

Staff must explain to applicants and recipients that if family violence or the potential for family violence exists, HHSC may grant an exemption from the requirement to cooperate with child support, and Choices staff may grant good cause for noncompliance with Choices participation for TANF.

Related Policy

Explanation of Good Cause, A-1130
Determining Good Cause, A-1860

 

 

A—1527 The Texas Works Message

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

During the redetermination process, staff deliver the Texas Works message to TANF recipients explaining that:

  • TANF is temporary and has time limits;
  • there are alternatives and options for the recipient instead of TANF benefits;
  • a TANF recipient should consider jobs and other resources such as child support rather than continuing TANF;
  • if a TANF recipient chooses to continue receiving assistance, the recipient is requesting help finding a job; and
  • if a TANF recipient chooses not to continue receiving assistance, the recipient may still qualify for medical assistance and SNAP to support employment while working toward self-sufficiency.

Judgment must be used when deciding which messages are appropriate for a particular recipient.

 

 

A—1528 Handbooks

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1. 2013

 

 

 

 

A—1528.1 Availability of Handbooks for Client Review

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

All Programs

A Texas Works Handbook is available for review upon request. Individuals may view an electronic version of the handbook. All sections of the handbook must be easily accessible to the individual.

 

 

A—1529 Interactive Voice Response (IVR) System

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

All Programs

Eligibility staff must review and understand information currently available to individuals through 2-1-1 and encourage individuals to use the self-service options. Encouraging individuals to use the self-service options will help reduce workload in local offices. Individuals can get answers to basic questions 24 hours a day, seven days a week through the automated phone system, the IVR.

Additional information can be accessed by visiting the Texas Health and Human Services Commission, "How to Get Help" website at hhs.texas.gov/services/safety/2-1-1-disaster-assistance.

The 2-1-1 Texas Finding Help In Texas job aid describes how an individual accesses various types of information via the 2-1-1 IVR System.

A-1530, Medical and Dental Benefits

Revision 07-1; Effective January 1, 2007

A—1531 Texas Health Steps

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TP 43, TP 44, TP 45 and TP 48

The Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment (EPSDT) service is Medicaid's federally-required comprehensive preventive child health service (medical, dental, and case management) for persons from birth through 20 years of age. In Texas, EPSDT is known as Texas Health Steps. Through Texas Health Steps, children and young adults receive regularly scheduled medical and dental checkups. The Texas Health Steps program:

  • facilitates early detection and treatment of medical and dental problems;
  • provides health supervision for infants; and
  • enables persons to establish links with primary health care providers who can meet future needs for care.

Texas Health Steps' mission is to:

  • expand the public’s and recipients’ awareness of existing Texas Health Steps services;
  • encourage and increase use of Texas Health Steps services; and
  • make comprehensive services available through private and public providers so that infants, children, and adolescents can receive medical and dental care before health problems become chronic and irreversible damage occurs.

Texas Health Steps services comprise the following:

Medical Checkups— Texas Health Steps medical checkups include:

  • a comprehensive health and developmental history (including developmental and mental health, nutrition and tuberculosis screenings);
  • a complete physical examination;
  • laboratory tests (including lead screening);
  • routine immunizations;
  • health education;
  • dental screening and referral to a dentist;
  • vision screening;
  • hearing screening; and
  • referrals to other health care providers as needed.

Texas Health Steps offers checkups according to a recommended schedule. The frequency varies according to the stages of growth. In addition to an inpatient newborn screening, children and young adults may receive up to 29 outpatient checkups. The recommended schedule for periodic medical checkups is:

  • Birth to 35 months — 11 health checkups to ensure:
    • proper growth and development; and
    • immunizations are administered according to the Advisory Committee on Childhood Immunization Practices (ACIP) recommended schedule;
  • 3 years through 5 years — three health checkups (once a year);
  • 6 years through 10 years — five health checkups (once a year); and
  • 11 years through 20 years — 10 health checkups (once a year).

Dental Services — Texas Health Steps provides comprehensive dental care, including emergency, preventive, therapeutic, and orthodontic services. Children and young adults are eligible to receive routine dental checkups every six months starting at six months of age. Emergency or medically necessary dental services are available to children and young adults at any time from birth through age 20.

Vision Services — Each Texas Health Steps medical checkup includes:

  • a vision screening;
  • diagnosis and treatment, including eyeglasses every two years for defects in vision; and
  • one eye examination per state fiscal year (September through August).

Lost or destroyed eyeglasses are replaced with no limit on the number of replacements. The person may receive additional services that are medically necessary because of a vision change.

Hearing Services — Texas Health Steps medical checkups also include a hearing screening. Additional testing for hearing problems, as well as diagnosis, treatment, and hearing aids, are available through the Medicaid Program.

Case Management for Children and Pregnant Women — To encourage the use of cost-effective health and health-related care, Case Management for Children and Pregnant Women provides services to children from birth through age 20 who have a serious health condition or who are at risk of developing a serious health condition. Services are also provided to high-risk pregnant women of all ages. Together, the case manager and the family assess the medical, social and educational needs of the eligible recipient.

Texas Health Steps Comprehensive Care Program (CCP) — This program provides expanded benefits to Texas Health Steps persons. Under CCP, people under age 21 are eligible for any medically necessary and appropriate health care service covered by Medicaid. Limitations of the current Texas Medicaid Program do not apply to these people. Expanded benefits include durable medical equipment and supplies, prosthetics, orthotics, private-duty nursing, and therapeutic services.

A—1531.1 Accessibility of Texas Health Steps Services

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

Medical Programs (except TP 08, TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, TP 42 and TP 56)

HHSC’s Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing contractors and local Texas Works staff provide initial and periodic outreach and information to help people access Texas Health Steps services. For example, the contractors and local Texas Works staff can help find a Texas Health Steps provider or provide information about HHSC’s Medical Transportation Program (MTP). The Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing contractor can also help with scheduling a Texas Health Steps appointment.

When a person under 21 is certified for Medicaid, the enrollment broker sends written information to households that include a welcome notification at certification and letters when a child’s checkup is due per the Texas Health Steps periodicity schedule.

MTP provides non-ambulance transportation to a doctor or dentist office, hospital, drug store, or any place a person may receive Medicaid services. MTP is available to Medicaid-eligible people and necessary attendants when they have no other means of transportation. Children 14 and under must travel with a parent or guardian, and children 15–17 may travel alone if a parent or guardian fills out the proper consent form. An HHSC contractor or a private contractor of the person's choice, such as a parent, friend, neighbor or volunteer may provide transportation. A private contractor:

  • must have a written agreement with the MTP before providing the service; and
  • will be reimbursed for mileage to an authorized facility at the state rate.

If it is medically necessary for a person through age 20 to be away from home overnight, MTP approves cost-effective meals, lodging, and up-front funds for the person and the person's attendant.

Households may contact MTP by calling toll-free 877-633-8747.

Complete Form H1093, Texas Health Steps Extra Effort Referral, if a household requests help accessing MTP services.

For more information on MTP and a list of frequently asked questions visit the MTP page.

A—1531.2 Texas Health Steps Service Providers

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

Medical Programs (except TP 08, TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, TP 42 and TP 56)

Texas Health Steps is a Medicaid health care program for children from birth through age 20. The Texas Health Steps services are delivered by both public and private providers. Physicians, dentists, advance practice nurses, physician assistants, clinics, hospitals, Federally Qualified Health Centers (FQHCs) and others offer Texas Health Steps services to eligible people. Providers must enroll in Medicaid and enroll as a Texas Health Steps provider.

A—1531.3 Program Administration

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

Medical Programs (except TP 08, TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, TP 42 and TP 56)

To comply with the Frew lawsuit requirements, staff play a role in educating people about the Texas Health Steps program. Within the Texas Health Steps program, "outreach" and "informing" are terms applied to efforts, strategies, plans, events, organized activities, and courses of action taken to advertise, educate and increase the number of Texas Health Steps checkups.

A—1531.4 Explanation of Benefits

Revision 20-1; Effective January 1, 2020

Medical Programs (except TP 08, TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36, TP 42 and TP 56)

To help inform Medicaid recipients, Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing staff provide the following materials to HHSC:

  • A desk reference containing Texas Health Steps program information. The desk reference has toll-free numbers, call center hours and website addresses for Texas Health Steps and the Medicaid Transportation Program. The desk reference contains information that is consistent with the current Texas Health Steps periodicity schedule.
  • The Texas Health Steps brochure, "Don't Miss a Beat," presents easy to understand information about the Texas Health Steps program.
  • The Appointment Education Brochure, known as “Keep Your Child's Checkups in Check,” provides helpful tips to make doctor or dentist visits a positive experience.
  • A current Texas Health Steps wallet card, “Checkups Help Children Stay Healthy!” is given to every Medicaid-eligible household with a child through age 20. Families use the cards as a quick reference for when a child is due for a Texas Health Steps dental or medical checkup, based on the child's age. The back of the card provides important information on immunizations.

Each household is given the brochures and a wallet card at:

  • initial certification or any time there is a reapplication;
  • renewal, if the household has not complied with Texas Health Steps requirements and a face to face interview is required; or
  • any time a household requests them.

The materials can be sent by mail if the person is interviewed by phone or when no interview is conducted.

Texas Health Steps materials may be ordered online.

Supervisors must ensure that all staff have the following Texas Health Steps materials and use them as required:

  • a desk reference;
  • "Don't Miss a Beat" and "Keep Your Child's Checkups in Check " brochures;
  • "Checkups Help Children Stay Healthy!" Texas Health Steps wallet cards; and
  • Form H1093, Texas Health Steps Extra Effort Referral. This form is used to help people who need:
    • to schedule a Texas Health Steps checkup or appointment;
    • more information on Texas Health Steps medical, dental and case management services; and
    • services other than those listed above.

Fax Form H1093 to Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing staff at 512-533-3867.

A—1531.5 Compliance Requirements

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

TP 44 and TP 48

Starting at 2 years old, children under 18 must comply with the regimen of care prescribed by the Texas Health Steps Program. At the first redetermination, check for overdue screening dates. If one exists, contact the caretaker and allow the caretaker to self-declare that the child:

  • had the screening;
  • is scheduled for the screening; or
  • has not been screened, but has good cause.

If unable to contact the caretaker by phone, send Form H1024, Subject: Self-Declaration Notice, to obtain the information.

If the household does not return Form H1024, deny the EDG for failure to provide. If the household returns Form H1024 indicating noncompliance, schedule the caretaker for a phone interview and emphasize the importance of the checkups. Use the Health Care Orientation Quick Reference Guide and Enrollment Script, when a recipient has an interview due to noncompliance with Texas Health Steps or Health Care Orientation. If the person does not keep the appointment, deny the EDG for Noncompliance with Healthcare Orientation. Note: The denial applies to all Children's Medicaid EDGs for the household, except TP 45 for newborns.

At the next redetermination, if TIERS still shows the same overdue date for the child, the caretaker must provide verification that the child had the checkup or has a phone interview appointment before the redetermination.

Deny the Medicaid EDGs for all the children in the family, except TP 45 coverage for newborns, if any certified child’s Texas Health Steps screening is overdue and the caretaker does not comply with the requirements, show good cause or have a phone appointment. A parent or caretaker may self-declare on the Form H1024 or by phone if there is a good cause reason that the child has not had the checkup.

Related Policy

Continuous Medicaid Coverage, A-832
General Reminders, A-1510
Processing Children's Medicaid Redeterminations, B-123
Health Care Orientation Quick Reference Guide, C-1118

A—1532 Medicaid

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

Medical Programs

Applicants must be informed that:

  • they will receive a Your Texas Benefits Medicaid ID card if certified;
  • they must show the Medicaid ID card to medical providers;
  • each individual can receive three paid prescriptions a month;

    Exception: The following Medicaid recipients are eligible for unlimited paid prescriptions:
    • managed care individuals;
    • nursing facility residents; and
    • individuals under age 21, through the month of their 21st birthday.
    Note: Lost or destroyed prescriptions may be replaced by contacting the pharmacy that originally filled the prescriptions. The pharmacy can call the vendor drug toll-free pharmacy provider line to obtain procedures for overriding the system.
  • if they lose their Medicaid ID card, they can request a new one by calling 1-855-827-3748 (providers can still verify Medicaid eligibility without the card); and
  • Medicaid will not reimburse them for any bills they pay.

Note: If the household has members who are elderly or have disabilities who wish to apply for Medicaid, but who do not qualify for any Medical Programs for families and children, refer them to HHSC's MEPD programs. Staff must provide the household with the address and telephone number of the nearest office, or the self-service website www.hhsc.state.tx.us/help/index.shtml.

Medical Programs (except TA 31, TP 32, TP 33, TP 34, TP 35, TP 36 and TP 56)

Applicants living in a managed care area must be informed that they are required to select a managed care plan and primary care physician.

Emergency Medicaid

Staff must explain that Medicaid coverage is limited to the dates of the emergency medical condition.

TP 40

Encourage the pregnant woman to start receiving prenatal care.

A—1532.1 Spend Down EDGs

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 56 and TP 32

For applications with spend down, staff are required to verbally explain the following:

  • Children or pregnant women in the certified group are not eligible for Medicaid until spend down is met (i.e., the household's excess income is depleted with medical expenses incurred by members of the budget group).
  • TIERS mails Form H1120, Medical Bills Transmittal/Insurance Information, and Form H3087S, Spend Down Medicaid Identification, to the individual. Form H1120 provides the Medically Needy Clearinghouse with information needed to determine spend down for clients and provides the individual with information needed to submit medical bills to the Clearinghouse. Form H3087S summarizes the spend-down amount and potential eligible months and explains to providers how they can assist the individual by submitting bills.
  • The household or a provider must submit bills to the Medically Needy Clearinghouse. The Clearinghouse must receive the bills within 30 days of the later of the following dates:
    • the day Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, processes; or
    • the last day of the application month.

    The individual should be advised to contact the Clearinghouse if the 30-day time limit is near and there is a delay getting bills from a provider, third-party resources (TPR) information, etc. The Clearinghouse allows bills paid during the month(s) of potential eligibility by:

    • members of the household composition, and
    • state or local government agencies (County Indigent Health Care, Children with Special Health Care Needs, MIHIA, etc.).

    • The Clearinghouse also allows unpaid bills that are itemized regardless of when they were incurred. Itemized bills must include:
    • name of the provider,
    • date the service was provided,
    • date(s) and amount(s) paid toward the bill, and
    • balance due.

    If a bill was incurred 60 days or more before the applicant submits it, the applicant must provide a current itemized statement.

    Staff should assist the individual in determining whether bills are current, itemized, and complete, if requested.
  • The individual must submit claims to TPRs, if any, before submitting the bills to the Clearinghouse. When submitting the bills, the individual must provide the Clearinghouse with verification that a TPR will not pay certain bills or portions of bills. An Explanation of Benefits (EOB) provides this information.
  • The individual must answer the Clearinghouse's request for additional information no later than 30 days after the:
    • last day of the application month, or
    • date of the Clearinghouse's request.

Staff should advise the applicant of the types of assistance available to help the individual with the spend-down process.

On the same day the advisor approves the EDG, the advisor gives or TIERS mails to the individual:

  • Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action;
  • Form H3087S, Spend Down Medicaid Identification;
  • Form H1120, Medical Bills Transmittal/Insurance Information; and
  • a preaddressed Clearinghouse envelope for the applicant to use to submit bills to the Clearinghouse.

Do not give Form H1120 to anyone other than the applicant or the applicant's AR. Explain that it is best to submit all bills at the same time because the Clearinghouse must establish a hierarchy when processing bills to meet spend down. This hierarchy ensures that spend down is met by nonreimbursable bills before reimbursable bills because nonreimbursable bills:

  • were incurred before a month of potential eligibility, or
  • are not for Medicaid-covered services.

A—1533 Transitional and Post Medicaid

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 08

The individual should be informed that the household may be eligible for additional months of transitional Medicaid and child care if TP 08 is denied because of earned income (TP 07).

The household should be informed that they may be eligible for four additional months of post Medicaid if TP 08 is denied because of spousal support income.

The individual should also be informed that if the household is not eligible for transitional or post Medicaid, the household may be eligible for other medical program coverage.

A—1534 Requirement to Report Accidents

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

Medical Programs

Staff should instruct the individual to report accidents. This is to determine whether the individual has any TPRs other than Medicaid that could cover medical expenses.

A-1540, Redeterminations

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—1541 Periodic Redeterminations and Special Reviews

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF and TP 08

Staff should explain to the individual that:

  • an advisor will periodically redetermine the individual's EDG, and
  • HHSC will send an appointment for the redetermination.

TANF

Staff delivers the Texas Works Message to TANF recipients.

A—1542 Special Reviews

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Staff explains to the individual:

  • that a special review is set for the individual's EDG,
  • the purpose of the special review, and
  • how and when HHSC will notify the individual of the special review.

A—1543 Notice of Expiration

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

TIERS automatically sends an expiration notice to households before their certification ends.

Exceptions: The individual may be given Form H1830, Application/Review/Expiration/Appointment Notice, and Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, at certification if the advisor approves an EDG for:

  • one or two months, or
  • three months and the advisor completes the certification after cutoff in the first benefit month.

A-1550, Issuance and Use of Benefits

Revision 04-1; Effective January 1, 2004

A—1551 Interview Staff Responsibilities

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

TANF and SNAP

Staff should inform the person about:

  • how HHSC issues TANF and SNAP benefits;
  • how the person uses those benefits; and
  • the person's responsibilities.

Related Policy

Explanation of Cardholder Responsibilities at Interview, B-239.1

A—1552 EBT Issuance Staff Responsibilities

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

TANF and SNAP

EBT issuance staff are responsible for explaining Lone Star Card rules and guidelines to the person when issuing a Lone Star Card.

Related Policy

Issuance Staff Requirements for Client Training, B-239.2

A—1553 Use of TANF Benefits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

Staff should explain that TANF benefits can only be used to purchase goods and services essential or necessary for the welfare of the family. This includes food, clothing, housing, utilities, furniture, transportation, telephone, laundry, medical supplies not paid by Medicaid, and incidentals such as household equipment, supplies, and recreation for children. Staff must advise recipients that failure to use the benefits as required may result in HHSC establishing a protective payee (as explained in A-222, Who Is Not Included).

A—1554 Use of SNAP Benefits

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

SNAP

Staff must explain the following rules regarding use of SNAP benefits:

  • SNAP benefits may be used to purchase food items and garden seeds at retailers approved by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). This includes approved online retailers. They may not be used for hot, ready-to-eat foods or food marketed to be heated in the store (except as listed in B-400, Special Households);
  • SNAP benefits may not be used to pay online fees of any type, such as shipping, delivery, service or convenience fees;
  • SNAP benefits may not be used to pay off charge accounts;
  • Change is not given on EBT food account purchases; and
  • Sales tax may not be charged on any item purchased with SNAP benefits.

A—1555 Use of One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) Benefits

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

OTTANF

Staff should ensure that OTTANF applicants understand that OTTANF benefits are intended as emergency cash assistance for families who do not currently receive TANF but who are otherwise eligible. In addition to meeting TANF requirements, the household must meet one of the four crisis criteria explained in A-2440, Determining Crisis Criteria (OTTANF).

HHSC issues a $1,000 payment with the intent that it will:

  • resolve a short-term crisis,
  • keep the household connected to the workforce, and
  • serve as a diversion from ongoing TANF.

Staff shall explain the 12-month ineligibility period and obtain original signatures on Form H1072, One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) Acknowledgement.

A-1560, Documentation Requirements

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

All Programs

The following must be documented:

  • the nature of expected changes and when the person expects the change to occur;
  • the status of overpayments, and an explanation of recoupment action;
  • the refusal or failure to sign Form H1350, Opportunity to Register to Vote, in TIERS Case Comments; and
  • in the Valid Reason, Voter Registration Information section of the Individual Demographics screen, that staff gave or mailed Form H0025, HHSC Application for Voter Registration, to the person, authorized representative or representative payee, providing the person with an opportunity to register to vote.

Related Policy
Registering to Vote, A-1521

TANF

The following situations must be documented if the person:

  • has good cause for not cooperating with Texas Health Steps services;
  • does or does not want Texas Health Steps services; and
  • chooses to withdraw from the TANF program because of Texas Works activities.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1610, Eligibility Requirement

Revision 19-1; Effective January 1, 2019

TANF

The following persons must attend school full time if they do not have a high school diploma or general equivalency diploma (GED):

  • An eligible dependent child age 6 to 18 living with a caretaker or a second parent
  • A teen parent younger than 19, even if disqualified

A child who is age 6 on or before Sept. 1 of the current school year must attend school.

Example 1: If a child turns age 6 on Aug. 31, school attendance must be verified at the next complete review on or after Sept. 1.

Example 2: If a child turns age 6 on Sept. 2, verification of school attendance is not required at the next complete review on or after Sept. 1, and no penalty should be imposed for not attending school.

If a child or teen parent who is home-schooled is attending school, the parent's statement that the child attends school at home is acceptable.

TANF

A child age 18, in school (high school, technical, or vocational) full time, and expected to graduate before or in the month of the student’s 19th birthday is eligible for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) through the month of graduation.

A child who will not graduate until after the month of the student’s 19th birthday is not eligible after the month of the student’s 18th birthday.

Age In School? Graduation Month Eligible?
16 or 17 Yes N/A Yes
16 or 17 No N/A Yes
18 Yes Before or in the same month as 19th birthday Yes, until graduation
18 Yes After 19th birthday No, not after month of 18th birthday
18 No N/A No
Over 19 N/A N/A No

SNAP and Medical Programs except TP 08 and TA 31

School attendance requirements are not applicable for these programs. For the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), if a child younger than 18 works and is in school, the child's earned income may be excluded. See A-1323.1, Children's Earned Income.

TP 08 and TA 31

School attendance requirements only apply when the only dependent child(ren) of a parent or caretaker relative applying for TP 08 or TA 31 is(are) age 18 at application and redetermination.

A child(ren) age 18 meets the school attendance requirements through the month of graduation when they:

  • attend school in any of the following educational settings:
    • high school;
    • technical school;
    • vocational school;
    • trade school; or
    • home school;
  • attend school full time; and
  • are reasonably expected to graduate before or in the month of the student’s 19th birthday.

The parent or caretaker relative is eligible for TP 08 or TA 31 through the month the child graduates if they meet all other eligibility criteria. A child who will not graduate until after the month of the student’s 19th birthday is not considered a dependent child after the month of the student’s 18th birthday.

Example 1: If there are two dependent children, one child is age 6 and the other child is age 18, and their parent is applying for TP 08, school attendance requirements do not apply to the child who is age 18 since there is another dependent child, age 6, for the TP 08 parent or caretaker relative to claim.

Example 2: If there are two dependent children both age 18 and their parent is applying for TP 08, school attendance requirements apply to both children because both children are age 18 and there are no other dependent children for the TP 08 parent or caretaker relative to claim.

A-1620, Determining Attendance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

After the caretaker and second parent or teen parent sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, staff must verify whether the child or teen parent met the school attendance requirement.

School attendance must be verified:

  • at each complete review;
  • when curing a school attendance penalty; and
  • at application, if school is in session.

Notes:

  • School is considered to be in session during holiday breaks.
  • If an individual applies when school is not in session and indicates a child is not meeting school attendance requirements and will not meet the requirement when school begins, a full-family sanction is imposed. See A-2131.1, Initial Application.

At complete or incomplete review, if the child is determined to have 10 or fewer excused or unexcused absences per semester, no further action is required. If the child has more than 10 absences, Form H1086, School Attendance Verification, is used to request verification of school attendance. The school determines whether the child meets school attendance requirements, regardless of the number of absences.

At application, if verification is required, the application is pended for 10 days to allow the household time to cooperate. If the household has proof of the child's attendance or excused absences for a minimum of five consecutive school days during the 10-day pending period, the child is considered to be cooperating and no penalty is imposed.

Note: Accept verification for a different 10-day period if received prior to certification.

During the summer months, the advisor must verify whether a child or teen parent met the school attendance requirement since the last complete review. If the child or teen parent:

  • met the school attendance requirement, no further action is required. The child or teen parent meets school attendance requirements by:
    • being promoted,
    • attending summer school, or
    • graduating.
  • did not meet the school attendance requirement, a full-family sanction is imposed.

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

The local school system determines the criteria for half- or full-time attendance. A child meets the criteria even if he is out of school because of vacation, temporary illness, or family emergency.

Children with disabilities may attend fewer hours than other students. They may also receive instructions from a visiting teacher at home and still meet the school attendance requirements.

A child enrolled in a vocational adjustment program is in school full time.

 

A—1621 Exemptions from School Attendance Requirements

Revision 17-1; Effective January 1, 2017

TANF

A child is exempt from the school attendance requirements if the child:

  • is eligible to participate in a school district's special education program;
  • is at least age 16 and attends a course to prepare for the high school equivalency exam;
  • is enrolled in the Texas Academy of Mathematics and Science;
  • is enrolled in the Texas Academy of Leadership in the Humanities;
  • is specifically exempted under another law;
  • has a physical or mental condition of a temporary and remediable nature that makes it unfeasible for the child to attend school. Staff must obtain a statement from the child's physician specifying the:
    • child's medical condition; and
    • anticipated period of the child's absences from school.

A-1630, Failure to Cooperate with School Attendance

Revision 21-1; Effective January 1, 2021

TANF

If a child or teen parent does not meet school attendance requirements, impose a school attendance penalty and apply a full-family sanction.

If the person does not cooperate with school attendance requirements at ... then ...
application (before certification but after signing the Personal Responsibility Agreement), refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.
complete review or incomplete review, refer to A-2144.
reapplication,
  • if the person has an open penalty, follow the procedures in A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance.
  • if the person does not have an open penalty, follow the procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication.

TP 08 and TA 31

Deny TP 08 or TA 31 if the only dependent child(ren) who makes the person eligible for TP 08 or TA 31 is age 18 and:

  • has graduated;
  • is expected to graduate after the month of their 19 birthday. Note: A child who will not graduate until after the month of their 19th birthday is not considered a dependent child after the month of their 18th birthday;
  • is not attending high school, technical school, vocational school, home school, or trade school full time; or
  • school attendance is not verified by the due date.

Related Policy

Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), A-2344.1

 

A—1631 Good Cause for Noncooperating with School Attendance

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, TP 08 and TA 31

Good cause for not cooperating with the school attendance requirement must be explored at:

  • application,
  • each complete review, and
  • the individual's request.

Good cause exists if:

  • the teen parent has a child under age 12 weeks; or
  • no one in the home is willing and able to care for the child, and free child care is not available through the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) or the school district. The local workforce board should provide free child care paid by TWC.

The individual's statement about a household member's inability to provide care is acceptable. Good cause is allowed only if TWC and the local school district provide verification that they will not provide free child care.

 

A—1632 Curing the School Attendance Penalty

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

After a penalty is imposed, the child or teen parent can cure the penalty:

  • by attending school with no unexcused absences for the next 30 days;
  • by claiming good cause; or
  • during the summer months by:
    • being promoted,
    • attending summer school, or
    • graduating.

The individual is responsible for reporting when the child or teen parent has cured the penalty or has good cause.

Note: See A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance, when curing an open school attendance noncooperation for a reapplication under pay for performance.

A-1640, Verification Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF

School attendance must be verified:

  • at each complete review. During the summer months, the advisor must determine whether the child or teen parent met the requirement since the last complete review;
  • when curing a school attendance penalty; and
  • at application, if school is in session. Notes:
    • School is considered to be in session during holiday breaks.
    • If an individual applies when school is not in session and indicates a child is not meeting school attendance requirements and will not meet the requirement when school begins, a full-family sanction is imposed. See A-2140, Full-Family Sanction.

TP 08 and TA 31

Advisors must verify full-time school attendance when the only dependent child(ren) of an individual requesting TP 08 or TA 31 is(are) age 18 at application and redetermination. When an individual on TP 08 has dependent children younger than age 18, no verification of school attendance is required for the younger children or for the 18-year-old.

During the summer months, staff must determine whether the dependent child met the school attendance requirements at the end of the previous school year and confirm that the child intends to meet the requirements when school begins.

A–1641 Verification Sources

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

School attendance may be verified with the following sources:

  • school attendance registrar records;
  • current report card;
  • Form H1086, School Attendance Verification; or
  • statement from the person indicating the child is home schooled, if not questionable. Note: If the person's statement is questionable, request copies of their curriculum, study materials or other proof of coursework.

Related Policy

Children's Earned Income, A-1323.1
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-1710, General Policy

Revision 22-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2022

SNAP and TANF

Explore management at each application, redetermination and when a change affects how the household meets its expenses. 
A thorough discussion of how a household meets its expenses can help staff evaluate the accuracy of information the household provides. 
Ask two questions to examine management:

  • How long has the household managed this way?
  • Are the household's reported net income and resources enough to pay their expenses?

Require additional explanation and verification when management is questionable or negative.

Related Policy 

Advisor Action, A-1730

A-1720, How to Evaluate Management

Revision 22-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2022

SNAP and TANF

Explore past, present, and future management. Before the interview, review the previous Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, Form H1010-R, Your Texas Works Benefits: Renewal Form and case comments. Decide if the information given in the past is consistent with the current situation.

Review the EDG and determine if the household's reported net income meets its basic expenses. Examples of basic expenses include, but are not limited to:

  • food;
  • transportation;
  • shelter;
  • utilities; and
  • recurring expenses such as:
    • credit card payments;
    • loans;
    • insurance;
    • clothing; and
    • disposable diapers.

Review Data Broker reports and other on-line verification sources to identify any unreported household income, resources and expenses. Example: Credit reports may show regular payments that cause monthly expenses to exceed reported income. 

If net income and resources do not cover paid expenses, ask the household if anyone has or receives income from:

  • tips;
  • commissions;
  • overtime;
  • bonuses; or
  • part-time employment such as:
    • paper routes;
    • food delivery;
    • ride-sharing;
    • street vending;
    • babysitting;
    • sewing;
    • laundry;
    • lawn and garden work;
    • carpentry; and
    • seasonal labor.

Explore whether the household pays expenses by:

  • borrowing from friends or relatives;
  • receiving cash contributions or gifts;
  • using checking or savings accounts; or
  • receiving assistance from another source that pays expenses directly to the vendor, such as:

If the applicant intends to repay a loan, explore how the applicant will pay it back.

If the household reports temporary loans, gifts or vendor payments, set a special review to check management based on the estimated temporary payment end date.

Exception: Do not set a special review for management for streamlined reporting households.

Related Policy

Data Broker Combined Report Sources With Credit Report, C-827

A-1730, Staff Action

Revision 22-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2022

SNAP and TANF

Step If ... then...
1. management is questionable at initial application, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) complete review or Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) redetermination,
  • verify whether the household's basic billed expenses are paid or delinquent; and
  • go to Step 2.
  a recent change causes questionable management,
  • TANF – Set a special review.
  • SNAP (SR) – Take no action.
  • NPA-SNAP (Non-SR) – Follow policy to shorten the certification period.
2. verification shows basic billed expenses are paid,
  • go to Step 3.
  verification shows basic billed expenses are past due,
  • follow policy to monitor questionable management.
  the household does not return verification,
  • deny the household.
3. management is negative for three months or more,
  • verify how the household paid for expenses (vendor payments, in-kind, cash contributions or unreported income).
  management is negative and the household provides proof that the household paid billed expenses with non-recurring assistance,
  • follow policy to monitor questionable management.
  management is negative and the household fails to provide available verification of the income or resources used to meet their expenses,
  • TANF – Deny the household at application or complete or incomplete review.
  • SNAP – Deny the household only at application or redetermination.
  management is negative for less than three months,
  • follow policy to monitor questionable management.

Related Policy

How to Evaluate Management, A-1720
Monitoring Questionable Management, A-1731
Length of Certification, A-2324
Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350
Processing Special Reviews, B-125
What to Report, B-621
Shortening Certification Periods as a Result of a Change, B-635

A–1731 Monitoring Questionable Management

Revision 22-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2022

TANF 

Set special reviews to monitor cases with questionable management.

SNAP

Set a special review due to questionable management for non-streamlined reporting (SR) households. Do not set a special review due to questionable management for SR households. 

Related Policy

Length of Certification, A-2324

A-1750, Documentation Requirements

Revision 22-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2022

SNAP and TANF

When past, present or future management is negative or questionable, document the person's explanation of how the household manages its expenses.

When the reported net income is enough to cover all reported expenses, completing the Management - Details logical unit of work (LUW) in the Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) Data Collection meets the documentation requirements. This includes expenses listed in the Data Broker credit report, such as credit card expenses.

Document the steps taken to resolve or clear management that has been negative for more than three months.

Related Policy

Staff Action, A-1730
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1810, General Policy

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF and SNAP

The Employment Services Program (ESP) consists of two programs. They are Choices for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) individuals and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Employment and Training (E&T) for SNAP individuals. Recipients must participate in these programs unless exempt. If a nonexempt member does not comply, he may be subject to a penalty that results in a full-family sanction for TANF and either a denial or disqualification for SNAP.

TANF

The Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) and Local Workforce Development Boards (LWDBs) determine the level of Choices services to provide in each county according to available Choices resources. After coordination with state office, TWC and the LWDB designate a county to provide one of two service levels:

  • full service; or
  • minimum service.

Full Service Requirements

Each nonexempt TANF caretaker or second parent who lives in a full service Choices county must participate in Choices employment services if contacted. Nonexempt and exempt members in full service Choices counties may voluntarily participate in employment services at any time. Exempt individuals are eligible for the same services as nonexempt individuals.

Minimum Service Requirements

Individuals in minimum service Choices counties are exempt from participation requirements because of the lack of available Choices resources in the area (even when they are coded mandatory registrants). Individuals in minimum service counties may choose whether or not to participate in Choices services offered to them.

SNAP

Each nonexempt household member age 16 through 59 must be registered for employment services at initial certification.

Exception:

For expedited service, register the applicant being interviewed unless he is:

A—1811 Strikers and Employment and Training (E&T)

Revision 01-1; Effective January 1, 2001

SNAP

A striker must comply fully with the work registration requirement. He does not have to accept employment at a location subject to a strike or lock-out. If a strike is prohibited under either the Taft-Hartley or Railway Labor Acts, Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) considers this a continuing offer of suitable employment to the striker. Failure by the striker to return to this employment, for any reason, is failure to comply with work registration requirements. This makes the entire household ineligible.

A-1820, Employment Services Programs Procedures

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012 

A—1821 Choices

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

In all counties:

  • determine the work registration status of all individuals; and
  • obtain information about education level, work history, and vocational training for caretakers and second parents.

Note: See State Time Limits, A-2500, for state time limit tier levels for TANF individuals certified as caretakers and second parents. 

A—1821.1 Choices Exemptions

Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013

TANF

A member is exempt from participation if he is one of the following:

Code A (Child under 19 years of age) — A child, age 18 or younger.

Code C (Caring for an ill or disabled child in the home) — Needed at home to care for an ill or disabled child in the household, even if that person is not a member of the certified group. The caretaker must provide a completed Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, to claim this exemption. This includes caring for a family member receiving disability benefits such as Supplemental Security Income (SSI). See A-1821.1.2, Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Disabled Household Member, for specific information of Form H1836-B expectations.

Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one parent/caretaker if there are two or more disabled individuals in the household and it requires more than one person to provide care for the disabled members.

Code E (Disability expected to last greater than 180 days) — Unable to work due to a mental or physical disability expected to last more than 180 days. To claim an exemption based on disability, the individual must provide a completed Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement. Receipt of Social Security benefits based on disability or Veterans Affairs (VA) disability benefits is not an automatic disability exemption for Choices. See A-1821.1.1, Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self, for specific information of Form H1836-A expectations.

Code F (60 years of age or older) — Age 60 or older. Obtain verification of age if not already established.

Code G (Meets Caretaker Exemption criteria, child in EDG) and Code R (Meets Caretaker Exemption criteria, child not in EDG) — A single parent or single caretaker relative caring for a child under age one at initial application. See A-1821.5, Caretaker Exemption, for information on setting the caretaker exemption end date.

Notes:

  • Neither parent in a two-parent household may receive a caretaker exemption. This includes households with a disqualified legal parent or non-certified parent (for example, legal parent receiving SSI).
  • Another relative caretaker whose spouse is in the household may not receive the caretaker exemption.

Code H (Cares for a disabled adult in the home, expected to last greater than 180 days) — Needed at home to care for a disabled adult in the household even if that person is not a member of the certified group and the disability is expected to last more than 180 days. The caretaker must provide a completed Form H1836-B to claim this exemption. This includes caring for a member receiving disability benefits such as SSI. See A-1821.1.2, Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Disabled Household Member, for specific information of Form H1836-B expectations.

Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one parent/caretaker if there are two or more disabled individuals in the household and it requires more than one person to provide care for the disabled members.

Code J (Not certified for TANF) — Not certified for TANF for reasons other than being a non-recipient parent (Codes X, V or Y) or sanctioned for Choices (Code W).

Code N (Time Limited Employment Hardship) — Eligible for a state time limit hardship exemption based on lack of available employment opportunities. See A-2543.3, Employment Hardship Exemption (ESP Code N), for detailed information about this work registration code.

Code Q (Time Limited Personal Hardship) — Eligible for a state time limit hardship exemption based on personal disability or caring for a disabled household member. See A-2543.2, Severe Personal Hardship Exemption (ESP Code Q), for detailed information about this work registration code.

Code T (Pregnant and unable to work) — Pregnant and unable to work. To claim an exemption based on pregnancy, the individual must provide proof of pregnancy on Form H3037, Report of Pregnancy, or another document containing the same information and completed by a physician, nurse, advanced nurse practitioner or other medical professional, and a completed Form H1836-A, verifying the disability is due to pregnancy. See A-1821.1.1, Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self, for specific information of Form H1836-A expectations.

Code U (Single grandparent 50 or older caring for child under 3) — A single grandparent, age 50 or over, caring for a child under age three. Obtain verification of age and TANF relationship, if not already established.

Code V (SSI Recipient) — An SSI parent.

Code X (Exhausted STL) — A parent who has exhausted his/her state time limits.

Code Y (Disqualified for TPR non-compliance, Disqualified for SSN non-compliance, Has an IPV, Disqualified for failure to report temporary absence of a certified child, Is a fugitive, Has a felony drug conviction, Disqualified for QC non-compliance, Minor parent domicile non-compliance) — A parent disqualified because of:

  • third-party resource requirements;
  • Social Security number requirements;
  • intentional program violation;
  • failure to report a child's absence;
  • being a fugitive;
  • having a felony drug conviction;
  • failure to cooperate with Quality Control; or
  • noncompliance with the unmarried minor parent domicile requirement. 

A—1821.1.1 Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self

Revision 09-1; Effective January 1, 2009

Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, must be obtained to verify a personal disability due to illness, injury or pregnancy. In order for an individual to receive an exemption from Choices requirements due to illness or injury, the disability must be expected to last more than 180 days. A pregnancy-related disability does not have to last any specific length of time.

Note: Receipt of Social Security benefits based on disability or Veterans Affairs (VA) disability benefits is not an automatic disability exemption for Choices.

A new Form H1836-A must be obtained when the form in the file is more than six months old.

If the Form H1836-A on file at the time of review is less than six months old but will reach the six month period during a new certification period, advisors must:

  • request a new Form H1836-A at the time of the review; or
  • set a special review six months from the date Form H1836-A is signed to request a new Form H1836-A.

Example: The individual has a current Form H1836-A dated in July on file. The advisor interviews the individual for a periodic review in October. Form H1836-A is current at the time of the interview. The advisor may request a new Form H1836-A at the interview or set a special review for December to request a new Form H1836-A.

The following Choices exemption codes require a completed Form H1836-A:

  • T – pregnant and unable to work, and
  • E – unable to work due to a mental or personal disability and the disability is expected to last more than 180 days.

The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.

If the medical provider checks ...then the individual is ...
1(a) or 1(b)mandatory for Choices.
2(a) or 2(b)mandatory for Choices.    
Note: The medical provider should complete Part B and Part C.
3(a) or 3(b)exempt from Choices because the disability is permanent or expected to last more than 180 days.    
Note: The medical provider should complete Part C.
3(c) and the individual has a personal or mental disabilitymandatory for Choices.    
Note: The medical provider should complete Part C.
3(c) and the individual is disabled due to pregnancyexempt from Choices because there is no timeframe associated with a disability due to pregnancy. Note: The medical provider should complete Part C.

Note: If the medical provider fails to complete Part B or Part C for a Temporary Assistance for Needy Families individual but indicates that the individual is permanently disabled or temporarily disabled for more than 180 days, the individual meets the criteria for a Choices exemption. 

A—1821.1.2 Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Disabled Household Member

Revision 09-1; Effective January 1, 2009

Obtain verification that the caregiver is unable to work or participate in workforce activities due to illness or injury of an adult or child family member. In order for an individual to receive an exemption from Choices requirements due to a disabled adult family member, the disability must be expected to last more than six months (180 days). There is no timeframe associated with the length of the disability if the individual is caring for a disabled child.

Note: A caregiver caring for an adult or child family member who is receiving disability benefits such as Supplemental Security Income (SSI) does not qualify for an exemption unless the caregiver provides Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, verifying the caregiver is needed in the home to provide care.

The following Choices exemption codes require a completed Form H1836-B:

  • "C" – needed at home to care for an ill or disabled child in the household even if the person is not a member of the certified group, and
  • "H" – needed at home to care for a disabled adult in the household even if the person is not a member of the certified group and the disability is expected to last more than 180 days.

A new Form H1836-B must be obtained when the form in the file is more than six months old.

If the Form H1836-B on file at the time of review is less than six months old but will reach the six month period during the new certification period, advisors must:

  • request a new Form H1836-B at the time of the review; or
  • set a special review six months from the date Form H1836-B is signed to request a new Form H1836-B.

Example: The individual has a current Form H1836-B dated in July on file. The advisor interviews the individual for a periodic review in October. Form H1836-B is current at the time of the interview. The advisor may request a new Form H1836-B at the interview or set a special review for December to request a new Form H1836-B.

The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.

If the medical provider checks ...then the individual is ...
1 or 2(a or b)mandatory for Choices.
3(a or b)exempt from Choices.    
Note: The medical provider must complete Part B.
3(c) and the individual is needed at home to care for an adult family membermandatory for Choices.    
Note: The medical provider must complete Part B.
3(c) and the individual is needed at home to care for a childexempt from Choices.    
Note: The medical provider must complete Part B.

A—1821.2 Choices Participation

Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013

TANF

A member is required to participate if he is one of the following:

Code B (Caretaker/Parent under age 19 in school full time) — A caretaker or second parent, age 18 or younger, attending elementary, secondary, vocational or technical school full time.

Code K (Appeal pending with Choices) — Appealing a Choices sanction. Use this code to indicate the individual is appealing the Choices sanction. See Appeals, A-1870, for more information.

Code L (Time limited Severe Economic Hardship, Lives in Economically Deprived County) — Eligible for a state time limit hardship exemption based on residing in a designated hardship county. See A-2543.1, County Hardship Exemption (ESP L), for detailed information about this work registration code.

Code M (Mandatory registrant) — Does not qualify for any of the exemptions and does not meet the Code P criteria. Note: Use this code for an individual who receives in-kind income for working.

Code P (Meets TANF full time employment requirement) — Employed or self-employed at least 30 hours per week, and receiving earnings of at least $700 per month. The required compliance is limited to only reporting hours of work. These individuals may be sanctioned if they do not report their hours to Choices staff.

Code W (Sanctioned for Choices nonparticipation) — Sanctioned for TANF based on non-compliance with Choices.

Local Workforce Development Boards (LWDBs) develop a Family Employment Plan with the involvement of all adults on the TANF EDG. In TANF-SP households, both adults must agree who will satisfy their work requirement. All adults on the TANF EDG are required to sign the plan.

Failure to sign the plan or meet the work requirements without good cause results in the LWDB sending a sanction request for the non-cooperating individual. For TANF-SP households, the LWDB will send the following penalty:

If the household's caretaker/parent and second parent are ...then the LWDB sends a sanction request for ...
both mandatory participants,the caretaker and second parent. Note: If one parent non-complies with Choices and the other parent already has an open Choices penalty (work registration code W or K), the LWDB does not send a penalty request for the parent with the open Choices penalty.
one is a mandatory participant and one is exempt but volunteers,only the mandatory participant.
one is a mandatory participant and one is exempt but does not volunteer,only the mandatory participant.

A—1821.3 Work Registration Code Hierarchy

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

TIERS determines the appropriate work registration code based on data collection entries. Staff should review work registration status prior to disposition to ensure the correct work registration code is assigned to an individual. Use the following chart to determine the work registration code that should be assigned if the individual qualifies for more than one work registration code.

CodeDescription
Vnon-recipient parents who receive Supplemental Security Income
Xnon-recipient parents who have exhausted their state time limits
Ynon-recipient parents who have certain disqualifications
Jineligible for TANF and for Choices
A or Fchild under age 19 or adult over age 60
L, N or Qreceiving hardship exemption from the state time limit
G or Rcaring for a child under age 1
Ccaring for a disabled child
Ugrandparent caring for a child under age 3
Hcaring for a disabled adult
Epersonal disability
Tpregnant and unable to work
Kappeal pending with Choices
Wsanctioned for Choices nonparticipation
Pemployed at least 30 hours per week and earning at least $700 per month
Bparent under age 19 and in school full time
Mmandatory participant

A—1821.4 Switching the Exemption — TANF-SP

Revision 02-8; Effective October 1, 2002

TANF

TANF-SP parents may switch participation designations (that is, exempt and nonexempt codes) once if the switch is before or during Choices assessment for the parent initially designated as nonexempt. The exemption code must be one that applies to either parent. Choices staff use Form H2583, Choices Information Transmittal, to inform Texas Works staff when TANF-SP parents request to switch Choices codes. The parent cannot switch after completion of the Choices assessment. 

A—1821.5 Caretaker Exemption

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

TANF single parents or single relative caretakers caring for a child under age one at initial application are exempt from Choices participation (Choices exemption Code G or R) until the child reaches age 1. Note: Caretakers under age 20 who have not completed high school or its equivalent do not qualify for these Choices exemptions, even if the caretaker exemption end date is in the future. These individuals may be exempt for another reason. 

A—1821.5.1 Setting the Caretaker Exemption End Date

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

TIERS sets a caretaker exemption end date based on the youngest child under age 1 in the home at the time of initial certification. See Individual- Summary, Time Limits screen in TIERS for the caretaker exemption end date.

A caretaker is not eligible for this exemption after the end date. The end date does not change when another child is born to the caretaker or moves into the home after TIERS sets the end date. 

A—1821.5.2 Resetting the End Date

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF

If the child for which the caretaker's exemption end date is based on leaves the home, TIERS resets the end date based on the:

  • next older child; or
  • date the child leaves the home if no children under one remain in the household.

Contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk to address any issues with the caretaker exemption end date. 

A—1822 E&T Procedures

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

SNAP

In all counties, at initial certification, each recertification and at a change when a household member becomes subject to the work requirements, such as when adding a new person or someone turns 18:

  • determine each person's registration or participation exemption status;
  • determine a primary wage earner (PWE);
  • ensure the TF0001, Notice of Case Action, includes the SNAP Work Rules information when appropriate. The SNAP Work Rules information tells each member who is subject to the work rules about the requirements that pertain to the designated person; and
  • use the SNAP Work Rules — Verbal Informing Script to inform the person interviewed about each E&T registrant’s and ABAWD’s rights and responsibilities. Access the English and Spanish SNAP Work Rules — Verbal Informing Scripts using the links below:

Notes: 

  • For mixed households, members exempt from SNAP work rules are not addressed by the work rules information. If the SNAP household contains members who are all exempt from SNAP work rules and there are no ABAWDs, the SNAP work rules information is not included with the TF0001.
  • Remind streamlined reporting households of their responsibility to respond to all notices and letters from the employment program.

Related Policy 

Determining Primary Wage Earner (PWE) for Noncooperation Situations, A-1844.1 

A—1822.1 SNAP Work Requirement Exemptions

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022

SNAP

Exempt a person from SNAP work requirements if they meet one of the following criteria:

Code A (Child under 16, 16 or 17 and not head of household, or 16 or 17 and attends school or training at least half time) — Age:

  • 15 or younger;
  • 16 or 17 and not the head of household; or
  • 16 or 17 and attending school, including home schooling or an employment training program, on at least a half-time basis.

Code E (Physically or mentally unfit for employment) — Physically or mentally unfit for employment. Require proof of a disability that is not obvious before exempting the applicant. Obtain Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement. A physician's statement with the required information is also acceptable to claim an exemption due to disability of self.

Receipt of a temporary or permanent disability benefit from a private or government source, including VA non-service-connected disability benefits, is acceptable verification that a person is physically or mentally unfit for employment. For VA service-connected disability benefits that are less than 100%, do not exempt the person.

A person who applies for SSI and SNAP at a Social Security Administration (SSA) office receives a work registration exemption until the SSA determines the person’s eligibility for SSI.

Code F (60 or older) — 60 or older.

Code G (Caring for a child under 6) — Each parent or other household member responsible for the care of a child under 6.

Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one household member who is responsible for the care of a child under 6 if there are two or more children under age 6 in the household. The number of people who receive the exemption may not exceed the number of children under age 6 in the SNAP household.

Code H (Cares for a person with a disability who is living in the home) — A parent or other household member caring for a person of any age who has a disability and lives with the household. The person who has a disability does not have to be part of the SNAP budget group but must reside at the same address. Require proof that the parent or household member is needed in the home to care for the person with a disability, including a member receiving disability benefits, such as SSI. The household must provide Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, or a physician's statement with the required information to claim an exemption due to caring for a household member with a disability.

Note: This exemption can be applied to more than one parent or caretaker if there are two or more people with a disability living in the household and it requires more than one person to provide care for the members who have a disability.

Code J (In drug and alcohol treatment program) — A regular participant or outpatient in a drug addiction or alcoholic treatment and rehabilitation program.

Code N (Receiving or applying for unemployment benefits) — Receiving unemployment insurance benefits or has applied but not been notified of eligibility.

Code P (Meets SNAP full-time employment requirement) — Employed or self-employed:

  • at least 30 hours a week; or
  • receiving earnings equal to 30 hours a week multiplied by the federal minimum wage. If the applicant's income is not enough to meet this exemption, the person must verify that they work at least 30 hours a week.

Allow this exemption for a person:

  • who works at least 30 hours a week in exchange for goods or services (in-kind work);
  • who works without pay (volunteer labor) at least 30 hours a week with a business, government entity or non-profit organization; or
  • who home-schools a child living in the home. The person must home-school the child at least 30 hours a week and be state-certified to conduct home-schooling.

Any combination of the activities listed as an exemption for meeting the full-time employment requirement, or those activities in combination with employment hours, can be used if the combination totals at least 30 hours a week.

Notes:

  • The person may choose to average hours or income over the certification period or 12 months to meet this exemption.
  • Migrant and seasonal farm workers are exempt if they are under contract or similar agreement with an employer or crew chief to begin work within 30 days.

Code Q (Registered with Choices) — Lives in a full-service Choices county and is nonexempt from Choices participation, or lives in any county and has an open Choices case.

Code S (Student 18 or older in school or a training program at least half time)

  • a student 18 or older who is enrolled at least half time in school or a training program, including an institution of higher education, or a person participating in a training program; or
  • a refugee who is enrolled at least half time in English as a Second Language (ESL) courses or E&T programs administered by a refugee contractor or Match Grant program.

Related Policy

Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self, A-1822.1.1    
Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Household Member with a Disability, A-1822.1.2    
Students in Higher Education, B-410    
Work Registration, B-476.1.2 

A—1822.1.1 Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self

Revision 06-4; Effective October 1, 2006

Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, must be obtained to verify a disability for individuals who appear capable of employment but claim a disability. There is no requirement that the disability last more than 180 days.

A new Form H1836-A must be obtained when the form in the file is more than 12 months old.

The following E&T exemption code requires a completed Form H1836-A:

  • E – physically or mentally unfit for employment if the disability is not obvious.

The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.

If the medical provider checks ...then the individual is ...
1(a or b) or 2(a or b)mandatory for E&T.
3(a, b or c)exempt from E&T.

A—1822.1.2 Claiming Exemption Due to Caring for a Household Member With a Disability

Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014

Obtain Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, to verify an individual who claims to be needed in the home to care for a household member with a disability. There is no requirement that the disability last more than 180 days.

Obtain a new Form H1836-B when the form in the file is more than 12 months old.

The following E&T exemption code requires a completed Form H1836-B:

  • H – a parent or other household member caring for a person of any age who has a disability and lives with the household.

The medical provider completes Section II, Part A, by checking one box.

If the medical provider checks ...then the individual is ...
1 or 2(a or b),mandatory for E&T.
3(a, b or c),exempt from E&T.

A—1822.2 Exempt Members Volunteering to Participate in E&T 

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

SNAP

Voluntary E&T participants are SNAP applicants and recipients exempt from registering for the E&T Program. They may volunteer to participate in the program but will not be sanctioned for noncompliance with E&T requirements.

At certification and recertification, screen all household members to determine their appropriate work registration status, using the exemption criteria in the related policy. Inform households, with members exempt from E&T and of age to participate, they may voluntarily participate in the E&T Program.

Inform the person interviewed about the following employment services that may be available through their local Workforce Solutions Office:

  • case-managed job search;
  • job readiness, job search assistance, and job referral and placement assistance;
  • vocational training;
  • nonvocational education;
  • work experience;
  • employment and training services for adults, dislocated workers and youth;
  • support services that can help with transportation, childcare, personal safety equipment or other costs related to the E&T Program, such as tools, books or uniforms; and
  • other education and training opportunities that may be available in the person’s area.

Inform the person that those who volunteer cannot be disqualified for non-compliance with the E&T Program and provide the following TWC contact information:

To begin the process, visit twc.texas.gov and click on Find your local Workforce Solutions office or call 800-628-5115.

Document in case comments all exempt SNAP household members were screened for appropriateness to participate as a volunteer in the E&T Program and provided TWC contact information.

Related Policy 

SNAP Work Requirement Exemptions, A-1822.1

A—1823 Work Registration Status Changes

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012  

A—1823.1 Reporting Changes in Work Registration Status

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Individuals must report changes that could affect employment services within 10 days of the change. 

A—1823.1.1 Advisor Action on Status Changes

Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013

TANF

Change the work registration code if:

  • the individual reports a change in his exemption status, or
  • information in the case record indicates a change in the individual's exemption status.

When the individual has a Code G or R and the youngest child reaches age one, TIERS:

  • changes the individual's work registration status based on the hierarchy listed in A-1821.3 at cutoff of the caretaker exemption end date month,
  • sends the individual a notice of the change in work registration status, and
  • transmits the information to TWC.

Notify the individual on TF0001, Notice of Case Action, that their work registration status has changed.

SNAP

Change the work registration code within 10 days if the individual

  • becomes exempt from E&T because he meets the criteria for exemption Code Q.
  • loses E&T exemption status because of a
    • change the household is required to report,
    • change in TANF work registration code or open Choices case status, or
    • TANF penalty for Choices noncompliance.

If the individual loses E&T exemption status for any other reason, register the individual at the next recertification.

Notify the individual on TF0001 that their work registration status has changed. 

A—1824 Information Transmittal from Choices or E&T Staff

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF and SNAP

When Choices or E&T staff discover information during an individual contact, they use Form H2583, Choices Information Transmittal, or Form H1817, SNAP Information Transmittal, to forward the information to the advisor.

TANF

Each Form H2583 requires advisor action:

  • If Choices staff receive information that affects an individual's work registration status, they discuss the individual's status with the advisor, or send Form H2583, asking the advisor to reconsider the individual's registration.

    The advisor evaluates the individual's work registration status and changes the work registration code in TIERS, if necessary.

  • Information on earned or unearned income requires a budget to determine ongoing eligibility.

    Choices staff attempt to obtain verification from the employer. If the information on Form H2583 is complete and includes the name of the person contacted, use the information for eligibility determination without further verification from the individual.

  • Medical or other information affecting Choices participation or designation as a TANF-Basic or TANF-State Program EDG. Review and correct the work registration status or EDG type as needed.

SNAP

Each Form H1817 requires advisor action.

  • If E&T staff receive information that affects an individual's work registration status, they send Form H1817 to the advisor asking the advisor to reconsider the individual's registration.

    The advisor evaluates the individual's work registration status and changes the work registration code in TIERS, if necessary.

    If you decide the individual

    • is still subject to work registration, notify E&T staff within 10 days using Form H1817.
    • qualifies for an exemption, do not respond on Form H1817.
  • Information on earned or unearned income requires a budget to determine ongoing eligibility.
  • Medical or other information affects E&T participation. Review and correct work registration status as needed.

A—1825 Provider Determinations

Revision 23-2; Effective April 1, 2023

SNAP 

E&T participants receive services related to one or more SNAP E&T components. These services include supervised job search, vocational training and work experience and are through case management provided by E&T staff or other contracted providers. When E&T staff refer a participant to an E&T component which does not match their needs or skill level, E&T staff enroll the participant in another suitable component fitting the participant’s needs or skill level.

If another suitable component is not available, then E&T staff:

  • fax form H1816, SNAP E&T Non-Compliance Report, to HHSC specifying an E&T participant received a provider determination; and
  • submit a good cause recommendation of ‘Other.’

E&T participants cannot be sanctioned for E&T non-participation when no suitable components are available.

When E&T staff send Form H1816 with a provider determination, HHSC staff must approve the request using the good cause system functionality. HHSC staff attempt to contact the SNAP household by phone to:

  • explain the provider determination process and the following:
    • a provider determination is used when an E&T component is not a good fit for an E&T participant;
    • the participant is not being sanctioned because of the provider determination; and
    • if the participant is an able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD), ABAWD Federal Time Limit (FTL) months will begin counting in the next month.
  • explore whether the person is Code E* and obtain verification of the exemption, as described in the SNAP work requirement exemption policy; and
  • provide the following contact information:
    • TWC by visiting twc.texas.gov and clicking on the “Find your Local Workforce Solutions Office” or by calling toll-free 800-628-5115; or
    • HHSC by calling 2-1-1 or 877-541-7905 (option 2).

HHSC staff must document if the provider determination information was verbally explained to the SNAP household within 10 days.

If unable to contact the SNAP household by phone, HHSC staff:

  • send a Form H1020, Request for Information or Action  , to explain the provider determination process;
  • request verification of Code E*; and
  • provide the following contact information:
    • TWC by visiting twc.texas.gov and clicking on the “Find your Local Workforce Solutions Office” or by calling toll-free 800-628-5115; or
    • HHSC by calling 2-1-1 or 877-541-7905 (option 2).

* Code E means physically or mentally unfit for employment.

Note: ABAWDs do not receive a countable FTL month in any month a provider determination is received. After an ABAWD is notified of a provider determination, FTL months will become countable in the next full benefit month.

Related Policy 

Claiming Exemption Due to Disability of Self, A-1822.1.1    
Noncooperation with E&T, A-1844    
Reasons for Good Cause, A-1861    
Counting Months Toward Time-Limited Eligibility, A-1950 

A-1830, ESP Actions

Revision 04-3; Effective April 1, 2004

A—1831 Action in Full Service Choices Counties or E&T Counties

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

For households in full service Choices counties:

  • provide an explanation of:
    • the Choices program;
    • the supportive services available such as child care, help with transportation expenses related to job search or training, Texas Health Steps and family planning;
    • the person's rights and responsibilities;
    • how both exempt and nonexempt recipients  may voluntarily participate and what this means for state time-limited benefits;
    • the full-family sanction for noncooperation for a nonexempt person;
    • transitional childcare and Medicaid; and
    • the requirement to provide proof of identity and work eligibility when requested by HHSC or a Choices provider, and the types of documents accepted as proof. Form H2580, TANF Employment Services Notice, lists examples of proof.

Explain these policies again at periodic review unless the caretaker or second parent show an open Choices case in TIERS inquiry.

Provide a completed Form H2580 for each caretaker and second parent. At the application interview, also provide Form H2580 to the TANF EDG name.

SNAP

Provide a consolidated written notice of the SNAP work requirements, known as SNAP Work Rules, to all non-exempt SNAP work registrants at:

  • certification;
  • recertification; or 
  • a change when a household member becomes subject to SNAP work requirements, such as adding a new person to the household or a person in the household turns 18.  

The SNAP Work Rules tells each non-exempt SNAP work registrant which work requirements pertain to them, does not apply to persons exempt from Employment and Training (E&T), and is not provided to persons exempt from E&T.  

For households in SNAP E&T counties:

  • review TIERS correspondences and confirm the household receives the SNAP Work Rules information, included within their TF0001, Notice of Case Action; 
  • use the SNAP Work Rules — Verbal Informing Script in the related policy section for E&T procedures to verbally explain each registrant’s rights and responsibilities; and
  • inform households with members exempt from E&T and of age to participate, that they may voluntarily participate in the E&T Program as described in the related policy about exempt members volunteering to participate in E&T. 

If an integrated interview is conducted for a household applying for TANF and SNAP, and the SNAP application is certified while the TANF application remains pending, TIERS assigns SNAP work registration Code Q (Registered with Choices), as if the person were receiving TANF. After staff makes the TANF decision, TIERS changes the SNAP work registration code, if necessary. If a person is registered for SNAP E&T, confirm the household receives the SNAP Work Rules information generated by TIERS within their TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

Related Policy 

E&T Procedures, A-1822
Exempt Members Volunteering to Participate in E&T, A-1822.2
State Time Limits, A-2500

A—1831.1 Referral Processes

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Advisors in full service Choices counties refer TANF applicants to a workforce orientation. This is a separate eligibility requirement from Choices program participation. See Workforce Orientation, A-2200, for more information.

HHSC sends a daily electronic file of all TANF recipients to Choices staff when:

  • the TANF EDG is certified; or
  • a TANF recipient's work registration code changes.

Non-exempt TANF recipients in full service Choices counties must participate in employment service activities when notified by Choices staff.

SNAP

HHSC sends a daily electronic file of all SNAP recipients to E&T staff when:

  • the SNAP EDG is certified; or
  • a SNAP recipient's work registration code changes.

E&T staff use this electronic file to register individuals with TWC when the individual:

  • lives in an E&T county; and
  • is a non-exempt registrant.

Registration is effective for 12 months. At the end of each 12-month period, TWC renews the registrant’s status if the individual is:

  • active;
  • living in an E&T county; and
  • a non-exempt registrant, not identified as an able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD).

A—1831.1.1 Choices Outreach

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

TANF or TANF-SP recipients in full service Choices counties whose information is transmitted to the TWC through the daily electronic file may be outreached for Choices services.

Local Workforce Development Boards and TWC access various types of education, training and employment services from local providers, including other state agencies. Services vary depending on an individual's specific needs and the availability of programs in the local area.

A—1831.1.2 ABAWD Referral Process

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

SNAP

An ABAWD is an individual age 18 up to age 50 who:

  • is physically and mentally able to work at least an average of 20 hours per week;
  • is not a member of a SNAP EDG where a household member on the SNAP EDG is under age 18; and
  • is not pregnant.

The ABAWD designation:

  • is applied the month after an individual turns age 18; and
  • is no longer applied beginning with the month when an individual turns age 50.

HHSC sends a daily electronic file of all SNAP recipients, including ABAWDs, to E&T staff. After receiving the electronic file, E&T staff may contact local HHSC staff to obtain SNAP allotment amounts and the number of ABAWDs in the SNAP household.

E&T staff use information provided on the electronic file to outreach the ABAWD for E&T services. If the ABAWD completes the first two weeks of participation in an allowable activity, E&T staff return Form H1822, ABAWD E&T Work Requirement Verification, to the advisor verifying the ABAWD:

  • now meets the SNAP ABAWD work requirement; or
  • being recertified continues to meet the work requirement.

The advisor must process a change in "work requirement status" as required per A-1940, SNAP ABAWD Work Requirements, if work status changes.

After Form H1822 verifies participation, it is assumed to continue unless:

  • E&T staff send Form H1816, SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report, notifying the advisor of noncompliance;
  • the individual has at least a one-month break in SNAP benefits; or
  • the individual reports he no longer participates.

Note: See A-1840, Noncompliance with ESP.

At recertification, HHSC staff must provide Form H1822 to the ABAWD to verify participation during the recertification process. The ABAWD must then take the form to the local workforce center for E&T staff to complete. The ABAWD or E&T staff returns the completed Form 1822 to HHSC.

A—1831.2 Individual Participation Requirements

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF and SNAP

To comply with participation requirements, the individual must:

  • provide supplemental information when requested;
  • appear for an interview upon request; and
  • report for job interviews and accept an offer of suitable employment.

Note: Streamlined reporting households must respond as directed to all notices and letters from the employment program even if employed.

TANF

To comply with participation requirements, the individual must also:

  • participate in activities listed in the employability plan, including keeping appointments, attending training or other education classes, and participating in work experience and job search activities; and
  • not voluntarily leave a job unless he has good cause (as interpreted under the Texas unemployment insurance laws).

Exception: Individuals coded P are only required to report their hours.

Individuals may choose to voluntarily withdraw from TANF. Accept Form H1802, Voluntary Withdrawal from Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), as an individual's intent to withdraw from TANF. When a local eligibility determination office receives a signed Form H1802, follow change procedures in B-600 to:

  • process the TANF denial, and
  • make changes to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) EDG, if applicable.

When a request to voluntarily withdraw from TANF is received in the same month as a Choices noncooperation, the advisor must send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, informing the household of the Choices noncooperation. Open a Choices penalty as listed in A-2144, Imposing a Penalty. The household must reapply in pay for performance.

Note: If Form H1802 sent by the Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) has not been processed and the individual does not want to withdraw from TANF, notify the LWDB using Form H2583, Choices Information Transmittal, that the individual remains certified for TANF.

Explore the appropriate medical program for each household member. Advisors must provide continuous Medicaid coverage for

  • pregnant women and
  • children under age one who are eligible through the month of their first birthday.

SNAP

To cooperate with participation requirements, the individual must also cooperate with assigned E&T activities.

A—1832 Action in Minimum Service Choices Counties or Non-E&T Counties

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

In minimum service Choices counties, provide the person a general explanation of:

  • employment services available in the area, such as Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), local Workforce Solutions offices, or Texas Workforce Commission Vocational Rehabilitative services;
  • Choices services (if available);
  • available supportive services, such as subsidized child care through the local Workforce Development Board; and
  • transitional child care and Medicaid.

SNAP

In non-E&T counties, provide the person a general explanation of:

  • the types of employment services available in the area, such as those provided through WIOA, local Workforce Solutions Offices, or Texas Workforce Commission Vocational Rehabilitative Services; and
  • individual rights and responsibilities outlined in related policy.

Ensure the household receives the SNAP Work Rules information that is included in their TF0001, Notice of Case Action. The SNAP Work Rules information tells each person subject to the work rules which requirements pertain to them. Persons exempt from E&T do not receive the SNAP Work Rules information, and E&T exempt households do not receive work rules information at all.

Related Policy 

Individual Responsibilities, A-1832.1

A—1832.1 Individual Responsibilities

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

An individual living in a minimum service Choices county does not have to meet any employment services requirements. Advise the household that they

  • are exempt from Choices program requirements;
  • may choose whether to participate in Choices services offered to them; and
  • will not be penalized for noncompliance if they participate and later stop participating.

See A-2530 for state time limit counting policies for individuals who live in minimum service Choices counties.

SNAP

An individual living in a non-E&T county

  • is subject to usual registration requirements;
  • must comply with E&T if the county becomes an E&T county and the registrant is contacted; and
  • must accept or continue suitable employment, when offered, even if not referred by E&T staff.

A-1840, Noncooperation with ESP

Revision 04-5; Effective July 1, 2004

A—1841 Minimum Penalty Periods

Revision 07-4; Effective October 1, 2007

SNAP

Use the following minimum penalty periods.

If this is the individual's ...then the minimum penalty period is ...
first noncooperation,one month or when he cooperates, whichever is longer.
second noncooperation,three months or when he cooperates, whichever is longer.
third or subsequent noncooperation,six months or when he cooperates, whichever is longer.

Exception: See Reestablishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period (SNAP)  A-1846.

A—1842 Failure/Refusal to Register

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

SNAP

If the household member who fails to furnish all information needed to register is:

  • the primary wage earner (PWE), deny the EDG.
  • a member who is not the PWE, disqualify the individual.

See Minimum Penalty Periods, A-1841.

Exception: For expedited applications:

  • postpone work registration if necessary, for members not present at the interview until after the household receives its first month's benefits (or first two months if you issue a combined allotment); and
  • take adverse action for the second month (or third month if you issue a combined allotment) if all required registrants fail to provide the necessary information.

A—1843 Noncooperation with Choices

Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017

TANF

Choices staff determine when a nonexempt individual fails without good cause to cooperate with Choices requirements. They use Form H2581, Choices Noncooperation Report, to notify advisors the date they made the noncooperation decision.

Failure to cooperate with Choices requirements results in:

  • a full-family sanction for one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer; and
  • denial of the TP 08 EDG for TANF recipients also certified for TP 08 benefits.

Related Policy

Completing the Penalty Action, A-1845.2 
Imposing a Penalty, A-2144

A—1843.1 TANF-SP Procedures

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

If a nonexempt parent in a full service Choices county fails to cooperate, apply a full-family sanction for one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer.

A—1844 Noncooperation with E&T

Revision 21-2; Effective April 1, 2021

SNAP

E&T staff determine when a person fails to cooperate with employment services requirements. E&T staff send noncompliance information electronically through the automated interface to notify HHSC of the person's failure to cooperate. E&T staff may send Form H1816, SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report, to HHSC staff with more details.

If a PWE fails to cooperate with employment services requirements, Choices requirements or with work requirements in TWC's unemployment insurance program without good cause, the household is ineligible for the minimum penalty periods.

If a person who is not the PWE fails to cooperate without good cause, disqualify the person for the applicable minimum penalty period.

Note: If the noncooperating person moves to a new household:

  • deny the new household for the remainder of the penalty period if the person is the new household's PWE; or
  • disqualify the person for the remainder of the penalty period if the person is not the new household's PWE.

The following procedures apply to a household with a person who is:

  • exempt from registration due to TANF-Choices status or due to applying for or receiving unemployment insurance benefits (UIB); and
  • penalized in that program for not cooperating with a program requirement.
When an individual fails to cooperate with ...then ...
a Choices requirement in TANF,apply the E&T noncooperation penalty unless the person is exempt for another reason.
a work requirement in TWC's UIB program,apply the E&T noncooperation penalty unless the person is exempt for another reason.

A disqualified person may re-establish eligibility after the minimum penalty period expires. A person may re-establish eligibility during the penalty period by becoming exempt from E&T registration.

Related Policy

E&T Exemptions, A-1822 .1 
Minimum Penalty Periods, A-1841 
Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period, A-1846 
Re-establishing Eligibility After the Penalty Period, A-1847 
Determining Good Cause, A-1860

A—1844.1 Determining Primary Wage Earner (PWE) for Noncooperation Situations

Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013

SNAP

Determine a household's PWE as follows:

If ...then the ...

(a) the household includes:

  • a parent of a child of any age living in the home; or
  • an adult with parental control of a child under age 18 living in the home,

household selects the PWE and all adult members must agree to the selection. The PWE selected must:

  • be an adult parent of a child of any age; or
  • have parental control of a child under age 18 living in the home.

The household must select a PWE at certification, recertification, or when household composition changes.

(b) adult household members cannot agree on a PWE, or Item (a) does not apply,

PWE is the member (including a disqualified member) who:

  • earned the most income in the two months before the month of noncooperation; and
  • was employed at least 20 hours per week at the federal minimum wage or had earnings equal to this amount.
(c) a PWE cannot be designated using the criteria in Item (a) or (b) above,PWE is the member listed as head of household on the noncooperation date.

Exception: For Items (b) and (c) in the chart above, a person (any age) may not be the PWE if he lives with his parent (or person fulfilling the role of his parent) who is:

  • registered for work through the SNAP E&T program (even if he has a participation exemption); or
  • exempt from registration due to employment, TANF-Choices status, or receipt/application for UIB.

The household can change the PWE during the certification period. Exception: The household cannot change the PWE if the current PWE has failed to cooperate with SNAP E&T requirements or has voluntarily quit a job, unless a new member has joined the household and is selected as the PWE.

A—1844.2 Tracking the Number of Sanctions

Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014

SNAP

Document in the case record each time the individual is sanctioned for:

  • employment services,
  • voluntary quit,
  • voluntarily reducing work hours,
  • Choices, or
  • unemployment insurance.

A sanction for any of these work requirements counts as a noncooperation penalty.

Example: The individual has one sanction for voluntary quit without good cause. The individual served a one-month penalty and obtained a comparable job. The individual was laid off and was registered with the E&T program. The individual noncooperated with one of the E&T requirements. This is the second sanction.

A—1845 Action on Noncooperation

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

A—1845.1 Sending Notice of Failure to Cooperate

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

When a certified household member does not cooperate with a Choices requirement, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, within five workdays after receiving notice of Choices noncooperation. Provide the person with adequate notice of adverse action. Send Form H2581, Choices Noncooperation Report, electronically through the automated interface to inform TWC staff of the sanction effective date.

SNAP

When a certified household member does not cooperate with E&T, send Form H1818, Failure to Comply with SNAP Employment and Training, within one business day of receiving notice of E&T noncooperation. Allow the person 10 days to contact TWC staff and claim good cause for the noncompliance.

HHSC allows three additional days beyond the 10-day period before issuing a TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to give sufficient time for TWC staff to send good cause information to HHSC. If HHSC does not receive a good cause claim within the 13-day period, send Form TF0001 by the next business day. Provide the person advance notice of adverse action. Ensure TIERS sends Form H1808, Agreement to Follow SNAP Rules, with the TF0001. The disqualified person or household may comply as early as the last month of the penalty period by signing the Form H1808, and could regain eligibility as early as the following month.

A household denied due to the PWE’s disqualification must file a new application to re-establish eligibility but may do so the last month of the penalty period with eligibility potentially beginning the month after.

If HHSC receives good cause from TWC within the 13-day period, follow policy to determine good cause.

Exception: E&T noncooperation notices received in the last benefit month require enough notice of adverse action.

Send Form H1818 to explore good cause even if the EDG is denied, if the noncooperation occurred during a month in which the person received SNAP and was required to participate in E&T.  

Related Policy

Re-establishing Eligibility After the Penalty Period, A-1847
Determining Good Cause, A-1860 
Appeals, A-1870 
How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice is Required, A-2341.1

A—1845.1.1 Failing to Timely Send Notice of Adverse Action

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

SNAP

If E&T staff fail to timely notify HHSC of a noncooperation or the advisor fails to send notice of adverse action, the advisor must send the notice of adverse action as soon as possible after discovering the error. Do not file a claim.

TANF

If HHSC does not take action on a noncooperation report within a reasonable time frame, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to initiate the noncooperation sanction as soon as possible.

Form TF0001 is sent within a reasonable time frame if the:

  • Choices penalty is received within five calendar days after the end of the month in which the Choices noncooperation occurred; and
  • advisor sends Form TF0001 within 10 calendar days after becoming aware of the noncooperation or within the same calendar month as the date of noncooperation listed on the Choices noncooperation notice.

If the advisor does not send Form TF0001 within a reasonable time frame, the first month of noncooperation is the month Form TF0001 was sent. Do not file a claim.

Note: A postponed first month results in a forfeit month, but does not count toward two consecutive months of noncooperation. See A-2141.1, Determining the First Month of Noncooperation.

A—1845.1.2 Failing to Impose a Penalty After Providing Notice of Adverse Action

Revision 23-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2023

TANF and SNAP

When a notice of adverse action for noncooperation is sent but the penalty is not imposed for the correct month:

  • for SNAP, file a claim for any months received in error; and
  • for TANF, determine the actual first and second month of noncooperation. If the person:
    • cooperates in the second month, file a claim for the month that should have been forfeited. The household is not required to reapply for TANF.
    • fails to cooperate in the second month, file a claim for the months that should have been forfeited. The household must reapply in pay for performance.

A—1845.1.3 Penalty is not Applicable

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF and SNAP

Do not send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, and take adverse action if:

  • the individual was exempt at the time Choices or E&T staff made the noncooperation decision. Change the individual's work registration code as appropriate and do not take adverse action.
    • Send Form H2581 to notify Choices staff that the individual was exempt at the time of noncooperation, which you will not impose the sanction and the noncooperation does not count.
    • Do not respond to E&T sanctions.
  • Choices or E&T noncooperation month is after the effective date of the denial. There is no penalty since the individual was not a recipient for that month.
    • For TANF EDGs, send Form H2581 to notify Choices staff that since the individual was not certified at the time of noncooperation, you will not impose a sanction and the noncooperation does not count.
    • For SNAP EDGs, do not send a response to E&T staff.

A—1845.2 Completing the Penalty Action

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Complete the penalty action as follows.

If the caretaker or second parent noncomplies:

  • ensure there is a signed Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, for the EDG;
  • do not establish a protective payee;
  • change the work registration code to W.

For each caretaker and second parent who noncomplies with Choices, advisors must enter start dates (and end dates, if applicable) for a Choices penalty.

SNAP

Complete the penalty action as follows.

  • If the noncomplying member is the PWE, change his work registration code to U (Primary wage earner failed to comply with ESP) and deny the EDG.
  • If the noncomplying member is not the PWE, disqualify him and change the work registration code to Code T (Disqualified household member).

Note: See A-1841, Minimum Penalty Periods.

A—1846 Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period

Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014

SNAP

An individual disqualified for an E&T noncompliance or a household denied because the PWE failed to comply with E&T may re-establish eligibility during the penalty period if the noncomplying individual becomes exempt from E&T registration.

A household denied because the PWE failed to comply with E&T may also re-establish eligibility if:

  • the PWE leaves the home, or
  • a new individual joins the household who would have been the PWE. If the household is otherwise eligible, certify the household and disqualify the previous PWE for the remainder of the penalty period.

When an individual disqualified for an E&T noncompliance on an active SNAP EDG re-establishes eligibility by becoming exempt, end the disqualification effective the first day of the month after the individual provides the information/verification required to qualify for the exemption. A household denied due to an individual’s E&T noncompliance must file a new application to re-establish eligibility and is eligible from the file date if all required information/verification is provided by the final due date.

When a household is denied because the PWE did not comply with E&T requirements, the disqualified household may apply and be interviewed for SNAP during the last month of the E&T penalty period.

A—1847 Re-establishing Eligibility After the Penalty Period

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

See the related pay for performance policy to determine the appropriate action to take when a person has an open penalty at reapplication.

SNAP

A disqualified person cannot become eligible until after the minimum penalty period expires or the person meets an exception described in the related policy about re-establishing eligibility during the penalty period.

Unless exempt, the person must sign Form H1808, Agreement to Follow SNAP Work Rules, to agree to participate with E&T. Add the household member to the EDG after the person signs Form H1808. 

If the minimum penalty period has expired, end the non-PWE’s disqualification effective the first day of the month after the disqualified person signs Form H1808 agreeing to comply.
 

Notes:

  • The disqualified person may comply in the last month of the penalty period and be added the first day of the next month.
  • A denied household may file a new application and be certified in the last month of the penalty period but the household cannot receive SNAP for any month the household was previously disqualified.
  • If a denied household reapplies after the penalty period has ended, certify from the file date and not the date the person signed Form H1808.
  • A denied household that meets expedited criteria and includes more than one disqualified person who has served the minimum disqualification period at the time of the application may choose to:
    • delay the certification until all disqualified individuals have signed Form H1808; or
    • receive expedited benefits for the PWE and any person who has signed Form H1808 at the time of the interview. Any additional disqualified persons will be added to the SNAP household using change-processing procedures. Add additional persons the month after they provide the signed Form H1808.

Related Policy 

Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period, A-1846
Pay for Performance, A-2150

A-1850, Voluntary Quit

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

SNAP

If an applicant or participating household reports the loss of earned income or reduction in work hours to less than 30 hours a week, determine whether the household member voluntarily quit his job or reduced his work hours.

Note: See A-2123 for TANF Voluntary Quit policy.

A—1851 Applying Voluntary Quit

Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013

SNAP

Voluntary quit procedures apply to:

  • any local, state, or federal government employee who loses his job because he participates in a strike;
  • a person who leaves a job unannounced or does not return to work without good cause, even if he technically was fired; or
  • a person who voluntarily reduces his work hours to less than 30 hours a week.

Voluntary quit procedures do not apply to people who

  • are exempt from E&T registration;
  • end a self-employment enterprise;
  • resign a job at the employer's demand; or
  • are currently on strike.

A—1851.1 How to Determine if Voluntary Quit Applies

Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013

SNAP

-YesNo
1. Has a household member (including a disqualified member) quit a job or reduced his hours of employment to less than 30 hours a week within 60 days before the application date or anytime after?For quits, go to Step 2. For reduction of work hours, go to Step 3.Not applicable. Stop.
2. Did the job involve at least 30 hours per week at federal minimum wage or equivalent earnings?Go to Step 3.Not applicable. Stop.
3. Did the person have good cause for quitting his job or reducing his work hours?Not applicable. Stop.Go to Step 4.
4. Was the person exempt from E&T on the quit date or date hours were reduced?Not applicable. Stop.Go to Step 5.
5. The voluntary quit penalty applies.

A—1852 Determining PWE for Voluntary Quit Situations

Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013

SNAP

Determine a household's primary wage earner as follows:

If ...then the ...

(a) the household includes

  • a parent of a child of any age living in the household, or
  • an adult with parental control of a child under age 18 living in the household,

household may select the PWE. All adult members must agree to the selection. The PWE selected must:

  • be an adult parent of a child of any age, or
  • have parental control of a child under age 18 living in the household.

A selection must be made at certification, recertification, or when household composition changes.

(b) adult household members cannot agree on a PWE, or Item (a) does not apply,

PWE is the member (including a disqualified member) who earned the most income in the two months before the month of quit if he was:

  • otherwise required to register on the quit date (interview date for applicants), and
  • employed at least 20 hours per week at the federal minimum wage or had earnings equal to this amount.
(c) a PWE cannot be designated using the criteria in Item (a) or (b) above,PWE is the head of household on the quit date (for active EDGs only) if he was required to register on the quit date (or would have been if not disqualified).

Exception: For Items (b) and (c) in the chart above, a person (any age) may not be considered the primary wage earner if he lives with his parent (or person fulfilling the role of his parent) who is:

  • registered for work through the SNAP E&T program; or
  • exempt from registration.

The household can change the PWE during the certification period.

Exception: The household cannot change the PWE if the current PWE has failed to cooperate with SNAP E&T requirements or has voluntarily quit a job, unless a new member has joined the household and is selected as the PWE.

A—1853 Advisor Action on Voluntary Quit or Reduction in Work Hours

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

SNAP

If you discover the quit ...then ...
before completing certification,apply the sanction using the penalty periods found in the related minimum penalty period policy.
after certification and early enough to prevent issuance of the last month's benefits,apply the sanction using minimum penalty periods. Start the sanction the first month after the adverse action notice period ends.
too late in the certification period to prevent issuance of the last month's benefits,if the household ...then...
-reapplies before the end of the certification period,apply the penalty. Notify the household on Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, that the penalty period starts the first month of the new certification period.
-does not reapply by the last day of the certification period,on the last day of the certification period send Form TF0001 to notify the household of the sanction period beginning with the month after the old certification period expires.

If the primary wage earner (PWE) noncomplies, deny the EDG.

If the non-PWE noncomplies, disqualify the non-PWE and change the person’s work registration code to Code T (Disqualified household member). Send Form TF0001 by the next business day. Provide the person advance notice  of adverse action.

For voluntary quit, ensure TIERS sends Form H1808, Agreement to Follow SNAP Rules, with the TF0001. Add comments to the TF0001 that the disqualified person or household may comply as early as the last month of the penalty period by signing the Form H1808 and could regain eligibility as early as the month after that.

A household denied due to the PWE’s voluntary quit must file a new application to re-establish eligibility but may do so the last month of the penalty period with eligibility beginning the month after.

If the PWE moves to another household and would have been the PWE, deny that household for the remainder of the penalty period. If the PWE moves, but would not have been the PWE of the new household, disqualify the person for the remainder of the penalty period.

If the person quits or voluntarily reduces work hours without good cause but does not report it or HHSC does not act timely, apply the penalty as soon as possible after the adverse action notice expires.

Related Policy

Minimum Penalty Periods, A-1841
Tracking the Number of Sanctions, A-1844.2

A—1854 Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period

Revision 13-3; Effective July 1, 2013

SNAP

A person or household, disqualified or denied because of a voluntary quit or a reduction in work hours, may re-establish eligibility during the penalty period if the non-complying member becomes exempt from E&T registration.

A household denied because the PWE voluntarily quit a job, or voluntarily reduced work hours, may also re-establish eligibility during the penalty period if:

  • the PWE leaves the home; or
  • a new member joins the household who would have been the PWE. If the household is otherwise eligible, certify it and disqualify the old PWE for the remainder of the penalty period.

A—1855 Re-establishing Eligibility After the Penalty Period

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

SNAP

To re-establish eligibility after the penalty period for a voluntary quit, the disqualified PWE or non-PWE must:

  • become exempt from E&T registration;
  • agree to comply by signing Form H1808, Agreement to Follow SNAP Work Rules; or
  • get a new job comparable to the one the person quit. Consider a job comparable if it involves one of the following:
    • equal or increased salary or hours; or
    • fewer hours or lower net salary, with the person's statement that the new job offers better chances to improve job skills or provide advancement opportunities.

To re-establish eligibility after the penalty period for voluntarily reducing work hours, the person must:

  • become exempt from E&T registration; or
  • return to work for 30 or more hours a week.

End the disqualification effective the first day of the month after the person complies or becomes exempt if the minimum penalty period has ended.

Notes:

  • The disqualified person may comply in the last month of the penalty period and be added to the SNAP household the first day of the next month.
  • A denied household may file a new application and be certified in the last month of the penalty period, but the household is not eligible for SNAP for any month the household was previously disqualified.

A-1860, Determining Good Cause

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

If the person claims good cause for failing to respond to outreach during the adverse action period and provides a reasonable explanation:

  • Use Form H2581, Choices Noncooperation Report, to refer the person to TWC staff for a determination.
  • Provide continued benefits if TWC staff provide notice of good cause before the notice period expires.

For other good cause claims, the person must file an appeal to receive a determination.

The Choices automated interface sends TIERS a good cause code with start or end dates. Do not set a good cause start or end date.

If a person has an open Choices penalty, the Choices automated interface may send TIERS a good cause start date. Remove the Choices penalty if TWC staff send good cause during the first noncooperation month. Good cause sent during the second noncooperation month verifies cooperation. Reinstate benefits after the forfeit month.

SNAP

Determine good cause for:

  • voluntary quit noncompliance;
  • any E&T registrant whose unemployment insurance benefits (UIB) are lowered or denied because of noncompliance with the UIB program; and
  • noncompliance with the E&T program.

The Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) collects good cause information from people who fail to comply with the E&T program and sends all good cause claims received to HHSC through an automated interface. Additionally, a person can contact HHSC to claim good cause for not complying with E&T requirements. 

Staff must review good cause claims and determine whether the person had good cause for the noncompliance. A person has 10 calendar days to claim good cause after HHSC sends the Form H1818, Failure to Comply with SNAP Employment and Training, to the household. A person can also claim good cause during the adverse action period. 

Review the case facts and circumstances when evaluating a good cause claim. If the person has an allowable good cause reason do not impose the E&T sanction. If unable to determine whether the person’s claim meets the definition of good cause or if the good cause claim is questionable, request more  information from the household. If the person does not respond within 10 calendar days, deny the good cause claim and impose the E&T sanction.

Related Policy

Noncooperation with E&T, A-1844   
Sending Notice of Failure to Cooperate, A-1845.1
Reasons for Good Cause, A-1861
Continued Benefits, B-1051
Questionable Information, C-920

A—1861 Reasons for Good Cause

Revision 23-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2023

SNAP

Good cause exists when circumstances beyond the applicant's control prevent them from complying with employment services requirements.

Good cause includes, but is not limited to, the following:

  • unavailability of care for children 6 through 11 based on the person’s statement;
  • discrimination by an employer based on age, race, sex, color, handicap, religious belief, national origin or political beliefs;
  • work demands or conditions making continued employment unreasonable (example: not being paid on time);
  • the person is a survivor of family violence;
  • unavailability of transportation;
  • a change of job;
  • illness of the person or another household member;
  • at least half time enrollment in a recognized school, training program, or institution of higher education requiring the primary wage earner to quit a job;
  • household emergency;
  • a work schedule conflict preventing the person from participating in E&T;
  • relocation to another county or political subdivision because of another household member's employment or school enrollment;
  • resignations by people under 60 years old that the employer recognizes as retirement;
  • a job change that does not happen or results in employment of less than 20 hours a week or weekly earnings of less than the federal minimum wage multiplied by 20 hours;
  • a habitual job change (example: migrant work or construction habitually require workers to move from one employer to another); or
  • an unsuitable job. Employment is unsuitable if the:
    • wages are less than the highest of:
      • the applicable federal minimum wage; or
      • 80 percent of the federal minimum wage, if the federal minimum wage is not applicable; or
    • average hourly wage based on piece-rate is less than minimum wage;
    • household member must join, resign from or not join a labor organization as a condition of employment; or
    • work is at a place subject to a strike or lock-out at the time of the offer with these exceptions:
      • the strike was enjoined under Section 208 of the Labor Management Relations Act (29 U.S.C. 178); or
      • an injunction was issued under Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act (45 U.S.C. 160);
    • degree of risk to health and safety is unreasonable;
    • household member is physically or mentally unfit for the job;
    • commuting time from the household member's home to the job is more than two hours a day (taking a child to and from a child care facility is not included);
    • distance from home to the job is unreasonable because, after considering commuting time and costs, the person earns less than minimum wage;
    • distance to the job prohibits walking and transportation is unavailable;
    • working hours or nature of the employment interferes with the member's religious beliefs; or
    • job is outside the person's usual line of work (this applies only during the first 30 days of registration and does not apply if the person voluntarily quits a job.)

A-1870, Appeals

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF and SNAP

A person is entitled to a hearing to contest the:

  • decision not to allow an exemption; and
  • denial or reduction of benefits because of noncompliance.

TANF

If, during the adverse action notice period, the person appeals a noncompliance penalty:

  • process the request;
  • update the work registration code as Code K to indicate the person is appealing the Choices sanction; and
  • provide continued benefits, if applicable, following procedures in the related policy about handling benefits during the appeal process. The person may choose to waive the right to continued benefits instead.

The hearing officer notifies both HHSC staff and Choices staff about the hearing date and the Choices noncompliance appeal decision.

If the person requests continued benefits and the hearing officer sustains the decision, change the work registration status from “appeal pending with Choices” (Code K) to “sanctioned for Choices nonparticipation” (Code W) to show the person is sanctioned. Then:

  • add the penalty with the original penalty start date;
  • file a claim to recover benefits for the months the person received continued benefits; and
  • deny the EDG as explained in the related full family sanction policy, if the household failed to cooperate with the Personal Responsibility Agreement for two consecutive months.

If the hearing decision was reversed, enter the appropriate work registration status in TIERS.

SNAP

If the person appeals the noncompliance penalty during the adverse action advance notice period:

  • process the appeal request for:
    • voluntary quit or reduction in hours; or
    • noncompliance with E&T. The hearing officer notifies both the HHSC staff and TWC staff of the hearing date.
  • provide continued benefits following procedures in the related continued benefits policy, unless the person waives the right to continued benefits. 

Note: If someone appeals a first offense, offer the person an opportunity to sign Form H1808, Agreement to Follow SNAP Work Rules, before the end of the one-month minimum penalty period. 

If the person requests continued benefits and the hearing officer sustains the decision:

  • impose the penalty for the remaining number of months, if appropriate;
  • update the E&T penalty counter on an active EDG after the penalty expires, if appropriate; and
  • file a claim to recover benefits for the months the person  received continued benefits.

Related Policy 

Full-Family Sanction, A-2140
Handling of Benefits During the Appeal Process, B-1050
Continued Benefits, B-1051

A-1880, Verification Requirements

Revision 22-1; Effective, January 1, 2022

TANF

Verify all exemptions.

SNAP

Verify:

  • exemptions that are questionable;
  • that a member is physically or mentally unfit for employment (Code E) if the disability is not obvious;
  • that a parent or other household member is caring for a disabled person of any age living in the household (Code H); and
  • that a refugee is participating at least half-time in a training program administered by a refugee contractor or Match Grant Program (Code S).

Related Policy

SNAP Work Requirement Exemptions, A-1822.1
Verification Requirements, A-1640

 

A—1881 Verification Sources

Revision 16-4; Effective October 1, 2016

SNAP and TANF

Acceptable forms of verification must state self-employment hours worked. Acceptable forms of verification include:

  • business records and receipts;
  • checks;
  • tax records;
  • a statement from a knowledgeable source; and
  • acceptable verification for self-employment income described in A-1370, Verification Requirements, except for the Form H1049 and client statement.

A-1890, Documentation Requirements

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

Document:

  • how you verified exemptions;
  • failure to comply; and
  • penalty information from the automated Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) interface or Form H2581, Choices Noncooperation Report, including the noncooperation date, applicable penalty period and reason when a Choices penalty is not entered in the automated system.

SNAP

Document:

  • all exemptions;
  • that all exempt household members were screened for appropriateness to participate in the E&T Program and provided TWC contact information; 
  • failure to comply
  • penalty information from the automated TWC interface or Form H1816, SNAP E&T Noncompliance Report, including the noncooperation date, applicable penalty period and reason when the SNAP E&T penalty does  not generate with the automated system;
  • voluntary quit or reduction of work hours;
  • good cause for failure to comply and voluntary quit or reduction of work hours;
  • the selection or non-selection of a primary wage earner (PWE) at application, recertification and when household composition changes; and
  • which option the household chose when reapplying for and meeting expedited criteria once members disqualified for E&T served the minimum penalty period.

Related Policy

The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-1910, General Policy

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF and SNAP

Federal legislation requires that certain individuals receive benefits for a limited number of months. Encourage individual independence!

TANF

A household with a caretaker or second parent is limited to receiving Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) for 60 months. Each caretaker and second parent has his own separate federal time limit clock. When the caretaker or second parent reaches the 60th month of the federal time limit (regardless of who reaches it first), the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) denies the entire household at the end of the 60th month. Benefits received as an eligible child do not count toward the time limit if the child is later certified as a caretaker or second parent. A child who was certified on a TANF EDG that reaches the federal time limit may continue to receive TANF if certified with another caretaker or payee who did not reach federal time limits while certified with that child. Note: Do not count TANF-SP benefits toward a caretaker's or second parent's 60-month federal time limit.

SNAP

Unless exempt, an able-bodied adult without dependents (ABAWD) is any individual, age 18 up to age 50, who is not meeting the work requirement, as defined in A-1831.1.2, ABAWD Referral Process. These individuals are initially limited to three months of Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) eligibility in a 36-month period. After the initial 36-month period ends, another 36-month period begins the first month the individual fails to meet the work requirement.

Related Policy

General Policy (Resources), A-1210
SNAP — Budgeting for Members Disqualified for Citizenship, SNAP ABAWD Work Requirement, or Noncompliance with SSN Requirements, A-1362.3
ABAWD Referral Processes, A-1831.1.2

A-1920, Determining the Number of FTL Months Used

Revision 11-3; Effective July 1, 2011

TANF

Effective with October 1999 benefits, each month a caretaker or second parent receives a TANF benefit counts toward the FTL, even if the month does not count toward the state time limit. This includes TANF benefits received in another state. Additionally, any month these members received benefits in Texas from November 1996 through September 1999 that counted toward the state time limit, also counts toward the FTL. Note: Individuals in control group cases were subject to FTLs beginning with October 1999 benefits.

Do not count a month toward the FTL if

  • a caretaker or second parent is disqualified.
  • the household's grant is:
    • cancelled and not reissued,
    • cancelled and reissued without including the caretaker or second parent's needs,
    • totally claimed as an overpayment.

A—1921 Tracking FTL Months

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF

Effective Oct. 1, 1999, an FTL month counts when a TANF benefit is issued to an adult caretaker or second parent.

To count a month an individual received benefits in another state, enter information in TIERS Data Collection – Out-of-State Benefits. FTL months only count if the individual received cash assistance. TIERS programming correctly determines FTL months for each individual. FTL information transferred from SAVERR during TIERS conversion. Advisors must contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk if FTL months need to be corrected in TIERS.

FTL months and years counted towards an individual’s FTL can be found in TIERS on the TANF Time Limit page.

TIERS inquiry displays FTL data on the Individual – TANF Time Limits & PRA screen in the hover menu. It includes the:

  • maximum months;
  • FTL months used; and
  • remaining months available.

A-1930, Extended TANF and Hardship Exemptions

Revision 06-4; Effective October 1, 2006

A—1931 General Policy

Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003

TANF and TANF-SP

Federal law allows exemption from the 60-month lifetime limit due to hardship. Extended TANF is the TANF and TANF-SP cash assistance program beyond the 60-month lifetime limit. A caretaker or second parent can apply for extended TANF and a hardship exemption at any time during or after their 60th month of assistance.

A—1932 Eligibility Requirements

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

A caretaker or second parent may submit an application for extended TANF during their 60th month of lifetime TANF benefits, or after. They must:

  • have fewer than 12 months of open Choices or child support penalties during a benefit month since Nov. 1, 1996;
  • have a qualifying hardship exemption (see A-1933, Hardship Exemptions); and
  • meet regular TANF eligibility criteria.

Note: Choices or child support penalty months may not be counted twice, if both penalties are open during the same month.

Review the extended TANF hardship exemptions with the applicant to identify the hardship. If the family qualifies under more than one hardship, the advisor and applicant should decide which hardship exemption is best for the household. After determining that the family meets extended TANF criteria, follow regular TANF eligibility requirements and program policies to determine eligibility.

As a condition of eligibility, require the extended TANF applicant to sign a new Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, and attend a Workforce Orientation refresher course, even if there is no break in benefits. Extended TANF caretakers and second parents are subject to the same Choices work requirements and exemptions as a regular TANF recipient.

The household is permanently ineligible from receiving TANF benefits when an individual non-complies with Choices or child support requirements after certification for extended TANF.

A—1933 Hardship Exemptions

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

The extended TANF applicant must have one of the following hardships:

  1. Personal Disability – A personal mental or physical disability expected to last more than 180 days.
  2. Caring for a Family Member with a Disability – Responsible for the care of a family member with a disability for more than 180 days.
  3. Family Violence – Victim of family violence.
  4. Residence in a Minimum Service Choices County– Resided in a minimum l service Choices county
    • during the 60th month of the initial 60-month period, or
    • at any time during the 11 countable months immediately preceding the 60th month.
  5. Lack of Employment – The caretaker or second parent complied with Choices requirements with no more than one Choices penalty since November 1, 1996, but is unable to obtain sufficient employment during the last 12 consecutive months before the end of the 60-month time limit. The individual cannot qualify for this hardship if the lack of sufficient employment during the last 12-month period resulted from voluntarily quitting a job.

Note: Caretakers and second parents who qualify for extended TANF for reasons 4 (Residence in a Minimum Service Choices County) and 5 (Lack of Employment) are limited to a total of 24 cumulative months of benefits. Good cause and Choices exemption months count toward the 24-month limit.

A—1933.1 Advisor Action at Application

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—1933.1.1 Personal Disability

Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014

TANF and TANF-SP

The caretaker or second parent may qualify for the personal disability exemption if the individual:

  • provides a completed Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, dated no more than six months before the application month. Form H1836-A must establish that the disability is expected to last more than 180 days.
  • is certified to receive HHSC Long-term Services and Supports.
  • is certified for Supplemental Security Income (SSI).

If the caretaker or second parent is not certified for SSI, inform the caretaker or second parent claiming the disability that the individual must apply for SSI before the next complete review. Follow policy in A-1311.1, Requirement to Pursue SSI/RSDI.

Exception: An SSI application is not required if the applicant has an SSI application pending or previously applied for SSI and was denied within the last 12 months. If the SSI denial was more than 12 months before the extended TANF application month, a new SSI application is required. Inform the individual that this exemption must be re-evaluated at the next periodic review.

A—1933.1.2 Caring for a Family Member With a Disability

Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014

 TANF and TANF-SP

The caretaker or second parent may qualify for the caring for a family member with a disability exemption if the caretaker or second parent:

  • provides a completed Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, that is no more than six months old. Form H1836-B must establish that the family member's disability is expected to last more than 180 days and that the applicant is needed in the home to care for the family member with a disability.
  • is listed as the primary caregiver in the care plan for the family member with a disability, for family members receiving HHSC Long-term Services and Supports.
  • provides a completed Form H1836-B that is no more than six months old and indicates the applicant is needed in the home to care for the family member certified for SSI.

Refer to Step 2 of A-2543.2.2, Disabling Illness or Injury of Close Family Member, to determine the degree of relationship that applies. The degree of relationship that applies to state time limits applies to FTLs.

If the family member with a disability is not already approved for SSI, inform the person caring for the family member with a disability that the family member with a disability must apply for SSI before the next complete review. Follow policy in A-1311.1, Requirement to Pursue SSI/RSDI.

Exception: An SSI application is not required if the family member with a disability has an application pending or previously applied for SSI and was denied within the last 12 months. If the SSI denial was more than 12 months before the application month, a new SSI application is required. Inform the individual that this exemption must be re-evaluated at the next periodic review.

A—1933.1.3 Family Violence

Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

If the applicant indicates on Form H1713, Service Plan for Family Violence Option and Report of Good Cause, that the individual is a victim of family violence, make an assessment referral to the family violence program specialist following policy in A-1131.1, Good Cause for Family Violence Option. A list of Family Violence Shelters is located at www.hhsc.state.tx.us/Help/family-violence/centers.shtml. The family violence specialist makes a recommendation about the claim. If the family violence specialist establishes that the applicant is a victim of family violence, the applicant is eligible for the exemption.

A—1933.1.4 Residence in a Minimum or Mid-Level Service County

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

Verify that the applicant resided in a county that offered only minimum or mid-level Choices services during at least one of the last 12 countable months of the individual's 60-month period by reviewing the applicant's residence history. Contact the Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) to verify the county's service level status during those 12 countable months.

Example: The applicant reached her 60th month of TANF assistance in January. She is applying for extended TANF in July and currently resides in a full-service county but claims that no Choices services were available in her county when she was receiving regular TANF benefits. Verify the applicant's county of residence over the last 12 countable months of her 60-month period. Determine the county's Choices service level status during those months by contacting the local board.

The applicant meets this exemption criteria if the individual resided in a minimum service Choices county in any month during the entire last 12 countable months of her 60-month time limit.

A—1933.1.5 Lack of Employment

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

The applicant must have

  • no more than one Choices penalty during the individual's 60-month time limit; and
  • been unable to obtain sufficient employment during the last 12 consecutive months before the end of his 60-month time limit. Count back 12 calendar months from the 60th month. The 60th month is month one of the 12 months.

Note: The individual cannot qualify for this hardship if the lack of sufficient employment during the last 12-month period resulted from voluntarily quitting a job.

A—1933.2 Advisor Action at Complete Review

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

At each complete review after initial certification for extended TANF benefits, advisors must verify that the individual continues to meet

  • the hardship criteria for extended TANF benefits due to a disability, caring for a member with a disability, or family violence; and
  • all other TANF eligibility requirements.

Advisors are not required to re-verify hardship due to residence in a minimum/mid-level service county or lack of employment exemptions at complete review.

A—1933.2.1 Personal Disability or Caring for a Family Member With a Disability

Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014

TANF and TANF-SP

The advisor must:

  • obtain a new Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, or Form H1836-B, Medical Release/Physician's Statement, if the form in the EDG record is more than six months old to verify that the applicant:
    • or family member still has a disability expected to last more than 180 days, or
    • is needed in the home to provide care for a household member with a disability;
  • verify that the caretaker or second parent with a disability is receiving HHSC Long-term Services and Supports or, in the case of a family member with a disability, that the recipient continues to be designated as the primary caregiver in the family member's care plan;
  • verify that an application for SSI has been submitted since the previous TANF application, if applicable, or require a new application for SSI if it has now been 12 months since being denied for SSI; or
  • verify that the caretaker/second parent or family member is certified for SSI.

Note: If the caretaker/second parent with a disability already receives SSI, then eligibility for the personal disability exemption is met. If the family member with a disability receives SSI, a current Form H1836-B is still required to verify that the caretaker/second parent is needed in the home to provide care.

At complete review, if the member with a disability ... and ... then ...
applied for SSI benefits, the application is pending, accept a pending notice as verification of the application or perform State Online Query/Wire Third-Party Query (SOLQ/WTPY) inquiry to check the status of the SSI application.

Note: If the pending notice is more than 12 months old and the individual indicates this is the only notice received, check the status by performing SOLQ/WTPY inquiry.

applied for SSI benefits, the individual is eligible for SSI benefits, follow procedures in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice); send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to remove the SSI household member from the EDG; and adjust the SNAP EDG, if applicable.

Note: If an adult in a TANF-SP household is certified for SSI, transfer the remaining members to TANF, if eligible.

applied for SSI benefits, the individual is ineligible for SSI benefits and provides Form H1836-A indicating the individual meets disability criteria, accept Form H1836-A as verification.
has not applied for SSI benefits,   deny the EDG. If the individual reapplies after denial, the individual must provide verification of SSI application before certification.

A—1933.2.2 Family Violence

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

At complete review, if the recipient continues to indicate a victim of family violence status, provide the extended TANF recipient with Form H1713, Service Plan for Family Violence Option and Report of Good Cause. Make an assessment referral to the family violence program specialist following policy in A-1131.1, Good Cause for Family Violence Option. A list of Family Violence Shelters is located at www.hhsc.state.tx.us/Help/family-violence/centers.shtml. If the family violence specialist establishes that family violence continues to exist, the household continues to be eligible for this exemption.

A-1940, SNAP ABAWD Work Requirements

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

SNAP

The work requirement policy

  • applies the month after a person turns 18; and
  • does not apply in the month a person turns 50.

To meet the SNAP ABAWD work requirement, a person must be working or participating in a specified work program an average of at least 20 hours per week in a month. A person may use a combination of work and participation in a work program to meet this requirement.

A non-exempt person’s 36-month period begins with the first countable month the person works less than an average of 20 hours per week and receives SNAP benefits in Texas or any other state. This is also the first of the three months of time-limited benefits.

Exception: A month in which benefits are prorated is not a countable month.

ABAWDs in Texas are assigned to participate in Workfare through SNAP E&T. Upon notification from the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) that the ABAWD is participating in SNAP E&T, stop counting ABAWD Federal Time Limit (FTL) months effective the same month the person started participating. Remove any ABAWD FTL months already counted in TIERS for the first month of participation and future months. Do not count a benefit month as one of the three initial ABAWD FTL months if the ABAWD participates in SNAP E&T.

If removal of ABAWD months results in the first countable month of the 36-month period being removed, the 36-month period must be adjusted.  Start the new 36-month period with the first month in which the ABAWD does not meet the work requirements. If all countable ABAWD FTL months are removed, the 36-month period must also be removed.

Note: The initial three months of time-limited benefits do not have to be consecutive.

Related Policy

Meeting the Work Requirement Through a Work Program, A-1941.2
Exemptions, A-1942

A—1941 Definition of Work

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

SNAP

Work may be:

  • work in exchange for money (employment or self-employment);
  • work in exchange for goods or services (in-kind work); or
  • unpaid work with a business, government entity, or non-profit organization (volunteer labor).

Notes:

  • Consider employment paid by vendor payment as regular employment.
  • Consider work performed under the National and Community Services Act or Domestic Volunteer Service Act, such as AmeriCorps VISTA, as work to meet the work requirement.

A—1941.1 Meeting the Work Requirement Through Self-Employment

Revision 24-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2024

SNAP

Consider a person as meeting the ABAWD work requirement if their self-employment earnings are more than or equal to the federal minimum wage multiplied by 20 hours per week.

If the gross self-employment earnings do not equal at least 20 hours per week multiplied by the federal minimum wage, the person must verify that they are working an average of 20 hours a week using the same verification procedures used for Employment and Training (E&T) exemptions.

Related Policy

Exemptions, A-1942
Verification Sources, A-1970

A—1941.2 Meeting the Work Requirement Through a Work Program

Revision 23-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2023

SNAP

A person may participate in one of the following work programs at least 20 hours per week to meet the work requirement:

  • Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA);
  • Trade Adjustment Assistance Act Program;
  • SNAP E&T Program. Note: E&T Workfare also meets this work requirement even if it is less than 20 hours per week; or
  • an employment and training program for veterans operated by the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) or the U.S. Department of Veteran’s Affairs (VA).

Related Policy

Verification Requirements, A-1970

A—1942 Exemptions

Revision 23-4; Effective Oct. 1, 2023

SNAP

A person is exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement if they:

  • are pregnant;
  • are a member of a SNAP EDG where a household member on the SNAP EDG is under 18;
  • are exempt from E&T registration;
  • live in a waiver area;
  • live in a SNAP non-E&T county; 
  • meet the criteria as being physically or mentally unfit to work;
  • are a veteran;
  • are homeless; or
  • are 24 or younger who was in foster care on their 18th birthday.  

A person is physically or mentally unfit to work if they:

  • have an obvious disability;
  • receive temporary or permanent disability payments from a private or government source, including VA disability payments, regardless of disability rating; or
  • provide a Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician’s Statement, stating the person is unable to work at least 20 hours per week.

A person is a veteran if they have served in the United States armed forces such as Army, Marine Corps, Navy, Air Force, Space Force, Coast Guard and National Guard. This includes a person who served in a reserve component of the armed forces and who was discharged or released, regardless of the conditions of their discharge or release.

A person is exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement as homeless when their household has no regular nighttime residence, or their primary nighttime residence is a: 

  • supervised shelter that provides temporary living quarters such as a welfare hotel or congregate shelter;
  • place not intended for regular sleeping quarters such as a hallway, bus station or lobby;
  • halfway house or similar institution which provides temporary residence for people intended to be institutionalized; or
  • temporary accommodation in another person’s residence for 90 days or less. After 90 days in the same person’s residence, the household is no longer considered homeless.

A person is exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement if they are 24 or younger and were in foster care under the responsibility of any state, district, territory, or Indian Tribal Organization on the date they turn 18.

Note: Each household member must be exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement for the household to meet the streamlined reporting criteria.

Related Policy 

SNAP Work Requirement Exemptions, A-1822.1 
Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350
SNAP ABAWD Work Requirement Waiver Counties, C-330
SNAP Non-Employment and Training Counties, C-341

A-1950, Counting Months Toward Time-Limited Eligibility

Revision 22-1; Effective January 1, 2022 

SNAP

Count a benefit month as one of the three initial ABAWD Federal Time Limit (FTL) months if the person:

  • receives SNAP benefits in Texas or any other state that month;
  • is not exempt from the work requirement that month; and
  • fails to work an average of 20 hours per week that month.

Note: Staff must verify any benefits the person received in another state as an ABAWD if the recipient indicates receiving benefits outside of Texas and the information is readily available.

ABAWD FTL months must also be applied retroactively when:

  • the benefits are issued as restored benefits;
  • the person received an exemption from ABAWD work requirements and time limits in error; or
  • the person correctly received an exemption from ABAWD work requirements and time limits, but the household situation changed and the ABAWD status was not updated.

Do not count SNAP benefit months toward the ABAWD time limit when HHSC or the out-of-state agency:

  • disqualifies the person from SNAP for any reason;
  • prorates benefits; or
  • files an overpayment claim for the entire month's benefit.

Examples:

  • John Adams (an ABAWD) applied for SNAP benefits on March 1, 2011. The application was denied March 31, 2011, for missed appointment. Adams reapplies on April 4, 2011, and is approved SNAP benefits from April 4, 2011, ongoing, with May 2011 counting as the first month toward his three-month ABAWD time limit. On May 12, 2011, it was discovered that the denial on March 31, 2011, was in error and Adams is issued the full allotment for March 2011, and the portion that was prorated for April 2011 in restored SNAP benefits. Both March and April must be counted retroactively toward the ABAWD time limit.
  • Susan Jones applied for SNAP benefits on Nov. 16, 2010. Jones received an E&T exemption because she had recently lost her job and had applied for unemployment benefits. As a result, she also was exempted from the ABAWD time limit requirements. Jones was approved for SNAP benefits Nov. 16, 2010, through April 30, 2011. At Jones's redetermination interview on April 11, 2011, it is discovered that unemployment benefits were denied and HHSC had exempted her from E&T in error. Each of the months from the previous certification period in which HHSC had exempted her from E&T in error must be counted retroactively toward the ABAWD time limit.
  • Becky and Bob Smith and their three children were approved for SNAP benefits from Oct. 1, 2010, through March 31, 2011. The three children moved in with their grandmother on Nov. 2, 2010. The Smith household was certified as a streamlined reporting household and was not obligated to report that the children had left the home. The Smiths do not timely reapply and the SNAP certification period expires. On April 15, 2011, the Smiths reapply for SNAP benefits and are scheduled an interview the same day. At the interview the advisor discovers the children have been out of the home since November 2010. Each month from the previous certification period in which the children were out of the home for the full month must be counted retroactively toward the ABAWD time limit. April will not count as an ABAWD month because benefits are prorated.

Redetermine eligibility effective the benefit month after the third countable time-limited benefit month. Staff may set a:

  • special review before cutoff in the third countable month; or
  • three-month certification if the 36-month period starts at certification.

A—1951 After the Three Months of Time-Limited SNAP Eligibility

Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014

SNAP

When the initial three months of time-limited eligibility expire, the advisor must:

  • disqualify the individual; or
  • deny the EDG if:
    • it is a single-person household, or
    • the disqualification makes the household ineligible.

Provide advance notice of adverse action, if required.

Note: Use the individual notice language specific to this disqualification in the comment section of Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

A-1960, Regaining Eligibility

Revision 22-2; Effective April 1, 2022

SNAP

A person who loses eligibility due to the work requirement time limit may regain eligibility an unlimited number of times if the person:

  • becomes exempt from the requirement; or
  • begins working an average of 20 hours per week. Determine ongoing eligibility after verifying the person started working or participating in a specified work program an average of 20 hours per week in a month.

Note: The ABAWD must meet all other eligibility criteria to receive SNAP benefits.

Related Policy

After the Three Months of Time-Limited SNAP Eligibility, A-1951

A—1961 Second Time-Limited Three-Month SNAP Eligibility Period

Revision 20-3; Effective July 1, 2020

SNAP

A person who already received the three months of time-limited benefits can qualify for one additional three-month period of eligibility in the 36-month period if they are not meeting the work requirement but have worked for a specified period of time after receiving the three initial ABAWD FTL months. The person must:

  • meet the 20-hour per week work requirement after the first three-month eligibility period by working at least 80 hours in a 30-day period; or
  • participate in a recognized work program for at least 80 hours in a 30-day period after the first three-month eligibility period. A combination of work and participation in a specified work program also meets this requirement.

Note: The person does not have to receive SNAP benefits during the month they worked or participated in a work program for the minimum amount of hours to regain eligibility.

If HHSC prorates benefits, do not count the prorated month when determining the first month of the additional three-month period.

The person can receive the additional eligibility period once in the 36-month period. Limit the additional eligibility period to three consecutive months, even if the person returns to work or if HHSC denies SNAP for another reason during the three-month period. The additional consecutive three-month period may extend past the end of the original 36-month period if it begins during the original 36-month period.

For example: Brad Johnson's original 36-month period is September 2016 to August 2019. Brad used his initial three months in September 2016, October 2016 and April 2017. He reapplied for benefits on July 3, 2019, and met the criteria for an additional three-month period. Brad's second three-month period is August 2019, September 2019 and October 2019. Because July 2019 benefits are prorated, July is not a countable month. A new 36-month period can begin November 2019.

If all certified members' additional three-month eligibility periods ... then ...
expire in the same month, set the certification period to end the last month of the three-month eligibility period.
do not expire in the same month, set special reviews to deny each member effective the end of the third month of the additional eligibility period.

Exception: ABAWDs in Texas are assigned to participate in workfare through SNAP E&T. When notification is received from TWC that the ABAWD met work requirements by participating in SNAP E&T in the first month of the second three-month segment, remove the second three-month segment. If the ABAWD begins participating in SNAP E&T in the second or third month of the second three-month segment, the three consecutive ABAWD FTL months must remain.

Additionally, when the modification of the ABAWD FTL months results in the first countable month of the second three-month segment being removed, the second three-month segment must be adjusted to start with the first countable month in which the ABAWD does not meet the work requirements. If the first countable month of the second three-month segment is removed, the consecutive months of the second three-month segment must also be removed.

For Example: Brad used his initial three months in September 2016, October 2016 and April 2017. Brad regains eligibility and his second three-month period is August 2018, September 2018 and October 2018. In January 2019, Brad files a new application and it is discovered that he was meeting the work requirement through participating in Workfare with TWC in August 2018 and ongoing. Staff would remove August 2018 as a countable month, and by doing so, removes the second three-month segment of consecutive months.

Related Policy

Meeting the Work Requirement Through a Work Program, A-1941.2

A-1970, Verification Requirements

Revision 14-4; Effective October 1, 2014

TANF

Advisors must verify:

  • any out-of-state TANF benefits received on or after October 1999 (see A-720, New Texas Residents, for a link to out-of-state TANF agencies);
  • any hardship exemption for TANF according to policy in A-1933, Hardship Exemptions; and
  • at each complete review after certification for extended TANF due to disability, caring for a household member with a disability, or family violence. See A-1933.1, Advisor Action at Application.

Note: See A-1933.2.1, Personal Disability or Caring for a Family Member With a Disability, for verification requirements for extended TANF EDGs.

SNAP

When verifying earned income, advisors must also verify whether the employee works an average of 20 hours a week in a month.

When determining if an individual qualifies to regain eligibility for SNAP after the individual has used three countable months of benefits in a 36-month period, advisors must verify that the individual worked, or complied with a work program, for at least 80 hours in a 30-day period for the individual to be eligible for the second set of three-month time-limited SNAP benefits.

Verify volunteer employment hours by contacting the employer. Verify the existence of a business or nonprofit organization, if questionable, by viewing federal income tax documents or nonprofit certification documents from the Internal Revenue Service or the Texas State Comptroller of Public Accounts.

Verify participation in the:

  • Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) through the local WIOA program administrative office,
  • Trade Adjustment Assistance Program through the LWDB, and
  • SNAP E&T program through the local E&T office.

Use Form H1822, ABAWD E&T Work Requirement Verification, to verify participation in the above programs.

Verify an individual's exemption from the 18–50 work requirement for:

  • pregnancy, and
  • being physically or mentally unfit to work 20 hours a week.

Verify any countable months of benefits received in another state by any household member who meets the ABAWD requirement (see A-720, New Texas Residents, for a link to out-of-state SNAP agencies).

A-1980, Documentation Requirements

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF

Advisors must document:

  • the household was informed of FTLs at application, periodic review or when adding a new caretaker/second parent to the household;
  • any out-of-state TANF benefits received on or after October 1999.

SNAP

Advisors must document:

  • the reason for an exemption for each individual age 18 up to age 50;
  • any time the individual's 36-month time-limited period begins;
    • the first and last month of the individual's 36-month period; and
    • month(s) HHSC or any other state issues or requests a SNAP benefit that counts toward the individual's three months of time-limited benefits; and
  • when the initial three months of time-limited eligibility expires.

Related Policy

The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-2010, General Policy

Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014

All Programs

Staff must use available technology to verify identity and prevent duplicate participation.

Related Policy

Identity, A-600
Duplicate Participation, B-421.1
Duplicate Participation Procedures, B-454.1
Claims, B-700
Referrals for Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-900
Establishing Identity for Contact Outside the Interview Process, B-1213

A-2020, Authenticating a Caller

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

With more interviews completed by telephone, it is crucial that staff confirm the identity of the person being interviewed. Staff must ask identifying questions to confirm the identity of the person when interviewing by telephone. In addition to clearing all discrepancies, these questions serve as a tool to authenticate the caller.

At the start of the interview, staff should explain that the authentication questions help ensure the caller's identity and protect their confidentiality and information.

Note: This policy only applies to those programs that require an interview, or when the individual requests an interview.

A—2020.1 Authentication Questions and Verification Sources

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

Staff must ask client-related questions from the list below to verify the caller's identity. Staff should ask questions to which the individual, authorized representative (AR), or personal representative (PR) generally will know the answers, but which are not easily known by others. This applies to ARs/PRs outside the household as well as household members. Available verification sources should be used to choose the questions and verify the responses of the person being interviewed. These sources include but are not limited to:

  • Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS);
  • Data Broker; and
  • Birth Verification System (BVS).

Staff should have the verification information for the client-related questions available during the interview to immediately confirm the responses. Not all the questions are applicable to every household, and staff should use prudent judgment to determine whether enough questions apply to the household's situation and whether the person being interviewed provides accurate responses.

From the lists below, staff should ask as many head of household-related questions as needed to allow the person being interviewed an opportunity to respond accurately to a total of two questions.

Initially, questions with available verifications should be chosen from a source other than the application, such as:

  1. What is your Texas driver license or Texas state identification number?
  2. What was a previous address for any place you lived?
  3. Who are your neighbors?
  4. What is/was the date of your wedding anniversary?
  5. When was your divorce final?

If the person being interviewed cannot provide two accurate responses to any of the above questions, staff should ask as many of these additional questions as needed to receive a total of two accurate responses:

  1. What is the Social Security number for a child (any child) on your case?
  2. What is the date of birth for a child (any child) on your case?
  3. What type of vehicle do you or another household member own?
  4. Who are the members of your household?
  5. What types of income do you or a member of your household receive?
  6. From whom do you receive child support?
  7. What is your alien registration number?
  8. What is your (or your wife's) maiden name?
  9. What is the name of a bank/financial institution where you have an account?
  10. Who was a previous/last employer for you or another household member?
  11. What is the name of your mortgage company or landlord?
  12. To whom do you pay child support?

If necessary, staff may request a credit report on the head of household:

  • for applicants new to Texas;
  • when none of the above questions apply to the household's situation; or
  • when you cannot gather verification of the responses from the sources listed above.

Information from the head of household's credit report may be used to develop questions to authenticate the caller. Examples of credit report questions to authenticate the caller include:

  1. What is the name of a gas station or department store with which you have a credit card?
  2. What is the name of a major credit card you have (Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover, etc.)?
  3. What is the name of the bank/financial institution with which you have/had a student loan?
  4. What is the name of the bank/financial institution with which you have/had a car loan?

Staff must document responses to the questions according to requirements in A-2050, Documentation Requirements.

Related Policy

Prudent Person Principle, A-137
Establishing Identity for Contact Outside the Interview Process, B-1213
Telephone Contact, B-1213.1
Actions on Inaccurate Responses to the Questions, A-2020.3
Documentation Requirements, A-2050

A—2020.2 Actions When Unable to Authenticate the Caller

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

If none of the questions apply to a particular case situation or responses cannot be verified, staff should follow regional authentication policy and submit a policy clearance request to a local field policy specialist.

A—2020.3 Actions on Inaccurate Responses to the Questions

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

If enough questions are applicable to the case but the individual cannot provide accurate responses to any two questions to authenticate the individual's identity, the individual should be advised that:

  • the interview will be completed in order to gather required information; and
  • the individual must come to the local office and provide verification of the individual's identity in person.

In the TIERS Appointment – Details page, Caller Authentication tab, staff should answer "No" to the question "Did caller accurately respond to the authentication questions?" and document in the page-level comments section the questions asked and the inaccurate responses provided.

TIERS will:

  • pend for the individual to come into the office with identification and any missing information; and
  • send the individual Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, requesting that the individual provide proof of identity at a local office.

Expedited Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) applicants must follow current policy and provide proof of identity before receiving expedited benefits.

An active Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) must not be denied when adding a program if the individual fails to come to the local office to verify identity.

Related Policy

Pending Information, A-135
Expedited Service, A-140
Pending Verification on Applications, B-115
Processing Redeterminations, B-122

A—2020.4 Claiming Hardship for Coming to the Office

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

If the person being interviewed states the individual is unable to come to the local office, the person should be allowed to claim hardship for any of the following reasons:

  • Residence is more than 30 miles from the certification office (even if an itinerant office is less than 30 miles from the individual's home);
  • Work or training schedule;
  • Transportation difficulties;
  • Prolonged severe weather;
  • Illness;
  • Care of a household member (the household member does not have to be part of the certified household); or
  • Victims of family violence.

The individual must provide proof of identity by mail, email or fax.

A—2020.5 Actions When Verification Is Provided at the Local Office

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

If the individual comes to the local office and provides appropriate verification, staff should refer to the Appointment – Details page, Caller Authentication tab, answer "Yes" to the question "Did caller accurately respond to the authentication questions?", and document in the page-level comments section the verification provided.

A—2020.6 Denial for Failure to Authenticate Identity

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

If the individual does not come to the local office with acceptable verification of identity by the Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, due date, TIERS will create a task to deny only the EDG for which the authentication questions were asked, using the denial reason "failure to provide required information within specified time frame."

Related Policy

Pending Information, A-135
Pending Verification on Applications, B-115
Processing Redeterminations, B-122

A-2030, Prevention of Duplicate Participation

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) staff must verify that household members do not currently receive benefits by already participating in Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Medicaid and/or SNAP, at application and when adding a new household member.

Related Policy

Duplicate Participation, B-421.1
Changes Affecting Benefits, B-640

A—2030.1 Inquiry and Sources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

HHSC staff must use existing technology, such as TIERS, Data Broker, State Online Query (SOLQ), etc., to verify the household members do not receive duplicate benefits.

At application, staff must:

  • perform a TIERS file clearance to identify any household members receiving benefits in TANF, Medicaid or SNAP;
  • use available online sources to verify the validity of information provided by the individual and missing or questionable information;
  • contact the household and allow the individual the opportunity to explain any discrepancy; and/or
  • send the household Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, requesting information or proof to resolve the discrepancies, if necessary.

Related Policy

Registering an Application, A-122.3
Automated Support Systems, C-800

A—2030.2 Duplicate Participation Match Procedures

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

If a household member is currently active for the same program on another EDG, HHSC staff must:

  • notify the corresponding HHSC office by email or telephone;
  • determine the correct EDG/case that will remain open;
  • deny TANF, Medicaid and SNAP, if needed to prevent duplicate participation; and
  • refer the household to the Office of Inspector General (OIG) for a TANF and/or SNAP overpayment.

Staff should refer to B-771, Filing an Overpayment Referral Using Automated System for the Office of Inspector General (ASOIG), and B-772, Filing an Overpayment Referral Using TIERS, for instructions on submitting a fraud and/or non-fraud referral to OIG. Staff may use either the TIERS interface with ASOIG or initiate the fraud referral directly in ASOIG.

Related Policy

Duplicate Participation, B-421.1
Participation Twice in Same Month, B-454
Duplicate Participation Procedures, B-454.1
Claims, B-700
Referrals for Intentional Program Violation (IPV), B-900

A-2040, Verification Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

TIERS file clearance and any other available sources may be used to verify the identity of the person being interviewed and that the household does not receive duplicate benefits.

Related Policy

Verification Sources, A-621
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A—2040.1 Authentication of Caller Identity Verification Sources

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31 verification sources include:

  • Adoption papers or records
  • Birth certificate
  • Certificate of Naturalization
  • Certificate of U.S. citizenship
  • Wage or check stub or check
  • Collateral statement
  • Department of Public Safety (DPS) identification card (current or expired)
  • Driver license
  • Finding of citizenship by another federal/state agency
  • Hospital or birth records
  • Identification card issued by federal/state/local government
  • Immigration documents
  • Military dependent’s identification card with photo or other identifying info
  • School identification card
  • Tribal enrollment card
  • U.S. Coast Guard Merchant Mariner card with photo or other identifying info
  • U.S. passport
  • U.S. military card/draft record with photo or other identifying info
  • Voter registration card
  • Work identification

A-2050, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TANF, SNAP, TP 08 and TA 31

Staff must document in the Appointment – Details page, Caller Authentication tab, whether the caller was or was not verified. Staff must also document with a brief statement indicating which questions were correctly answered (e.g., "Caller verified Texas driver license and name of mortgage company"). If the caller fails to correctly answer the questions, staff notes which questions were asked and the inaccurate responses provided. Staff also documents whether the individual came into the office and provided verification of identity or claimed hardship.

Staff must document in TIERS Case Comments if an OIG referral was made via ASOIG; otherwise, the TIERS functionality is used.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-2110, General Policy

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

Require Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) recipients who are caretakers or second parents to sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA). This includes minor parents who are certified as an adult. The agreement requires the adult caretaker and second parent to:

  • participate in the Choices program (unless exempt);
  • cooperate with child support requirements;
  • not voluntarily quit a job;
  • have their child(ren) screened through the Texas Health Steps program;
  • have their child(ren) immunized, unless exempt;
  • have their child(ren) attend school;
  • attend parenting skills training if referred; and
  • not abuse drugs or alcohol.

Require TANF payees and disqualified adults to sign Form H1073. The PRA requires the payee or disqualified adult to:

  • cooperate with child support requirements;
  • have child(ren) screened through the Texas Health Steps program;
  • have child(ren) immunized, unless exempt;
  • have child(ren) attend school; and
  • not abuse drugs or alcohol.

If a caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult fails to sign Form H1073, deny the application. Failure to cooperate with the PRA results in a full-family sanction for the TANF household.

A payee certified as a caretaker on a separate TANF EDG may sign one PRA that is applicable to both EDGs.

A-2120, Individual Responsibilities

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Apply the following policies of the PRA, as appropriate, to caretakers, second parents, certified children, payees, and disqualified adults.

 

A—2121 Choices

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

 

A—2121.1 When the Individual Signs Form H1073

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Inform the caretaker and second parents about the Choices requirements and full-family sanctions for noncooperation with Choices if they are required to register. Use TANF policies and procedures in A-1800, Employment Services, for a caretaker and second parent who sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement.

Related Policy

Noncooperation with Choices, A-1843
TANF-SP Procedures, A-1843.1
Action on Noncooperation, A-1845
Completing the Penalty Action, A-1845.2
Re-establishing Eligibility During the Penalty Period, A-1847
Determining Good Cause, A-1860

 

A—2121.2 Ending a Choices Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Complete or Incomplete Review — The penalty end date is the month of cooperation.

Related Policy
Ending an Open Penalty, A-2145

 

A—2122 Child Support

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

 

 

 

A—2122.1 When the Individual Signs Form H1073

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Inform the caretaker, second parent, payee and disqualified adult of the child support requirements and the full-family sanction. Use current TANF policies and procedures found in A-1100, Child Support, for individuals who are required to sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement.

Related Policy
TANF, A-1124
Counting Child Support, A-1326.2.1
Imposing a Penalty, A-2144
Ending an Open Penalty, A-2145

 

A—2122.2 Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

In addition to signing Form H1010, which constitutes the assignment of rights to child/medical support, the individual must also sign Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement. Use Form H1712, Explanation of Child/Medical Support, Family Violence and Good Cause, to help the individual understand the child support requirements.

 

A—2122.3 Good Cause for Child Support Noncooperation

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Determine if the individual has good cause for not cooperating with child support requirements using TANF policy in A-1130, Explanation of Good Cause. If the individual has good cause, do not sanction the household.

 

A—2122.4 Starting a Child Support Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Use the following chart to determine when to start a penalty.

If the individual fails to cooperate with the child support requirements at ... then ...
application, complete review, or incomplete review, refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.
reapplication, if the individual has ... then ...
- no open penalty, follow procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reappplication.
- an open penalty, follow procedures in A-2152,Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance.

 

Note: A child support noncooperation is not applicable if the noncooperation occurred:

  • before Sept. 1, 2003, and the full-family sanction was never imposed; or
  • on or after Sept. 1, 2003, but before signing Form H1073. Advisors must not open new PRA penalties for noncooperations that occurred before they signed the PRA.

 

A—2122.5 Ending a Child Support Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

If the individual cures his penalty or proves good cause, end the penalty following procedures in A-2145, Ending an Open Penalty. Note: If the individual reports cooperation with the Office of Attorney General (OAG) but the advisor has not received Form H1701, contact the child support officer for the date of cooperation.

 

A—2123 Voluntary Quit

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

 

 

A—2123.1 When the Individual Signs Form H1073

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Inform the caretaker and/or second parent (including a minor parent who is a caretaker or second parent) that they must not voluntarily quit a job of 30 or more hours a week. Voluntary quit applies to a caretaker/second parent who:

  • signed the responsibility agreement;
  • is non-exempt from Choices requirements whether the individual lives in a full service Choices county or a minimum service Choices county; and
  • quit a job that was 30 hours or more a week without good cause.

A person has voluntarily quit a job if the individual:

  • lost a job because of participation in a strike; or
  • left a job unannounced or does not return to work without good cause, even if the person was technically fired.

A person is not considered to have voluntarily quit a job if the individual:

  • reduced hours of employment, but continues to work for the same employer;
  • ends a self-employment enterprise;
  • resigns a job at the employer's demand;
  • is currently on strike; or
  • has good cause.

Note: See A-1850 for Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Voluntary Quit policy.

 

A—2123.2 Failure to Cooperate with Voluntary Quit

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Determine whether the individual failed to cooperate at application, complete or incomplete review after signing Form H1073. If the individual voluntarily quit a job before signing Form H1073, voluntary quit does not apply.

See Advisor Action on Noncooperation in A-2123.5.

 

A—2123.3 Curing Voluntary Quit

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

 

TANF

The individual may cure the voluntary quit penalty if the individual:

  • obtains a job working 30 hours or more a week; or
  • becomes exempt from Choices.

 

A—2123.4 Good Cause for Voluntary Quit Noncooperation

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Good cause exists when circumstances beyond the recipient's control prevent the person from cooperating with the requirements. Explore all reasons for good cause before establishing voluntary quit. Reasons for good cause are the same as the SNAP Reasons for Good Cause in A-1861 with the following exception.

Exception: Acceptance of a job that later does not materialize or results in employment of less than 30 hours a week or weekly earnings of less than federal minimum wage multiplied by 30 hours is not considered good cause.

 

A—2123.5 Advisor Action on Noncooperation

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

 

TANF

Apply a full-family sanction until the individual cooperates.

 

A—2123.5.1 Starting a Voluntary Quit Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Use the following chart to determine when to start a penalty.

If the advisor determines an individual voluntarily quit a job at... then ...
initial application, start the full-family sanction the month of noncooperation if the individual signed Form H1073 before voluntarily quitting a job.
complete or incomplete review, refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.
reapplication, if the individual has ... then ...
- no open voluntarily quit penalty, follow procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reappplication.
- an open penalty, follow procedures in A-2152, Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance.

 

A—2124 Texas Health Steps Program

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

 

 

A—2124.1 When the Person Signs Form H1073

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

Inform a caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult who receives TANF for a child age two through 18 that the child must have:

  • a Texas Health Steps medical checkup per the Texas Health Steps schedule; or
  • good cause for not having the Texas Health Steps medical checkup.

Provide the caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult with the Texas Health Steps schedule (Texas Health Steps “Checkups Help Children Stay Healthy!”  ) for medical checkups and additional information provided by Texas Health Steps Outreach and Informing staff.

Related Policy
Texas Health Steps, A-1531

 

A—2124.1.1 Setting the Texas Health Steps Overdue Month

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

TIERS calculates and sets an overdue month for applications and complete reviews. TIERS uses the Texas Health Steps medical schedule and the child's birthdate plus 12 months to determine the overdue month. The child's birth month is month zero. The overdue month begins the first calendar day of the 12th month. This is the same formula Texas Health Steps uses to determine the child's overdue month for a medical checkup.

Example: The household has a child who turns 6 on April 3. According to the Texas Health Steps schedule, the child is due for a checkup when the child turns age 6. Consider April as month zero, and add 12 months to determine the overdue month. In this example, if the child does not have a medical checkup by the end of March, the child is overdue beginning April 1.

 

A—2124.2 At the First Complete Review After the Caretaker or Second Parent Signs Form H1073

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

Determine if the person failed to comply at each complete review after the person signs Form H1073. If the overdue month is before or in the complete review interview month, the child is overdue. After the interview month and you complete the EDG in the:

  • interview month, the child is not overdue; or
  • overdue month, the child is overdue and must be penalized if the child has not had a Texas Health Steps medical checkup. At the interview, refer the household to the Texas Health Steps worker for assistance.

Related Policy
Staff Action if the Overdue Month Is Before or In the Complete Review Interview Month, A-2124.3

 

A—2124.2.1 Determining if the Child had a Texas Health Steps Medical Checkup

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

Determine if a child had a Texas Health Steps medical checkup using one of the following methods:

  • checking information in TIERS Data Collection;
  • verifying the checkup using Form H1087, Verification of Texas Health Steps Checkup; or
  • verifying and accepting a doctor's written statement if it:
    • is provided with the application or at the interview; and
    • provides enough information to determine a Texas Health Steps checkup has been completed.

Note:

  • Do not pend for a doctor's statement.
  • Follow the chart in A-2124.3, Staff Action if the Overdue Month is Before or In the Complete Review Interview Month, if the person states the child has had a checkup but does not have verification at the time of the interview.

 

A—2124.3 Staff Action if the Overdue Month Is Before or In the Complete Review Interview Month

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

Determine if the child had a medical checkup and use the following chart to determine the action to take.

If at the complete review the checkup is ... then ...
not overdue, do not apply a penalty.
overdue, but proof of a medical checkup that occurred before the discovery date is provided, update the Texas Health Steps screening date in TIERS Data Collection.
overdue and the parent or guardian states the child had a checkup before the discovery date, but does not have proof,

fax Form H1087, Verification of Texas Health Steps Checkup, to Texas Health Steps staff at 512-533-3867. Do not refer the person to the Medicaid provider. Local Texas Health Steps staff will contact the Medicaid provider.

Pend the EDG to receive proof from Texas Health Steps staff. If proof is received within 10 days, update the Texas Health Steps screening date in TIERS Data Collection. TIERS recalculates a new overdue month.

Note: If proof is not received within 10 days, contact Toni Sanders at 512-919-1601

If Texas Health Steps informs staff that they need more than 10 days, allow an additional 10 days. If staff determine the additional 10 days may cause a delinquency, accept the person's statement that the child had a checkup and document in case comments. If Texas Health Steps provides proof of a checkup, take no further action. If Texas Health Steps states that a checkup did not occur, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, advising the person of the sanction for noncooperation.

Note: The Texas Health Steps checkup date must be before the discovery date.

If the person has good cause for not complying, select the good cause reason. Refer to A-2124.5, Good Cause for Texas Health Steps Noncooperation.

overdue and the person states the TANF child has not had a checkup and that the person needs assistance making an appointment,
  • Refer the person to Texas Health Steps staff using Form H1093, Texas Health Steps Extra Effort Referral.
  • If the person has good cause for not complying, select the good cause reason. Refer to A-2124.5, Good Cause for Texas Health Steps Noncooperation.
  • Apply a penalty for each child out of compliance without good cause. Refer to A-2124.6, Starting a Texas Health Steps Penalty.

 

A—2124.4 Texas Health Steps Overdue Month at Application

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

For applications received in the last benefit month or in the two months following the last benefit month, determine if the child was not cooperating with the Texas Health Steps requirement in the last benefit month.

If the overdue month is:

  • Before or in the last benefit month and a noncooperation has not been imposed, impose a full-family sanction.
  • After the last benefit month, do not impose a full-family sanction.

Related Policy
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1

 

A—2124.5 Good Cause for Texas Health Steps Noncooperation

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

When a person fails to cooperate with the Texas Health Steps requirement, explore good cause before applying a penalty. The person may claim good cause for the following reasons:

  • Medical — A screening puts the child's health at risk. The person may provide medical records, a certificate, affidavit or statement from a licensed physician that the screening would be injurious to the health of the child. If verification from a Texas Health Steps worker indicates the child has had a screening within 12 months before the overdue date, allow a medical good cause. The Texas Health Steps worker will work with the provider to get the child back on schedule.
  • Religion — The family has a religious belief that does not allow the child to have a screening. The applicant may provide a verbal statement on behalf of the child stating that the screening conflicts with the practices of a recognized church or religious organization to which the family adheres.
  • No medical provider or transportation — There is no medical provider or transportation available within the geographic area. Regional Texas Health Steps staff provide this information to regional staff on a quarterly basis.

The person must provide proof for good cause. If staff determine the person has good cause for not cooperating with the Texas Health Steps requirements, select the good cause reason in TIERS Data Collection.

Use the following chart to determine when to start good cause.

If staff determine that good cause exists at ... and the person has ... then ...
a complete review, no open penalty, start good cause the month the person provides proof.
a complete review, an open penalty, start good cause the month after the person provides proof. End the penalty the month the person provides proof.
reapplication, no open penalty, start good cause the month of reapplication.
reapplication, an open penalty, start good cause the month of reapplication. End the penalty the month before the reapplication month. Exception: End the penalty the month of reapplication if the person reapplies in a month in which benefits were received.

 

Redetermine good cause at the next complete review. The good cause end date is the month staff determine the person no longer has good cause.

 

A—2124.6 Starting a Texas Health Steps Penalty

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

Failure to comply with the Texas Health Steps schedule results in a full-family sanction.

Use the following chart to determine when to impose a full-family sanction.

If the person fails to cooperate with the Texas Health Steps requirements at ... then ...
complete review, refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.
reapplication, if the person:
  • has an open penalty, follow procedures in A-2152, Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance.
  • does not have an open penalty, See A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication.

 

A—2124.7 Ending a Texas Health Steps Penalty

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

At complete or incomplete reviews, end the penalty following procedures in A-2145, Ending an Open Penalty, if the person cooperates with the Texas Health Steps requirements or provides proof of good cause.

 

A—2125 Immunizations

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

 

 

A—2125.1 When the Individual Signs Form H1073

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Inform caretakers, second parents, payees and disqualified adults who receive benefits for a child certified for TANF they must provide:

  • proof that the child's immunizations are current; or
  • good cause for not immunizing the child.

See Form H1012, Immunization Record, for the immunization schedule.

Related Policy
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1

 

A—2125.2 Determining if Immunizations are Current

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

To determine whether a child is current with immunizations, use:

  • Form H1012, Immunization Record;
  • verification that Texas Health Steps checkups are current for a child age 2 or older unless other information indicates the child is not up-to-date with the child’s immunizations; or
  • verification that a child is enrolled and attending school unless other information indicates the child is not up-to-date with the child’s immunizations.

If the records are not current but the person provides proof that the child is on an alternate schedule, refer to A-2125.4 Good Cause for Immunizations Noncooperation, to allow good cause.

Do not count an immunization administered at birth as a required visit. An immunization is considered administered at birth if it is given between birth and seven days.

 

A—2125.3 Failure to Cooperate with Immunizations

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

After the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult signs Form H1073, determine if the household cooperated with immunization requirements at each complete review.

Related Policy
Advisor Action on Noncooperation, A-2125.5
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1

 

A—2125.4 Good Cause for Immunizations Noncooperation

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Individuals have good cause for not cooperating with the immunization requirement if the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult can prove that:

  • immunizations are not in the child's best medical interest; or
  • the individual declined immunizations for the child for reasons of conscience, including a religious belief.

Good cause exists in the following situations:

  • Medical — Administering immunizations puts the child's health at risk. The individual may provide medical records, a certificate, affidavit, or a statement from a licensed physician that the required immunization poses a significant risk to the health of the child.
  • Conscientious Objector — The immunization is being declined for reasons of conscience, including a religious belief. The person claiming the exemption must complete an affidavit on a form provided by DSHS stating the reason for the exemption. The child's parent, managing conservator, or guardian must sign the affidavit and have it notarized.
  • Alternate Schedule — The child is behind on the current series of immunizations and the child is on an alternate schedule established by a doctor or health practitioner. The individual may provide a doctor's statement that the child is on an alternate schedule. Document the schedule and check the status at the next complete review.

Allow the individual 10 days to provide proof. Begin good cause the month the individual provides proof.

 

A—2125.5 Advisor Action on Noncooperation

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Apply a full-family sanction if a child does not meet the immunization requirement, and the household fails to provide proof of good cause.

Follow adverse action procedures in A-2343.1.

 

A—2125.5.1 Starting an Immunization Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective January 1, 2012

 

TANF

Use the following chart to determine when to apply a full-family sanction when an individual noncooperates with immunizations.

If the individual fails to cooperate with the immunization requirements at ... then ...
complete review, refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.
reapplication, if the individual
  • has an open penalty, follow procedures in A-2152, Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance.
  • does not have an open penalty, follow procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication.

 

A—2125.5.2 Ending an Immunization Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

At complete or incomplete Reviews, end the penalty the month the individual provides proof of cooperation with the immunization requirement or provides good cause following procedures in A-2145, Ending an Open Penalty.

 

A—2126 School Attendance

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

 

 

A—2126.1 When the Individual Signs Form H1073

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Inform a caretaker, second parent, payee, disqualified adult or disqualified teen parent about the school attendance eligibility requirements in A-1610.

Related Policy
School Attendance, A-1600
Initial Application, A-2131.1
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1
Imposing a Penalty, A-2144
Ending an Open Penalty, A-2145
Open Penalty at Reapplication, A-2151

 

A—2127 Parenting Skills Training

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

A—2127.1 When the Individual Signs Form H1073

Revision 14-3; Effective July 1, 2014

 

TANF

Inform TANF household members they must attend parenting skills training if they meet either of the following parenting skills mandatory referral criteria:

  • There is a caretaker, or a caretaker and a second parent, when the EDG includes a certified child under age 5; or
  • A minor parent is certified as a child.

Note: A household member who does not meet the mandatory referral criteria may volunteer for parenting skills training. Discuss the training with an individual who expresses a need or interest.

 

A—2127.2 Actions and Time Frames

Revision 06-2; Effective April 1, 2006

 

TANF

When explaining the PRA requirements at application, inform household members they must attend parenting skills training if referred.

At application or when a household member's status changes so that the member now meets the referral criteria, refer household members to parenting skills training if they:

  • meet the mandatory referral criteria; or
  • volunteer.

At the first review after referral, the complete review after approving good cause or imposing a penalty, an incomplete review after the individual notifies you of training completion and at reapplication after referral, follow procedures in A-2127.4, A-2127.5 and A-2127.6.

 

A—2127.3 Referral

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

 

TANF

Do not refer a person to parenting skills training if the TIERS “Individual Summary TANF Time Limits” page and the personal responsibility agreement indicate they have completed training. The “Parenting Skills” field will show Yes.

An individual must complete parenting skills training once. Acceptable verification of training completion includes training that occurred before the individual referral, such as in a high school curriculum. The following is what needs to be provided when referring a person to parenting skills training.

  • Form H1088, Verification of Parenting Skills Training, for each person referred.
  • Information from 211Texas.org on classes in the area that are available where they may complete the parenting skills class and obtain verification. To find a class:
    • Go to 211Texas.org.
    • Enter the family's zip code to search.
    • On the next page, select the word search function.
    • Enter "parenting skills classes" within the Advance Search text box.
  • If the parenting skills classes in the area do not contain all of the following four components, provide the individual with information on the classes that contain the component(s) the individual and advisor determine would most benefit the individual:
    • nutrition education;
    • budgeting;
    • survival skills; and
    • instruction on the necessity of physical and emotional safety for children.
  • instruction that a parenting skills training certificate, letter, Women, Infants and Children identification card (only one card is needed to satisfy verification requirements for two-parent families), or other documentation that verifies completion of training is acceptable proof.
  • the name(s) of the referred member(s) on Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action; and
  • the following additional information on Form TF0001 for individuals who meet the mandatory referral criteria:
    • attendance of a parenting skills training must occur before the family's next TANF periodic review; and
    • the individual must provide verification of training completion at the next periodic review or the family's TANF EDG will be sanctioned, unless good cause exists. The penalty must remain on the EDG until the person(s) provides proof of training completion, has good cause, or is no longer mandatory.

 

A—2127.4 Failure to Cooperate with Parenting Skills Requirements

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

At the complete review after the individual is referred to parenting skills training, determine if the individual completed the training.

If an individual who continues to meet the mandatory referral criteria does not have verification of class completion, determine if the individual has good cause for not completing the training during the months between reviews.

If an individual no longer meets the mandatory referral criteria when you are verifying training completion, do not determine good cause or impose a full family sanction.

 

A—2127.5 Good Cause for Parenting Skills Noncooperation

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Use the following chart to determine if good cause exists for the individual.

Good cause exists if ... Verifications include, but are not limited to ...
no classes were available in the area.
  • no classes listed in the Parenting Skills Resource Directory for the area;
  • a statement from the provider(s) that all classes were full.
the individual currently attends parenting skills training. a statement or attendance record from the provider.
the person is or was ill and not able to attend an available class. a doctor's statement or other medical evidence that the person is or was ill and unable to attend during the time when classes were available.
circumstances beyond the individual's control prevented the person from attending and/or completing the class.

Note: Lack of usual transportation or dependent care is not acceptable for a good cause claim.

a report of a disaster or documentation of a family catastrophe that existed during the time when classes in the area were available.

 

A—2127.6 Advisor Action on Parenting Skills Noncooperation

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

 

TANF

Apply a full-family sanction for failure to cooperate with the parenting skills requirement.

Follow adverse action procedures in A-2343.1.

 

A—2127.6.1 Starting a Parenting Skills Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Use the chart below to determine when to start a parenting skills penalty.

If the individual fails to comply with the parenting skills requirements at ... then ...
complete review, refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.
reapplication, if the individual ... then ...

 

has an open penalty, follow procedures in A-2152, Second Noncooperation During Pay For Performance.

 

does not have an open penalty, follow procedures in A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication.

 

A—2127.6.2 Ending a Parenting Skills Penalty or Good Cause

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

Use the policies and procedures in the chart below:

  • at a complete review after good cause was approved or a penalty imposed; or
  • at an incomplete review if the individual notifies the advisor of training completion.
If the ... and there is an open parenting skills ... Then enter ...
individual provides verification of parenting skills training completion,
  • good cause; or
  • penalty
  • the month the individual verified training completion as the good cause or penalty end date.
individual provides verification of good cause for the months between reviews, penalty
  • the month the individual verified good cause as the penalty end date; and
  • begin the good cause. When ending a penalty, enter the month after the individual verifies good cause as good cause start date.
individual does not provide verification of continuing good cause, good cause
  • the month the advisor makes the determination that good cause no longer exists as the good cause end date, and
  • open a penalty effective the month of disposition. Note: Procedures in A-2343.1, How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required.
individual no longer meets the mandatory referral criteria,
  • good cause, or
  • penalty
the month the advisor determines the individual no longer meets the mandatory referral criteria as the good cause or penalty end date.

 

At each subsequent complete review until all individuals who meet the mandatory referral criteria have completed parenting skills training, continue to:

  • refer members to parenting skills training, including members who were added to the EDG since the last complete review;
  • verify completion of training;
  • verify good cause for not completing the training; and
  • impose parenting skills penalties.

 

A—2128 Alcohol or Drugs

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

 

 

A—2128.1 When the Person Signs Form H1073

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

 

TANF

Inform a caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult that they will forfeit a month of cash assistance if convicted  of a felony or misdemeanor criminal offense under Health and Safety Code, Chapter 481, involving marijuana or another controlled substance or a crime involving abuse of alcohol after signing Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement. This includes a deferred adjudication. The penalty does not apply to an offense that occurred before the person signed Form H1073.

Note: A legal parent is permanently disqualified for a felony drug conviction (not deferred adjudication) for an offense committed on or after April 1, 2002.

Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, requires an applicant or recipient to answer a question about a conviction. Accept the person's statement.

Discuss the situation with the person when the criminal history report in the Data Broker system indicates they were convicted of an alcohol or drug offense after signing Form H1073. If they claim not to be the person indicated on the criminal history report, but the identifying information (name, date of birth, physical description) leads staff to believe the information is correct, or the person disagrees with other information provided in the report (such as the type of conviction or whether it was a felony or misdemeanor):

  • document the person's response in Case Comments;
  • proceed with the appropriate case action without acting on the criminal history report;
  • contact the Office of Inspector General (OIG) by emailing the OIG Benefit Program Integrity (BPI) mailbox; and
  • document the reason for contacting OIG BPI in Case Comments.

Once OIG BPI obtains information to clear the discrepancy, the assigned OIG BPI investigator provides the information by email.  Staff responsible for clearing this task must document the results of the OIG BPI's findings in Case Comments and, if applicable, enter the information in the Data Collection-Individual Demographic-Conviction/Rehabilitation page. Make an overpayment referral, if appropriate.

Related Policy
Who Is Not Included, A-222
Disqualified Members, A-232.2
Filing an Overpayment Referral, B-770

 

A—2128.2 Failure to Cooperate with the Alcohol or Drug Requirement

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

At the complete review after Form H1073 is signed, if the individual answers yes to the question on Form H1010 regarding drugs and alcohol, determine if both the offense and conviction occurred after the individual signed Form H1073. If the offense and conviction occurred after Form H1073 was signed, apply a sanction.

Example 1: An individual signs Form H1073 in January 1999. The individual commits an offense in April 1999 and is convicted in November 1999. At the complete review after November 1999, the individual states on Form H1010 that he was convicted of possessing marijuana or a controlled substance. The advisor must impose a full-family sanction for one month.

Example 2: An individual signs Form H1073 in March. At the next complete review, the individual states he was convicted of a crime involving marijuana. The offense was committed before he signed Form H1073 and the individual was convicted after signing the form. The advisor cannot sanction the household because the offense occurred before the individual signed Form H1073.

 

A—2128.3 Advisor Action on Noncooperation

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

 

TANF

If the individual states the offense and conviction occurred after signing Form H1073, apply a full-family sanction for one month. Accept the individual's statement as verification.

There is no good cause or cure for noncooperation with the alcohol or drug requirement.

Follow adverse action procedures in A-2343.1.

 

A—2128.3.1 Starting an Alcohol or Drug Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

 

TANF

If the individual does not cooperate with the alcohol or drug requirement at a complete review or incomplete review, refer to A-2144, Imposing a Penalty.

Related Policy
Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication, A-2131.2.1

 

A—2128.3.2 Ending an Alcohol or Drug Penalty

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

 

TANF

End the penalty the month after the forfeit month following procedures in A-2145, Ending An Open Penalty.

 

A—2129 Good Cause

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

 

TANF

All requirements of the PRA have good cause except for the alcohol and drug requirement. If a person has good cause for any requirement except alcohol and drug, do not penalize the person for noncooperation.

Penalty and good cause start and end dates cannot overlap for Choices, Texas Health Steps, or immunization and parenting skills requirements. The good cause must end before a penalty can start and vice versa.

For more detailed information about good cause start and end dates, refer to each personal responsibility in A-2120, Individual Responsibilities.

A-2130, Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement, lists the recipient's and HHSC's responsibilities. A caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult must sign Form H1073 before being certified. This includes a minor parent applying as an adult. If a caretaker, second parent, payee, or disqualified adult is not present to sign the agreement during the interview, pend the EDG to obtain the required signature.

Explain Form H1073 responsibilities and penalties for noncooperation at each periodic review.

Once the caretaker or second parent signs Form H1073, they do not have to sign the form again unless they are:

  • denied and reapply; or
  • added to the EDG.

Note: A disqualified member (as listed in A-222 #4) who cooperates must sign Form H1073 before being added to the TANF EDG. See A-2132.2. A member ineligible for Medicaid because of a Choices or child support noncooperation is not required to sign Form H1073 to reinstate benefits if the cooperation is completed before the end of the second month of noncooperation.

A—2131 Processing the PRA at Application

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

A—2131.1 Initial Application

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

At initial application, the individual must:

  • sign the PRA; and
  • be informed of its requirements and full-family sanction for noncooperation.

Impose a PRA noncooperation if the individual fails to comply with child support, voluntary quit or school attendance requirements after signing Form H1073 but before certification. If the individual cures the noncooperation before the eligibility determination, do not impose the full-family sanction and do not record the penalty.

The month the advisor discovers the noncooperation is also the first month of noncooperation. The applicant must cooperate by the end of the second noncooperation month to avoid reapplying in pay for performance. The forfeit month is the first month the household is otherwise eligible to receive a benefit, including a prorated benefit.

If the individual cooperates by the end of the second noncooperation month, certify the household with a future effective month equal to the month after the forfeit month.

After initial certification, impose a penalty for any PRA noncooperation discovered at complete review or when processing another case action.

If the required member(s) fails or refuses to sign the PRA, deny the application.

Continue to process the application for Medical Programs for Families and Children.

A—2131.2 Applicants Who Previously Received TANF

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Do not require a member who previously signed Form H1073 to sign it again unless the EDG is denied and the individual reapplies. In this situation, the member must sign Form H1073 again or the application must be denied.

A—2131.2.1 Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

When a household reapplies for TANF in the last month the household receives TANF assistance, or the two months following, staff must verify the household was in cooperation with all PRA requirements in the last month the household received TANF cash assistance. If the household was not in cooperation with all PRA requirements in their last month of TANF eligibility, impose a full-family sanction for a minimum of one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer. The month staff discover the noncooperation is also the first month of noncooperation. The applicant must cooperate by the end of the second noncooperation month to avoid reapplying in pay for performance. The forfeit month is the first month the household is otherwise eligible to receive a benefit (including a prorated benefit). If the person cooperates by the end of the second noncooperation month, certify the household with a future effective month equal to the month after the forfeit month. If the household reapplies for TANF later than two months following the month the household last received TANF benefits, treat the household like an initial application.

Related Policy

Texas Health Steps Overdue Month at Application, A-2124.4
Initial Application, A-2131.1

A—2131.3 Imposing a Sanction on a New TANF Household When a Noncooperating Member Moves In

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

When a noncooperating household member certified as an adult moves from an existing household into a new household that is not receiving TANF, but subsequently applies, determine which PRA requirement(s) the member did not cooperate with and use the following chart to determine what action to take.

If the adult ... then ... Follow policy in ...
did not cooperate with Choices, child support or voluntary quit, the new household is considered to be applying in pay for performance. A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance.
did not cooperate with parenting skills and moves into a household that includes a child under age 5, the new household is considered to be applying in pay for performance. A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance.
did not cooperate with parenting skills and moves into a household that does not include a child under age 5, treat the household as an initial application. A-2131.1, Initial Application.
moves from an existing household with a child who is not meeting Texas Health Steps, immunization, school attendance, or parenting skills requirements, the household is considered to be applying in pay for performance. A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance.
did not cooperate with any other PRA requirement, treat the household as an initial application. A-2131.1, Initial Application.

Note: If a noncooperating minor parent certified as a caretaker, second parent or disqualified person is not in compliance with school attendance and moves from an existing household into a new household, follow policy in A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance.

When a household member certified as a child moves from an existing household into a new household that currently is not receiving TANF, but subsequently applies and the child has an open PRA noncooperation for immunizations, Texas Health Steps or school attendance, do not impose a full-family sanction on the new household. Follow policy in A-2131.1, Initial Application.

If the noncooperating household member moves back into the original household, follow policy A-2132.5.

Related Policy

Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance, A-2151.

A—2132 Processing Changes

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

A—2132.1 Addition of a Caretaker or Second Parent at Incomplete Review

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Require the new member to sign Form H1073 within 10 days of the report date when adding a caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult at incomplete review. If the new member refuses or fails to sign Form H1073, deny the EDG. Apply the full-family sanction policy if the member noncooperates with the PRA requirements after signing the PRA.

A—2132.2 Disqualification of a Caretaker or Second Parent

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

If, after the PRA is signed, the caretaker is disqualified or both parents are disqualified in a two-parent household, inform the household of the payee/disqualified adult PRA requirements.

When the household consists of both the caretaker and second parent who have signed Form H1073 and only one parent is disqualified, the PRA requirements still apply to the household. When the disqualified member cooperates, the individual must sign Form H1073 before being added to the TANF EDG.

Note: This policy does not apply to members who are ineligible for Medicaid because of a noncooperation with PRA Choices or child support.

A—2132.3 Removing a Penalized Member During the First Noncooperation Month

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

If the household reports the move ... then...
before the PRA noncooperation is imposed, do not apply a full-family sanction to the household. Record the penalty for the noncooperating individual.*
after the PRA noncooperation is imposed and the advisor verifies the member moved out of the household before the second month, apply a full-family sanction to the household for one forfeit month only.

*Note: The noncooperation is recorded with the individual's information only. TIERS will not set a Non Cooperation One (NC1) month until the individual reapplies.

A—2132.4 Removing a Penalized Member During the Second Noncooperation Month

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Deny the TANF EDG if the penalized member failed to cooperate and moved out during the second noncooperation month or afterwards. The household must reapply for TANF.

If the household reapplies for TANF and a member of the applying household

  • has an open PRA penalty, the household must demonstrate PRA cooperation for one month through pay for performance.
  • does not have an open penalty, the household does not have to demonstrate cooperation.

A—2132.5 Adding a Penalized Member to a Household

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

A household currently receiving TANF cannot receive a benefit for the new penalized member for the identified forfeit month(s). Pend the EDG to add the penalized member for 30 or 40* days after the change is reported to allow demonstrated cooperation.

If the penalized member ... then ...
demonstrates cooperation by the 30th or 40th day, add the new member to the TANF EDG following current change policy, but no earlier than the month after the forfeit month(s).
fails to demonstrate cooperation by the 30th or 40th day, Deny the EDG.**

*Follow policy in A-2151, Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance, to determine if the EDG should be pended for 30 or 40 days.

**TIERS will transfer sanction information on the individual to the new case/EDG from the old case/EDG so there will be no change to NC1, Non Cooperation 2 (NC2), Forfeit 1 or Forfeit 2.

Provide a separate Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, Request for Information or Action, if other eligibility verification is required. If all eligibility information is provided except PRA cooperation, add the new member to the SNAP or Medicaid EDG as appropriate.

Example: On May 3, the Smith household requests that Sarah, who is a new member of the household and currently penalized, be added to their EDG. The advisor sends form H1020 to the household informing them that Sarah has an open penalty and cannot be added until she cooperates with the PRA. If the household fails to provide verification of cooperation by June 2, the advisor sends Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to deny the TANF cash assistance. Take action on any associated Medicaid or SNAP EDGs following existing policy.

A—2132.6 Certified Children Who Age Out Before/After the Caretaker or Payee Fails to Cooperate with PRA Requirements

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Once a certified child ages out of the certified group, the caretaker or payee is not required to cooperate with the PRA requirements for that particular child even if timely action has not been taken to remove the child from the EDG.

When a caretaker or payee receives a noncooperation for a certified child ... then ...
and the certified child ages out before the noncooperation discovery month, do not sanction the household.
and the certified child ages out during or after the noncooperation discovery month, ensure the child is removed from the EDG and apply one forfeit month to the household.

Notes:

  • Process an overpayment referral if the child was not removed timely from the EDG.
  • A child ages out in the month the child turns 18 or the month the child graduates if graduating before or during the month of the individual's 19th birthday.

A-2140, Full-Family Sanction

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

Impose a full-family sanction when an adult TANF recipient, minor parent certified as an adult or second parent, or payee/disqualified adult fails to cooperate with any applicable requirement of the PRA after the agreement has been signed. The full-family sanction is imposed for a minimum of one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer.

If the household does not cooperate with a PRA requirement for two consecutive months, the household loses TANF cash assistance and the family must demonstrate cooperation with the PRA for 30 days before receiving cash assistance again. This is referred to as pay for performance.

If the household does not cooperate with two or more PRA requirements during the initial NC1 or NC2 month, the household loses TANF cash assistance and the family must reapply in pay for performance.

A—2141 When to Start a Full-Family Sanction

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

After the TANF recipient or payee/disqualified adult signs the PRA, the entire household loses eligibility for cash assistance if a:

  • TANF recipient fails to cooperate with any PRA requirement, or
  • payee/disqualified adult fails to cooperate with any of the modified PRA requirements.

This loss of cash assistance is referred to as a full-family sanction. During the full-family sanction the household is ineligible for cash assistance for one month or until they cooperate, whichever is longer. Once the full-family sanction is imposed, that month's benefit is forfeited and the family cannot regain that month's benefit, even if they later cooperate.

If the nonexempt TANF recipient fails to cooperate with Choices or child support, or the payee/disqualified adult or Choices-exempt TANF recipient fails to cooperate with child support, the noncooperating individual also loses Medicaid coverage (excluding Transitional Medicaid) for one month or until cooperation, whichever is longer, unless the individual is under age 19 or pregnant. The other family members remain eligible for Medicaid.

A noncooperation is not applicable if the noncooperation occurred:

  • before Sept. 1, 2003, and the full-family sanction was never imposed, or
  • on or after Sept. 1, 2003, but before signing Form H1073. Advisors must not open anew PRA penalty for noncooperations that occurred before the individual signed the PRA.

Notes:

  • After the TANF EDG is denied for any reason, the noncooperating adult may reapply for Medicaid and qualify after the identified forfeit months. Exception: An adult who noncooperated with child support must comply before becoming eligible for Medicaid.
  • If the family has new or increased earnings, child support income or loss of the 90% earned income disregard (EID) that causes ineligibility and a PRA noncooperation that affect the same month, the earned income, child support or EID change has hierarchy. Exception: Legal parents who fail to cooperate with Child/Medical Support or TPR requirements are not eligible for Transitional Child Support Medicaid.

Related Policy

Transitional Medicaid Coverage, A-840

A—2141.1 Determining the First Month of Noncooperation

Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014

TANF

The first month of noncooperation, or the NC1 month, is the month:

  • of the "noncooperation date" on Form H2581, Choices Noncooperation Report;
  • HHSC receives notice of child support noncooperation on Form H1708-A, Report of Noncooperation (Automated). Note: There is no noncooperation date on Form H1708-A. Use the date the data is posted to the online system; or
  • the advisor discovers noncooperation with other PRA requirements at either a complete or incomplete action.

A—2141.2 Determining the Second Month of Noncooperation

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

The second month of potential noncooperation/cooperation, or the NC2 month, is the calendar month following the first month of noncooperation. The family must cooperate with the PRA by the last calendar day of the second month to avoid a second forfeit month and pay for performance requirements.

Consider the individual a TANF recipient during the second month of noncooperation even if this is a forfeit month. The individual has not lost eligibility during the second month of noncooperation and may regain eligibility during the second month if cooperation is established by the last calendar day of the month.

Note: When a member fails to cooperate with the drug and alcohol PRA requirement, the individual is considered to be back in cooperation status the month after the month of noncooperation unless convicted of a subsequent offense.

A—2141.3 Determining the Forfeit Month(s)

Revision 12-3; Effective January 1, 2012

TANF

For PRA penalties imposed on active EDGs, the first month the advisor can actually apply the full-family sanction and forfeit a month of TANF cash assistance after sending Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, and allowing adverse action is the effective month.

For PRA penalties imposed at application, the first forfeit month for:

  • TANF is the first month the household would otherwise receive a TANF grant.
  • Medicaid for an adult who fails to cooperate with Choices or child support is the first month the advisor can impose the penalty on or after the PRA noncooperation discovery date. Provide Medicaid coverage for the adult for any eligible months before the PRA noncooperation discovery date.

Note: Forfeit months cannot be prior to the first noncooperation (NC1) month.

A TANF household that fails to cooperate with the PRA for two consecutive months must forfeit cash assistance for two consecutive months. The following individuals also forfeit Medicaid coverage for two consecutive months, unless the individual is pregnant or under the age of 19:

  • Choices mandatory TANF caretaker or second parent who noncooperates with Choices or child support;
  • Choices exempt TANF caretaker or second parent who noncooperates with child support; or
  • payee/disqualified adult who noncooperates with child support.

Note: When the full-family sanction month has been determined and a Choices or child support noncooperation is received after cutoff in the first month of noncooperation, disqualify the noncooperating member the next effective month.

A—2142 Applying a Full-Family Sanction to Multiple TANF EDGs

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

If the TANF recipient, payee, or disqualified adult has more than one TANF EDG and fails to cooperate with:

  • parenting skills, voluntary quit or Choices, the sanction applies only to the EDG with the certified adult;
  • Texas Health Steps, immunizations or school attendance, the sanction applies to the EDG with the applicable child; or
  • child support or drugs and alcohol, the sanction applies to all TANF EDGs.

A—2143 Reinstating Cash Assistance After Cooperation

Revision 14-1; Effective January 1, 2014

TANF

If the family cooperates with all required PRA components by the last calendar day of the second consecutive month, the advisor must reinstate TANF cash assistance for the first month after the full-family sanction month. If the advisor receives verification of cooperation from the individual, Texas Workforce Commission (TWC), Office of Attorney General (OAG) or other sources after the second month and before cutoff of the following month, the individual must have cooperated in the second month to have cash assistance reinstated. Note: If HHSC later receives proof that the individual did cooperate in the second month, the individual may reapply without going through the pay for performance process.

Example: The advisor receives Form H1708-A, Report of Noncooperation (Automated), in November after cutoff and processes the EDG before December cutoff. The family's first month of noncooperation is November, and the full-family sanction is effective January. The family has forfeited January TANF cash assistance permanently. The noncooperating adult has also lost Medicaid for January.

The family's second consecutive month of noncooperation/cooperation is December. On Jan. 4, the OAG provides Form H1701, Child Support, TANF Foster Care and TANF/Medicaid Case Information Exchange, verifying the individual cooperated with child support requirements on Dec. 29, 2003. The advisor must reinstate TANF cash assistance (and Medicaid for the disqualified adult) effective February (the month after the forfeited month).

A—2144 Imposing a Penalty

Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014

To impose a penalty, ensure required individuals have signed Form H1073, Personal Responsibility Agreement. Impose a full-family sanction using the following chart.

If processing ... impose a full-family sanction ...
an initial application, effective the first month the applicant would otherwise receive a grant if the individual does not cooperate with child support, voluntary quit or school attendance requirements before certification but after signing the PRA. Do not impose a full-family sanction for any other noncooperation at application.
an incomplete review, the effective month based on the date Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is sent if the individual does not cooperate with Choices, child support or voluntary quit requirements.
a complete review on an active EDG, the effective month based on the disposition date for any penalty.
a reapplication after denial, as explained in each individual responsibility section (A-2120, Individual Responsibilities).
an application received in the last benefit month or within two months after the last benefit month, effective the first month the applicant would otherwise receive a grant if the applicant was not cooperating with the PRA in the last benefit month (A-2131.2.1, Verifying Prior Cooperation Status at TANF Reapplication).

Issue Form TF0001, informing the individual of the PRA noncompliance. Include who did not comply with the PRA and which requirement the member failed to cooperate with.

Note: Impose a full-family sanction if the requested verification indicates the PRA requirement was met after the verification request date or if the verification is provided after the verification due date.

A—2144.1 Failing to Impose a Full-Family Sanction

Revision 12-4; Effective October 1, 2012

TANF

If HHSC does not take action on a noncooperation report within a reasonable time frame, send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to initiate the noncooperation penalty as soon as possible.

Form TF0001 is sent within a reasonable time frame if:

  • for Choices penalties, a Choices penalty notice is received from TWC within five calendar days after the end of the month in which the Choices noncooperation occurred; and
  • for all penalties, the advisor sends Form TF0001 in the same calendar month as the date of noncooperation, or within 10 calendar days after becoming aware of the noncooperation if that is later.

If the advisor does not send Form TF0001 within a reasonable time frame, the first month of noncooperation becomes the month Form TF0001 was sent. This ensures the individual has a reasonable opportunity to demonstrate cooperation in the second month.

Note: A postponed first month results in a forfeit month, but does not count toward two consecutive months of noncooperation.

If the advisor sends Form TF0001 for a PRA penalty within a reasonable time frame but fails to timely impose the full-family sanction for the correct forfeit month, determine the actual first and second month of noncooperation. If the individual:

  • cooperates in the second month, file a claim for the month that should have been forfeited. The household does not need to reapply for TANF.
  • fails to cooperate in the second month, file a claim for the two months that should have been forfeited. The household must reapply in pay for performance status.

If a penalty is applicable but the EDG is denied, advisors still must enter the penalty information into TIERS and send Form TF0001.

A—2145 Ending an Open Penalty

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

The end date for a PRA penalty is the month the individual cooperates or has good cause for certain PRA requirements.

Close a PRA penalty if the household cooperates by the end of the second month of noncooperation and provides verification by cutoff of the next month.

If verification is provided after cutoff of the following month, the household must reapply as explained in A-2143.

Note: Do not close a child support penalty incurred while receiving TANF when an individual applies for adult Medicaid and has cooperated with the OAG.

The end date cannot be later than the effective month (the month the advisor can affect benefits).

Enter the verification type and date when ending a penalty. If the advisor enters an end month with no verification, TIERS pends the page.

Note: If after imposing a penalty you determine the individual was incorrectly penalized, remove the penalty and restore benefits, if appropriate.

A—2146 Action When a Person Fails to Cooperate with the PRA at Complete or Incomplete Review

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

If the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult noncooperates with ... then ...
Choices
(Caretakers and second parents only)
  • The first month of noncooperation is the month of the "noncompliance date" on Form H2581, Choices Noncooperation Report.
  • Refer the noncooperating adult to the workforce solutions office. Do not require a signed Form H2580, TANF Employment Services Notice.
  • Send Form H2581 response to TWC with the current appropriate response.
  • Send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, within five workdays after receiving Form H2581.
  • Terminate the TP 08 of the noncooperating adult, unless the person is pregnant or under age 19.
Note: TIERS will set the Work Registration Reason as "Sanctioned for Choices nonparticipation" for the noncooperating adult(s).
Child support
  • The first month of noncooperation is the month HHSC receives Form H1708-A, Report of Noncooperation (Automated).
  • Send Form TF0001 within five workdays after receiving Form H1708-A.
  • Terminate the TP 08 of the noncooperating adult unless the person is pregnant or under age 19.
Texas Health Steps, immunizations, school attendance, parenting skills or voluntary quit
  • The first month of noncooperation is the month staff discover the noncooperation.
  • Send Form TF0001.
Drugs and alcohol
  • The first month of noncooperation is the month staff discover the drug and alcohol conviction.
  • Send Form TF0001.

Note: See A-2147, Action When the Person Cooperates with the PRA Requirements Before the End of the Second Noncooperation Month, for situations where the person cooperates with the PRA requirements before the end of the second potential noncooperation month. If the person provides other information needed to complete the review and cooperates with the PRA requirement, complete the review and impose a full-family sanction. End-date the penalty effective the month the person cooperates.

Related Policy

Imposing a Penalty, A-2144
Action When the Individual Cooperates with the PRA Requirements Before the End of the Second Noncooperation Month, A-2147
PRA Requirements Before the End of the Second Noncooperation Month, A-2147
Recipients of TANF and TP 08, A-825.1

A—2147 Action When the Individual Cooperates with the PRA Requirements Before the End of the Second Noncooperation Month

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

If the caretaker, second parent, payee or disqualified adult cooperates with the PRA requirement before the end of the second noncooperation month, then end date the penalty effective the month the individual cooperates. Send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, informing the household the sanction has ended and the ongoing benefit amount.

Notes:

  • For Choices and child support, end the Medicaid disqualification the month the individual cooperates. Reinstate Medicaid benefits effective the month after the forfeit month.
  • If after imposing a penalty, it is determined the individual was incorrectly penalized, remove the penalty and restore benefits, if appropriate.
  • If the household cooperates with the PRA requirements but does not provide information requested to complete the periodic review, deny the household for failure to provide.

A—2148 Reserved for Future Use

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

A—2149 Individual Notices

Revision 14-2; Effective April 1, 2014

TANF

Issue Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, to impose a full-family sanction. Issue a second Form TF0001 for any PRA noncooperation that occurs in the first or second month of noncooperation after the original noncooperation has been identified to inform the household of the new noncooperation. Advise the household of the penalty and how the member can cooperate.

Use adequate notice when imposing a penalty for one or more PRA noncooperations. See A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice).

A-2150, Pay for Performance

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

If the household does not cooperate with one or more PRA requirements for two consecutive months, the household loses TANF cash assistance and the family must demonstrate cooperation with all PRA requirements for 30 days before they are eligible to receive TANF cash assistance. This is referred to as pay for performance. Advisors must verify that the family has not cooperated by the end of the second consecutive month before applying the pay for performance policy. The 30 days of demonstrated cooperation starts when the family cooperated with the PRA requirement. Note: If cooperation was established before the application date, the 30 days of cooperation begins on the file date.

A household may reapply for TANF assistance under pay for performance after the second noncooperation month. Deny a TANF application, filed before the last day of the second noncooperation month as filed in error. Exception: Do not deny the TANF application if the appointment is scheduled after the second noncooperation month. At the interview, have the individual review Form H1010 and re-sign it. The file date is the first day of the interview month. Document the reason the file date changed.

Note: When a TANF applicant with an open PRA penalty applies for One-Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF), the individual must demonstrate cooperation with all open noncooperations before being considered TANF-eligible. See A-2400 for OTTANF policy.

A—2151 Open Penalty at Reapplication in Pay for Performance

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

If the TANF applicant or second parent is in pay for performance status because of failure to cooperate with ... then ...
Choices The person must cooperate with Choices requirements for 30 days if they are not eligible for a Choices exemption. Refer the person to the local workforce solutions office with Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral, indicating they are subject to pay for performance. Remind the person to contact the local workforce solutions office within 10 days to allow enough time to demonstrate 30 days of cooperation. Pend the application until the 40th day after the interview date, and:
  • end the penalty the month of cooperation if notice of cooperation is received by the 40th day after the interview date and certify the application effective the:
    • month after the second forfeit month; or
    • 30th day from the file date if after the second forfeit month; or
  • deny the application if the workforce solutions office:
    • has not sent a notice of cooperation by the 40th day after the interview date; or
    • send Form H2588 indicating the person cannot demonstrate 30 days of cooperation before the 40th day after the interview date.

      The person must complete another application and restart the eligibility process.

      Note: Choices staff will sign off on the Form H2588 after the person attends the workforce orientation. Staff should not end a Choices penalty until an electronic notice of demonstrated cooperation is received through the automated interface.

Child support The person must cooperate with child support requirements. Refer the person to the OAG and pend the application until the 30th day after the file date. If the person:
  • complies by the 30th day after the file date, end the penalty the month of cooperation and continue pending the application until the 30th day after the cooperation date and certify the application effective the:
    • month after the second forfeit month; or
    • 30th day from the file date if after the second forfeit month; or
  • has not complied with the OAG by the 30th day after the file date, deny the application.
Voluntary quit The person must cure the voluntary quit. Verify the person has obtained employment of 30 hours or more per week, or is eligible for a Choices exemption. If the person is employed on the interview date or is eligible for a Choices exemption, pend the application until the 30th day after the file date for proof of cooperation, and if the person:
  • complies by the 30th day after the file date, end the penalty the month verification is provided, continue pending the application until the 30th day after the cooperation date and certify the application effective the:
    • month after the second forfeit month; or
    • 30th day from the file date if after the second forfeit month; or
  • is not employed for 30 hours per week or eligible for a Choices exemption, deny the application.
Texas Health Steps The person must cooperate with Texas Health Steps requirements. Refer the person to the local Texas Health Steps staff using Form H1087, or Texas Health Steps regional hotline. Pend the application until the 30th day after the file date for proof of cooperation, and if:
  • the person complies by the 30th day after the file date, end the penalty the month the person provides verification of medical screening and continue pending the application until the 30th day after the cooperation date. Certify the application effective the:
    • month after the second forfeit month; or
    • 30th day from the file date if after the second forfeit month; or
  • verification is not provided by the 30th day after the file date, deny the application.
Immunizations The person must cooperate with immunization requirements. Pend the application until the 30th day after the file date for proof of cooperation. If:
  • the person cooperates by the 30th day after the file date, end the penalty the month verification is provided and continue pending the application until the 30th day after the cooperation date. Certify the application effective the:
    • month after the second forfeit month; or
    • 30th day from the file date if after the second forfeit month; or
  • verification is not provided by the 30th day after the file date, deny the application.
School attendance The person must cooperate with school attendance requirements. Pend the application until the 40th day after the interview date, and
  • end the penalty the month school attendance is verified and certify the application effective the:
    • month after the second forfeit month; or
    • 30th day from the file date if after the second forfeit month; or
  • deny the application if verification is not provided by the 40th day after the interview date.
Parenting skills The person must cooperate with parenting skills requirements. Pend the application until the 30th day after the file date, and if
  • the person cooperates by the 30th day after the file date, end the penalty the month completion is verified and continue pending the application until the 30th day after the cooperation date. Certify the application effective the:
    • month after the second forfeit month; or
    • 30th day from the file date if after the second forfeit month; or
  • verification is not provided by the 30th day after the file date, deny the application.
Drugs and alcohol When a person fails to cooperate with the drug and alcohol PRA requirement, the person is considered as back in cooperation status the month following the month of noncooperation, unless staff discover a second separate noncooperation in the month following the first noncooperation month. See A-2128.

Notes:

  • When pending the EDG for verification of cooperation with PRA requirements, other than Choices or school attendance, document the following in the comments section of Form H1020: Your application cannot be certified earlier than the 30th day from the date of cooperation with (enter the PRA requirement). Su solicitud sólo se puede certificar 30 días después de la fecha de cumplimiento con los requisitos relacionados con (enter the PRA requirement).
    • Child Support – la manutención de niños
    • Voluntary Quit – la renuncia voluntaria al trabajo
    • Texas Health Steps (enter name of child) – Pasos Sanos de Texas (enter name of child)
    • Immunizations (enter name of child) – las inmunizaciones (enter name of child)
    • Parenting Skills – la capacitación para ser buenos padres
    • Drugs/Alcohol – las drogas y el alcohol

Note: TIERS automatically documents this information on the Form H1020.

  • If the person reapplies in pay for performance, but does not have any open penalties, the 30 days of cooperation begins on the file date.
  • Explore Medicaid eligibility for the children and eligible adults.
  • If a person has an open Choices, Voluntary Quit or Parenting Skills penalty and is now a payee, the person does not have to demonstrate cooperation.

A—2152 A Second Noncooperation During Pay for Performance

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF

The household must reapply in pay for performance to qualify for TANF cash assistance. An individual with an open penalty at application must cooperate with the PRA requirement that caused the penalty and demonstrate PRA cooperation for 30 days.

When a household reapplies for TANF during pay for performance and the advisor discovers a household member fails to cooperate with a second or subsequent PRA requirement:

  • Before or during the reapplication interview, allow the individual to demonstrate cooperation for the initial and second or subsequent noncooperation. Pend the application for the required 30- or 40-day time period to allow demonstrated cooperation for the initial and second or subsequent penalty. If the household:
    • cooperates with both the initial and subsequent penalties, close the initial penalty and certify the application. Document that the household cooperated with the second or subsequent penalty.
    • cooperates with the initial penalty, but not second or subsequent penalty, close the initial penalty, open the second or subsequent penalty and deny the application as a result of the second or subsequent noncooperation.
    • fails to cooperate with the initial penalty, leave the penalty open and deny the application. Do not open a second or subsequent penalty.
  • After the interview, deny the TANF reapplication. The initial penalty remains open. Open the second or subsequent penalty.

Note: Explore Medicaid eligibility for the children and eligible adults.

A-2160, Verification Requirements

Revision 08-3; Effective July 1, 2008

TANF

Verify a good cause claim as explained in A-2129, Good Cause.

Immunizations

Verify:

  • that the child's immunizations are current;
  • that a child is enrolled and attending school, unless there is other information that the child is not up-to-date with his immunizations; and
  • prior cooperation status at reapplication, according to A-2125.5.1, Starting an Immunization Penalty.

A—2161 Verification Sources

Revision 19-3; Effective July 1, 2019

TANF

Texas Health Steps

  • Checking the Texas Health Steps Overdue MED DT in TIERS Data Collection
  • Verification from the person such as a doctor's statement
  • Verification from Texas Health Steps staff
  • Form H1087, Verification of Texas Health Steps Checkup

Immunizations

  • Form H1012, Immunization Record
  • Statement from a medical provider such as a doctor or nurse
  • Verification that a child is enrolled and attending school, unless there is other information that the child is not up-to-date with immunizations

Parenting Skills

  • Form H1088, Verification of Parenting Skills Training
  • Training certification, letter or Women, Infants and Children (WIC) identification card that verifies completion of parenting skills training

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-2170, Documentation Requirements

Revision 19-4; Effective October 1, 2019

TANF

Document:

  • that staff verbally explained the personal responsibility agreement (PRA) requirements to the person according to A-2110, General Policy; and
  • the reason for good cause, if applicable.

Parenting Skills

Document the name, address, and a phone number for the contact person of the organization or person who provided the training.

Drugs and Alcohol

Document the:

  • person's response when they disagree with the information in a credit report, including the information the person states is incorrect; and
  • reason for referral to OIG.

A-2210, Requirements

Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005

TANF and TANF-SP

A caretaker and second parent (not disqualified) residing in a full service Choices county must attend a workforce orientation if he is applying for

  • TANF/TANF-SP, or
  • extended TANF.

Inform the applicant that he must attend the orientation before you can certify the household.

List the requirement to provide proof of workforce orientation attendance on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action.

See A-2214, Failure or Refusal to Comply with the Workforce Orientation Requirement. When denying a TANF/TANF-SP application for failure to attend workforce orientation, continue to process the application for Medical Programs for Families and Children and for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), if applicable.

Some applicants may not be able to attend a regularly scheduled workforce orientation due to extraordinary circumstances. These applicants must complete an alternative workforce orientation via telephone or home visit by local workforce staff depending on available resources. Exception: Allow good cause for a caretaker/second parent who is unable to complete a regular or alternate workforce orientation because of being hospitalized or bedridden with a severe illness.

A—2211 Alternative Workforce Orientation

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF and TANF-SP

At the interview, inform applicants who cannot attend a regularly scheduled workforce orientation due to extraordinary circumstances that he must complete an alternative orientation. Inform the client that he must contact the workforce solutions office to request an alternative orientation. Extraordinary circumstances may include:

  • no available transportation or a disruption in transportation arrangements;
  • residing more than 30 miles from the nearest Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) orientation site;
  • caring for a child under four months of age;
  • a conflicting work or school schedule;
  • illness or injury of the applicant or spouse;
  • illness or injury of another household member that requires the applicant's care; or
  • being a victim of family violence and attending the orientation session would place the applicant/family in danger.

Generally, the alternative workforce orientation will consist of either a telephone call or a visit by local workforce staff. The type of alternative orientation will depend on resources available to the LWDB.

A—2212 Workforce Orientation Referral

Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003

A—2212.1 Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF and TANF-SP

Use Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral, to refer an applicant in a full service Choices county to a regular or alternative workforce orientation. Provide the applicant with a completed Form H2588 for each caretaker and second parent.

Note: If you determine the applicant requires an alternative workforce orientation, complete Form H2588, Part B – Workforce Orientation (Alternative).

Inform individuals of the requirements to

  • attend a workforce orientation, regular or alternative, and
  • have Form H2588 signed and stamped by Choices staff.

Choices staff are required to return the verification to the local eligibility determination office by fax, phone, courier, interagency mail, or regular mail.

If the Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) determines they are not able to accommodate the applicant with an alternative orientation, the LWDB returns Form H2588 indicating they were not able to provide the orientation and that the applicant is considered to have met the requirement.

Note: The applicant may choose to return the stamped Form H2588 to HHSC instead of waiting for Choices staff to provide the verification to HHSC.

A—2212.2 Workforce Orientation Flyers

Revision 13-4; Effective October 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

Choices staff provide offices with workforce orientation flyers. The flyers for the regular orientation informs applicants of the days, times, and locations of regular workforce orientation sessions. The LWDBs have flexibility in the development of the alternative workforce orientation flyer. If the flyer does not contain information regarding an alternative orientation, provide the applicant with the regular orientation flyer so they have the workforce solutions office's telephone number. Advisors must inform the individual that it is the individual who must contact the workforce solutions office to request an alternative workforce orientation. Provide a workforce orientation flyer, regular or alternative, with each Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral.

Advisors are not required to provide a TANF Workforce Orientation flyer with Form H2588 to TANF applicants who are interviewed by phone from a remote location, although this remains an acceptable option. At a minimum, advisors must provide the household with the workforce solutions office information based on the individual's residential address.

Staff can find the most accessible workforce solutions office for the household at www.twc.state.tx.us and clicking on "Find Locations."

Staff must list the requirement to provide proof of workforce orientation attendance on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, Request for Information or Action, along with the contact information, address and phone number for the workforce solutions office. The applicant is responsible for making contact with the workforce solutions office and completing the workforce orientation.

The number of available orientations depends on the number of applicants local eligibility determination offices refer to Choices staff. Texas Works and Choices staff coordinates to determine the average number of referrals. Regular workforce orientations occur at least twice a week. Rural areas of full service Choices counties may hold orientations on an individual basis.

Note: If a workforce orientation, regular or alternative, is unavailable to an applicant in a full service Choices county within the 10-day pending period, do not require the applicant to attend the workforce orientation prior to certification.

A—2213 Workforce Orientation Session

Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003

TANF and TANF-SP

The workforce orientation, regular and alternative, introduces applicants to the local labor market and the resources available to assist the applicant with finding a job. Workforce orientation emphasizes the impact of time-limited benefits, importance of work, and personal responsibility.

Workforce orientation staff informs applicants of related support services, such as childcare and limited transportation benefits.

A—2213.1 Related Support Services

Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003

TANF and TANF-SP

Choices staff in a full service Choices county offer applicants the opportunity to take advantage of immediate job search or education/training resources. If the applicant attends the regular or alternative orientation and obtains a job before TANF certification, Choices staff offers an applicant childcare for up to 12 months and limited transportation benefits.

Once certified, the individual may receive childcare and limited transportation benefits if he gets a job within the first three months after TANF certification and if the household is not eligible for transitional benefits. If the individual gets a job after receiving TANF benefits for more than three months, the household is potentially eligible for transitional benefits.

A—2213.2 Employment Planning Session (EPS)

Revision 03-5; Effective July 1, 2003

TANF and TANF-SP

At the end of the workforce orientation, regular or alternative, Choices staff in full service Choices counties give or mail an EPS appointment to all applicants.

Some applicants are not required to attend the EPS. Choices staff let the applicant know if he must attend the EPS. Mark the "Potential Choices Status" box on Form H2588, Workforce Orientation Referral, to help local Choices staff determine who is potentially exempt or non-exempt from the Choices program and the EPS.

Local Choices staff advise applicants who are potentially

  • non-exempt from Choices about sanctions for not attending the EPS.
  • exempt from Choices that they do not have to attend the EPS but may volunteer to attend.

In most instances, Choices staff hold the EPS after the advisor certifies the TANF case; however, Choices staff may hold the EPS before TANF certification.

If the individual ... then Choices staff ...
attends the EPS after certification, set the appointment date as the date the individual attends the EPS.
fails to keep the EPS appointment after certification, send a sanction request for a non-exempt TANF recipient. This counts as a Choices noncompliance.
attends the EPS before certification, set the appointment date as the certification date.
fails to keep the EPS appointment before certification, do not initiate a sanction. Instead, send another EPS appointment notice after case certification.

A recipient exempt from participating in Choices is not required to attend the EPS. By attending, the individual is voluntarily participating in the Choices program and is subject to time limits.

Related Policy

State Time Limits, A-2500

A—2214 Failure or Refusal to Comply with the Workforce Orientation Requirement

Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

Deny an application or EDG if a required adult member in a full service Choices county fails to attend the regular workforce orientation or complete an alternative orientation.

A—2215 Addition of a New Household Member or Disqualified Member

Revision 13-1; Effective January 1, 2013

TANF and TANF-SP

When adding a new member or a household member previously disqualified for another reason, require that member to attend a workforce orientation.

A-2220, Verification Requirements

Revision 08-3; Effective July 1, 2008

TANF and TANF-SP

Verify workforce orientation attendance with:

  • information provided by Choices staff; or
  • a procedure established through a local region and Workforce Development Board Memorandum of Understanding.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-2230, Documentation Requirements

Revision 12-3; Effective July 1, 2012

TANF and TANF-SP

Document the good cause reason when a caretaker/second parent is unable to complete a regular or alternate workforce orientation. See A-2210, Requirements.

Document verification obtained by phone or through an agreed procedure between the local region and Local Workforce Development Board (LWDB) staff.

Example: The LWDB provides rural offices with a workforce orientation video. Document the workforce orientation requirement was met with the viewing of the workforce orientation video.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-2310, Notice to Applicants

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

All Programs

Eligibility Determination Group (EDG) disposition produces the person's notice of eligibility status. At the close of the interview or during processing of the application or renewal form, the EDG is pended, certified, sustained or denied. After disposition, provide one or more of the following notices, as applicable:

  • Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, tells the applicant the:
    • reason the case is pending;
    • action the applicant or staff must take;
    • date by which the applicant or staff must take action; and
    • date staff must deny the application or EDG if the person does not take action, if applicable.

      Note: For those who are Spanish-speaking only, ensure all comments provided are in Spanish. See Form H1020 instructions for translation of common pending phrases.

  • Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action
    • If benefits have been approved, the notice informs the person of:
      • the date benefits begin or Medicaid effective date;
      • the amount of benefits; and
      • the length of certification for Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) EDGs.
    • If benefits have been denied, terminated or reduced, the notice informs the person:
      • the reason for the denied the application, denied EDG or reduced benefits;
      • that a protective payee is required for Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF);
      • the effective date of the action;
      • the person's right to appeal;
      • the address and phone number of free legal services available in the area; and
      • that staff used a credit report, if its use resulted in fewer benefits than the person would have otherwise received.

If an application is denied because a person failed to keep an appointment or furnish information, inform the person through the notice what they must do to reuse the application.

Note: Eligibility for multiple programs is determined independently. Do not deny an application for one program based solely on the denial of another program unless the household fails to meet the eligibility requirements.

Related Policy 

Reuse of an Application Form After Denial, B-111
Denied for Missed Appointments, B-122.3.1
Denied for Failure to Provide Information/Verification, B-122.3.2

A-2320, Eligibility Dates and Benefit Amounts

Revision 08-1; Effective January 1, 2008

A—2321 Date Eligibility Begins

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

TANF financial eligibility begins the earlier of the:

  • certification date; or
  • 30th day after the file date.

The certification date is the date staff dispose the TANF EDG. An applicant must receive benefits for the month that falls within 30 days of the file date, unless benefits prorate to less than $10.

Timeliness standards are the same for one-time payments. Proration does not apply to one-time payments.

The following examples show possible beginning dates for eligibility:

Example 1: A family applies on April 9. The certification date is April 21. Benefits are prorated from April 21.

Example 2: A family applies on April 30. The certification date is May 29, and because of proration, benefits for May are less than $10. The grant effective date is June 1.

Example 3: A family applies on April 9, but there is a delay in certification until May 15. Benefits are prorated from May 9 (30th day from the file date).

Related Policy

OTTANF, A-2411
One-Time TANF for Relatives, A-2412

SNAP

SNAP eligibility begins on the day HHSC receives a valid application, unless:

  • the application is received outside of business hours, such as after hours, weekends or holidays. In these instances, SNAP eligibility begins on the next business day;
  • benefits prorate to less than $10;
  • the household already received benefits that month; or
  • the household is not eligible for the month of application but eligible for ongoing months.

Medicaid Programs

See related policy for dates Medicaid eligibility begins. 

Related Policy 

Regular Medicaid Coverage, A-820
Medicaid Coverage for the Months Prior to the Month of Application, A-830

A—2322 Benefits

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

Staff must:

  • base the benefit amount on household size and net income;
  • issue benefits for less than $10 only for:
    • supplemental payments; and
    • payments made after recoupment is processed;
  • issue One-Time TANF (OTTANF) benefits for $1,000 to eligible households, regardless of household size or income; and
  • issue One-Time TANF for Relatives payments of $1,000 to eligible households, regardless of the household size or income.

SNAP

Staff must:

  • base the household allotment on household size and net income. Exception: Different rules apply to SNAP Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) participants;
  • not issue an initial month's prorated benefits for less than $10;
  • issue a prorated initial month's allotment and the following month's allotment at the same time for households who apply after the 15th of the month. This is a combined allotment; and
  • deny the EDG if net income results in zero allotment for the initial and ongoing months.

Related Policy 

Combined Allotment Policy, A-150
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP), B-475

A—2323 Proration

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF and SNAP

Do not issue prorated benefits of less than $10.

TANF

To calculate the prorated amount:

  • determine the household's whole monthly benefit based on household size and net income;
  • determine the earlier of the certification date or the 30th day after the file date; and
  • follow additional instructions in the related policy section which describes how to prorate TANF grants.

Note: Do not prorate OTTANF or One-Time TANF for Relatives payments.

Related Policy

How to Prorate TANF Grants, C-112

SNAP

Base proration on the number of days between the file date and the end of the month. To calculate the prorated amount, determine the:

  • household's whole monthly benefit based on household size and net income; and
  • prorated allotment from the Proration Multiplier Chart table using the whole monthly allotment and date of application.

Note: Never prorate benefits for any month after the application month.

To calculate prorations over $300:

  1. Subtract the date of application from 31.
  2. Multiply the difference by the amount of the whole monthly allotment.
  3. Divide that amount by 30.
  4. Drop all cents.

If the date of application is the 30th or 31st, divide the whole allotment by 30.

Example: A household applies June 17. The household's whole monthly allotment is $395.

  1. 31 - 17 = 14
  2. $395 × 14 = $5,530
  3. $5,530 ÷ 30 = $184.33
  4. Round to $184. The household's prorated allotment for June is $184.

Do not prorate benefits if the household includes a member who meets both of the following criteria:

  • is a seasonal or migrant farm worker (in or out of the workstream); and
  • was certified for SNAP, in Texas or another state, the month before the household applied.

Related Policy

Prorated SNAP Allotments by Application Date, C-1432

A—2324 Length of Certification

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

TANF does not have a certification period. The EDG remains open until denied.

The Texas Integrated Eligibility Redesign System (TIERS) calculates the TANF periodic review due date from the date staff dispose the EDG as follows:

  • Applications:
    • 11 months for payee EDGs with income of less than $3; or
    • five months for other EDGs.
  • Reviews:
    • 12 months for payee cases with income of less than $3; or
    • six months for other cases.

One-Time Payments

OTTANF EDGs are not subject to periodic reviews. Applicants must reapply for subsequent benefits after the ineligibility period. One-Time TANF for Relatives EDGs do not require further action.

Related Policy 

One Time Payments, A-2400

SNAP

Non-Public Assistance (NPA) Households

Assign households the longest certification period possible based on their eligibility and the predictability of their circumstances, according to the following table:

If the household ... then certify the household for ...
meets the streamlined reporting (SR) criteria six months.

Exception: Certify SNAP for four or five months, if necessary, so the new SNAP certification period ends one month before the end of the Children’s Medicaid certification period. This allows state office to mail only one redetermination packet for both programs.

consists entirely of unemployable or elderly persons with stable circumstances and the household does not meet the SR criteria, six to 12 months.

Example: Households whose members receive Retirement, Survivors and Disability Insurance (RSDI), Supplemental Security Income (SSI), retirement pensions or disability payments may be certified up to 12 months if other household circumstances are expected to remain stable.

Exception: Texas Simplified Application Project (TSAP) and SNAP-Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) participants receive a 36-month certification period.

does not meet the SR criteria and circumstances are unstable (including households with an able-bodied adult without dependents [ABAWD]), three to six months.
is likely to become ineligible in the next two months due to an expected change and the household does not meet the SR criteria, one or two months.

Example: The household does not meet SR criteria and the person indicates during the interview that someone in the household will start a new job, begin receiving unemployment benefits or move out of (or into) the household.

Exception: If the household is certified for one or two months and the certification occurs after the 15th day in the last month of certification, extend the certification to the following month (unless the household is ineligible based on a change known at certification).

Notes:

  • If a household meets the SR criteria, ensure that TIERS designates the EDG as SR and assigns a six-month certification period. This includes households with self-employment income.
  • Staff must give the person Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance — Your Texas Benefits, and Form H1830-R, Texas Works Renewal Notice, at recertification when assigning a:
    • one- or two-month certification period, or
    • three-month certification period and the case is certified after cutoff in the first benefit month.

Related Policy

Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350

Public Assistance (PA) Households

Most SNAP EDGs with associated TANF EDGs meet the SR criteria.

For non-SR households, assign a certification period that meets the requirements listed above for Non-PA households and corresponds to the redetermination due date of the associated TANF EDG.

For SR households, assign a six-month certification period regardless of whether the certification period corresponds to the redetermination due date of the associated TANF EDG.

TP 08

TP 08 has a 12-month non-continuous eligibility certification period. Calculate the estimated eligibility end date as follows:

  • Applications — application month plus 11 months, and
  • Redeterminations — 12 months from the last review date.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

The certification period for a child is the earliest of:

  • 12 months, or
  • through the month of the child’s 19th birthday.

For these Types of Assistance (TOAs), the first six-month period is a continuous eligibility period and the second six-month period is a non-continuous eligibility period. Calculate the estimated eligibility end date as follows:

  • Applications — application month plus 11 months, and
  • Redeterminations — 12 months from the last review date.

Emergency Medicaid

Emergency Medicaid ends the earlier of either the end date of the emergency condition or the last day of the application month.

TP 40

The end date is the last day of the second month following the expected delivery date. Review Medicaid termination policy for information on pregnancies that terminate early or late.

Related Policy

Medicaid Termination, A-825
What to Report, B-621
Actions on Changes, B-631

TP 45

TIERS calculates an end date that is 12 months from the child's birth date. A newborn is continuously eligible for TP 45 through the month of the child's first birthday, as long as the child lives in Texas.

A-2330, Setting Special Reviews

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF and Medical Programs

Advisors assign a special review when certifying a household that anticipates a change affecting eligibility before the next redetermination.

SNAP, TANF and Medical Programs

Advisors set special reviews when the household:

  • has questionable circumstances; or
  • includes a pregnant household member whose baby is expected before the next redetermination. Advisors schedule the special review on the first day of the month after her baby is due.

Exception: Advisors must not set a special review for SNAP SR households.

SNAP

Advisors set a special review for SNAP households according to the following chart:

For households ... assign a special review ...
not designated as streamlined reporting, when the household anticipates a change affecting eligibility before the next redetermination.
designated as streamlined reporting,
  • when the household anticipates they will have an increase in income that will cause the household to exceed 130 percent of the Federal Poverty Income Limits (FPIL);
  • if at certification, the advisor is aware a household member will gain or lose alien status eligibility sometime during the certification period (for example, a lawful permanent resident [LPR] will reach the 5 years of qualifying immigrant status during the certification period); or
  • when the household reports that an ABAWD who is currently eligible but is not meeting the average 20 hours a week work/training requirement moves into the SR household and will exhaust the individual's time limits and become ineligible on or before the last month of the certification period.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

If a change is reported during the continuous eligibility period, the advisor must schedule a special review in the first week of the sixth month of the certification period, before cutoff, so an expected change can take effect during the non-continuous eligibility period.

A—2330.1 Special Reviews for Known Changes

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

A known change is a change that the household reasonably anticipates will occur during the certification period.

Example: The individual has been employed in the past by the school district and will return to work at that job three months into the certification period.

Advisors must contact the household to confirm that a change occurred. If the household confirms that a change occurred, policy in B-600, Changes, applies. If the household confirms that no change occurred, the advisor must document in Case Comments the household's explanation to complete the special review.

If the advisor requests verification of the change on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, Request for Information or Action, but the individual fails to respond, the advisor must consider the case situation questionable and follow procedures in B-635, Shortening Certification Periods as a Result of a Change, to shorten the certification period. Exception: Advisors must not shorten the certification period for SNAP SR households.

A—2330.2 Special Reviews for Questionable Changes

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

SNAP

A questionable change is a change the household thinks may happen during the certification period or that the advisor expects to happen because the household's situation is unstable.

Example 1: The individual is unemployed at the time of the interview and is looking for work but does not have a definite job offer.

Example 2: The household expenses exceed income, and the individual cannot explain future management.

Advisors must contact the household to determine whether a change occurred. If the household confirms that a change occurred, the advisor follows policy in B-600, Changes. If the household confirms that no change occurred, the advisor documents the contact in Case Comments and the household's explanation to complete the special review.

Note: Advisors must not set a special review due to questionable changes for SNAP SR households.

Related Policy

Setting Special Reviews, A-2330
Streamlined Reporting Households, A-2350

A-2340, Adverse Action

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

All Programs

Any household receiving a notice of adverse action has the right to request a fair hearing. In some situations households may continue benefits pending an appeal.

Related Policy

Fair Hearings, B-1000

A—2341 Denial of an Application

Revision 17-2, Effective April 1, 2017

All Programs

Denials are effective immediately. Advisors must provide the applicant with Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, stating the reason for the denial. Advisors must follow the procedures and time frames in B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames.

Note: Advisors determine eligibility for multiple programs independently of each other and do not deny an application for one program based solely on the denial of another program unless the household fails to meet the eligibility requirements.

Medical Programs

The system automatically sends individuals determined ineligible for Medicaid and the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) at application to the Marketplace for an eligibility determination for federal health care coverage programs.

To qualify for the federal health care coverage programs, all individuals must first be determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP. Advisors must test whether an individual is eligible for all Medical Programs. The Texas Works Medical Programs Hierarchy, explained in A-132.1, Medical Programs Hierarchy, does this automatically for all clients at application.

Notes:

  • Advisors must follow a manual process when retesting eligibility for a minor parent aging out of TP 44, a pregnant woman from TP 40 at the end of the certification period, or an individual at the end of the transitional Medicaid certification period, as explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility.
  • Pregnant woman whose TP 40 coverage terminates prior to the end of their original certification period may be eligible for automatic retesting of eligibility for all Medical Programs as explained in A-825, Medicaid Termination.

A—2342 Denial at Redetermination

Revision 17-2; Effective April 1, 2017

TANF

Process TANF EDGs found ineligible at review following adverse action procedures.

SNAP

Denials are effective immediately. Advisors provide the household with Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, stating the reason for denial.

Timely Redeterminations — If a household applies by the 15th of the last month of their certification period and is ineligible, advisors use the policy and procedures in B-120, Redeterminations, to deny the EDG.

Untimely Redeterminations — If a household applies after the 15th of the last month of their certification period and is ineligible, advisors use the policy and procedures in B-110, Applications, to deny the EDG.

Medical Programs

The system automatically sends individuals determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP at redetermination to the Marketplace for an eligibility determination for federal health care coverage programs.

To qualify for the federal health care coverage programs, all individuals must first be determined ineligible for Medicaid and CHIP. Advisors must test whether an individual is eligible for all Medical Programs. The Texas Works Medical Programs Hierarchy, explained in A-132.1, Medical Programs Hierarchy, does this automatically for all clients at redetermination.

Notes:

  • Advisors must follow a manual process when retesting eligibility for a minor parent aging out of TP 44, a pregnant woman from TP 40 at the end of the certification period, or an individual at the end of the transitional Medicaid certification period, as explained in A-2342.1, Retesting Eligibility.
  • Pregnant woman whose TP 40 coverage terminates prior to the end of their original certification period may be eligible for automatic retesting of eligibility for all Medical Programs as explained in A-825, Medicaid Termination.

TP 08

Before denying for missing a redetermination appointment, advisors must determine whether the individual is eligible for TP 07 in the denial effective month. If so, advisors provide TP 07 rather than denying the EDG.

TP 43, TP 44 and TP 48

Advisors process a denial if the household fails to provide pending verification by the 30th day from the file date or by cutoff in the last benefit month of certification, whichever is later. Advisors do not provide 13 days advance notice prior to denying the EDG.

When an advisor processes a renewal, which results in a shortened Medicaid certification period, the household may be eligible for expedited CHIP enrollment as explained in D-1711, Expedited CHIP Enrollment.

A—2342.1 Retesting Eligibility

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

TP 44, TP 40, TP 07 and TP 20

The advisor must retest the following clients' potential eligibility for other Medical Programs by manually running the Texas Works Medical Program Hierarchy explained in A-132.1, Medical Programs Hierarchy, from the beginning:

  • Minor parents aging out of TP 44, Children Ages 6-18;
  • Individuals under TP 40, Pregnant Women, once their certification period ends; and
  • Individuals terminated from TP 07 or TP 20, transitional Medicaid.

All other clients will flow through the hierarchy to either the next available program (for example, a child aging out of TP 48 will automatically be tested for TP 44) or will be referred to the Marketplace if determined ineligible for all other Medical Programs (for example, a non-parent child aging out of TP 44).

The system will not terminate eligibility of the individuals listed above at the end of the certification period. An advisor must take action to review the individual's eligibility and re-run the hierarchy to determine potential eligibility for other programs. Advisors must use the first day of the last month of the current certification period as the file date. Advisors should treat these cases like a redetermination without an actual renewal form. Except in the case of TP 40 where there may be an application, in which case advisors would process the case as they do redeterminations with renewal forms. Advisors must verify information as is currently done in the redetermination process.

The remaining individuals in the client's household composition are not re-evaluated for eligibility during a continuous eligibility period. Changes to household composition for the aging out of minor parents, end of pregnancy, or termination of transitional Medicaid coverage will be acted upon once the individuals transition from a continuous eligibility period to a non-continuous eligibility period.

Note: An interview is required when testing for TP 08.

A—2343 Advance Notice

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

After approval, advisors give households advance notice of adverse actions to deny, terminate, lower, or restrict existing benefits except for reasons listed in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice), and A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.

A—2343.1 How to Take Adverse Action if Advance Notice Is Required

Revision 20-4; Effective October 1, 2020

All Programs

TIERS provides 13 days advance notice to the household after informing them of a denial or termination of ongoing benefits using Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action. The day Form TF0001 is sent is day zero of the adverse action period.

If the 13-day advance notice period:

  • does not expire until after the last day of the month (regardless of whether the 13th day is a business day), the household is eligible for the same level of benefits the month after the notice was sent.
  • expires between cutoff and the end of the month, the reduction or denial is effective the following month. Note: Do not deny TP 40 EDGs when taking adverse action for failure to provide postponed verification.

TANF

Provide 13 days advance notice to the household using Form TF0001 before taking action to:

  • establish a protective payee; or
  • continue a protective payee because of mismanagement.

To establish a protective payee because the person mismanaged TANF benefits, follow advance notice policy above.

At complete redetermination, re-evaluate the situation to determine whether the protective payee should continue. If the decision is to continue, notify the person by sending Form TF0001.

If the person appeals this decision, issue TANF benefits to a protective payee until the hearing is completed.

Medical Programs

A person applying for Medicaid who declares U.S. citizenship or an eligible alien status, but for whom verification is unavailable, receives a 95-day period of reasonable opportunity to provide verification of citizenship or alien status. The reasonable opportunity period expires on the 95th day from when the TF0001 was generated. Deny the person and provide 30 days advance notice of adverse action to the household if they do not provide verification of citizenship or alien status.

Related Policy

Reasonable Opportunity, A-351.1

A—2344 Adverse Actions Not Requiring Advance Notice

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—2344.1 Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice)

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

The following situations require that the household be provided adequate notice:

  • The individual's location is unknown, and the post office returns Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) mail with no forwarding address.
  • The head of the household, authorized representative or other responsible household member:
    • in the HHSC advisor's presence (in the office or by telephone) verbally volunteers to withdraw; or
    • gives HHSC a written, signed report of change, and the advisor determines the:
      • exact amount of the reduced benefits, or
      • that the household is ineligible.

      Note: This includes situations in which the advisor receives Form H1028, Employment Verification, signed by the individual and completed by the employer.

  • The household reports in advance they will move out of state.
  • Employment and Training (E&T) noncooperation is received in the last benefit month.

Related Policy

How to Report, B-623
Sending Notice of Failure to Cooperate, A-1845.1

TANF and Medical Programs

In the following situations, advisors send Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, without advance notice:

  • The advisor denies or reduces benefits when an individual reaches the maximum age as described in A-220, TANF, and A-240, Medical Programs.
  • The advisor confirms the individual's or payee's death when no relative is available to serve as new payee.
  • The advisor reduces the grant or denies a Medical Program individual because the individual received a new TANF or SSI grant.
  • The advisor imposes a full-family sanction because of noncooperation with one or more Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA) requirements.
  • The advisor denies a TP 08 individual because of noncooperation with medical support.
  • The individual was admitted/committed to an institution and no longer qualifies for TANF or Medical Programs benefits.
  • The individual was placed in skilled nursing care or intermediate care.
  • The advisor denies a TANF or TANF-State Program (SP) EDG because the caretaker or second parent received their lifetime limit of 60 months.
  • HHSC verifies an individual is certified for SSI or TANF in another state.
  • A TANF or Medical Program child is removed from the home by court order or voluntarily placed in foster care by the legal guardian.

Related Policy

The Texas Works Message, A-1527

SNAP

In the following situations, advisors send Form TF0001 without advance notice:

  • The household fails to provide verification postponed during expedited services, or provides postponed verification that results in lowered or denied benefits.
  • The advisor discovers information an expedited household failed to report. The information:
      • exists on the interview date,
      • results in lowered or denied benefits, and
      • is discovered between the time the application is approved with postponed verification and on or before the 30th day.
  • A drug and alcohol treatment/group living arrangement facility loses its status as authorized representative or loses its certification.
  • Centralized Benefit Services (CBS) contacts field staff to deny the SNAP EDG in order to certify the SNAP Combined Application Project (SNAP-CAP) EDG. Note: If the SNAP-CAP applicant is certified for SNAP with other household members, allow advance notice of adverse action before removing the individual from the existing SNAP EDG.

Related Policy

General Policy, A-710
Information Received During Expedited Application Processing, B-116.1

A—2344.2 No Form TF0001 Required

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Form TF0001, Notice of Case Action, is not required in the following situations:

  • the state or federal government initiates mass changes that affect the entire caseload or significant portions of the caseload, such as the annual Social Security cost-of-living adjustment.
  • the household moves out of state and reports it afterward.
  • the household gives HHSC a written, signed request to voluntarily withdraw.

TANF

Form TF0001 is not required when child support collected by the Office of the Attorney General exceeded the amount of the grant plus the $75 disregard. In these cases, state office sends Form H1718, Notice of Benefit Denial, to the individual.

SNAP

Form TF0001 is not required in the following situations:

  • All members of a household have died.
  • The individual's allotment changes from month to month during the certification period because of changes expected at the time of certification. In this situation, inform the individual on Form TF0001 at the time of certification that the household's allotment will vary.
  • The individual applied for TANF and SNAP at the same time and received SNAP while waiting for approval of the TANF grant.

A-2350, Streamlined Reporting Households

Revision 19-2; Effective April 1, 2019

SNAP

All SNAP households meet the streamlined reporting criteria with the following exceptions:

  • The household knows (at application or redetermination) they have a change that will make them ineligible within the next six months. For example, the household plans to move out of state due to a new job in two months. Note: Do not consider an anticipated change in household composition as a known change until it actually occurs.
  • The household consists of members who are all elderly or who have a disability, and no member has earned income. These households include pure SSI and RSDI cases that normally receive a 12-month certification period. Use the criteria in B-430, Households with Elderly Members or Members with a Disability, to determine if a person is elderly or has a disability for SR. If all household members meet the criteria in B-430, at least one member must have earned income to be designated as SR.
  • The household contains at least one non-exempt ABAWD. For SR purposes, an adult age 18 up to age 50 is not considered an ABAWD if exempt from the SNAP ABAWD work requirement due to:
    • disability;
    • having a child under age 18 (or is a member of a SNAP EDG where a household member is under age 18); or
    • pregnancy.

Notes:

  • A single-person household meets the SR criteria if the individual has a disability. If the disability is not obvious, the advisor should obtain Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement. This person does not have to meet the earned income stipulation to be designated as SR.
  • A single-person ABAWD living in a SNAP ABAWD waiver or non-E&T county does not meet the SR criteria.
  • In situations where a household member is working or training an average of 20 hours weekly and has a child under age 18 (or is a member of a SNAP EDG where a household member is under age 18), the advisor must exempt the household member as having a child under age 18 in the 18-50 Work Requirement screen.
  • When an SR household reports that an ABAWD is working or participating less than an average of 20 hours per week and no longer meeting the work requirement, the household will be subject to non-streamlined reporting criteria.

Advisors must determine whether a household meets the SR criteria at application and redetermination. Advisors assign a certification period to SR households, as explained in A-2324, Length of Certification, and do not remove the SR designation at incomplete reviews. The household retains its SR designation throughout the certification period.

A—2351 Disqualified Members

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

SNAP

Advisors must extend SR policy to households containing disqualified members. In a household containing all elderly and/or members with a disability, the household can meet the SR criteria, even if the disqualified member is the only person with earnings.

Advisors do not consider a disqualified member an ABAWD for purposes of determining SR status, even if the member is disqualified due to exhausting the individual's SNAP ABAWD time limits. Advisors consider only eligible household members for this purpose.

A-2360, Documentation Requirements

Revision 15-4; Effective October 1, 2015

All Programs

Documentation must be sufficient to support the advisor's decision for denying or terminating the EDG. Refer to C-940, Documentation, for requirements related to adverse action decisions.

If not obvious, advisors must document that:

  • adequate notice was allowed according to policy in A-2344.1, Form TF0001 Required (Adequate Notice); or
  • Form TF001, Notice of Case Action, was not required according to policy in A-2344.2, No Form TF0001 Required.

TANF and Medical Programs except Emergency Medicaid

Advisors must thoroughly document the reason for any special review and explain any information needed and the acceptable verification required to clear the review.

SNAP

Advisors must document the:

  • reason for extending a certification period;
  • reason for modifying the designators or override tab; and
  • reason for setting a special review, thoroughly explaining why the special review was set, any information needed, and the acceptable verification required to clear the review.

Related Policy

Setting Special Reviews, A-2330
Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide

A-2410, General Policy

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—2411 OTTANF

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF

One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) provides $1,000 cash assistance for families in crisis. The intent of the OTTANF payment is to help solve a short-term crisis and divert households from ongoing TANF benefits. These families must

  • meet all TANF eligibility requirements; and
  • not currently receive TANF.
    Note: Households who are active on Type Programs (TP) 07, 20 or 37 may apply for OTTANF.

A household has an option of receiving TANF or OTTANF if it meets one of four crisis criteria. Households who choose this option are not eligible to receive TANF, TANF-SP, or OTTANF payments for 12 months.

The following type programs (TPs) identify OTTANF Eligibility Determination Groups (EDGs):

  • TP 71 – for a one parent household; and
  • TP 72 – for a two parent household based on incapacity or TANF-SP.

The following participation statutes are required for an OTTANF EDG:

  • Eligible Adult – caretaker in an OTTANF household;
  • Eligible Adult – second parent in an OTTANF household;
  • Eligible Child – an eligible child in an OTTANF household; and
  • Other Child – an SSI child

Related Policy

Certifying Children on Non-Parent Caretaker EDGs, A-223
One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families Acknowledgement, Form H1072

A—2412 One-Time TANF for Relatives

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

Provide a $1,000 supplemental payment to certain relatives caring for a related dependent child or children in the home, if the relative:

  • is 25 or older. This includes those who turn 25 in the month the eligibility determination is made and couples in which one person is 25 or older (regardless of which one is the caretaker or payee);
  • is a grandparent, aunt, uncle, brother or sister of the child or children and meets the TANF relationship requirement in the TANF and medical programs relationship chart. This includes to the degree of great or great-great for grandparents, aunts and uncles;
  • is the caretaker or payee (or spouse of the caretaker or payee) of a TANF-certified child, including households who receive OTTANF;
  • has a family gross income less than or equal to 200% of the Federal Poverty Level (FPL); and
  • has resources less than or equal to the TANF resource limit of $1,000.

Note: A relative who is a payee is only required to meet the eligibility requirements noted above to qualify for the supplement. To be certified as a TANF caretaker, the relative must meet all TANF requirements.

No matter how many children are in the certified group, the relative receives a once in a lifetime single payment of $1,000. Once a relative receives a One-Time TANF for Relatives payment, the relative is not eligible to receive the payment again for other children who move into the home at a later time. Additionally, another relative cannot receive the payment for a child who has already received the payment.

The related dependent child must currently receive TANF or be newly certified for TANF (including open and close certifications). 

Notes

  • A relative does not qualify based solely on a related child in the home who receives SSI.
  • One-Time TANF for Relatives was previously known as the TANF Grandparent Payment and was limited to grandparents. If the relative or a child was in a certified group that received the Grandparent Payment, they are not eligible for One-Time TANF for Relatives.
  • The child’s cousins, nieces and nephews are not included in the list of potentially eligible relatives that can receive the One-Time TANF for Relatives payment.

Related Policy

Certifying Children on Non-Parent Caretaker EDGs, A-223
Limits, A-1220
Time Frames for Qualifying for Restored Benefits, B-820
Relationship Charts, C-1440

A-2420, Eligibility Requirements

Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005

A—2421 OTTANF Requirements

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

OTTANF households must:

  • be eligible for TANF and eligible to receive a TANF grant of $10 or more in any month from the application or through the certification month;
  • not include a member who is disqualified or has an open PRA penalty; and
  • meet one of four crisis criteria listed in A-2440, Determining Crisis Criteria (OTTANF).

Note: The household does not have to be eligible for ongoing TANF to qualify for OTTANF.

If the household opts for OTTANF but fails to provide additional information needed for OTTANF, certify the application for TANF or TANF-SP without recontacting the individual.

A—2421.1 Citizenship

Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005

TANF

All adult members of the household and at least one child must meet TANF citizenship requirements to be eligible for OTTANF. A child who is an ineligible alien is a non-household member.

A—2421.2 Deprivation Based on Incapacity

Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005

TANF

If a household claims incapacity, follow the procedures in A-1050, Deprivation Based on Incapacity, before offering OTTANF.

A—2421.3 Child Support

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Advisors must gather child support information as required for TANF EDGs. If the advisor processes the application as an OTTANF EDG, TIERS will not send the information to the Office of the Attorney General (OAG).

A—2421.4 Employment Services

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

TANF

Required members must attend a workforce orientation before being offered OTTANF. Other employment services requirements do not apply to OTTANF.

A—2421.5 Personal Responsibility Agreement (PRA)

Revision 05-3; Effective July 1, 2005

TANF

Households must meet all TANF requirements, including the requirement to sign the PRA.

OTTANF applicants with an open PRA penalty must demonstrate cooperation to be eligible for OTTANF. See A-2100, Personal Responsibility Agreement.

A—2422 Requirements for One-Time TANF for Relatives

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

A—2422.1 Determining the Budget and Certified Group

Revision 23-1; Effective Jan. 1, 2023

TANF

Determining the Budget Group

To determine income eligibility, include:

  • the relative and the relative’s spouse if there is one;
  • the related dependent children for whom the relative is applying; and
  • any children of the relative, biological or adopted, who meet the TANF age and relationship requirement and for whom the relative could apply for TANF.

People included in the budget group may be disqualified or have a financial penalty.

Example: The household consists of Mr. and Mrs. Garza who are caring for two nephews, Chris, 2, and Oscar, 4. Mr. and Mrs. Garza have two children, Rick, 16, and Robert, 19. Rick and Robert live at home. Mrs. Garza is an ineligible alien and is the payee on the TANF EDGs for her two nephews.

To determine income and resource eligibility for One-Time TANF for Relatives, include the following members in the budget group: Mr. and Mrs. Garza, both nephews and Rick. Do not include Robert because he does not meet the age requirement.

Determining the Certified Group

The certified group consists of the TANF EDG caretaker or payee relative, the spouse of the relative, if applicable, and the related dependent children for whom the relative is applying.

Example: The following is the certified group for the Garza family noted in the example: Mr. and Mrs. Garza and both nephews. Rick and Robert are not included in the certified group.

A—2422.2 Income and Resource Guidelines

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

Count the income and resources of all members of the budget group. Compare the household's gross income to 200 percent of the FPL. Do not allow any income deductions.

Compare the budget group's resources to the TANF resource limit of $1,000.

Use TANF income and resource guidelines to determine countable and exempt income and resources.

Do not count the $1,000 One-Time TANF for Relatives payment as income in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), TANF or Medicaid EDG. Consider it a resource of the TANF certified child(ren), and therefore exempt from SNAP resources.

The supplement counts as a TANF benefit for purposes of determining the amount of child support owed to Texas.

Related Policy 

Resources of TANF and SSI Recipients, A-1248

A-2430, Who Is Not Eligible

Revision 05-5; Effective October 1, 2005

A—2431 Who Is Not Eligible for OTTANF

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Do not offer OTTANF to a household if any member:

  • is disqualified;
  • is an active TANF individual;
  • has an open PRA noncooperation and fails to demonstrate cooperation within the allowed time period;
  • does not meet citizenship requirements for TANF (see A-2421.1, Citizenship);
  • is a caretaker or second parent who received OTTANF within the previous 12 months;
  • is a caretaker or second parent who did not receive OTTANF in the previous 12 months but now lives with a household that received OTTANF in the previous 12 months and would have been a required member of the household; or
  • is receiving Refugee Cash Assistance (RCA).

Notes:

  • Consider an individual as being active in TANF if the individual applies for OTTANF during the individual's second noncooperation month.
  • Do not provide OTTANF for months identified as a forfeit month because of noncooperation with the PRA.
  • OTTANF applicants with an open PRA penalty must demonstrate cooperation to be eligible for OTTANF. See A-2100, Personal Responsibility Agreement.

A—2431.1 12-Month Ineligibility Period

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF

A caretaker or second parent certified for OTTANF is ineligible for TANF, TANF-SP or OTTANF for 12 months. The first month of the 12-month ineligibility period is the grant effective month. When a caretaker and/or second parent of an OTTANF EDG moves to a new household, the individual takes the 12-month ineligibility period status along with the move. Children are only ineligible for the OTTANF grant effective month.

Example 1:

Mary applies for and receives OTTANF for herself and child in December. In June, she marries a man with two children who do not receive TANF. Mary and her husband have a mutual child. The new household is not eligible for TANF or OTTANF until the following December because the ineligibility period follows the caretaker. The household can apply for medical programs.

Anyone who would have been a mandatory member of the TANF group at the time of certification is not eligible for TANF benefits during the 12-month ineligibility period.

Example 2:

Ms. King received OTTANF for herself and her two children with a grant effective date of September 2012. In December 2012, her child Ryan, who was living with his father, moves into her household. Ms. King applies for TANF for Ryan. Because Ryan would have been included in the budget group at the time of certification, he cannot receive OTTANF or TANF until September 2013.

Use the following chart to determine eligibility when minor parents move into or out of an OTTANF or TANF household.

If a minor parent ... and moves ... then the minor parent is ...
received OTTANF on a parent's EDG out and applies for TANF for the minor parent and for the child, eligible for OTTANF or TANF.
received OTTANF as a child in any household in with a parent who receives TANF, eligible for TANF after the OTTANF ineligible month.
received OTTANF as a caretaker in with a parent who receives TANF, eligible for TANF. Note: Contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk to address the removal of the ineligible date.
receives TANF as a caretaker in with a parent who received OTTANF, ineligible for TANF or OTTANF if the minor parent would have been a required member of the parent's EDG at the time OTTANF was certified.

A—2432 Who Is Not Eligible for One-Time TANF for Relatives

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

A household is not eligible for One-Time TANF for Relatives if:

  • the gross income for the household exceeds the income limit;
  • the resources available to the household exceed the resource limit;
  • the applicant and child do not meet the age or relationship requirements; or
  • either the relative or child have already received One-Time TANF for Relatives.

One-Time TANF for Relatives was previously known as the TANF Grandparent Payment and was limited to grandparents. If the relative or a child was in a certified group that received the Grandparent Payment, they are not eligible for One-Time TANF for Relatives.

A-2440, Determining Crisis Criteria

Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005

TANF

In addition to meeting all TANF requirements, the household must also meet one of the following four crisis criteria.

A—2441 Crisis Criteria One (TP 71 or 72)

Revision 07-3; Effective July 1, 2007

TANF

The caretaker or second parent must have a loss of any type of employment without regard to work history or certain dollar amount in the

  • two months before application,
  • application month, or
  • process month.

Notes:

  • If the household's income terminated in the process month and exceeded the TANF recognizable needs amount, the household may be eligible for OTTANF the month after the process month.
  • As long as the individual meets the criteria above and is TANF eligible, the individual may receive OTTANF regardless of the individual's current employment status.

Do not apply Crisis Criteria One if an applicant voluntarily quits a job, including self employment, without good cause.

Temporary leave without pay from a job does not constitute loss of employment.

Related Policy

Reasons for Good Cause, A-1861

A—2442 Crisis Criteria Two (TP 71)

Revision 07-3; Effective July 1, 2007

TANF

In a one-parent household, the:

  • dependent child must have a loss of financial support from the legal parent or stepparent within the last 12 months before the application month or process month through death, divorce, separation or abandonment or through termination or reduction of financial support; and
  • caretaker must have been employed within the 12 months before the application or process month.

Financial support, including child support, is assistance with basic living expenses like rent, utilities and food. Loss of financial support from a legal parent or stepparent must be verified.

A—2443 Crisis Criteria Three (TP 71 or 72)

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

The caretaker or second parent graduated from a university, college, junior college or technical training school within the 12 months before the application or process month, and is unemployed or underemployed. The caretaker or second parent must:

  • provide proof of degree or certificate of completion from a technical training school, junior college, college or university. This includes beauty, nursing or vocational school. The institution can be in or out of Texas;
  • not currently be enrolled in an institution of higher learning; and
  • have received TANF or an OTTANF benefit (in Texas) anytime in the 12 months before enrolling, or while attending a college, university, or technical training school. Attempt to verify prior receipt of TANF or OTTANF, but accept the individual's statement if TIERS records for that time are not available.

A—2444 Crisis Criteria Four (TP 71 or 72)

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

The caretaker and/or second parent is currently employed but still meets TANF requirements and is facing a crisis situation in the

  • two months before application,
  • application month, or
  • process month.

The crisis situations are:

  • Loss or potential loss of transportation — The applicant is unable to get to a job. The loss of a vehicle can be because of needed repairs, lack of insurance, necessary inspection, repossession, or threat of repossession.
  • Loss or potential loss of shelter — The household may lose shelter because of foreclosure, eviction, condemnation, or threat of any of these.
  • Medical emergency (60 days or less) — A caretaker/second parent has a medical emergency or is needed to provide temporary care for a household member who is ill or injured. The medical emergency can be for the applicant or a household member within the TANF degree of relationship. Do not apply this policy to individuals outside the home except for members who are in the hospital. A normal pregnancy or maternity leave is not a medical emergency.

A-2450, Issuing Benefits

Revision 05-4; Effective August 1, 2005

A—2451 Issuing OTTANF Benefits

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Use the same timeliness processing standards for OTTANF as for the TANF program. (See B-100, Processes and Processing Time Frames.)

A—2451.1 Reissuing Benefits

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

Use Form H1008-A, Warrant Inquiry/EBT Benefit Conversion and Affidavit for Non-Receipt of Warrant, for lost or stolen OTTANF warrants.

Fax Form H1008-A to HHS Accounting Operations within Fiscal Management Services at 512-487-3400. Staff may also scan and email the form to the HHS Warrant Issuance mailbox.

Write "OTTANF" across the top of the form.

When HHS Accounting Operations determines someone has cashed the warrant, HHSC eligibility staff may need to supply more information and take further action. HHS Accounting Operations contacts the HHSC eligibility staff member who submitted the Form H1008-A and may request items such as a copy of a police report filed by the TANF recipient and notarized statements from household members. See the related policy concerning cashed warrants.

Related Policy 

One-Time Payment Replacements, B-342
Warrant Cashed, B-342.2

A—2451.2 Switching from OTTANF to TANF

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF

When an applicant opts for OTTANF then decides to receive TANF, use the chart below to determine how to issue benefits:

If ...then ...
the OTTANF warrant has been issued but not cashed,
  • if the applicant has received the warrant, instruct the applicant to return the warrant to HHSC.
  • contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk to address any issues with the removal of the ineligible dates by emailing IEE_HELP@hhsc.state.tx.us or calling 800-214-4175 (Option 1).
    • If emailing, enter Cancelling OTTANF Benefits When Client Was Erroneously Certified for OTTANF Instead of TANF/TANF SP as the email subject line.
    • If calling, tell the Help Desk representative that your issue relates to “Cancelling OTTANF benefits when client was erroneously certified for OTTANF instead of TANF/TANF SP.”
  • cancel the OTTANF warrant using Form H1008-A, Warrant Inquiry/EBT Benefit Conversion and Affidavit for Non-receipt of Warrant, and request issuance of TANF benefits for the OTTANF grant effective month using Form H1008-A.
  • document the reason for the switch.
  • record the Help Desk ticket number in Case Comments.
the OTTANF warrant has been cashed,do not accept the $1,000 payment in the form of cash, cashier’s check or money order. The applicant is not allowed to switch in this situation.

A—2451.3 Switching from TANF to OTTANF

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Do not allow applicants to switch from TANF to OTTANF once the TANF EDG has been certified. Exception: Follow procedures below only if HHSC did not explain or offer the applicant the OTTANF option.

  • Contact the IEE Help Desk via email at IEE_HELP@hhsc.state.tx.us or at 800-214-4175 (Option 1).
    • If emailing, enter Cancelling TANF Benefits When Client Was Erroneously Certified for TANF/TANF SP Instead of OTTANF as the email subject line.
    • If calling, tell the Help Desk representative that your issue relates to “Cancelling TANF benefits when client was erroneously certified for TANF/TANF SP instead of OTTANF.”
  • Submit a referral to recoup the TANF/TANF SP benefits already issued.
  • Withdraw TANF in the program page.
  • Pull the case back into Complete Action (if appropriate).
  • Record the Help Desk ticket number in Case Comments.

A—2452 Issuing One-Time TANF for Relatives Payments

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

Before certification, complete inquiries in both TIERS and the retired Grandparent Payment System (GPS) to ensure certified group members have not previously received a one-time Grandparent Payment. Inquire in TIERS to ensure certified group members have not received a Grandparent Payment or a One-Time TANF for Relatives payment.

The one-time Grandparent Payment is the same benefit as the One-Time TANF for Relatives, previously limited to grandparents. Therefore, staff must complete inquiries for both types of payments before certification. 

Inform recipients that they will receive the payment through the mail in the form of a warrant (check) and that the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) does not forward TANF warrants. The address HHSC has for the person and the address with the USPS must be the same.

A—2452.1 Reissuing One-Time TANF for Relatives Payments

Revision 23-3; Effective July 1, 2023

TANF

When a household reports the One-Time TANF for Relatives warrant as lost, destroyed, stolen or not received, complete Form H1084, Certification for Warrants Lost, Destroyed, Stolen or Not Received. Have the recipient sign the certification statement and send the form to HHS Accounting Operations.

When HHS Accounting Operations determines someone has cashed the warrant, HHSC eligibility staff may need to supply additional information and take further action. HHS Accounting Operations will contact the HHSC eligibility staff member who submitted the Form H1084 and may request items such as a copy of a police report filed by the TANF recipient and notarized statements from household members. See the related policy concerning cashed warrants.

Related Policy 

One-Time Payment Replacements, B-342
Warrant Cashed, B-342.2

A-2460, Verification Requirements

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

For One Time Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (OTTANF) Payments:

  • Verify the required members attended the workforce orientation.
  • Verify the household has lost or will lose transportation due to:
    • needed repairs;
    • repossession or threat of repossession;
    • lack of insurance;
    • necessary inspection; or
    • driver license.

Verify these conditions if the loss occurred during the application month, two months prior to the application month or the process month. Verify that the household has lost or will lose shelter due to:

  • foreclosure;
  • eviction; or
  • condemnation.

Verify these conditions if the loss occurred during the process month, application month or two months prior to the application month.

  • Verify:
    • the medical emergency;
    • that the medical emergency is temporary;
    • that the member (certified or not) is within the required degree of relationship; and
    • the member lives in the home.
  • Verify:
    • parental relationship; and
    • loss of financial support from the legal parent or stepparent.
  • Verify:
    • proof of graduation or certificate of completion from a college, university, junior college or technical training school.
    • that the person received TANF benefits in Texas.
    • TANF benefits have been cancelled prior to certifying the OTTANF EDG. 

For One-Time TANF for Relatives verify:

  • the age of the relative;
  • relationship;
  • that the relative is a caretaker or payee (or spouse of a caretaker or payee) of a related dependent child certified for TANF, and the parent of the child is not in the home;
  • that the family has gross income less than or equal to 200% of the FPL; and
  • that the family resources are less than or equal to TANF resource limits.

Related Policy

Limits, A-1220
Switching from TANF to OTTANF, A-2451.3
Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-2470, Documentation Requirements

Revision 22-3; Effective July 1, 2022

TANF

For OTTANF, document:

  • OTTANF verifications and an explanation of the household situation in case comments;
  • the household has been informed of the one-time payment at application and whether the caretaker requested or declined the payment; and
  • which of the following crisis criteria the applicant meets to qualify for OTTANF:
    • loss or potential loss of income;
    • loss of spousal support;
    • proof of graduation;
    • loss or potential loss of transportation;
    • loss or potential loss of shelter; or
    • medical emergency.

When verification is unavailable, document:

  • the person's statement;
  • the reason verification is unavailable; and
  • efforts made to obtain verification.

For One-Time TANF for Relatives, if the relative:

  • Is potentially eligible, document the household has been informed of the one-time payment at application or review and whether they requested or declined the payment.
  • Requests the payment, document:
    • TIERS and GPS inquiry was completed and whether the household did or did not previously receive a Grandparent Payment or One-Time TANF for Relatives;
    • the household's income and resources; and
    • that the requesting household meets the eligible relative caretaker or payee criteria.

A-2510, General Policy

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

State time limits determine the number of months certain individuals can receive TANF benefits.

The TANF Program and TANF State Program limit caretakers and second parents to a 60-month lifetime limit. When a caretaker or second parent receives 60 months of benefits, their entire household is ineligible.

Caretakers and second parents are also subject to a state time limit of 12, 24 or 36 months of benefits based on their work history and education. Other household members may continue to receive benefits after a caretaker or second parent reaches their 12-, 24- or 36-month time limit.

The individual's education and/or recent work experience determine(s) the individual's state time limit. There are three time limits, known as "tiers." Tiers and their corresponding state time limits are:

Tier State Time Limit
5 12 months
6 24 months
7 36 months

 

Note: TIERS enters Tier 8 when the advisor does not enter enough information.

All certified caretakers and second parents, including minor parents certified as caretakers and second parents, receive a state time limit tier.

State time limits apply to the TANF cash benefits received by certified caretakers and second parents who have access to Choices employment services.

After the individual is notified to participate or voluntarily participates in the Choices program, each month the individual has an open Choices case and is certified as a TANF caretaker or second parent counts toward the state time limit.

When a TANF caretaker or second parent reaches their time limit, TIERS disqualifies the individual from receiving TANF in Texas for five years. The children on the TANF EDG remain eligible.

Exception: During the five-year freeze out period, disqualified individuals who meet the criteria for a hardship exemption may receive TANF.

Individuals may continue receiving TANF Level Medicaid and transitional child care benefits during the 12 months following their last state time limit month. (See A-840, Transitional Medicaid Coverage.)

A-2520, Time Limit Tiers

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

 

A—2521 Initial Time Limit Tiers

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

TIERS determines the initial time limit tier for all TANF caretakers or second parents, including those with a current employment service exemption:

  • at application; and
  • when adding an individual to the household.

 

A—2521.1 Determining the Time Limit Tier

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

When advisors correctly identify education and work history status in the TANF TIER Level Details Logical Unit of Work (LUW), TIERS automatically determines the time limit tier for each certified caretaker and/or second parent. Accept the individual's statement of the grade completed.

TIERS prints the individual's state time limit information on TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

 

A—2522 Time Limit Tier Changes

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

The time limit tier may change when:

  • Choices staff determine a functional literacy level which affects the tier;
  • the advisor makes an error in entering the correct education or work history level; or
  • redetermining the education and/or work history level at reapplication if the individual missed one full month's benefits before the date of reapplication.

 

A—2522.1 Change in Time Limit Tier Because of Functional Literacy Level

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Choices staff determine and enter the individual's functional literacy level in the Choices automated system. This information overrides the initial time limit tier determined by the advisor when:

  • the functional literacy level is lower than the individual's completed education level; and
  • a change in tier allows the individual to receive additional months of TANF and Choices services.

A tier may not change to one lower than the individual's work history level.

When the Choices literacy level updates the individual’s tier level using the Choices automated interface, the advisor may not change the tier because of the education level.

 

A—2522.2 Change in Time Limit Tier Because of Error

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

If an advisor initially entered incorrect information, correct the original work history months or the original education level in TIERS and select YES from the Correction drop-down menu. Do not update work history or education levels for changes that occurred since determining the initial tier.

If an advisor request State Office Data Integrity (SODI) to force change a tier from 5 or 6 to tier 7, the advisor must also request that SODI delete all months in the individual's Time Limited history that occur before the year's anniversary of the individual's Literacy Assessment Date. (See A-2532, Counting Months for Tier 7, for an example of how to determine the Literacy Assessment anniversary date.) If the individual does not have a Literacy Assessment Date, request the deletion of all months counted. Exception: Do not delete any months counted before the Literacy Assessment Date month in which the individual has a Choices penalty.

 

A—2522.3 Changes to Time Limit Tiers at Reapplication

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

TIERS redetermines the time limit tier of a TANF caretaker or second parent at reapplication only if there has been at least one full month's break in benefits before the date of reapplication. Note: The individual may have more months or an equal number of months remaining in the individual’s new time limit, but would never have fewer months than the prior time limit.

A-2530, Counting TANF Months Toward State Time Limit

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF

TIERS tracks the number of months counted toward an individual's state time limit. TIERS uses the Notification Effective Date (NED) and counts a month toward an individual's state time limit each month the individual:

  • receives TANF;
  • is certified as a caretaker or second parent; and
  • has an open Choices case without Choices good cause indicated, or is sanctioned for Choices non-participation.

The advisor must:

  • evaluate the accuracy of the months counted toward the individual's state time limit; and
  • contact the IEE/TIERS help desk to address any issues with the individual's time limit months counted.

Notes:

  • The automated procedures for counting months for Tiers 5 and 6 are different than for Tier 7.
  • See A-2533, Changes to State Time Limit Months Counted, for changes to the individual's time-limited months' history.
  • In minimum service Choices counties, all individuals are considered exempt from Choices participation even when the advisor codes them as M – mandatory. TIERS counts months toward the individual's time limit if the Choices case status is Open.

 

A—2531 Counting Months for Tiers 5 and 6

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

For individuals in Tier 5 or 6, TIERS counts months based on the Notification Effective Date (NED).

The Choices specialist enters a Notice Date in the Choices system as follows:

  • the appointment date for an individual who is a mandatory Choices registrant, or
  • the report date for an exempt volunteer.

TIERS adds one month to the notice date to compute the individual's TIERS Notification Effective Date. (See A-2533.3, Deleting Months When the NED Changes.)

TIERS counts the months toward the individual's state time limit (12 or 24 months) as follows:

If the individual's work registration status is ... TIERS counts each month ...
mandatory participant after the month the individual is notified to participate in the Choices program.
exempt after the month the individual
  • volunteers, and
  • has an open Choices case.
sanctioned for Choices non-participation the individual is sanctioned for refusing to participate in the Choices program.

 

Beginning with the NED month, TIERS counts each month the individual

  • receives TANF,
  • is certified as a caretaker or second parent, and
  • has an open Choices case without Choices good cause indicated, or is sanctioned for Choices non-participation.

In addition, if an individual’s work registration status is:

  • mandatory registrant, or
  • sanctioned for Choices non-participation, then

TIERS counts any months between the NED and the month the:

  • Choices case opens, or
  • individual is sanctioned.

 

A—2532 Counting Months for Tier 7

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

For individuals in Tier 7, TIERS counts months beginning one year after the Choices functional literacy assessment. Example: The individual's Literacy Assessment Date month is 1/98 (month 0). TIERS adds 12 months and, if the Tier 7 individual meets the appropriate criteria, begins counting toward the state time limit with 2/99 (month 13.)

TIERS counts each month the individual

  • receives TANF;
  • is certified as a caretaker or second parent; and
  • has an open Choices case without Choices good cause indicated, or is sanctioned for Choices non-participation.

If the individual does not have an open Choices case without Choices good cause indicated or is sanctioned for Choices non-participation, TIERS counts months beginning with the Notification Effective Date after the assessment anniversary date.

 

A—2533 Changes to State Time Limit Months Counted

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Evaluate the accuracy of the state time limit months counted if

  • requested to do so by the individual, or
  • Texas Works or Choices/Texas Workforce Commission staff discovers a possible error.

TIERS keeps a record of the individual's participation status, work registration status and work registration reason, which can change from month to month.

 

A—2533.1 Deleting Months When TANF Benefits are Cancelled or Recouped

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

TIERS will remove a month counted toward the individual’s state time limit when an overpayment referral is processed for a full month’s benefits.

 

A—2533.2 Deleting Months in Error Situations

Revision 17-3; Effective July 1, 2017

TANF

Contact the IEE/TIERS Technical Help Desk to address any issues with the individual's Time Limited history in the following situations.

  • The advisor discovers errors including incorrect work registration status or incorrect Choices penalties that result in months being counted erroneously. (Example: The advisor entered the individual mandatory instead of exempt while the individual was caring for a disabled child or the advisor deletes a Choices penalty in TIERS that was imposed in error.)
  • Choices staff send notification that the individual's open Choices case status in TIERS is incorrect. (Example: The Choices automated interface sent a closed date for the Choices case status but the Choices case status is not showing closed in TIERS.)

 

A—2533.3 Deleting Months When the NED Changes

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

An individual's NED may change for many reasons. A change in the NED may indicate that the Time Limited months counted before the new NED were counted in error.

Example: An exempt individual voluntarily participates in the Choices program for a few months and then stops participating. The advisor changes the individual's work registration code to mandatory when the individual is no longer eligible for the exemption. Choices then outreaches the individual and sends TIERS a new appointment date. The individual's original NED was created because the individual participated in Choices while exempt. When TIERS receives a new Choices appointment date, TIERS creates a new NED. However, all months counted before the new NED are accurate and should remain counted. Do not request that SODI delete these months.

 

A—2533.4 Adding State Time Limit Months

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

The advisor should rarely request that SODI add months to the individual's Time Limited Months history. If there is a question concerning whether the months should be added, contact your regional Field Policy Specialist/mailbox (or other regional designee).

A-2540, State Time Limit Five-Year Freeze-Out Period

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Apply the following policies during an individual's state time limit five-year freeze-out period:

  • TIERS disqualifies a caretaker or second parent from TANF for five years when the individual reaches the end of a state time limit. Exception: Certify the individual for TANF during the freeze-out period when the individual is eligible for a hardship exemption.
  • A caretaker or second parent disqualified from TANF because of state time limit policies is eligible for TANF Level Medicaid (TP08) for the 12 months that follow the maximum allowable month of the individual's state time limit.

The state time limit and hardship information in TIERS is printed on TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

 

A—2541 State Time Limit Five-Year Freeze-Out End Date

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

TIERS automatically calculates the end of the individual's state time limit five-year freeze-out period. TIERS displays this date on the individual’s Time Limit page in Individual Inquiry. SAVERR-stored data converted to TIERS can be found in the Time Limit functional area in TIERS. TIERS arrives at the TL Freeze-Out End Date by adding five years to the last state Time Limited month listed on client screen A3. The individual is potentially eligible for TANF without a hardship exemption the month following the TL Freeze-Out End Date in TIERS.

The advisor cannot change the TL Freeze-Out End Date. The individual's Freeze-Out End Date changes only when the state Time Limited months listed in TIERS are adjusted. The automated systems or the advisor adjusts these months using force change procedures.

 

A—2542 When TIERS Takes Action Automatically

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

TIERS automatically takes the actions described in this section when the data for the caretaker or second parent indicates that the maximum allowable number of TANF months have been counted toward the individual's state time limit.

 

A—2542.1 Time Limit Disqualification

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

TIERS disqualifies a certified caretaker or second parent who has used the maximum number of months allowed in a state time limit when:

  • the individual is not exempt due to receiving hardship exemption from the state time limit;
  • TIERS can correctly rebudget the TANF EDG without denying it.

TIERS follows budgeting procedures for a disqualified legal parent in A-1362.1, TANF — Budgeting for a Legal Parent Disqualified for Alien Status, Failure to Prove Citizenship, Noncompliance with the Unmarried Minor Parent Domicile Requirement or State Time Limits.

Exception: If the only eligible person(s) on the TANF EDG is the caretaker and/or second parent who used the maximum number of months in a state time limit, TIERS reruns eligibility for ineligible EDGs. All the children on these EDGs are disqualified because of noncompliance with employment services or receive:

  • SSI;
  • foster care payments; or
  • adoption assistance payments.

 

A—2542.1.1 TIERS Procedures for SNAP EDGs When an Individual Times Out

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

SNAP

After TIERS changes a TANF grant amount in the state time limit automated process, it:

  • reruns eligibility and budgets the new TANF amount in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) case; and
  • sends a notice to the household stating the new SNAP amount.

 

A—2543 Hardship Exemptions

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

An individual requests a hardship exemption by submitting Form H1010, Texas Works Application for Assistance – Your Texas Benefits, or asking to be added to the household's existing TANF or Medicaid EDG(s). Advise the household of these options whenever the individual expresses a need for assistance.

Certify a caretaker or second parent for TANF during the state time limit five-year freeze-out period when the individual:

  • complied with Choices participation requirements while receiving TANF (the individual does not have a Choices penalty);
  • is eligible for a hardship exemption; and
  • otherwise meets TANF eligibility requirements.

There are three reasons for hardship exemptions:

Hardship Work Registration Status
County Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship
Employment Time Limited Employment Hardship
Severe Personal Time Limited Personal Hardship

 

A—2543.1 County Hardship Exemption

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

HHSC designates specific Texas counties economically deprived using unemployment and other job-related criteria. HHSC lists these counties on the State Time Limit County Hardship List (C-320) and revises the list every three months.

 

A—2543.1.1 TIERS Action

Revision 16-2; Effective April 1, 2016

TANF

Using the State Time Limit County Hardship List, TIERS performs the following case actions:

If a certified TANF caretaker, or second parent ... and the individual's residence county is ... then TIERS ...
reaches the end of a state time limit

(The individual does not have a hardship exemption from the state time limit.)

on the county hardship list,
  • changes the individual's work registration status to Code L (Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship, Lives in Economically Deprived County)
  • sends a notice to the household stating the
    • individual used the maximum number of TANF months allowed in the state time limit,
    • individual is currently eligible for TANF because the individual lives in a designated hardship county, and
    • HHSC reevaluates the county list periodically.
is exempt from the state time limit for county hardship

(The individual has a work registration status of Code L, Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship, Lives in Economically Deprived County.)

on the county hardship list, does not take action.
is exempt from the state time limit for county hardship

(The individual has a work registration status of Code L, Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship, Lives in Economically Deprived County.)

not on the county hardship list,
  • disqualifies the caretaker or second parent from TANF beginning the month following the:
    • maximum allowable months of the individual's state time limit; and/or
    • last month the individual is eligible for a hardship exemption.
  • sends a notice to the household stating the:
    • individual used the maximum number of TANF months allowed in the state time limit,
    • individual was eligible for TANF because the individual lived in a designated hardship county, and
    • HHSC reevaluates the county list periodically.

 

A—2543.1.2 Advisor Action

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Determine the individual's eligibility for a county hardship exemption:

  • at each of the household's TANF/Medicaid case actions;
  • when the individual requests the exemption; or
  • when removing an employment or severe personal hardship exemption.

Use the following chart when completing a case action during the individual's freeze out period:

If the individual ... then ...
lives in a county on the State Time Limit County Hardship List,
  • change the individual's work registration status to exempt from participation due to Time Limited Severe Economic Hardship, and
  • send a notice to the household stating the
    • individual is currently eligible for TANF because the individual lives in a designated hardship county, and
    • county list is reevaluated periodically.
no longer lives in a county on the State Time Limit County Hardship List, remove the exemption.

 

A—2543.2 Severe Personal Hardship Exemption

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

An individual may qualify for a severe personal hardship exemption when there is a disabling illness or injury of:

  • self; or
  • close family member.

Determine the individual's eligibility for a severe personal hardship exemption:

  • when the individual requests the exemption;
  • when the exemption is expected to end; and
  • at each complete review until the exemption is removed.

 

A—2543.2.1 Disabling Illness or Injury of Self

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Exempt an individual for severe personal hardship for a disabling illness or injury to self when:

  • the individual requests the exemption within 90 days after the illness or injury begins; and
  • disability is established by:
    • approval of SSI or RSDI based on disability; or
    • completion of Form H1836-A, Medical Release/Physician's Statement.

After disability is established, review the individual's eligibility for the exemption:

  • when the disability is expected to end (set a special review); and
  • at each complete review until the exemption is removed.

Remove the exemption when the individual is no longer disabled. Advise the individual to report to HHSC within 10 days when the hardship situation changes. The individual may state that the disability has ended or Form H1836-A may show it has ended.

 

A—2543.2.2 Disabling Illness or Injury of Close Family Member

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Determine whether to exempt an individual for severe personal hardship for caring for a close family member who has a disabling illness or injury using the following procedures:

Step Yes No
  1. Did the individual request the exemption within 90 days after the individual was needed in the home to care for the close family member?

    Note: The person needing care must live in the individual's home.

Go to Step 2. STOP. Do not exempt the individual for severe personal hardship.
  1. Is the individual related to the family member within the following degree of relationship?

    The persons providing the care and needing the care must be related in one of the following ways:

    • spouse (or second parent who is listed on the household's TANF EDG);
    • parent (legal, adoptive, natural, or step);
    • child (legal, adoptive, natural, or step);
    • sibling (legal, adoptive, natural, half, or step);
    • grandparent (extends to the degree of great-great-great);
    • aunt or uncle (extends to the degree of great-great);
    • niece or nephew (extends to the degree of great-great);
    • first cousin;
    • first cousin once removed; or
    • spouse of any person listed above.

    Note: These relationships extend to relatives of the individual's spouse.

Request proof of relationship and go to Step 3. STOP. Do not exempt the individual for severe personal hardship.
  1. Did the individual provide a doctor's statement that verifies
    • the disabling illness or injury of the family member,
    • that the individual is needed in the home for more than 30 days to care for the family member,
    • the beginning date when the individual is/was needed in the home to provide the care, and
    • the date the need for the individual's care in the home is expected to end?
STOP. Exempt the individual for severe personal hardship. STOP. Do not exempt the individual for severe personal hardship.

 

Review the individual's eligibility for the exemption:

  • at each complete review until the exemption is removed; and
  • when the need for care is expected to end. Note: Set a special review for when the need for care is expected to end before the next complete review.

Remove the exemption when the individual is no longer needed in the home to care for the close family member. Advise the individual to report to HHSC within 10 days when the hardship situation changes.

 

A—2543.3 Employment Hardship Exemption

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Determine whether to exempt an individual for employment hardship using the following procedures:

Step Yes No
  1. Did the individual request the exemption within 90 days after the
    • end of the individual's state time limit, or
    • last day of the individual's employment, or
    • individual's work hours were reduced?
Go to Step 2. STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship.
  1. Does the individual have ongoing monthly earnings (including self-employment earnings) of less than $168 or is unemployed?
Go to Step 3. STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship.
  1. Has the individual
    • been dismissed from a job or demoted for cause,
    • voluntarily quit a job or reduced hours of work, or
    • failed to accept a job offer paying at least $168 a month or an offer of additional work resulting in a total of at least $168 a month?
Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
  1. Did the individual have good cause according to the SNAP good cause criteria in A-1860, Determining Good Cause?
Document the good cause and go to Step 5. STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship.
  1. Does the individual meet the employer contact requirements described in Item A-2543.3.1, Initial Request, A-2543.3.2, Continuation of Exemption, and/or A-2543.3.3, Reapplication After Denial?
STOP. Exempt the individual for employment hardship. STOP. Do not exempt the individual for employment hardship.

 

Determine the individual's eligibility for an employment hardship exemption:

  • when the individual requests the exemption; and
  • at each complete review until the exemption is removed.

 

A—2543.3.1 Initial Request

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

An initial request is the first time an individual requests an employment hardship exemption after the:

  • end of the individual's state time limit;
  • last day of the individual's employment; or
  • reduction of individual's work hours.

In addition, after the individual's employment hardship exemption is removed, the individual may request another initial employment hardship exemption when the:

  • individual loses another job; or
  • individual's work hours are again reduced.

An individual is eligible for an initial employment hardship exemption after contacting 40 employers in the 30-day period following the day the advisor explains the employer contact requirement to the household:

  • during an interview; or
  • on Form H1020, Request for Information or Action, when processing a report of change.

The advisor must give the individual Form H2776, Job Search Worksheet for TANF Employment Hardship Exemption, to help the individual provide documentation of the employer contacts. However, the individual may provide any available documentation that substantiates the:

  • name, address, and telephone number of each employer contacted;
  • person contacted;
  • date of contact; and
  • result.

Advise the individual that employer contacts may be made:

  • in person;
  • by telephone; or
  • by other agencies on the individual's behalf. Examples: Texas Workforce Commission, labor organization and local workforce centers. The individual must provide documentation from the agency that made the contacts on the individual's behalf.
If, during the 30-day period, the individual ... then ...
contacted 40 employers,
  • exempt the individual for employment hardship,
  • provide the individual with one Form H2776 for each month that 40 contacts are required, and
  • advise the household that the individual
    • must contact an average of 40 employers during each calendar month the individual is certified for TANF;
    • must provide verification of the employer contacts at the next complete review; and
    • will not be eligible for another employment hardship exemption during the freeze out period if the individual fails, without good cause, to meet the monthly 40 employer contact requirement.
did not contact 40 employers, deny the request for an employment hardship exemption.

Note: There is no good cause for not meeting this requirement. However, the individual may apply for the exemption again and receive a new 30-day period.

 

See A-2543.3.3, Reapplication After Denial, when a individual reapplies and was previously denied while receiving an employment hardship exemption.

 

A—2543.3.2 Continuation of Exemption

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

At the complete review after the individual receives an employment hardship exemption, determine whether the individual contacted an average of 40 employers during each month the individual was certified for TANF. If the individual worked during one or more months in which the individual was required to meet the employer contact requirement, give the individual credit for two employer contacts for each day of the month worked.

If the individual did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, see A-2543.3.4, Good Cause for Not Contacting Employers While Receiving TANF.

If the individual ... and, according to A-2543.3.4, the individual ... then ...
contacted an average of 40 employers a month, N/A
  • continue exempting the individual for employment hardship, and
  • provide the individual with one Form H2776, Job Search Worksheet for TANF Employment Hardship Exemption, for each month through the month of the next complete review.
did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, had good cause, follow the procedures in the box above.
did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, did not have good cause,
  • remove the employment hardship exemption, and
  • advise the household that the individual is not eligible to receive this exemption again during the remainder of the individual's five-year freeze out period.

 

A—2543.3.3 Reapplication After Denial

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

If an individual receiving a hardship exemption is denied for another reason and files an application:

  • before missing one full month's benefits, use policy in A-2543.3.2, Continuation of Exemption;
  • after missing at least one full month's benefits, use the following chart.

Request documentation that the individual contacted an average of 40 employers during each month the individual previously received TANF. Verify when questionable.

If the individual ... and, according to A-2543.3.4, the individual ... then ...
contacted an average of 40 employers a month, N/A follow the procedures in A-2543.3.1,Initial Request.
did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, had good cause, follow the procedures in A-2543.3.1, Initial Request.
did not contact an average of 40 employers a month, did not have good cause,
  • remove the employment hardship exemption, and
  • advise the household that the individual is not eligible to receive this exemption during the remainder of the individual's five-year freeze out period.

 

An individual who does not provide the documentation is the same as an individual who did not contact an average of 40 employers a month without good cause. If the individual provides the documentation later, consider the date the individual provides the documentation as a new request date.

 

A—2543.3.4 Good Cause for Not Contacting Employers While Receiving TANF

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Using prudent advisor judgment, determine and document good cause when the individual did not contact an average of 40 employers during each month the individual was certified for TANF with an employment hardship exemption.

The individual has good cause for not meeting the employer contact requirement when:

  • the individual was temporarily incapacitated or ill, including the 90 days after giving birth; or
  • there were no employers, or under the minimum number of employers required, within reasonable commuting distance; or
  • there were circumstances beyond the individual's control (such as a disaster, or a death in the family).

A-2550, Notices

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

 

A—2551 Client Notices

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Provide the household with a written explanation of the state time limit(s) for each certified caretaker and/or second parent, using the TF0001, Notice of Case Action.

TIERS provides:

  • initial state time limit information:
    • at application; or
    • when adding a new caretaker or second parent to the household.
  • information about the new state time limit when it changes because of:
    • reapplication; or
    • error.
  • information that a penalty for Choices noncompliance causes ineligibility for a state time limit hardship exemption during the individual's five year freeze-out period at:
    • application; and
    • each complete review.
  • the number of cash assistance months used out of the number allowed at each:
    • complete review; and
    • incomplete review.
  • information that an individual with work registration status of exempt from participation due to time limited severe economic hardship is mandatory for Choices.

 

A—2552 TIERS Notices Sent to Clients

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

TIERS notifies individuals on the TF0001, Notice of Case Action, for the state time limit reasons described in the chart below. When appropriate, the notices include information on hardships available during the freeze-out period.

If TIERS ... then TIERS informs the household ...
  • has no tier set and Choices sends the work history and education information for TIERS to set a tier,
  • indicates the individual's functional literacy level changes the tier, or
  • shows months counted toward the state time limit are before months already counted,
of the state time limits and/or a change in the time limits.
exempts an individual for county hardship at the end of the state time limit, that the individual used the maximum number of TANF months, but will remain on TANF due to county hardship.
disqualifies the individual from TANF, of the new TANF benefit amount and the hardships that are available during the disqualification period.
certifies a member for TANF Level Medicaid (TP 08), of the specific months of transitional Medicaid eligibility and the reporting requirements.
adjusts Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits after adjusting the TANF benefit amount, of the new SNAP amount or the denial of the SNAP case.
removes work registration status of exempt from participation due to time limited severe economic hardship, that the individual is disqualified from TANF because the county is no longer a designated hardship county.
denies the TP 08 EDG at the end of the 12-month period, of the end of transitional Medicaid coverage and to contact the advisor for Medicaid if household members are certified for Medicaid or TANF.

A-2560, TANF-SP 60-Month Time Limit

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A—2561 General Policy

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF-SP

Caretakers and second parents are limited to 60 months of TANF-SP benefits. Each caretaker and second parent has their own separate TANF-SP time limit clock. When a caretaker or second parent reaches the 60th month of the TANF-SP time limit (regardless of who reaches it first), deny the entire household at the end of the 60th month. Do not count TANF-SP benefits an eligible child receives toward the time limit if the child is later certified as a caretaker or second parent.

Months a caretaker or second parent receive TANF-SP do not count toward their federal time limit.

Related Policy

General Policy, A-1910

A—2562 Determining TANF-SP Time Limit Months

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF-SP

Effective October 2001, any month a caretaker or second parent receives a TANF-SP benefit counts toward their TANF-SP time limit (TANF-SP TL). Additionally, any TANF benefit that counts towards a caretaker's or second parent's federal time limit also counts toward their TANF-SP TL. Do not count TANF-SP benefits received in another state.

Do not count a month toward the TANF-SP TL if the household's grant is

  • cancelled and not reissued,
  • cancelled and reissued without including the caretaker and second parent's needs, or
  • totally claimed as an overpayment.

A—2563 Tracking TANF-SP Time Limit Months

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF-SP

Effective October 1, 2001, a TANF-SP month counts for a caretaker and/or second parent when

  • processing Form H1010 , Texas Works Application – Your Texas Benefits, and a TANF-SP benefit is issued,
  • processing Form H1010 to:
    • add an adult recipient to the household, or
    • change an adult household member from a non-recipient to a recipient.
      Note: Each month a caretaker or second parent receives a cash benefit it is either a TANF benefit or TANF-SP benefit, but never both.

Include all federal time limit months when determining a caretaker or second parent's total countable months of TANF-SP.

A—2563.1 Denying Clients at the End of the TANF-SP 60 Months

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

A report that identifies when the 60th TANF-SP countable benefit is issued for a caretaker or second parent is generated and sent to state office. A TANF-SP 60-Month Time Limit memo is sent to the regions after cut-off of the 59th month.

Advisors determine if the caretaker or second parent has received 60 months of countable benefits by checking the TIERS Time Limit TANF State Summary.

If the countable months are correct the advisor must:

  • document in case comments that the caretaker or second parent received his lifetime limit of TANF-SP benefits and the household is no longer eligible for TANF-SP,
  • send TF0001, Notice of Case Action, with the following message:

    "Your household is no longer eligible for TANF-SP benefits because (name of the caretaker/second parent) has reached the end of the state time limit. Your household may still be eligible for Medicaid and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits even if you are working. If you have any questions please contact your Texas Works advisor or call 1-800-252-9300."

    "Su casa ya no califica para recibir beneficios de TANF-SP porque (name of caretaker/second parent) alcanzó el tiempo límite estatal. Es posible que su casa todavía tenga derecho de recibir beneficios de Medicaid y beneficios de comida del Programa SNAP aunque usted esté trabajando. Si tiene alguna pregunta, por favor, comuníquese con el consejero de Texas Trabaja o llame al 1-800-252-9300."

A caretaker or second parent who is denied TANF-SP when either one or both parents receive the lifetime limit of TANF-SP, cannot be certified on another TANF-SP case. Benefits received as an eligible child do not count if the child is later certified as a caretaker or second parent.

See A-1930, Extended TANF and Hardship Exemptions, when an individual reaches their 60th month and applies for extended TANF.

A—2564 Client Notices

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF-SP

TIERS provides initial TANF-SP time limit information on TF0001, Notice of Case Action:

  • at application,
  • when adding a new caretaker or second parent, or
  • at complete review if the caretaker/second parent have not previously been informed of the TANF-SP time limit.

A-2570, Verification Requirements

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

For employment hardship exemptions:

  • verify the hours worked and the pay received, if questionable; and
  • accept the individual's documentation unless it is questionable. If the documentation is questionable, contact two or three employers for the period covered to verify the individual's records.

Related Policy

Questionable Information, C-920
Providing Verification, C-930

A-2580, Documentation Requirements

Revision 13-2; Effective April 1, 2013

TANF

Document the:

  • individual's statement of the hours worked and the pay received when determining the time limit tier;
  • reason for a hardship exemption (see A-2543, Hardship Exemptions); and
  • reason why a hardship exemption was denied.

If the individual is a mandatory Choices participant, document that Choices requirements and the consequences of noncooperation were explained.

TANF-SP

Advisors must document that they informed the caretaker/second parent:

  • of the TANF-SP 60-month time limit at application, periodic review (if not previously informed) or when adding a new caretaker/second parent to the household; and
  • that federal time limit (FTL) months count toward the TANF-SP 60-month time limit.

Related Policy

Documentation, C-940
The Texas Works Documentation Guide